IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

Ki^

1.0

I.I

Z ta 12.0

IL25 IH 1.4

1.6

^ >>.

Sciences
Corporation

as WIST MAIN STRUT

WnSTIR.N.Y. USM

(716) •73-4S03

CIHM/9CMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHIVI/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Instituta for Historical Microraproductiont / inttitut Canadian da microraproductiona historiquas

Technical and Bibliographic Notat/Notes tachniquas at bibliographiquas

The Instituta has attamptad to obtain tha bast
original copy availabia for filming. Faaturas of this
copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua,
which may altar any of tha imagas in tha
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

I I Covers damaged/

Couverture endommagAe

Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur^ et/ou pellicul6e

I I Cover title missing/

Le titre de couverture manque

r~A Coloured maps/

n
n

Cartes g6ographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
ReliA avac d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/

La re liure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion la long da la marge intAriaura

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certainas pages blanches ajoutAes
lors d'une restauration apparaissant dans le texts,
mais. lorsqua cela Atait possible, cas pages n'ont
pas AtA fiimAas.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplAmentairas:

VsrkMit psQingi.

L'Institut a microfilm* la meiileur exemplaira
qu'il lui a AtA possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaira qui sont paut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exignr one
modification dans la mAthoda normale de fllmage
sont indiquAs ci-dessous.

I I Coloured pages/

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagAes

Pages restored and/oi

Pages restaurAes et/ou pelliculAes

I — I Pages damaged/

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/

y I Pages discolourev stained or foxed/
Pages dAcolorAes. tachetAes ou piquAes

□ Pages detached/
Pages dAtachAes

D
D

Showthrough/
Transparence

I I Quality of print varies/

QualitA inAgale de I'impression

Includes supplementary material/
Comprand du matArial supplAmentaire

Only edition available/
Seule Adition disponible

Pages wholly or partially obscu.ad by errata
slips, tissues, etc.. have been rcfilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiallement
obscurcies par un fauillet d'errata, une pelure.
etc., ont AtA filmAes A nouveau de fapon A
obtanir la meilleure image possible.

b
rl
n
n

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est filmA au taux da rAduction indiquA ci-dassoua.

10X 14X 18X 22X

2tX

30X

■MM «

12X

ItX

aox

I^^VMh

28X

32X

Rils

difisr

lags

Th« copy fllniMl hw has b««n r«produc«d thanks
to th* ganarotity of:

Library OiviMOit

Provincial ArcMvtf of British Columbia

Tha imaoaa appaaring hara ara tha bast quality
possibia consMaring tha conditiorg and lagibility
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha
filming contract spacifications.

Original copias in printad papar covars sra filmad
baginning with tha front covar and anding on
tha last paga with a prmtad or illustratad impras-
sion. or tha back covar whan appropriata. All
othar original copias ara f iimad baginning on tha
first paga witii a printad or illustratad impras-
sion. and anding on tha last paga with a printad
or illustratad imprassion.

Tha last racordad frama on aach microficha
shall contain tha symbol -^> (moaning "CON-
TINUED"), or tha symbol ▼ (moaning "END"),
whichavar applias.

Maps, piatas. charts, ate. may ba filmad at
diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba
antiraly includad in ona axposura ara filmad
baginning in tha uppar laft hand cornar. laft to
right and top to bottom, as many framas as
raquirad. Tha following diagrams illustrata tha
mathod:

L'axamplaira film4 fut raproduit grica A la
ginArositA da:

Library Diviiion

Provincial Archives of British Columbia

Las imagas suivantas ont AtA raproduitas avac la
plus grand soin, compta tanu da la condition at
da la nattatA da l'axamplaira f ilmA. at •n
conformitA avac las conditions du contrat da
filmaga.

Las axamplairas originaux dont la couvarturo 9n
papiar ast imprimAa sont f ilmAs nn comman9ant
par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la
darnlAra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'illustration. soit par la sacond
plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplairas
originaux sont filmAs an commandant par la
pramiAra paga qui comporta una amprainta
d'imprassion ou d'illustration at an tarminant par
la darniAra paga qui comporta una tella
amprainta.

Un das symbolas suivants apparaitra sur la
darniAra imaga da chaqua microficha, salon la
cas: la symbols -^ signifia "A SUIVRE". la
symbols y signifia "FIN".

Las cartas, pianchas. tablaaux, ate. pauvant Atra
filmAs A das taux da rAduction diff Arants.
Lorsqua la documant ast trop grand pour Atra
raproduit an un saul clichA. il ast filmA A partir
da I'angia supAriaur gaucha, da gaucha A droita,
at da haut 9n bas. an pranant la nombra
d'imagas nAcsssaira. Las diagrammas suivants
iliustrant la mAthoda.

ata

tlura.
A

-^'

, k

THE

HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

President.

SIR RODERICK IMPEY MURCHISON, G.C.St.S. F.R.S.
Corr. Mem. Inst: Fr., Hon. Mem. Imp, Acad. 8c. St. Petersburg, &e. Ao.

Vice-Presidents.
The earl of ELLESMERE.
Captain C. R. D. BETHUNE, R.N., C.B.

CoTinciL

JOHN BARROW, Esq.

Rear-Adml. Sir F. BEATJFORT, K.C.B.

CHARLES T. BEKE, Esq., Phil. D., F.S.A.

The Loud ALFRED S. CHURCHILL.

W. D. COOLEY, Esq.

BOLTON CORNEY, Esq., M.R.S.L.

The Right Rev. Lobd Bishop or ST.

DAVID'S.
The Viscount EASTNOR.

Sm HENRY ELLIS, K:H., F.R.S.

.lOHN KORSTER, Esq.

R. W. GREY, Esq., M.P.

JOHN WINTER JONES, Esq.

Sib CHARLES LEMON, Baut., M.P.

P. LEVESQUE, Esq.

Sir GEORGE T. STAUNTON, Baet., M.P.

HENRY D. WOLFF, Esq. . .

Honorary Secretary. .

R. H.MAJOR, Esq., F.R.G.S. '

Bankers.

Messrs. BOUVERIE and Co., 11, Hayuabket.

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY, which is established for the purpose
of printing rare or unpublished Voyages and Travels, aims at opening
by this means an easier access to the sources of a branch of know-
ledge, which yields to none in importance, and is superior to most in
agreeable variety. The narratives of travellers and navigators make us
acquainted with the earth, its inhabitants and productions ; they exhibit
the growth of intercourse among mankind, with its effects on civilization,
and, while instructing, they at the same time awaken attention, by
recounting the toils and adventures of those who first explored unknown
and distant regions.

The advantage '~>f an Association of this kind, consists not merely in its
system of literary co-operation, but also in its economy. The acquire-
ments, taste, and discrimination of a number of individuals, who feel an
interest in the same pursuit, are thus brought to act in voluntary com-
bination, and the ordinary charges of publication are also avoided, so that
the volumes produced, are distributed among the Members (who can alone
obtain them) at little more than the cost of printing and paper. The
Society expends nearly the whole of its funds in printing works for the
Members ; and since the cost of each copy varies inversely as the whole
number of copies printed, it is obvious that the Members are gainers
individually by the prosperity of the Society, and the consequent vigour
of its operations.

The Members are requested to bear in mind that the power of the
Council to make advantageous arrangements, will depend, in a great
measure, on the prompt payment of the subscriptions, which are payable
in advance on the 1st January, and are received by the Secretary,
Richard Henhy Major, Esq., 4, Albion Place, Canonbury Sq., Islington ;
and by Mr. Richards, 37, Great Queen Street, Lincoln's Inn Fields,
who is the Society's agent for the delivery of its volumes.

It is cspv^eially requested, that all subscribers who shall not have received
their volumes within a reasonable period after the payment of their sub-
scription, will notify the same to the Secretary.

1,3,53.

■'

ALREADY PUBLISHED.

The Obaervationa of Sir Biohard Hawkiiu, Knt.

In his Voyage into the South Sea in 1593. Reprinted from the edition of
1022, and edited hy Capt. G. B. Drinkwatek Bethune, B.N., C.B.

*.• Select Letters of ColumbuB.

With Original Docnmepts relating to the Discovery of the New World.
Translated and Edited hy B. H. Major, Esq., of the British Museum.

The DiMoverie of the Empire of Oniana,

By Sir Wai.ter Bai-ecIh, K»t. Edited, with Copious Explanatory Notes, and
a Biographical Memoir,^ Sir Bober? H. Schomburgk, Phil. D., eto.

Sir Franda Drake his Voyage, 1595,

By Thomas Maynarde, together with the Spanish Account of Drake's Attack
on Puerto Bico, edited from the Original MSS., hy W. D. Cooley, Esq.

Narratives of Early Voyages

Undertaken for the Discovery of a Passage to Cathaia and India, by the

Northwest, with Selections from the Eecords of the worshipful Fellowship of

the Merchants of London, trading into the East Indies ; and from MSS. in

the Library of the British Museum, now first published, by

Thomas Bundaix, Esq.

The Historie of Travaile into ^^rginia Britannia, ■
Expressing the Cosmographie and Comodities of the Country, together with
the Manners and Customs of the people, gathered and observed as well by
those who went first thither as collected by William Strachey, Gent., the first
Secretary of the Colony; now first Edited from the original manuscript in the
British Museum, by B. H. Major, Esq., of the British Museum.

Divers Voyages tonohing the Discovery of America,

And the Islands adjacent, collected and published by Bichard Haki.uyt, Pre-

bondaiy of Bristol, in the year 1582. Edited, with Notes and an Introduction,

by John Winter Jones, Esq., of the British Museum.

A Colleotion of Documents on Japan,
With a Commentary, by Thomas Bundall, Esq.

The Discovery and Conquest of Florida,

By Don Ferdinando de Soto. Translated out of Portuguese by Bichard
Hakluyt ; and Edited, with Notes and an Introduction, by W. B. Bye, Esq.,

of the British Museum.

Notes upon Enssia,

Being a Translation from the Earliest Account of that Country, entitled
Beruh Moscoviticarum CoMMENTARii, by the Baron Sigismund von Her-
berstein. Ambassador from the Court of Germany to the Grand Prince Vasiley
Ivanovich, in the years 1517 and 1526. Two Volumes. Translated, and edited
with Notes and an Introduction, by B. H. Major, Esq., of the British Museum.

The 0«ognphy of Endaon's Bay:

Being the Bemarks of Captain W. Coats, in many Voyages to that locality,

between the years 1727 and 1751. With an Appendix, containing Extracts

from the Log of Capt. Middleton on his Voyage for the discovery of the

North-west Passage, in H.M.S. " Furnace", in 1741-2. Edited by

John Barkow, Esq., F.R.S., F.S.A.

Three Voyagei by the North-east,

Towards Cathay and China, undertaken by the Dutch in the Years 1594, 1595,

and 1596, with their Discovery of Spitzbergen, their residence of ten months

in Novaya Zemlya, and their safe return in two open boats. By Geekit de

Veeb. EcUted by C. T. Beke, Ph.D., F.S.A.

Other Works in Progress.

Menboza's Historie of the Great and Mightie Kinodome of China.
Translated by Parke. Edited by Sib Geobge T. Staunton, Bart., M.P.

Dbake. — The World Encompassed by Sir Francis Drake, 1577-80. Written by
Francis Fletcher, Preacher, etc. Collated with a MS. To be edited
by W. Sandys Vaux, Esq., M.A.

The Tbavels of the Russian Travelleb Nikitin, in the fifteenth centiuy.
To be translated from the Russian and edited by Count Wielhobsky.

A Collection of Early Documents on Spitzbergen and Gbeenlano.
Edited by Adam White, Esq., of the British Museum.

Sofalah. — The History of I'^astem Ethiopia, by J. dos Santos, 1607. To be
Translated, with Notes, by W. Desborough Cooley, Esq.

The East-India Voyage of Sir Henry Middleton in 1604-5. From the rare
Edition of 1606. Edited by Bolton Cohney, Esq.

A C01J.ECT10N OF Eari.y Documents, to fonn a Supplement to the Narrative
of Voyages towards tlie North West, by T. Rundall, Fsq.

De Mobga. — Sucesos en las Islas Filipinas.

Works suggested to the Connoil for Pablication.

Frescobaldi. — The Travels of Frescobaldi in Egypt and Syria, in 1384.
Translated from the Italian text as edited by Manzi.

Bethencourt. — A History of the Discovery and Conquest of the Canary
Islands, made by Jean de Bethencom't, in 1402-25. From the French
Narrative of his Chaplains, Pierre Bontier and Jean le Verrier.

Ca da Mosto. — The Voyages of Ca da Mosto along the Western Coast of Africa
in 1454. Translated from tlie Italian text of 1507.

Virginia. — Virginia in the yeai-s 1584-1600; comprising the Narratives of
Arthur Barlowe, Ralf Lane, Tliomas Harriot, etc.

Cadiz. — A Brief and True Report of the Honom-able Voyage to Cadiz, 1506.
From the suppressed ediiion of 1598, with additions.

Colonization. — Pamphlets on Colonization. By Sir William Alexander (after-
wards Earl of SterUne), and James Hagthorpe.

JoAM DE Castro. — llotiero em que se contem a Viagem que fizeram os Portu-
guezes no anno de 1541, partinando da Citade de Goa atre Soez.

Galvano. — Tratado '!os descobrimentos antigos e modernos feitos ate a era
de 1550, composto pelo fanioso Antonio Galvao. Lisboa, 1731.

E^^oasfg

Laws of the Hakluyt Soeietyi

I. The object of this Society shall be to print, for distribution among its
members, rare and valuable Voyages, Travels, Naval Expeditions, and other
geographical records, from an early period to the beginning of the eighteenth
century.

II. The Annual Subscription shall be One Guinea, payable in advance
on the 1st January.

III. Each member of the Society, having paid his subscription, shall be
entitled to a copy of every work produced by the Society, and to vote at the
general meetings within the period subscribed for ; and if he do not signify,
before the close of the year, his wish to resign, he shall be considered as a
member for the succeeding year.

IV. The management of the Society's affairs shall be vested in a Council
consisting of twenty-one members, namely, a President, two Vice-Presidents, a
Secretary, and seventeen ordinary members, to be elected annually ; but vacan-
cies occurring between the general meetings shall be filled up by the Council.

V. A General Meeting of the Subscribers shall be held annually, on the
first Thursday in March. The Secretary's Eeport on the condition and
proceedings of the Society shall be then read, and, along with th"! Auditor's
Report, be submitted for approval, and finally, the Meeting shall proceed to
elect the Council for the ensuing year.

VI. At each Annual Election, six of the old Council shall retire ; and a
list of the proposed new Council shall be printed for the subscribers previous
to the general meeting.

VII. The Council shall meet ordinarily on the 3rd Tuesday in every
month, excepting August, September, and October, for the despatch of
business, three forming a quorum, and the Chairman having a -lasting vote.

VIII. Gentkiuen preparing and editing works for the Society shall
receive twenty-five copies of such works respectively.

IX. The number of copies printed of the Society's productions siiall not
exceed the estimated number of Subscribers ; so that alter tlie second year,
when the Society may be supposed to have reached its full growth, there sliall
be no extra copies.

X. The Society shall appoint Local Secretaries throughout the kingdom,
empowered to enrol membei-s, transmit subscriptions, and othenvise forward
the Society's interests ; and it shall make such arrangements with its corre-
spondents in the chief provincial towns, as will insure to subscribers residing
in the country the regular deUverj' of their volumes at moderate charges.

Bulei for the Delivery of the Society's Volnmes.

I. The Society's productions will be delivered without any charge, within
three miles, of the General Post Office.

II. They will be forwarded to any place beyond that limit, the Society
paying the cost of booking, but not of carriage ; nor will it be answerable in
this case for any loss or damage.

III. They will be delivered by the Society's agent, Mr. Thomas
RicHAEDS, 37, Great Queen Street, Lii .-oln's Inn Fields, to pei-sons having
written authority of subscribers to receive them.

IV. They will be sent to the Society's correspondents or agents in the
principal towns throughout the kingdom ; and care shall be token that the
charge for ctirriage be as moderate as possible.

; I

LIST OF MEMBERS

<»

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

Admiralty (The), 2 copies
Ainslie, Philip Barrington, Esq., St. Colme
AUport, Fraiiklin, Esq., 15(!, Leadeuhall-st.
Anuy and Navy Club, V), St. James's sq.
An'owsniith, John, Esq., 10, Soho-square
Asher, Mr. A., Berlin
Ashton, J. Y., Esq., Liverpool
Atkinson, F. B., Esq., Mancheater

Bailey, Dr., Birkenhead
Baillie, David, Esq., 14, Belgrave-square
Banks, W., Esq., Melina-plaee, Grove-rd.
Barrow, J., Esq., F.ll.S., 7, New-st., Spring

gardens
Butho, J. A., Esq., 50, Lombard-street
Beatty, James, Esq., C.E., Southampton
Beaufort, Kear-Admiral Sir Francis,

K.C.B., F.U.S., Admiralty
Becher, Captain, R.N,
Beck, Dn, N ew York State Library, Albany
Bcke, Charles'!., Esq.,rhil.D., ;U,Cum-

ming-street, I'cntonville
Belcher, Captain Sir Edward, C.B., R.N.
Bell, Reverend Thomas, Berbice
Bell, Robert, Esq., Norris Castle, East

Cowca, LAV.
Bell, W., Esq., Chm-ch-place, Clapham
Bell, Robert, Esq., 34, York-street, Port-
man- square
BerUn, The Royal Library of
Betencoui'l, Alonzo, Esq., Philadelphia
Bethune, Captain C. R. Drinkwater, C.B.

R.N., Admiralty
Biden, Captain

Blackie, Dr. Walter G., Villafleld, Glasgow
Blackwood, Captain Fr. P., R.N., United

Service Club
Blandford, Marquis of, 3, Wilton-terrace
Blunt, J., Esq., Mortlake
Blyth,Jftmes,E8q.,24, Hyde-pfU-k-gardens
Bois, H., Esq., IJO, Fenciiurch-street
Bombay Geographical Society
Bone, Mr. F. G., E.I.N.
Booth, B. W., Esq., Manchester
Boston Athena'um, The

Botfield, Beriah, Esq., Norton Hall, North-
amptonshire
Bradshaw, Lieut. Lawrence, Woolwich
Brevorst, J. C, Escj., New York
Bridges, George, Esq., New York
Brodhead, J. R., Esq., New York
Broughton, Lord, 42, i3erkeley-square
Brown, George, Esq., 41, Rochester-row
Brown, J., Esq., Newcastle-pl., Clerkenwell
Brown, W. H., Esq., Chester
BrowTi, John Carter, Esq., Providence,

Rhode Island
Bruce, John, Esq., F.S.A., 5, Upper Glou-
cester-street, Dorset-square
Brussels, Royal Library of
Bullock, Capt. Frederick, R.N., Woolwich
Burnett, Vt. F., Commander, R.N., Royal
Naval College, Portsmouth

Campbell, R. H. S., Esq., 5, Argj-le-place,
Regent-street

Cannon, Charles, Esq., British Museum

Cariton Club, PaU Mall

Chapman, Mr. John, Strand

Cliapman, Captain, R.A., Athenaeum

Chapman, WUliam, Esq., Richmond

Chauncey, Henry C., Esq., New York

Chichester, J. R., Esq., 4!), Wimpole-st.

Christie, Jo- -vthan Hemy, Esq., 9, Stan-
hope-street, Hyde-park-gardens

Churchill, Lord Alfred S., F.R.G.S., 0,
Bury-street

Clarke, Thomas, Esq., Ordnance OflBce,
Pall Mall

Clive, Robert, Esq., 53, Grosvenor-street

Colbome, Lord, 10, Hill-street, Berkeley-
square

CoUedge, Dr., Lauriston House, Chel-
tenham

Collier, John Payne, Esq., F.SA.

Colonial Office

Congress, Library of the. United States

Cooley, W. D., Esq., 33, King-street,
Bloomsbury

Coniey, Bolton, Esq., M.R.S.L.,Bames-ter.

Gostello, Dudley, Esq., 64, Acacia-road,
St. John's Wood

Cotton, R. W., Esq., Barnstaple

Cox, E. Wm., Esq., 3, Crown Office Row,
Temple

Cracroft, Capt., R.N.

Cranstoun, G., Esq., Corehouse, Lanark

Croker, T. Crofton, Esq., 3, Gloucester-
road, Old Brompton

Crowninschield, A., Esq.

Cunninf;hain, Captain

Cunningham, Peter, Esq., 2, Madeley
Villas, Kensington

Ddrymple, Arthur, E8q.,St.Gile8, Norwich
Daniel, G., Esq., F.L.S., St. John's Wood
De la Beche, Sir Henry, K.H., 28, Jer-

myn-street
Deane, Charles, Esq., Boston, U.S.
De Lasaux, Miss

Dennett, W. H., Esq., Boston, U.S.
Dickens, Charles, Esq., Tavistock House,

Tavistock Square
Dilke, C. Wentworth, Esq., 76, Sloane-st.
Dilke, C. W., Esq., Jun., 70,Sloane-street
Drake, Samuel G., Esq., Boston, U. S.
Dry, Thos., Esq., 25, Lincoln's Inn Fields

East India Company, The Hon. the Court
of Dii'ectors of the, 20 copies

Eastnor, Viscount, 45, Grosvenor-pl.

Ecky, John H., Esq., Philadelphia

EUesmere, The Earl of, 18, Belgrave-sq.

Ellice, Rt. Hon. Edward, M.P., 1«, Arling-
ton-street

Elliot, J. B., Esq., Patna

Ellis, Sir Henry, K.H.,F.R.S.,&c., British
Museum

Elphinstone, Lord, 14, St. George's -place

Elphinstone, John F., Esq., 23, York-ter.,
Regent's-park

Elphinstone, Lieut., 3, Chesham-place,
Belgrave-square

Enderby, Charles, Esq., East Greenwich

Ethersey, Commander, H.E.I.C.S.

Evans, Captain George, R.N.

Fayrer, Joseph, Esq., M.D.
Fennell, James Hamilton, Esq.
Foley, Lord, Grosvenorsquare
Foote, John, Esq., 36, Tavistock-street,

Covent-garden
Force, Colonel Peter, Washington, U.S.
Foreign Office

Forster, J., Esq., 58, Lincoln's Inn Fields
Freer, W. E., Esq.

Galignani, M., Paris

Gawler, Colonel, United Service Club

Gibraltar Garrison Library

Giraud, R. Herve, Esq., Fumival's-inn

Gladdish, William, Esq., Gravesend
Olendening, Robert, Esq., 0, Britain-st.,

Portsea
Graham, Robert, Esq.
Gray, John Edward, Esq.,British Museum
Greenwich Hospital, the Officers' Library
Greenwich Society for the DiHtuion of

Useful Knowledge
Grey, R. J. Moring, Esq., Trinity House
Grey, R. W., Esq., 16, Carlton- terrace
Guild, G. F., Esq., Boston, U.S.
Guise, W. v., Esq., Elmore-ct., Gloucester

Hale, J. H., Esq., Park-road, Stockwell-

common
Halliday, William, Esq., 14, Donegall-pl.,

Belfast
Hamilton, Robert, Esq., Liverpool.
Hanrott, P. A., Esq., Queen's-square,

Bloomsbury
Harvey, Henry Martin, Esq., Leytonstone,

Essex
Har^-ey, W. Brotherton, Esq., Salford,

Manchester
Hawes, Benjamin, Esq., M.P., 9, Queen's

square, Westminster
Hawkins, Edward, Esq., British Museum
Heath, Edward, Esq., Liverpool
Henderson, Dr., 6, Curzon-st., Mayfair
HertfordLiterarj' and Scientificlnstitution
Hobhouse, Edward, Esq., Twickenham
Hodgkin, Thomas, Esq., M.D., 35, Bed-
ford-square
HoUond, R., Esq., M.P., 63, Portland-pi.
Holman, Lieutenant, R.N.
Holmes, James, Esq. 4, New Ormbnd-

street. Foundling
Holmes, John, Esq., British Museum
Home Office
Homer, Rev. J. S. H., WeUs Park,

Somersetsliire
Hull Subscription Library

Tbbs, Mr. J. C, n.K.I.C.S.

Jackson, H. Esq., St. James's-row, Sheffield
Johnston, Alex, Keith, Esq., Edinburgh
Jones, J. Winter, Esq., British Museum
Jukes, J. B., Esq., 28, Jermvii-street
Junior United Sernc< < lub, I'liU Mall

Keith, T. Hilton, Esq., East India House
Kenyon, J., Esq., 3D, Devonshire-place,

New-road
Kerslake. Mr. T., Bristol
Keys, J. A., Esq., H.E.I.C.S.

Laird, John, Esq., Birkenhead
Lardner, Leopold J., Esq.,BritishMusnum
Lane, H. Bowyer, Esq., Birchfleld, near
Birmingham

Latham, R. G., Esq., M.D., 20, Upper
Southwick-street, Hyde Park-square

Law, William, Esq., lOJJ, Piccadilly

Leicester Pennanent Library

Le Mesurier, R. Arthur, Esq., Corpus
Christi College, Oxford

Lemon, Sir C, Bart., M.P., 46, Charles-
street, Berkeley-square

Lenox, James, Esq., New York

Levesque, Peter, Esq., 29, Guildford-st.

Little and Brown, Messrs., Boston, U.S.

Loftus, William Kennett, Esq., Newcastle-
upon-Tyne

Logan, A., Esq.

London Institution, Finsbury Circus

London Library, 12, St. James's-square

Ludlow, J. M., Esq., 00, Chancery-lane

Lyceum Library, Hull

Mackenzie, Gen. Sir Alex., Bart., G.C.H.

4, Circus, Bath
Mackenzie, John W., Esq., Edinburgh
M'Leod, Miss, 4, Foley-place
Macready, W. C, Esq., Sherborne House,

Dorset
Madan, Capt. Frederick, H.C.S., 5, North-
wick-terrace, St. John's Wood
Madras Literary Society
Maidstone, Viscount
M^jor, R. H., Esq., British Museum
Malcolm, W. Elphinstone, Esq., Bumfoot
Manchester Athenaeum, The
Markham, Clements, Esq., Gt. Horkesley,

Colchester
Marsh, Hon. George P., Constantinople
Marsham,liobert,Esq., Stratton Strawless,

Norwich
Massie, Captain T. L., R.N., Chester
Meek, Sir James, Ilfracombe, Devon
Milman, The Very Rev. H. H., Dean of St.

Paul's
Milnes, R. Monckton, Esq., M.P., 16,

Upper Brook-street
Mitford, Admiral

Montriou, Commander, H.E.I.C.S.
Montriou, W., Esq., Bombay
MuUer, F., Esq., Amsterdam
Munich Royal Library
Munroe, James and Co., Boston, U.S.
Muquardt, — , Esq.
Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, F.R.S.

&c., 10, Belgrave-square
Murphy, Hon. H. C, Brooklyn, New York
Murray, Lord, Great Stuart-st., Edinburgh
Murray, John, Esq., Albemarle-street
Murray, William, Esq., 2, John-street,

Berkeley-square
Murton, George, Esq., Manchester

Nebyam, J. Moore, M.D., 16, Leeson-
street, Dublin

Nelson, Thomas Wiight, Esq., 23, Glou-

cester-plai'O, New-road
Newcastle-upon-Tyne Literary and Sci-
entific Institute
New York Mercantile Library
Nimmo, Thomas, Esq., Demerara
Norris, Edwin, Esq., Sec. Asiatic Society,

05, New Burlington-street
North Shields Literary and Philosophical
Institution

Oriental Club, Hanover-square
Ouvry, F., Esq., F.S.A., 40, Oxford-terrace,
Hyde Park

Paine, W. Dunkley, Esq., 12, Canonbury-

park North
Parker, J. W., Esq., West Strand
Pasley, Major-General Sir C. W., K.C.B.,

12, Norfolk Crescent, Hyde Pai-k
Pemberton, Mrs.

Pennington, John, Esq., Philadelphia
Pennsylvania, Historical Society of
Penton, Henry, Esq.
Petit, Rev. J. Louis, the Uplands, Shiffnal
Petit, Miss

Pollington, Viscount, 2, Bolton-row
Porter, G. W., Esq., British Museum
Porter, Thomas, Esq., Manchester
Porteus, John, Esq., Manchester
Portsmouth, the Royal Naval College
Pourtales, Count Albert, Berlin
Powis, Earl of, 45, Berkeley-square
Piatt, G. Clayton, Esq., Philadelphia
Prescott, Rear Admiral H., C.B., Ports-
mouth Dockyard
Pringle, William, Esq., 3, King's-road
Putnam, G. R., Esq., New York

Raymond, Geo., Esq., 18, Pall Mall East
Read, William, Esq., Rathmines, Dublin
Reed, F. J. Esq., Friday-st., Cheapside
Rendell, J. M., Esq., A, Great George-st.
Rhys, T., Esq., Royal Ordnance, Woolwich
Rich, Messrs., Tavistock-row, Cov.-gard.
Richards, Mr., 37, Great Queen-street
Richardson, Sir John, M.D., F.R.S., Has-

lar, Gosport
Richardson, Ralpli, Esq., Greenfield Hall,

Holywell, Flintshire
Riggs, G. W., Esq., Washington, U.S.
Ritter, Professor Karl, Berlin
Robinson, Lieut. Walter F.,R.N.,F.R.G.S.,

Junior United Service Club
Rose, Wm., Esq., Coalport, Shropshire
Royal Society, Somerset House
Royal Geographical Society, Waterloo-pl.
Rumbold, C. E., Esq., 1, Eccleston-square
Rundall, Thomas, Esq., East In^lia House
Rutherfurd, Lord, St. Colm.-st., Edinb.
Rye, Arthur B., Esq., Banbury

Eye, W. B., Esq., British Museum

Sanders, Captain, H.E.I.C.S.
Schomburgk, Sir Robert, St. Domingo
Scott, John, Esq., M.D., Physician to the

Queen, Edinburgh
Sedgwick, the Rev. Adam, Woodwardian

Professor, Cambridge
Shillinglaw, — , Esq., Admiralty
Simpson, Lieutenant
Singapore Library
Smith, Andrew, Esq., M.D., 7, Pelbam-

orescent, Brompton
Smith, Edmund, Esq., Hull
Smith, George, Esq., 29, Finsbury -square
Smith, G., Esq., Hague-ter., Kingstown,

Dublin
Smith, J., Esq., Bombay
Smith, J. P. O., Esq., Everton, LiveiTiool
Sotheby, S. Leigh, Esq., the Woodlands,

Norwood
Stanley of Alderley, Lord
Stanley, Hon. Henry E. J., 40, Dover-st.
Staunton, Sir G. T., Bart., F.R.S., M.P.,

17, Devonshire-street, Portland-place
St. Andrew's University
St. David's, the Bishop of, Abergwili, Car-
marthenshire
Stevens, H., Esq., Boston, United States
Stirling, Wm., Esq., of Keir, 128, Park-st.
Swan, the Rev. R. C, Hothfield, Kent

Talbot, Earl

Taylor, T. Esq., F.T.C.C.
Temaux Compans, Mona. H., Paris
Thomas, Rev. Vaughan, High-st., Oxford
Thomas, W. A., Esq., 50, Threadneedle-st.
Thompson, Thos., Esq., Solicitor, Hull
Titchfield, Marquis of, li), Cavendish- sq.
Todd, R. B., Esq., M.D., F.R.S., 3, New-
street, Spring Gardens
Trade, Board of
TraveUers' Club, 106, Pall Mall

Trinity House, Tower Hill

United Service Institution

Vidal, Captain, R.N.

Vienna Imperial Library

Von Bach, Johann Friedrich, Esq., British

Museum
Von Siebold, Col. Ph. Fr., Leyden

Waite, Henry, Esq., Church-street, Stokn

Newington
Walker, H. Esq., Cheltenham
Walker, J., Esq., 47, Bemard-st. Russell-sq.
Walker, Joshua, Esq., Jun., 40, Upper

Harley-street
Washington, Captain J., R.N., Wood-street,

Woolwich
Waters, J. S., Esq., Baltimore, U.S.
Watts, Thomas, Esq., British Museum
Weir, William, Esq., 30, Great Coram-st.
Whewell, the Rev. W., D.D., Master of

Trinity College, Cambridge
White, the Rev. James, Bonchurch, Isle

of Wight
Whiteman. J. C, Esq., East India House
Wickham, W., Esq., 15, Chesterfield st.,

May Fair
Wilkinson, John, Esq., 3, Wellington-st.,

Strand
Williams,T.,Esq.,Northumberland-house,

Strand
WiUson, the Rev. J., 1, Raymond's Build-
ings, Gray's Inn
Wilson, Edward S., Esq., Hull
Winstanley, E. N., Esq., 7, Poultry
Woltr, H. Drummond, Esq., 44, Half-

moon-st., Piccadilly
Woodd, T. Basil, Esq., 108, New Bond-st.
Wood, Lieutenant John, H.E.I.C.S., 137,

Leadenhall-street
Wright, H., Esq., Cheltenham

Young, G. F., Esq., M.P., South Ssallouse

HoNORABT Local Secretaries.

Edinburoh Mr. T. J. Stevenson, 87, Princes Street.

Glasgow Mr. D. Bryce.

OxFoni) Mr. J. H. Parker.

Plymouth Llewellynn Jewitt, Esq.

St. Helier's, Jersey. .Mn. Lefeuyre.

RICnAllDS, rniNTER, 3~, QREAT QUKEN STBEET.

WORKS ISSUED BY

Cj^f mUnut ^oriftg.

THREE VOYAGES BY THE
NORTH-EAST.

il.IiCCL'.LIII.

Ill i|iiiim«B^n^

1"\

'i '

-i^m

ixM

^^»^&^^

iieyabttek., 9"ftt

Dirt (fehcudai A^'^^^'-cJk,

^tlui^

-^ -^ ■^

V -^

^^i

C-

*->?.

*/-,

Hw^tfch* my ten 15 , »»» ren jraeJt-'

T-rrri ,— — i r-

J£.

■ jpiuiili iwmr^r^mHf

TRUE DESCRIPTION OF

THREE

VOYAGES BY THE NORTH-EAST

TOWARDS

CATHAY AND CHINA,

UNDEllTAKEN BY THE DUTCH IN THE YEARS 1594, 1595, AND 1590,

By GERRIT DE VEER.

PUBLISHED AT AMSTERDAM IN THE YEAR 1598, AND IN 1609 TRANSLATED INTO
ENGLISH BY WILLIAM PHILLIP.

Ettittb bg
CHARLES T. BEKE, Phil. D., F.S.A.

LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

MDC'COLIII.

T. llICIl.MlbS, 3; fiUKAT IJVEliN STKEfcl'.

THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY.

SIU nODEUICK IMPEY MUKCHISOX. O.C.St.S., F.U.8., Corr. Mem. Inst. Fr.,
Hon. Mem. Imp. Acad. -.c. St. Teteraburg, Ac, &o., Pbesident.

JNE, R.N., C.B. I

The earl OF ELLESMEUE

Cait. C. R. DRINKWATER BETIIUNE

JOHN BARROW, Es<j., F.R.S.

RE.\ii.AnMniAL Sik FRANCIS BEAUFORT, K.C.B,, F.U.S.

CHARLES T. BEKE, Esq., Phil. U,, F.A.S.

The lord ALFRED S. CIIURCIIILL.

WILLIAM DESBOROUOH COOLEY, Esq.

BOLTON CORNEY, Esq., M.R.S.L.

The Right Rev. LOIM) ItlSHOl' OF ST. DAVIIJS.

The viscount EASTNOJt.

Silt HENRY ELLIS, K.H., IMt.s.

RICHARD FORD, Esq.
■lOHN FOItSTER, Esq.

If. W. OREY, Esq.

.lOHN WINTFR JONES, Esq.

Sill CHARLES LEMON, Baki-., M.l'., V.U.s.

I'. t.KVF.SQUE, Esq., FA.S.

Sill (JEOHIJE T. STAUNTON, luiir. F.li.s.

IIK.NRV I). WOLFF, Esq.

'!■ 11. M.VJOI!, E,^., Kli.o.s., tioNoiauv sm ,i^,.uA.

Vice-Presidents.

i' I

r.F.ADER, I PUKSRNT THEF, HERE TIIHEE ADMinABTJ! VOYAGES OF DIS-
COUEUY WADE UY THE DDTCH, NO WHIT ENTJYING THEIR DUE TIUYbE,
BUT HONOUKINU THEIU WOUTHV ACTS AND ARTS.

Purohas his rilgrimes, iii. 473.

INTRODUCTION.

The three voyages undertaken by the Dutch, to-
wards the close of the sixteenth certury, with a view
to the discovery of a north-east passage to China,
are deservedly placed among the most remarkable
exploits of that enterprising nation ; while the ten
months' residence of the adventurous seamen at the
furthest extremity of the inhospitable region of
Novaya Zemlya, within little more than fourteen de-
grees of the North Pole, and their homeward voyage
of upwards of seventeen hundred geographical miles
m two small open boats, are events full of romantic
interest.

The republication by the Hakluyt Society of the
narrative of these three voyages, is most appropriate
at this particular juncture, when public attention is
so painfully absorbed by apprehensions as to the fate
of Franklin and his companions. At all times would
this work be read with interest, as giving in plain
and simple language, which vouches for its truth
the first account of a forced winter residence in the
Arctic Regions, patiently and resolutely endured and
successfully terminated ; but at the present moment
It acquires a far deeper importance from its repre-
sentation—faint, perhaps, and wholly inadequate to

INTRODUCTION.

«^

the reality — of the hardships which n.ust have been
undergone by our missing countrymen; — h.nppy if
some of them shall have survived, like Gerrit de
Veer, to tell the tale of their sufferings and of their
final deliverance from their long captivity.

In adverting to the causes which led to these
three expeditions, it would be quite superfluous to
enter upon the general history of Arctic discovery.
All that is requisite for the proper elucidation of the
present subject, is an investigation of the actual state
of our knowledge respecting the precise fiold of the
labours of our Dutch navigators, previously to the
date of their adventurous undertakings.

Three centuries have now elapsed since the first
attempt was made to discover a north-east passage to
China and India. The circumstances under which
this took place, cannot be better detailed than in the
words of Clement Adams, in his account of "the ncwe
Nauigation and discouerie of the kingdome of Mus-
couia, by the north-east, in the yeere 1553," which is
printed by Hakluyt in the first volume of his Prin-
cipal Navigations.

" At what time our marchants perceiued the com-
modities and wares of England to bee in small request
with the countreys and people about vs and neere
vnto vs, and that those marchandizes which strangers
in the time and memorie of our auncesters did ear-
nestly seeke and desire, were nowe neglected and
the price thereof abated, although by vs carried to
their owne portcs, Jind all forreine marchandisc^ in
great accompt and their prises wonderfully raised:

INTRODUCTION.

certaine grauo citizens of London, and men of great
wisedome, and careful! for the good of their countrey,
began to thinke with themselves howe this mischiefe
might be remed.'ed. Neither was a remedie (as it
then appeared) wanting to their desires, for the auoyd-
ing of so great an inconuenience : for, seeing that
the wealth of the Spaniards and Portingales, by the
discouerie and search of newe trades and countreys
was mariieilously increased, supposing the same to
be a course and meane for them also to obteine the
like, they thereupon resolued upon a newe and strange
nauigation. And whereas at the same time one
Sebastian Cabota,^ a man in those dayes very re-
nowned, happened to bee in London, they began first
of all to deale and consult diligently with him, and
after much speech and conference together, it was at
last concluded that three shippes should bee prepared
and furnished out, for the search and discouerie of the
northcrne part of the world, to open a way and
passage to our men for trauaile to newe and vnknowen
kingdomcs.

"And whereas many things seemed necessary to bee
regarded in this so hard and difficult a matter, they
first make choyse of certaine graue and wise persons,
in manor of a senate or companie, which should lay
their heads together and giue their iudgements, and
prouide things requisite and profitable for all oc-
casions : by this companie it was thought expedient

* Mr. Blddlc, in his Mcmoif of Sebastian Cabot (8vo., London,
1831), has almost exhausted the subject of the exploits of this
English worthy.

INTRODUCTION.

that a certaine summe of money should publiquely bee
collected, to serue for the furnishing of so many shippes.
And lest any priuate man should bee too much op-
pressed and charged, a course was taken, that euery
man willing to be of the societie should disburse the
portion of twentie and five pounds a piece; so that
in short time by this meanes the summe of sixe
thousand pounds being gathered, the three shippes
were bought, the most part whereof they prouided to
be newly built and trimmed."^

The three vessels thus fitted out sailed in company
from Ratcliff on the 10th of Mry, 1553. On their
arrival at Harwich, they were detained there some
time ; " yet at the last with a good winde they hoysed
vp saile, and committed themselues to the sea, giuing
their last adieu to tlieir natiuc country, which they
knewe not whether they should euer returne to see
againc or not. Many of them looked oftentimes
backe, and could not refraine from teares, consi-
dering into what hazards they were to fall, and
what vncertainties of the sea they were to make
triall of."^

These gloomy forebodings were not long in finding
their realization. In a violent tempest off the coast
of Norway, two of the vessels, the Bona Esperanza
and Bona Confidentia, in the former of which was
Sir Hugh Willoughby, captain general of the ficet,
were driven far out to sea, and at length put into a
small haven on the coast of Lapland, near the mouth

' Halduyt. vol. i, p. 21;].

If.'i(f.. i).'Jl;3.

INTRODUCTION. V

of the river Warsina,^ where the entire crews of both
vessels, amounting in all to seventy souls, miserably
perished from cold and hunger.

Before meeting with his untimely end, Willoughby,
on the 14th of August, " descried land, which land
(he says, in a note found written in one of the two
ships) we bare with all, hoising out our boat to dis-
cover what land it might be ; but the boat could not
come to land, the water was so shoale, where was very
much ice also, but there was no similitude of habita-
tion; and this land lyeth from Seynam'* east and by
north 160 leagues, being in latitude T2 degrees. Then
we plyed to the northward."^ As the subject of Wil-
loughby's voyage has been discussed ,^y Mr. Rundall
in a recent publication of the Hakluyt Society,^ it is
here unnecessary to say more than that, whatever may
formerly have been the notions of geographers as to
the coast reached by our hapless countryman, and to
which the name of " Willoughby's Land " was given,
the almost universally received opinion now is^ that it
was that portion of the western coast of Novaya
Zemlya, which is called by Liitke the Goose Coast,
( Giinscufer in Erman's Translation"), — doubtless from

' Li'itkc, Vicrtnallye licise (lurch das uurdliche Eismccr, Ger-
man translation by Erman (forming vol. ii of Bcrghaus's Kabhicts-
Bihliothck der neiicsten Itvisen), 8vo., Berlin, 1835 ; pp. 12, 190.

* The island of Scnyen, on the coast of Norway, in C9° N. hit.
3 Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 236.

* Narratives of Voyages towards the North- West, IntioiUiclIon,
p. i, et seq.

* See IJecchey, Voyayc of Discover ij towards t/tc North Pule, p. 227.
« Page 312,

INTRODUCTION.

\i\

the numbers of water-fowl found there, — and of
which the North and South Goose Capes, (Sf/evernui/
Gusinuy Muis and Yuzhnmj Gusinuy Muis) form the
two extremities. Mr. Rundall is therefore fully jus-
tified in claiming for Gir Hugh Willoughby, as he
so earnestly does in his work just cited,^ " the
credit of having been the first Englishman by whom
the coast of Novaya Zemlya was visited ; " and as,
further, Willoughby was not only the first Eng-
lishman, but also the first European, who had ever
been there, the rule and usual practice in regard to
new discoveries fairly warrants the application of the
name of " Willoughby 's Land" to this " Goose Coast,"
which our countryman was thus the first to visit and
make known to us.

In thus attributing the discovery of Novaya Zem-
lya to Sir Hugh AVilloughby, it is in no wise intended
to deny that that island — or chain of islands, as it
may be more correctly designated — was previously
known to the inhabitants of the northern coasts of
Russia. The name itself, — Novaya Zemlya, which in
the Russian language signifies " the New Country"
or " Newfoundland," — and the fact that the early
European navigators, both English and Dutch, who
followed in Willoughby's footsteps, met with native
vessels on the coast, from the crews of which they
learned their way and obtained various particulars of
local information, are quite sutficieiit to establish the
priority of the Russians.

Iiitr

•oil

p. IX.

INTRODUCTION, y[[

Still, the discovery of a country, like any other
discovery or invention in science or the arts, dates
properly from the time when the knowledge of that
discovery is first recorded and publicly communicated
to the civilized world ; and in this sense even the
Russian admiral Liitke,' the great explorer of Novaya
Zcmlya in modern times, does not hesitate to acknow-
Icdge, that, owing to the absence of all written re-
cords bearing on the subject, his countrymen cannot
pretend to lay claim to the " discovery" of Novaya
Zemlya.

llichard Chancellor, pilot-major of Willoughby's
fleet, was far more fortunate than his hapless chief.
In the third vessel, the Edward Bonaventure, com-
manded by Stephen Burrough, he succeeded in enter-
ing the Bay of St. Nicholas, since better known as the
Whifo Sea, and on the 24th of August, 1553, reached
in safety the western mouth of the river Dwina,
whence he proceeded overland to the court of the'
Emperor of Muscovy or Russia, at Moscow. The
result was the foundation of the commercial and poli-
tical relations between England and Russia, which
have subsisted, with but brief interruptions, till the
present day.

Shortly after Chancellor had brought his section
of Willoughby's expedition to so successful an issue,
the company of merchant-adventurers, by whom tlic
three ships liad been fitted out, received a cliarter of
incorporation, bearing date February 6th, 1 and 2
Ph. and I\Iar. (1554-5); and subsequently, in the

' J'icnnalif/c 7iV/.sr, etc., p. 1.

<lt'"

Vlll

INTRODUCTION.

eightli year of ()uccn Elizabeth (156G), they ob-
tained an Act of Parliament, in which they arc styled
" the Fellowship of English Merchants for Discovery
of New Trades ;" a title under which they still con-
tinue incorporated, though they are better known
by the designation of the " Muscovy " or " Russia
Company."

It is not here the place to discuss the general pro-
ceedings of the Russia Company, important though
they be, and highly deserving of being made the
subject of special investigation. All that we have
to do is to notice the expeditions which were under-
taken under the auspices of that company, for the
purpose of exploring the seas bounding the Russian
Empire on the north, with a view to the discovery of
a north-east passage to China.

Of these expeditions, the first was that of Stephen
Burrough, who had in 1553 been the master of
Richard Chancellor's ship, the Edward Bonaventure,
and who now, in 1556, was despatched in the pinnace
Searchthrift to make discovery towards the river Ob.^

Leaving Gravcsend on the 23rd of April of the
latter year, Burrough, on the 23rd of May, passed
the North Cape, which he had so named on his
first voyage, and on the 9 th of June reached Kola,
where he fell in with several small Russian
vessels (lofl/i), all " bound to Pechora, a fishing
for salmons and morses."- The master of on(; of
these boats, named Gabriel, rendered good service to
Burrough, who is diffuse in his praise of Gabriel's

' Iliikhiyt, vol. i, p. 274. • Ih'il.

p. 277.

INTRODUCTION.

conduct, as contrasted with that of other Russian
seamen with whom he had to do.

In the company of these native boats Burrough
passed by Svyatoi Nos, called by him Cape St. John ;
Kanin Nos (Caninoz) ; the island of Kolguev, by mis-
take called in his journal i?olgoieae ; then the second
Svyiitoi Nos, and so to " the dangerous barre of Pe-
chora." Passing still onwards, he, on St. James's
day, July 25th, " spied certain islands," lying to the
south of Novaya Zemlya, under one of which he
anchored, naming it " St. James his Island,"^ and
making its latitude to be 70° 42' N., which according
to Liitke~ is about 10' too far north. The next day they
"plyed to the westwards alongst the shoare" of the
southern extremity of Novaya Zemlya, where they met
with another small native vessel, the master of which,
named Losliak, told them that they were past the
way which should bring them to the Ob ; — that the
land by which they were was " called Nona Zembla,
that is to say, the New Land ;" — and that " in this
Nona Zembla is the highest mountaine in the worlde,
as he thought, and that Camen Bolshay,'' wliich is on
the maine of Pechora, is not to be compared to this
mountaine ; but" (adds Burrough cautiously) " I saw
it not."^

On the 31st of July, Burrough was "at an anker
among the islands of Vaigats ;" on one of which
islands he went on shore the following day. On

' Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 280. » Page 14.

" Uolschoi Kamen {Liitke, p. 14), signifying " the great rock,"
lit. " stone."

* Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 280.

INTRODUCTION.

Monday, the 3rd of August, he continues : " We
weyed and went roomc with another island, which was
five leagues east north-east from us ; and there I met
againe with Loshak, and went on shore with him,
and hec brought me to a heap of the Samoeds idols,
which were in number aboue 300, the worst and the
most unartificiall worke that ever I saw. The eyes
and mouthes of sundrie of them were bloodic ; they
had the shape of men, women, and children, very
grosly wrought ; and that which they had made for
other parts was also sprinckled with blood. Some of
their idols were an oldc sticke, with two or three
notches made with a knife in it. I saw much of the
footing of the sayd Samoeds, and of the sleds that
they ride in."^

These particulars clearly prove that the spot thus
described by Burrough is Bolvanovsky Nos (Image
Cape), at the north-eastern extremity of the island of
Vaigats, in 70° 29', N. lat., which place, according to
Liitke,^ was visited by Ivanov in 1824, and found to
be in precisely the same state as represented by its
English discoverer. There is a second cape of the
same name at the south-eastern extremity of Vaigats
Island, in 69° 40' N. lat., which is the Afgodenhoeck
(Idol Cape) of Linschoten and tlie Bceldthoeck (Image
Cape) of De Veer, and which is described by the latter
in his account of their second voyage, at pages 53 and
60 of tha present volume. Liitke ' erroneously identi-
fies this latter cape with the one discovered by Bur-
rough ; but this is evidently a mere oversight, as the

Ilakluyt, vol. i, p. 280.

Pago II.

=> Page 29.

INTRODUCTION. ^l

two capes of the same name are distinctly laid down
in his chart.

On the 5th of August, fearing to be hemmed in by
the ice, which approached his ship in immense masses,
Burrough returned westwards, and then southwards ;
and on the 22d of the same month, on account of the
north and north-easterly winds, the great quantity of
ice, and the advanced season of the year, he deter-
mined on not attempting to proceed further to the
east, but returned round Kanin Nos into the White
Sea, and so to Kholmogorui (Colmogro), the Rus-
sian port on the Dwina previously to the foundation
of Archangelsk,— Archangel, or Novo-Kholmogorui,
as it was at first called,— where he arrived on the
11th of September.'

The passage by which Burrough thus sailed be-
tween Novaya Zemlya and Vaigats into the sea of
Kara, is that which by the Russians is called Kar-
skoi Vorota— the Kara Gate or Strait; and as he was
the first navigator who is recorded to have been
there, he must be regarded as the " discoverer " of
that Strait. And that he was so considered by his
contemporaries is established by the fact, that, in the
instructions given by the Russia Company, in 1580,
to Pet and Jackman,^ that entrance into the Sea of
Kara is actually denominated " Burrough's Strait."

For several years after Stephen Burrough's voyage
in die Searchthrift, the Russia Company appear
to liuve directed their attention principally to the

Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 283. See also pp. 284, 417, 464, 465
Sec page xvli of the present Introduction.

XII

INTRODUCTION.

trade with the White Sea, and thence, overland, with
the interior of the continent both in Europe and in
Asia. Still, it must not be imagined that they at all
abandoned the idea of a north-east passage to China.
On the contrary, there is evidence in the instructions
given by them on the fitting out of two expeditions,
at intervals of twelve years each, that the subject was
not lost sight of by them, and that they neglected no
means of obtaining information, with a view to the
eventual realization of the scheme which was their
principal object in the original formation of the
company.

The former of these two expeditions was in the
year 1568, when James Bassendine, James Wood-
cocke, and Richard Browne were appointed to under-
take a voyage of discovery along the northern coast
of Russia, "from the river Pechora to the eastwards."
Of this undertaking no memorial appears to be ex-
tant, except the " Commission " issued to the adven-
turers ; so that it is impossible to say what its success
was. But the instructions contained in that Com-
mission are in themselves of so interesting a charac-
ter, as showing in a precise and definite form the
extent of the knowledge of the Arctic Ocean to the
east of the White Sea, possessed by the English at a
date mounting up to nearly three centuries from the
present time, tliat no apology will be necessary for
here reprinting it from the pages of Ilakluyt.^ It
must be premised that the date attributed by that
author to this document is 1588; which is hovever

' Principal Nuviyutions, vol. i, pp. 382-3.

INTRODUCTION.

Xlll

clearly a misprint. For, in the first place, it was in
1568 (not 1588) that Thomas Kandolph, by whom
the Commission was signed only a few days after his
arrival in Russia,^ was appointed ambassador to that
country, he having in the following year returned to
England;*' while in the year 1588 it was Dr. Giles
Fletcher who was our ambassad^^r." And, secondly,
this Commission, though appearing to bear the latter
date, is placed by Hakluyt in chronological order

among

the documents of the year 1568.

A Commission given hy vs, TJiomas Eandolfe, ambassadour
for the Qucenes Maiestte in Russia, and Thomas Bannister,
etc., vnto lames Bassendine, lames Woodcocke, and Richard
Browne; the which Bassendine, Woodcocke and Browne tee
appoint ioynthj together, and aiders the one of them to the
other, in a voyage of discouery to be made (by the grace of
God) by them, for searching of the sen and border of the
coast, from the riucr Pechora to the eastwards, as hereafter
followeth. Anno 1568, the frst of August.

Inprimis, when your barkc with all furniture is ready,
you shall at the beginning of the ^'ore (assoonc as you possibly
may) make your repaire to the eastcrne part of the riuer
Pechora, where is an island called Dolgoieue, and from thence
you shall passe to the eastwards alongst by the sea coast of
Hugorie, or the maine land of Pechora ; and sailing alongst
by the same coast, you shall passe within seuen leagues of
the island Vaigats, which is in the straight, almost halfe

* He arrived at the monastery of St. Nicholas, at the western
mouth of the Dwina, on July 23rd, 1568. — Ilakluyt, vol. i, p. 376.

'' He embarked at St. Nicholas about the end of July, 1569, and
arrived safely at London in the month of September followinij. —
Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 378.

=> Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 473.

XlV

INTRODUCTION.

II :•

way from the coast of Hugorie unto the coast of Noua Zcm-
bla ; ivhich island Vaigats and Noua Zcmhla you shall Jinde
noted in your plat, therefore you shall not need to discouer
it, but proceed on alongst the coast of Hugory towards the
river Obba.

There is a bay bctweene the sayd Vaigats and the river
Obba, that doth bite to the southwards into the land of Hu-
gory, in which bay are two small riuers, the one called C!!ara
Reca, the other Naramsy, as in the paper of notes which are
giuen to you herewith may appeare : in the which bay you
shall not need to spend any time for searching of it, but to
direct your course to the river Ob (if otherwise you be not
constrained to kcepc alongst the shore) ; and when you come
to the river Ob, you shall not enter into it, but passe oucr
into the easterne part of the mouth of the sayd riucr.

And when you are at the easterne part of the mouth of Obba
Rcca, you shall from thence passe to the eastwards, alongst
by the border of the sayd coast, describing the same in such
perfect order as you can best do it. You shall not Icaue the
sayd coast or border of the land, but passe alongst by it, at
least in sight of the same, untill you haue sailed by it so farrc
to the eastwards, and the time of the yeere [be] so farrc spent,
that you doe thinke it time for you to rcturnc with your barke
to winter, which trauell may well be 300 or 400 leagues to the
eastwards of the Ob, if the sea doe reach so farre, as our
hope is it doth ; but and if you finde not the said coast and sea
to trend so farre to the eastwards, yet you shall not leaue the
coast at any time, but proceed alongst by it, as it doth lie,
leauing no part of it vnsearchcd or [un-]sccne, unlesse it be
some bay or river, that you doe ccrtcinly know by the report
of the people that you shall finde in those borders, or els
some certeine tokens whereby you of your sclucs may iudge
it to be so. For our hope is that the said border of land and
sea doth, in short space after you passe the Ob, incline cast.

INTRODUCTION.

and so to the southwards. And therefore we would haue no
part of the land of your starreboord side, as you proceed in
your discoucry, to be left vndiscoucrcd.

But and if the said border of land do not incline so to
the eastwards as ^vc presuppose it, but that it doe proue to
mchne and trend to the northwards, and so ioync with Nona
Zembla, making the sea from Vaigats to the eastwards but a
bay; yet we will that you do keepe alongst by the said
coast, and so bring us certaine report of that forme and
mancr of the same bay.

And if it doe so proue to be a bay, and that you have
passed round about the same, and so by the trending of the
land come backe vnto that part of Nona Zembla that is
agauist Vaigats, whereas you may from that see the said
island Vaigats ; if the time of the yecre will permit you, you
shall from thence passe alongst by the said border and coast
of Noua Zembla to the westwards, and so to search lohether
that part of Noua Zembla doe ioyne ivith the land that Sir
Hugh WilloiKjhhie discouered in anno '53, and is in 72 de-
grees and from that part of Noua Zembla 120 leagues to the
tvestwards,' as your plat doeth shew it unto you ; and if you
doe finde that land to ioyne with Noua Zembla, Avhen you
come to it, you shall proceed further along the same coast,
if the time of the yere will permit it, and that you doe thinke
there will be sufficient time for you to retm-ne back with
your barke to winter, either at Pechora or in Russia, at your
discretion ; for we refer the same to your good iudgcments,
trusting that you will lose no time that may further your
knowledge in this voyage.

' This supposed interval between Novaya Zemlya and " Wil-
loughby's Land," arose from WiUoughby's erroneous estimate of
the distance of the coast reached by him from Senyen, which dis-
tance, "mstead of 160 leagues, would be 230 leagues; an error
however, not much to be wondered at, considering the bad weather
the fleet encountered between those places."— i?eec/*ey, p. 228.

XVI

INTRODUCTION.

Note you, it was the 20 of August, '56, ycr ' the Serch-
thrift began to returne backc from her discoucrie, to winter
in Russia ; and then she came from the island Vaigats, being
forcibly driuen from thence with an easterly windc and yce,
and so she came unto the riuer Dwina, and arriued at Col-
mogro the 1 1 of September, '56. If the yce had not bene
so much that yere as it was in the streights on both sides of
the island Vaigats, they in the said pinnesse would that
yecre haue discoucred the parts that you are now sent to
seeke ; which thing (if it had pleased God) might haue bene
done then ; but God hath rescrucd it for some other. Which
discoucrie, if it may be made by you, it shall not only proue
profitable vnto you, but it will also purchase i)crpetuall
fame and rcnowme both to you and our countrcy. And
thus, not doubting of your willing desires and forwardnessc
towards the same, Ave pray God to blesse you with a lucky
beginning, fortunate successe, and happily to end the same.
Amen.

As has already been stated, the results of this
expedition are not known. We may therefore
pass to the consideration of the voyage of Arthur
Pet and Charles Jackman in the year 1580. For
this undertaking written instructions were in like
manner given by the Kussia Company, which have
also been preserved by Hakluyt.^ But as these
instructions correspond in many respects with those
given to Bassendine and his companions, it is here
unnecessary to cite more from them than some few
passages requiring particular notice.

The Commission from the Russia Company to Pet
and Jackman was " for a voyage by them to be made,

' Ere ; before.

Vol. i, pp. 433-5.

.i=

INTRODUCTION.

XVll

by God's grace, for search and discoueries of a pas-
sage by sea b// BorougJis Streights and the island
Vaigats, eastwards to the countries or dominions of
the mightic prince, the emperour of Cathay, and in
the same unto the cities of Cambalu and Quinsay, or
to either of them." And for that purpose they were
directed to "saile from this river of Thames to the coast
of Finmarke, to the North Cape there, or to the Ward-
house;" and from thence, continued their instruc-
tions, " direct your course to haue sight of Willough-
bies Land, and from it passe alongst to the Nona Zemla,
keeping the same landes alwayes in your sight on your
larboord sides (if conueniently you may),. to the ende
you maydiscouer whether the same Willoughbies Land
be continent and firme land with Nona Zemla or not;
notwithstanding we would not haue you to entangle
your sclues in any bay, or otherwise, so that it might
hinder your speedy proceeding to the Island Vaigats.
" And when you come to Vaigats^ ive luould haue you
to get sight of the maine land of Samoeda^ w^hich is ouer
against the south part of the same island, and from
thence, with Gods permission, to passe eastivards
alongst the same coasts keeping it alwayes in your sight
(if conueniently you may) untill you come to the
mouth of the riuer Ob ; and when you come unto it,
passe ouer the said riuers mouth unto the border of
'land on the east side of the same (without any stay
to bee made for searching inwardly in the same river),
and being in sight of the same easterly land, doe you, in
Gods name, ^rroceed alongst by it from thence eastwards,
keeping the same alwayes on your starboord side in sight,

XVIU

INTRODUCTION.

if you may, and follow the tract of it, whether it
incline southerly or northerly (as at times it may do
both), untill you come to the country of Cathay, or
the dominion of that mightie emperour."^ But in
case they should not be able to reach Cathay, they
were directed to attempt to ascend the river Ob ; and
if they should not succeed in this, they were then
to " returne backe through Borour/hs Strcights" and
" discouer and trie whether Willoughbies Land ioyne
continent with Nona Zembla or not."^

In pursuance of these instructions, Pet and Jack-
man sailed from Harwich on the 31st of May 1580, in
two small barks ; namely, the George, of the burthen
of forty tons, under the command of the former, with
a crew of nine men and a boy, and the William, of
twenty tons, commanded by the latter, with a crew
of five men and a boy. On June 23d they reached
Wardhuus, which place they loft in company on the
1st of the following month. On the next day, how-
ever, as the William seemed " to be out of trie and
sailed very ill," she " was willing to goe with Kegor,"
where she might mend her steerage ; " whereupon
Master Pet, riot willing to go into harborough, said
to rdiiscer Jackman that if he thought hi'uselfe not
able to keepc the sea, he should doe as he thought
best, and that he in the meane time would bcare with
Willoughbies Land, for that it was a parcel of our
direction, and would meete him at Veroiie Ostroue, or
Vaigats.''^

' Hakluyt, vol. i, pp. 433-4. ^ Ihid., p. 435.

' Ifml., p. 416.

INTRODUCTION.

XIX

The name of Verouc Ostroue, here given to the
island of Vaigats, does not occur elsewhere. It is
manifestly Russian ; though it is difficult to say what
is its correct form, and consequently what its signifi-
cation. As to the designation by which that island is
generally known, Witsen states, though without fur-
ther explanation, that it was acquired from one Iwan
or Ian Waigats ;^ in commenting on which statement,
Liitke says that the name should properly be written
AVaigatsch, the Russian termination tsck having been
changed by the Dutch into ts, in the same way as in
Pi^^ora for Pei'^e/sora, etc."' The correctness of this
criticism is, however, questionable. For, long before
the Dutch visited or knew anything of these parts,
we find Englishmen, — who certainly had no difficulty
in pronouncing the sound ch (tsch)^ which is common
to our language, and who in fact always wrote
Vcchoi'n (Petschora), and not, like the Dutch, VUsorat
— invariably writing not Vaigae/j (Vaigatsch), but
Vaiga/5 or Vaygai'^. It is therefore reasonable to
conclude that Vaigats is the original pronunciation
of the name, and that the Russian form is merely a
corruj)tion.

But to return to Pet, who after parting from
Jackman continued his course eastwards, apparently
following in Willoughby's track, till, on the 4th of July,
he saw land in latitude 71° 38' north, being the coast of
Novaya Zemlya, somewhere about the South Goose
Cape. Thence he coasted along the south-western

' See the note in page 28 of the present vclim-.c.

' If»id. 3 Hakluyt, vol \, p. 44G.

\i i

INTRODUCTION.

end of Novaya Zemlya, keeping the same in sight
on the larhoard side, as instructed to do but not
Hearing it, on account of ice and fog. On the 10th
of July, he approached the north-western extremity
of Yaigatz Island, and landed on a small island near
the coast, where he took in wood and water. ^ Here
he remained till the 14th, when he got out with
difficulty on account of t^ ^ ice, and " lay along the
coast north-west, thinking it to be an island; but find-
ing no end in rowing so long," he " supposed it to be
the maine of Nona Zembla," in which however he
was in error, and thereby missed the entrance into
the Sea of Kara by Burrough's Strait. He now
altered his course, and on the 1 5th " lay south
south-west with a flawne sheete, and so ranne all the
same day ;" and, after meeting with much more ice,
he on the 17th came into the " Bay of Pechora."
Thence again taking an eastward course, he oti
the 18th had sight of the southern extremity of
Vaigatz, and on the following day entered the pas-
sage running between that portion of the island and
the main land of the Samoede country ; to which
passage the Dutch, in the voyages which form the
subject of the following pages, gave the name of "the
Straits of Nassau", and which the Russians call
Yugorsky Schar, that is to say, the Ugorian Strait.
Nevertheless, if the first European explorer on record
be entitled to the credit of his discove 7, this entrance
into the Sea of Kara ought to bear the namo of
Pet's Strait," in like miuiner as the passage into

' Hiikluyt, vol. i, p. M7.

INTRODUCTION.

XXI

that sea at the other extremity of Vaigatz Island
received the name of " Burrough's Strait."

From the 19th till the 24th of July, Pet endea-
voured to make his way eastwards in accordance with
his instructions, by keeping " the main*' land of
Samoeda" n'ways in sight on his starboard side, but
was constantly impeded by the ice. At length he
was " constrained to put into the ice, to seeke some
way to get to the northwards of it, hopingr * i haue
some cleare passage that way, but there was nothing
but whole ice."^

Meanwhile, Jackman and his crew of five men and a
boy, in their frail bark of twenty tons, had gallantly
followed after the George, and on the morning of the
25th July the two vessels again joined company, the
William being however in so disabled a state when she
reached her companion, as to require assistance from
the latter The two vessels now " set saile to the
north wardes, to seeke if they could findc any way
cleare to passe to the eastward ; but the further they
went that way., the more and thicker was the ice, so
that they coulde goe no further."-

At length, seeing the impossibility of advancing
either to the east or to the north, on the 28th of July
" Master Pet and Master Jackman did conferre toge-
ther what was best to be done, considering that the
windes were good for us, and we not able to passe for
ice : they did agree to seeke to the land againe, and
so to Vaygatz, and then to conferre further. At 3 in
the afternoonc we did warpe from one piece of ice to

' Hukluyt, vol. i, p. -148. » Ihid

Ill "•|"1H

SSSBSHOn

XXll

INTRODUCTION.

another, to get from them if it were possible : here
were pieces of ice so great that we could not see
beyond them out of the toppe."^

It was only with the greatest difficulty and peril
that they occasionally made their way throug^h the ice,
in which for the most part they remained so enclosed
" that they could not stirre, labouring onely to defend
the yce as it came upon them ;" but at length, on the
15th of Aifgust, they " entred into a cleare sea with-
out yce, whereof they were most glad, and not with-
out cause, and gave God the praise."- On the day
after, they say, "wo were trouble*^ a^ ''^.e with ice,
but we made great shift with it ; foi ?t-: yottc hetwcene
the shoare and it. This day, at twelue of the clocke,
we were thwart of the south-cast part of \ aigats, all
along which part there was great store of yce, so that
we stood in doubt of passage ; 9/ei by much adoc tvc
got betwixt the shoare and it.'"''^

They now bore away to the west, passing by the
island of Kolguev (Colgoyeue), on the sands to the
south of which both vessels went aground, on xVr.gust
20tli, in latitude 68° 40' N., according to their 'L.lc'da-
tion. Getting off, they proceeded together ' ,hnr
return voyage; but, only two days afterwardvs, s lV.
vessel parted from the William, and saw her no

more.

Arthur Pet, in the George, reached home in safety,
arriving at llatcliff on the 2Gth Deceniber follow-
ing ; but " the William, with Charles Jackman, ar-

' Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 449.
' //»>/., p. J.Jl.

'' Ibid., p.
Ihid., p. 4.'>1.

■}\K

INTRODUCTION.

xxui

rived at a port in Norway between Tronden and
Rostock in October 1580, and there did winter.
And from thence departed againe in Februarie fol-
lowing, and went in company of a ship of the King
of Denmarke toward Island ; and since that time he
was never heard of."^

This voyage of Pet and Jackman has been noticed
more in detail than miglit otherwise have been neces-
sary, for the purpose of defending those able seamen
from the animadversions of a recent historian, who
says : " From tlie meagre narrative of this voyage it
is sufficiently evident thc.t Pet and Jackman were but
indifferent navigators, and that they never trusted
tliemsolvcs from the shore and out of shallow water,
whenever the ice would suffer them to approach it ;
a situation of all others, where they might have made
themselves certain of being hampered with ice."~
It will, however, in the first place, have been seen that
their express instructions were that they should fol-
low the line of the Siberian coast, keeping it always
in siglit on their starboard side, which instructions
they appear to have obeyed to the utmost of their
ability. And, secondly, it was not so much the fixed
ice along the coast which impeded their progress, as
the immense masses of floating ice from the Polar
Basin which had drifted into the Sea of Kara; for,
on more than one occasion, it was precisely by getting
into the shallow water " between the shore and the

• narrow. Chronological History of Vovnyes into the Arctic
liegions, p. 99.

• Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 453,

XXIV

INTRODUCTION.

ice," that they were enabled to effect a passage,
which in deeper water, where the ice-masses could
float, was denied to them. The fact is that it was
from no want of either knowledge or skill that they
were unsuccessful, but from the likf unsurmountable
natural causes which, fifteen years later, compelled
the Dutch fleet under Cornelius Nai to turn back
from somewhere about the same spot ;^ and, as
Captain Beechey justly observes, " to this day the
hardy Russians have not been able to survey the
eastern side of Nova Zembla ; and the ships which
passed through the Waigatz Strait have never been
able to proceed far, owing to the quantity of ice
driven into the Sea of Kara."^

Further, when it is considered who these expe-
rienced seamen were, it will at once be manifest that
under no circumstances ought they to be stigmatized
as " indifferent navigators." Arthur Pet was with
Richard Chancellor and Stephen Burrough in the
Edward Bonavcnture, on tiieir first voyage to the
Bay of St. Nicholas in 1553, his name standing in the
list of " mariners " sixth before that of William Bur-
rough^ (Stephen's brother). Seven years afterwards, in
1560, he commanded the Jesus, of London, in the
service of the Russia Company.* And now, twenty
years later, in the year 1580, a convincing proof is
afforded of the estimation in which he was held, by
the interest taken in him and his expedition by

' See page 64 of the present voli
' Voyaye towards the North Pole

' See page 64 of the present volume.
' Voyaye towards the North Pole, p. 202.
' Ilakluyt, vol. i, p. 233.

* Ihld., p. 308.

INTRODUCTION.

XXV

several of the most distinguished navigators and cos-
mography vs of his time. For, in addition to his
Commission from his employers, in whose service
he had been seven-and-twenty years, — whether con-
stantly or not is immaterial, — he received " Instruc-
tions and Notes''^ from " Master AVilliam Burrough,"
Comptroller of the Navy, who had been his messmate
seven-and-twenty years before, together with " Cer-
taine briefe aduices giuen by Master Dee,"*^ as also
" Notes in writing, besides more priuie by mouth,
that were giuen by M. Richard Hakluyt, of Eiton, in
the countie of Hereford, esquire ;"" and, further, his
voyage was deemed of sufficient importance to form
the subject of a letter to Hakluyt himself from the
learned Gerard Mercator.^

Of Charles Jackman we do not know so much.
Yet he, too, had clearly had experience in Arctic ex-
ploration, having been " the mate" on board the Ayde,
one of the vessels of Frobisher's second expedition,
when he was of sufficient importance to give his
name to " Jackman's Sound," on the south side of
Frobisher's Strait.'' And it is not without signifi-
cance that in all the documents above cited, except
Mercator's letter to Hakluyt, his name is coupled,

' Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 435. » Ihid., p. 437.

^ Ibid., p. 437. These " notes" were also published by Hakluyt
in his Divers Voyages touching the Discovery of America, under the
title of " Notes in writing, besides more priuie by mouth, that were
giuen by a gentleman,*^ etc. See Mr. J. Winter Jones's edition of
that work, p. 116.

* Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 443.

" Uundall, Narratires of Voyages to the North- West, pp. 15, 17.

XXVI

INTRODUCTION.

without any distinction, with that of so old and ex-
perienced a navigator of the Russian Seas as Arthur
Pet.

Notwithstanding the failure of Pet and Jackman's
undertaking, the Russia Company appear to have in
no wise relaxed in their endeavours to effect a passage
by sea along the northern coast of the Russian domi-
nions. And that they were, to a considerable extent,
successful in their exertions, is proved by the follow-
ing two documents, which have been preserved to us
by Purchas.^

Notes concerning the discotiery of the river of Ob, taken out of a
Roll written in the Russian tongue, which was attempted by
the meanes ofAntonic Marsh, a chiefe Factor for the Moscouie
Company of England, 1584, tvith other Notes of the North'
east.

First, he wrote a letter from the citie of Mosco, in the year
7092, after the Russe accompt, which after our accompt
was in the yeare 1584, unto foure Russes, that vsed to trade
from Colmogro to Pechora and other parts eastward ; whose
answer was :

By writings receiued from thee, as also by reports, wee
vnderstand thou wouldest have us seeke out the mouth of the
nuer Ob ; which we are content to doe, and thou must giue
therefore fiftie rubbles : it is requisite to goe to secke it out
with two cochimaes or companies,^ and each cochima must
haue ten men ; and wee must goe by the riuer Pechora

* Pilgrimes, vol. iii, pp. 804-806.

* This may perhaps be an erroneous translation of the Russian
word kotschmare, which, according to Liitkc (p. 71), "is understood
at Archangel to mean a tlirec-mastcd vessel, of the burthen of
about 500 poods," or eight tons.

INTRODUCTION.

XXVll

vpwards in the spring, by the side of the ice, as the ice
swimmeth in the riuer, which will aske a fortnights time ;
and then we must fall into Ouson riuer, and fall downe with
the streame before we come to Ob, a day and a night in the
spring. Then it will hold vs eight dayes to swimme downe
the riuer Ob, before we come to the mouth : therefore send
vs a man that can write ; and assure thy selfe the mouth of
Ob is deepe. On the Kusse side of Ob soiourne Samoeds,
called Vgorskai and Sibierskie Samoeds ; and on the other
side dwel another kinde of Samoeds, called Monganet or
Mongaseisky Samoeds. We must passe by fiue castles that
stand on the riuer of Ob. The name of the first is Tesuoi-
gorodok, which standeth vpon the mouth of the riuer Padou.
The second small castle is Nosoro-gorodock, and it standeth
hard vpon the side of Ob. The third is called Necheiour-
goskoy. The fourth is Charedmada. The fift is Nadesneda,
that is to say, the castle of Comfort or Trust,' and it standeth
vpon the riuer Ob, lowermost of all the former castles to-
ward the sea.

Heretofore your people hatte bin at the said riuer of Obs
mouth with a shij), and there was made shipwracke, and
your people were slaine by the Samoeds, which thought that
they came to rob atid subdue them. The trees that grow by
the riuer are firrcs, and a kiudc of white, soft, and light firre,
which we call yell. The bankcs on both sides arc very high,
and the water not swift, but still and deepe. Fish there arc
in it, as sturgeons, and cheri, and pidlc, and nelma, a dainty
fish like white salmons, and moucoun, and sigi, and ster-
lidi ; but salmons' there arc none. Not farrc distant from the

' We have here a proof that this document was translated out
of Russian into English through cither the Dutch or the German
language, in which Trost does certainly mean "comfort," but
never " trust." The translator of De Veer's work commits the
like mistake. Sec page 20 of the present volume.

^ These several descriptions of fish arc thus identified by Dr.

xxvm

INTRODUCTION.

mainc, at the mouth of Ob, there is an island,' Avhercon
resort many vUde beasts, as white bearcs, and the morses,
and such like. And the Samoeds tell vs, that in the winter
season they oftentimes finde there morses teeth. If you xcould
haue vs tratiell to sceke out the mouth of Oh by sea, tee must
goe by the isles of Vaygats and Noua Zembla, and by the
land of 3Iatpheoue, that is, by Matthetves Land. And assure
thy selfc, that from Vaygats to the mouth of Ob by sea, is
but a small matter to sayle. Written at Pechora, the yeare
7092, the twenty one of February.

Mastek Maksii also learned these distances of Places and
Ports from Caninos to Ob by sea.

From Caninos to the bay of MedemsTce (which is some-
what to the east of the riucr Pechora) is seuen dayes sayl-
ing. The bay of Mcdcmsky is oucr a day and a halfe sayling.
From Medcmske Sauorost to Carareca is sixe dayes sayling.
From Carska Bay to the farthest side of the riucr Ob is nine
dayes sayling. The bay of Carska is from side to side a day
and a nights sayling.

He learned another icay by Noua Zembla and 3fatthtcschau
Yar to Ob more north-eastward. From Caninos to the iland
of Colgoieue is a day and a nights sayling. From Colgoieuc
to Noua Zembla are two dayes sayling. There is a great osera
or lake vpon Noua Zembla, where wondcrfuU store of geese
and swanncs doc brccde, and in moulting time cast their
feathers, which is about Saint Peters day ; and the Russcs of
Colmogro repaire thither ycarcly, and our English men ven-
ture thither with them seuerall shares in money : they bring

Hamel, in his Tradescant der aeltere, (St. Petersburg and Leip-
zig, 1847, 4to.)> P- 239. Acipcnser stiirio, Salmo nasutus (Tschir),
Sabno pelct (Pclet ?), Salmo nelma (Nclma), Salmo muksim (Muk-
sun), Salmo lavaretus (Sigi), Acipcnser ruthnns, Salmo solar,
^ Dyeloi ostrov, or Wliitc Island. Sec Lxithe, p. G8.

INTRODUCTION.

XXIX

home great quahtltie of doimc-feathcrs, dried swanncs and
geese, bcarcs sklnncs, and fish, etc. From Naromske rcca
or riuer to Mattuschan Yar is sixe daycs sayling. From
Mattuschan Yar to the Peroiiologli Teupla, that is to say, to
the warme passage ouer-land, compassing or sayling round
about the sands, is thirteene dayes sayling. And there is
upon the sands, at a full sea, scucn fathomes water, and two
fathomes at a low water. The occasion of this highing of
the water, is the falling into the sea of the three riuers, and
the meeting of the two seas, to wit, the North Sea and the
East Sea, which make both high water and great sands.
And you must beware that you come not with your shippe
near vnto the iland by the riuer Ob.* From MaUnschan Yar
to this iland is Jiuc daycs sayling. Mattushan Yar is in
some parts fortie vcrsts otcer, and in some j^arts not j)ast six
vcrsts oucr.

The aforesaid Anthonie Marsh sent one Bodan, his man, a
liusse borne, with the aforesaid foure Russcs and a yong
youth, a Samocd, which was likewise his seruant, vpon the
discouery of the riuer of Ob by land, through the countrie of
the Samocds, with good store of commodities to traffickc
Avith the people. And these his seruauts made a rich voyage
of it, and had bartered with the people about the riuer of
Ob for the valcw of a thousand rubles in sables and other
fine furres. But the eniperour hauing intelligence of this
discouery, and of the way that Bodan returned home by, by
one of his chicfo officers lay in waitc for him, apprehended him,
and tooke from him the aforesaid thousand markes worth of
sables and other merchandises, and deliuered them into the
cmperours trcasurie, being sealed vp, and brought the poore
fellow Bodan to the citie of Mosco, where he was committed
to prison and whipped, and there detained a long Avhile after,
but in the end released. Morcouer, the cmperours officers

' Namely, Bi/elui ostrov.

XXX

INTRODUCTION.

asked Anthonie Marsh how he durst presume to dealc in any
such enterprise. To whom he answered, tl>at, by the priui-
Icdgcs granted to the English nation, no part of the cmpcrours
dominions were exempted from the English to trade and traf-
ficke in : with which answere they were not so satisfied, but that
they gaue him a great checke, and forfeited all the aforesaid
thousand markcs worth of goods, charging him not to pro-
cecde any further in that action : whereby it seemcth they
are very iealous that any Christian should grow acquainted
with their neighbours that border to the north-east of their
dominions ; for that there is some great secret that way,
which they would reserue to themselves onely. Thus much
I vnderstood by Master Christopher Holmes.

From these documents we gather two very remark-
able facts. The first is, that, previously to the year
1584, an English vessel had crossed the Sea of Kara,
and penetrated as far eastward as the mouth of the
river Ob, where it was wrecked and its crew were
murdered by the natives. The second is, that, at that
time, the best way from the White Sea and the mouth
of the Pechora by sea was deemed to be " by the
isles of Vaygats and Nouva Zembla, and hy the Land
of Matpheoiic^ that is^ oy Matthetves Land f' this being
manifestly the same as that which is described as
" another way by Is ma Zembla and 3Iattuschan Yar
to Ob, more north-eastward" than that along the
Russian coast, by Kanin Nos, the mouth of the Pe-
chora, and thence through Yugorsky Shar (" Pet's
Strait") and across the Gulf of Kara. And there can
be no question that we have here a record of the dis-
covery of the entrance into the Sea of Kara, by the
strait, at present known by the name of Matochkin

INTRODUCTION.

XXXI

Shar, in which the Russian pilot Rosmuislov passed
the winter of 1768-1769, and through which he pene-
trated into that sea, thougli prevented by the ice from
proceeding far from the eastern coast of Novaya
Zemlya.^

The singular description thus given by Marsh of
this passage through " Mattuschan Yar," between No-
vaya Zemlya and "the Land of Matfeov(Matpheoue),"
does not appear to have been hitherto noticed by any
writer except Dr. Hamel.^ Unfortunately that author,
through what would seem to be a systematic omission
of all particular reference to his sources of informa-
tion, has rendered his work of little value as an
authority ; inasmuch as, without having the means of
appeal to the originals, it is impossible to discriminate
between the facts and opinions gathered by him from
others, and the conclusions, or sometimes mere hypo-
theses, based by himself on such information.

On the present occasion, however, having the
original statements of Anthony Marsh before us, we
can have no hesitation in availing ourselves of Dr.
Hamel's comments on the same, and in agreeing
with him^ that the present name Matochkin Shar
appeal's to be merely a corruption of Matyushin
Shar; Matyusha itself being the diminutive of the
Russian proper-name Matvei, or Matthew, which
name was probably that of the first discoverer of this
passage. It would also seem that the expression
" Mattuschan Yar," made use of by Anthony Marsh, is
intended for this Matyushin Shar, and not, as Dr.

' See Liitke, pp. 71-79. ' Tradescant dcr aeltcre, p. 230.

■■■■I

xxxu

INTRODUCTION.

Hamcl supposes,' for the coast {ijar ?) lying opposite
to Novaya Zcmlya ; and that the breadth attributed
by Marsh to " Mattuschan Yar," of " in some parts
forty versts over, and in some parts not past six versts
over," is meant to apply to the supposed breadth of
the passage itself.

There can, further, be no doubt that Dr. Hamel
is right in his conclusion, — indeed, it is self-evident
from Marsh's statement, — that towards the close of
the sixteenth century, and previously to the time
when the Dutch visited those parts, Novaya Zemlya
was looked on as an island extending from Bur-
rough's Strait (Karskoi Vorota) as far northwards only
as " Mattuschan Yar" (Matyushin Shar) ; and that
the land lying to the north of th' ^atter passage was
not deemed to be a part of Novo ^mlya, but had a
distinct designation, namely, Matthew's Land, which
in Russian would be Matvyeeva Zemlya, — an expres-
sion which corresponds prer'sely with Marsh's" Land
of Matfeov (Matpheoue)."

How this Matvyeeva Zemlya, together with Mat-
yushin Shar, should have been lost from our maps,
may be easily explained, though not altogether in the
way attempted by Dr. Hamel.^ The accompanying
facsimile of a map drawn by Isaac Massa, and pub-
lished in 1612 by Hessel Gerard, in a small volume''

' Page 230. ' Page 231.

^ Descriptio ac Delineatio geographica Detectionls Freti, stve
Transitus ad Occasum supra Terras Americanas . . . reccns invest'igati
ah Henrico Hiidsono Anglo .... und. cum dcscri'ptione Terra Samoic-
darum et Tingoesiorum in Ta^laria ad Ortum Freti Waygats sitw,
etc. Amsterodami, ex ofRcinaHessclijGerardi, anno 1612. SmalHto.

The full title of this work is given by Camus, in his Mcmoire sur

posite
butcd
parts
versts
[Ith of

lamcl
^^idcnt
)sc of

time
cmlya

Bur-
s only
I that
c was
had a
which
scpres-
Land

Mat-
maps,
hi the
iiying

pub-
►lume'*

231.
ti, sive
iestiguti
Samoic-
ts sitcCf
lalHto.
oire suf

Caerte van tr /loor9er/te/ Bs^wss'^n , ySarva/ed^n , n/ticc ^in^oeseiv tarn

Somersvd? ■sft h.'etu,i.firuna _ '^ /.;■ m. '^^^ "^ ^ -'

n^oeseiv tatwt : aisoo datvdiiiie Kn^s^ri ^gVetei:mtye7idoor huiuMMsa v^rUicUis ,

INTRODUCTIOX.

XXXlll

how very rare, contains (as will be seen) a delineation
of Novaya Zcmlya, there shown as an island of not
large extent, and the surrounding regions. The
strongly marked entire line along the western side
of Novaya Zemlya, is that of the coast as furnished
to Massa by his Russian authorities : the faint dotted
line is that of the coast as corrected by himself or
Gerard from Dutch sources of information. The
proper names, as written in strong and faint charac-
ters respectively, indicate, in like manner, the several
sources from which such names were derived. In
this map a broad channel is laid down between the
island of Novaya Zemlya and a terra innominata to
the north of it, to which channel is given the name
of " Matsci of tsar," which was evidently intended
for " Mat/eiof tsar," which again must be tfiken to
have been written instead of " Matfeiof tsar," through
a mere clerical rrror.^ The frint dotted line along

la Collection (I ' ff rands et pet Its Voyages, p. 254, in which, liowcvcr,
he has "tvaii • us ad Occanum,^' instead of "frnisitus ad Occa-

* In the tenth part of 7\ Dry's India Oricntalis, whicli was pub-
lished at Frankfort in 1G13, . \\ absiird blunder occurs with respect
to this name. Massa's map of 1612 is there reproduced somewhat
reduced in size, and with the Dutch names of iilares e(c. Latinized.
And the of in " Matsei of tsar" btiiifr imngincd to be the Dutch
disjunctive conjunction (Engl, or), tliat name is accordingly done
into Latin, and appears as " Matsci vet tsar." In this map " Cos-
tintsarch" is not inserted.

It may not be uninteresting to add, ll Gerard's work, together
with its maps, is inserted bodily in De Ihy's Collection, and on the
title-page, which alone is altered, arc the words, "Auctore M. Go-
tardo Arthusio, Dan*' cano, tabulas in tcs artificiose incisas addcnte
Johanne-Thcodoro de Bry." The artist has, indeed, the conscience

XXXIV

INTRODUCTION.

the west coast of Novaya Zemlya shows that it had
been carefully and (considering the time when it was
drawn) very accurately corrected ; for we there see
plainly laid down the Mezhdusharsky Ostrov and the
tAvo inlets — Kostin Slia?' and Podryesov Shar — be-
tween which that island I'es, and from which it de-
rives its appellation.^

Had the name Kostin Shar, in any of its cha-
meleon forms,- been retained in its proper place, at
the same time that the new name Matfeiof tsar was
introduced to designate the more northerly channel,
— and the map constructed by Gerrit de Veer from
William Barents's observations, does not warrant the
former's being carried much higher up than the 71st
parallel, — there would most probably have been no
occasion to notice this grave error. But the passage
between Novaya Zemlya (Proper) and Matvyeeva
Zemlya not having been observed by Barents and
his companions, and De Veer having in his journal
expressed the opinion that " Constinsarck" goes
" through to the Tartarian Sca,"*^ the corrector of
Massa's map was led to suppose that this passage
must be the same as the " Matfeiof tsar" of the

to give Isnac Massa the credit of his map; but the name of the
autlior ol ihe work, "Ilcsselius Gcrardus, Assumcnsis, philogco-
graphicus," signed at the foot of liis Proleyomma, is left out, and
there is nothing whatever lo show that the entire work is not the
original composition of G. Arthus.

' Sec the note in page 31 of the present volume.

'^ Sec page 30, note 4, and page 202, notes (5 and 7. Yet one more
form has to be added to the list. It is Castiny Sarvh, which is
.mploycd by Captain Poechcy in page 277 of his work already cited.

'^ Sec page 222 of the present work.

INTRODUCTION.

XXXV

Russians, and he accordingly placed over the latter
the name " Costint sarch" in faint letters. That in
subsequent maps the former name should have been
omitted, and the latter alone retained, is only natural :
it is the usual progress of error. Accordingly, in Ge-
rard's map of Russia, dedicated to the emperor Michael
Fedorowich in 1614,^ we find " Costint sarch" made
to extend right across and through the land from west
to east, its latitude being, however, brought down to
nearly the same as in Gerrit de Veer's map, from which
the western coast line of Novaya Zemlya is, in gene-
ral, taken, while the more northerly passage is alto-
gether lost sight of.

Still, the existence of this latter passage continued
to be known more than a century later. For, ir the
year 1705, Witsen published in the second volume
of his Noonl en Oost Tartanje a rough and, for the
most part, very incorrect map of the Samoede coun-
try, obtained by him from Theunis (Antonis) Ys, the
master of a trading vessel, who had visited Novaya
Zemlya ; in wliich map the southern portion of that
country is represented as an island, cut off from the
northern and far larger portion by a broad channel,
running from north-west to south-east, and bearing
the name of " Matiskin jar, of Mathys-stroom ;" with
respect to which channel Witsen remarks,- that " it

' " Tabula Russia; ex autographo quod dclincandum curavlt
FcoOor lili^i.s Tsaris Boris desumpta, ct ad fluvios Dwinam, Zucha-
num, aliaque loca, quantum ex tabulis et notitiis ad nos dclatis
fieri potuit, amplificata . . . ab Hcssclo Gerardo, m.dc. xiiii." (the
last I was subsequently added.) In Blacu's Gr(tmlA(l(is,\o\.n, 1GG7.

- Page 952.

XXXVl

INTRODUCTION.

is a passage and thoroughfare, and not an inlet or
riYcr.

Notwithstanding the length of time during which
the name has been lost, there does not appear to be
any good reason why the original and correct designa-
tion of Matthew's Strait, Matvyeeva Shar (" Matfeiof
tsar"), or Matyushin Shar, should not be restored to
the channel between the two islands, instead of its
continuing to bear the modern corrupted form of the
latter name, Matochkin Shar.

It likewise seems only right that the name Mat-
thew's Land (the "Land of Matpheoue") or Matvyeeva
Zemlya, should not be lost from our maps ; and it is
therefore proposed to appropriate that designation to
the small island extending from Matyushin Shar
("Matochkin Shar") northwards as far as the channel,
in about 74° N. lat., running across the land from
Cross Bay to Rosmuislov's " Unknown Bay."

As to the name Novaya Zemlya, there can be no
doubt that it ought still to continue the generic
appellation of the entire series of islands, of which
the country usually known by that name is now found
to consist. But, at the same time, as it is highly
expedient that each of those islands should possess
some distinctive specific designation, there is a pro-
priety in restricting the title of Novaya Zemlya
(Proper), as it appears in the map of Isaac Massa and
Thcunis Ys, to the southernmost island of the series,
lying between the Kara Gate or Burrough's Strait to
the south and Matyushin Shar or Matthew's Strait to
the north.

INTRODUCTION.

XXXVll

The establishment of the English in the White

Sea, and their explorations to the eastwards, soon

induced others to become their competitors ; and of

these it is not unnatural that the Russians themselves

should have been among the first. Accordingly we

find that a short time previously to the year 1581,

"two famous men," named Yacovius and Unekius

— which, as Liitke observes,^ are manifestly the

Latinized forms of the Russian names 'Xakov and

Anikyi— employed a Swedish shipwright to build for

them two ships in the river Dwina, and then sent one

Alferius, by birth a Netherlander (" natione Belga"),

to Antwerp to engage pilots and mariners, with a

view to their employment on board those ships in

discoveries towards the north-east. This Alferius —

or Oliver, as Hakluyt translates the name — was the

bearer of a letter from John Balak to Gerard Mer-

cator, which letter, written in Latin, was pubHshed

by Hakluyt in his Principal Navigations,- together

with an English translation.

On account of the very curious matter bearing on
our subject which this letter contains, it is thought
advisable to reprint it here in its English form, and
also to give the original Latin in the /^ppendix,^ for
the convenience of reference.

To the famous and renoicmed Gerardus Mercator, his rctierend
and singular friend, at Duisburgh in Cliucland, these be de-
liucred.

Cai-ling to remembrance (most dearc friend) what exceed-
ing,^ delight you tooke, at our being together, in reading the

- Vol. i, pp. 509-512. ^ See page 261.

' Tugc 93.

XXXVlll

INTRODUCTION.

geographicall writings of Homer, Strabo, Aristotle, Plinie,
Dion, and the rest, I reioyced not a little that I happened
vpon such a messenger as the bearer of these presents (whom
I do especially recommend vnto you), who arriued lately
here at Arusburg, upon the riuer of Osella. This mans
experience (as I am of opinion) will greatly auaile you to the
knowledge of a ccrtaine matter, which hath bene by you so
vehemently desired and so curiously laboured for, and con-
cerning the which the late cosmographers do hold such vari-
etie of opinions : namely, of the discouerie of the huge pro-
monto.'ie of Tabin, and of the famous and rich countreys
subicct unto the emperor of Cathay, and that by the north-
east Ocean Sea. The man is called Alferius,^ being by birth
a Netherlander, who, for certaine yecres, lined captiue in
the dominions of Russia, vnder two famous men, Yacouius
and Vnekius, by whom he was sent to Antwerp, to procure
skilfull pilots and mariners (by propounding liberall rewards),
to go vnto the two famous personages aforesayd, which two
had set a Sweden shipwright on worke to build two ships for
the same discouerie, vpon the riuer of Dwiua. The passage
vnto Cathay by the northeast (as he declareth the matter,
albeit without arte, yet very aptly, as you may well percciuc,
which I request you diligently to consider), is, without
doubt, very short and easie. This very man himselfc hath
trauelled to the riuer of Ob, both by land, through the coun-
treys of the Samoeds and of Sibier, and also by sea, along
the coast of the riuer Pechora, eastward. Being encouraged
by this his experience, he is fully resolued with himselfc to
conduct a barke laden with merchandize (the keele whereof
hec will not haue to drawc oner much water) to the Bale of
Saint Nicholas, in Russia, being furnished with all things
expedient for such a discouerie, and with a new supply of
victuals at his arrivall there ; and also to hire into his com-

' Or Oliucr. — Note hj Hakluijt.

INTRODUCTION.

XXXIX

panic ccrtainc Russcs best knowen vnto himsclfe, who can
perfectly spcakc the Samoeds language, and are acquainted
with the riuer of Ob, as hauing frequented thost places yeerc
by yeere.

Whereupon, about the ende of May, hee is determined to
saile from the Bale of S, Nicholas eastward, by the ma'ne of
loughoria, and so to the easterly parts of Pechora, to the
island which is called Dolgoia. And here also hee is purposed
to obscrue the latitudes, to suruey and describe the countrey,
to sound the depth of the sea, and to note the distances of
places, where and so oft as occasion shall be offered. And
forasmuch as the Baic of Pechora is a most conuenient place
both for harbour and victuall, as well in their going foorth
as in their rcturne home, in regard of ice and tempest, he is
determined to bestow a day ir sounding the flats, and in
searching out the best cnterar ' for ships : in which place,
heretofore, he found the Avatcr to be but fiue foote deepe,
howbeit he doubteth not but that there are deeper chanels :
and then he intcndeth to procc :d on along those coasts for the
space of three or foure leagues, leauing the island called Vai-
gats almost in the middle way betweene Vgoria and Nona
Zembla : then also to passe by a certaine baie betweene Vai-
gats and Ob, trending southerly into the land of Vgoria,
whereinto fall two small riuers, called Marmesia and Carah,^
vpon the which riuers doc inhabite an other barbarous and
sauage nation of the Samoeds. He found many flats in that tract
of land, and many cataracts or ouerfals of water, yet such as
hee was able to saile by. When hee shall come to the riuer of
Ob, which riuer (as the Samoeds report) hath seuentie monthes,
which, by reason of the huge breadth thereof, containing
many and great islands, which are inhabited with sundry
sortes of people, no man scarcely can well discouer ; because

' Or Naramsay and Cara Reca. — Note by Hahlmjt. And see
page xiv, ante.

INTRODUCTION.

he will not spend too much time, he piirposcth to search
three or foure, at the most, of the mouthes thereof, those
chiefly which shall be thought most commodious hy the ad-
uise of the inhabitants, of whom hee mcaneth to haue ccrtaine
with him in his voyage, and meaneth to employ three or
foure boates of that countrey in search of these mouthes, as
neere as possibly he can to the shore, which, within three
dayes iourney of the sea, is inhabited, that he may leaaie
where the riuer is best nauigable. If it so fall out that he
may sayle vp the riuer Ob against the streame, and mount
vp to that place which heretofore, accompanied with certainc
of his friends, he passed vnto by land through the countrey
of Siberia, which is about twelue dayes iourney from the sea,
where the riuer Ob falleth into the sea, which iilace is in the
continent neere the riuer Ob, and is called Yaks Olgush,
borowing his name from that mightie riuer which falleth into
the riuer Ob ; then, doubtlesse, hee would conceivo full hope
that hee had passed the greatest difficulties : for the people
dwelling there about report, which were three dayes sayling
onely from that place beyond the riuer Ob, whereby the
bredth thereof may be gatherecf .v^hich is a rare matter there,
because that many rowing with their boates of leather one
dayes iourney onely from the shore, haue bene cast away in
tempest, hauing no skill to guide themselves neither by sunnc
nor starre), that they haue scene great vessels, laden with
rich and precious merchandize, brought downc that groat
riuer by black or swart people. They call that river Ardoh,
which falleth into the lake of Kittay, which they call Paraha,^
whereupon bordereth that mightie and large nation which
they call Carrah Colmak, which is none other than the nation
of Cathay.^ There, if needc require, he may fitly winter and

* These are seemingly the river Yenisei and lake Baikal.

^ On the subject of Cathay, see Hakluyt's Divers Voyagefi, etc.,
by J. Winter Jones, pp. 24, 117 ; and Major's Notes upon Russia, vol.
ii, pp. 42, 187. Carrah Colmak would appear to be intended for
Black Kalmucks.

INTRODUCTION.

:li

refresh himselfe and his, and secke all things which he shall
stand in need of; which, if it so fall out, he douhteth not but
in the meane while he shall be much furthered in searching
and learning out many things in that place. Howbeit, he
hopeth that hec shall reach to Cathaya that very sommcr,
unlesse he be hindered by great abundance of ice at the
mouth of the riuer of Ob, which is sometimes more, and
sometimes lesse. If it so fall out, hee then purposeth to
returne to Pechora, and there to winter ; or if he cannot doe
so neither, then hee meancth to returne to the riuer of Dwina,
whither he will reach in good time enough, and so the next
spring following to proceed on his voyage. One thing in
due place I forgatc before.

The people which dwell at that place called Yaks Olgush,
affirmc that they haue heard their forefathers say that they
have heard most swcete harmonic of bels^ in the lake of Kit-
thay, and that they haue scene therein stately and large build-
ings ; and when they make mention of the people named
Carrah Cohnak (this countrcy is Cathay), they fetch c" -^pe
sighes, and holding vp their hands, they looke vp to heaven,
signifying, as it were, and declaring the notable glory and
magnificence of that nation. I would this Oliuer were better
scene in cosmographie ; it would greatly further his experi-
ence, which doubtlesse is very great. Most deare friend, I
omit many things, and I wish you should heare the man
himselfe, which promised me faithfully that he would visite
you in his way at Duisburg ; for he desireth to conferre with
you, and doubtlesse you shall very much further the man.
He scemeth sufficiently furnished with money and friends,
wherein, and in other offices of curtesic, I offered him my
furtherance, if it had pleased him to haue vsed me. The
Lord prosper the mans desires and forwardncsse, blessc his

' Is not this a sign of the existence there of the Tibetan reli-

gion:

xlii

INTRODUCTION.

good beginnings, further his proceedings, and grant vnto him
most happy issue. Fare you well, good sir and my singular
friend. From Arusburg, upon the river of Ossella, the 20
of February, 1581.

Yours wholy at commandement,

John Balak.

It is not known what success attended this Alferius
or Oliver in his scheme, or what subsequently be-
came of him ; unless, indeed, it be assumed that he
is the Oliver Brunei (or Bunel), concerning whom
several unconnected notices are met with, and with
respect to whom various conflicting opinions have
been entertained. The early history of the discovery
of Novaya Zemlya would hardly be complete, were
these notices and opinions passed over in silence.

The first mention made of this individual is by
Gerrit de Veer, when speaking, in page 80 of the
present work, of " a great creeke, which William
Barents iudged to be the place where Oliuer Brunei
had been before, called Costincsarch."

The next is Henry Hudson, who, on his second
voyage to discover a passage to the East Indies by
the north-east, in 1()08, having entered into this same
creek, in the hope of its affording him a way through
into the Sea of Kara, expresses himself as follows : —
" This place vpon Nona Zombla is another then that
which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch, discouered
by Oliuer Brownell : and William Barentsons ob-
seruation doth witnesse the same. It is layd in plot
by the Hollanders out of his true place too farro
north ; to what end I know not, unlesse to make it

INTRODUCTION.

xliii

hold course with the compasse, not respecting the
variation."*

In this, however, Hudson was mistaken. The creek
into which he entered was really Kostin Sliar ; and
his error in supposing it to be " another than that
which the Hollanders call Costing Sarch," arose from
the circumstance that in the Dutch maps that name
had been removed northwards to Matfeiov-tsar (Mat-
vyeeva Shar) or Matyushin Shar, and made to super-
sede the original name. The whole of Hudson's
account of his visit to Novaya Zemlya is of so inter-
esting a character, that it is deemed deserving of a
place in the Appendix to the present work,- especially
as it has hitherto been either overlooked or else made
use of to very little good purpose.

In 1611, three years after Hudson's visit to Novaya
Zemlya, Josiah Logan went on a voyage to the Pe-
chora, and on the 27th of August of that year we
find the following entry in his journal, which, like
that of Hudson, is published by Purchas :^ — " We
came to an iland called Mczyou Sliarry, being sixtie
versts to the eastwards of Suatinosc, and it is about
ten versts in length and two versts broad. At the east
end thereof Oliuer Brunell was carried into harbour
by a Ilusse, where he was land-locked, hauing the
iland on the one side and the mayne on the other."
It is here manifest that Logan's " Mezyou Sharry"
Island is the Mezhdusharsky Ostrov, or " the island
between the two straits," of the llussians.*

> Purchas, vol. iii, p. 579. " Vol. iii, p. 545.

- Sec page 205. ^ See page xxxiv, ante.

xliv

INTRODUCTION.

From these several statements of three seamen, \/ho
visited Kostin Shar at different periods between the
years 1594 and 1611, the only facts to be elicited are,
that, at some time previous to the former date, this
strait was first discovered by some well-known indi-
vidual, named Oliver Brunei, who was there exposed
to some danger c_ difficulty, from which he was
rescued by the crew of a Russian vessel. That he
was, however, subsequently lost at the mouth of the
river Pechora is made known to us in the work of
Hesscl Gerard already referred to.^

As this work of Gerard is but little known, the
commencement of the author's Preface (Proki/omena)
shall be reprinted here, both on account of its clear-
ing up the history of Oliver Brunei, and also because
it shows the important bearing which his adventure
had on the subsequent voyagcc of the Dutcli, which
form the subject of the following pages.

" Lucri et c.iilitatis spes animos hominum nunquam
non cxcitavit ad peregrinas rogioncs nationesque lus-
trandas. Ita pretiosre il'ic, nobis a mercatoribus
Russis allatae pelles, mercatores nostrates inflamma-
runt acri quadam cupidine incognitas nobis ipsorum
terras, si fieri posset, peragrandi. Profuit ipsis
quadam tonus hac in parte iter quoddam a Russis
conscriptum, Moscovia Colmogroviam, atquc indc
Petzoram (ubi incolse anno Christi 1518 Christianam
fidem amplexi sunt) hinc porro ad fluvium Obi, pau-
loque ultcrius ducens. Quod quidem plurima falsa
veris admiscet, puta de Shitibaba anu ilia (ut fertur)

Page xxxii.

INTRODUCTION.

xlv

aurea, emsque filijs, necnon monstruosis illis trans
ipsum Obi hominibus.^ Transtulit vero descrip-
tionem banc Russicam, eamque suis de regionibus
Muscovitarum libris inseruit Sigismundus ab Her-
berstein, Imperatoris Maximiliani orator. Edidit-
que postea tabulam E-ussioe Antonius quidam Wiedus,
adjutus ab lohanne a Latski, Principe quondam
Russo, et ob tumultus post obitum Magni Ducis
lohannis Basilij in Russia excitatos, in Poloniam pro-
fugo. Quse tabula I. cuidam Copero, Senatori Geda-
ncnsi, dicata, Russicisque et Latinis descriptionibus
aucta, in lucem prodiit apud Wildam anno Christi
1555.- Aliam quoque Russioe tabulam ediderunt
post modum Angli, qui in tractu illo negotiati fuerunt.
Atque hte quidam tabulee et qualescumque descrip-
tiones, quoeque prjcterea de regionibus hiscp com-
perta sunt, elicuerimt OUverium quendam Bunclliim,
doiuo Bruxclla, uti conscenso naviglo EuchiisanOy animum

' The members of the HaV .^ c Society are referred to their hist
published vohmie, namely, the second of Mr. Major's translation of
Herberstcin's celebrated work {^Notes upon Russia, vol. ii, pf). 10,
41), for this description of the " golden old woman" and the other
wonderful i ihabitants of the regions beyond the Ob.

'■* F. Adelung, in his memoir " iiber die aeltern ausUlndischcn
Karten von Russland, bis 1700," in Bacr and Hclmersen's Beitriuje
ziir Kenntuiss ties Russisc/ioi liei'ches, vol. iv (1841), p. 18, when
describing this map, says that it must have been very rare, since few
appear to have been acquainted with it except Ortelius and Witscn ;
referring lo the latter writer's preface to his Noord en Oost Tar-
tari/e, where mention is rtiadc of it. But from a comparison of
Gerard's description of this map w ith that of Witscn, it is manifest
that the latter merely repeated the former's statement respecting it ;
so that there is no reason for supposing it to have been seen oven
by Witscn.

xlvi

INTRODUCTION.

induxerit eb sese conferre. Vhi vliqiiandiu vagatus^
et pellium pretiosarum, vitri Rtissici^ crystallique mon-
tani^ ut vocant, adfatim nactus^ omnium opiim suartmi
scaphce commissarum in undis Jluvij Pet^orce triste fecit
naufmgitmi. Quce turn Anglorum, tum htijus Bunclli,
qui et Costinsarcam Novce Zemla? lustraverat, navi-
gationes, cum et Batavis nostris, opum Chinensium
Cathaicarumque odore allectis, animum acccndissent,
nobiles et prepotentes Provinciarum Fccdcratarum
Ordines, duas naves, ductore lohanne Hugonis a
Linschot, versus fretum quod vulgo Weygats, toti-
demque ductore Guilielmo Bernardi, suasu D. Pctii
Plancij, recto supra Novam Zemblam cursu senten-
tionem versus ituras, dcstinarunt."

Oliver Brunei, or "Bnnel,"was therefore no English-
man, but a native of Brussels ; and if the particulars
thus recorded of him and of the motives of his enter-
prise be c orrectly stated, he would scarcely seem to be
the Alfcrius of Balak's letter to IMcrcator. Still, the
point cannot be looked on as absolutely decided. One
further remark is necessary with respect to the spelling
of his name. On the one hand, it will be seen that,
according to De Veer and Logan, it is '- Brunei" or
"Brunell," while Hudson makes it to be "Brownell,"
which latter may however be regarded as merely a
broad pronunciation of the word, or perhaps an attempt
to give it a vernacular and significant form ; — a pro-
cess with respect to proper names not unusual among
seamen of all nations. On the other hand, Gerard
writes "Bunel." But this form cannot be allowed
to stand in opposition to the conjoint authority of

INTRODUCTION.

xlvii

the three seamen, all writing separately and without
concert; and we may quite reasonably conjecture
the r to have been left out by Gerard, through some
clerical or typ graphical error.

Gerard's work must have come to the knowledae
of Purchas soon after its publication ; for, in the
year 1625, it is referred to be the latter ^ as his
authority for the following statement : — " The Dutch
thcmsclues- write that after the English Russian
trade, one Oliuer Buncll, moued with hope of gaine,
went from Enckhuysen to Pechora, where he lost
all by shipwracke, hauing discouered Costinsarca in
Nona Zemla. These nauigations of the English, and
that of Buncll, and the hopes of China and Cathay,
caused the States Gcnerall to send forth two shippes,
vnder the command of Hugo Linschoten, to the
Streights of ^Yey-gatcs, and two others, vnder AVil-
liam Bernards, by the perswasion of P. Plancius, to
goe right northwards from Nona Zemla."

Nearly a century later, AVitsen, in his oft-cited
work," writes as follows : — " Het zijn veele jaren
geleden, en lange voor Willem Barents-zoons reis,

* Pilgrinips, vol. iii, p. 473.

' Prolegomena ad Hudsoni Detect., edit. Amstelodami per Hes.
Gerard, IGll. — Marginal note hy Purchas.

The date here attr-'nitcd to Gerard's work must be a misprint,
as Camus makes no mention of any editions except that of 1612
and one of the following year. In this second edition of 1613, the
far greater part of the Prolegomena is omitted, and what little re-
mains is much altered. Camus remarks (p. 255), " I'avertissement
est absolument change ; il est bcaucoup plus court." The title of
the work is also slightly varied,

» Page I) 1(5.

xlviii

INTRODUCTION.

M !

ii!^

dat eenen Olivier Bunel, met cen scheepje van
Enkhuizen uitgevaren, deze rivier [Petsora] heeft
bezocht, daer hy veel pelterye, Rusch glas, en berg-
kristal vergaderd hadde ; doch is aldaer komen te
blyven." Witsen does not cite any authority for this
statement ; but it bears internal evidence of having
been taken from Gerard, whose work we know he
had before him. That both he and Purchas should
have written the name " Bunel," and not " Brunei,"
is perfectly natural, and adds nothing to the weight
of evidence in favour of the former spelling.

The next writer to be mentioned is Johann Reinhold
Forster, who, in his Voyages and Discoveries in the
North,^ after referring to De Veer's statement re-
specting Oliver Brunei, — whom however he styles
" Bennel, " on what authority it is impossible to
say, — adds in a note: — "It is manifest that the
navigators mentioned here, who had been in Nova
Zembla previous to Barentz's arrival there, were
Englishmen ; for the name Oliver Bennel is entirely
English, and the name of the inlet, which Barentz
calls Constint Sarch, can hardly be supposed to have
been any other than Constant Search; but in which of
the known voyages of the English into these parts
this place was thus named, or whether Oliver Bennel
made a voyage for the sole purpose of making dis-
coveries, or was cast away here in his way to other
regions, cannot easily be determined, for want of
proper information on the subject."

The absurdity of Forster's derivation of the name

' Engl, edit., p. 415.

mummmm

INTRODUCTION.

xlix

Kostin Shar is manifest from the explanation of it
given in page 30 (note 4) of the present work. And
as to the allegation that " the name Oliver Bennel is
entirely English," it could only have been made by
a foreigner. On the contrary, it may be asserted that
such a name as " Bennel" is altogether un-English ;
and were it not for the cosmopolitan character of our
English surnames, it might — had it really been that
of the individual in question — in itself be fairly taken
as evidence that he was not an Englishman. With
much more reason might we, at the present day, claim
" Brunei" as an English name. Probably Forster had
in his mind the " entirely English" name of Stephen
Bonnet, the well-known walrus-hunter on Bear (Che-
rie) Island.

But the 'confusion as to Oliver Brunei does not
rest here. Sir John Barrow, in his work already
cited,^ says : — " The Dutch themselves admit, that an
Englishman of the name of Bruncll or Brownell,
' moved with the hope of gain, went from Enkhuysen
to Pechora,' where he lost all by shipwreck, after he
had been on the coast of Nova Zembla, and given the
name of Costin-sarca (qu. Coasting-search %) to a bay
situated in about 71^°." And in another place,^ the
same writer speaks of Oliver Brunei as " an English-
man, of whom a vague mention only is made by the
Dutch."

With the statements of the various writers who
preceded Barrow before us, we can see at a glance,

' Chronological History, etc., p. 159.
' Ibid., p. 141, note.

I I

INTRODUCTION.

though no authorities are cited by him, that he took
that of Purchas as his basis, modifying it by means
of those of Hudson, Logan, and Forster. It is to be
regretted that he did not refer to the orig'nal Dutch
authority cited by Purchas.

The last modem writer who treats of Oliver Brunei
is Dr. Hamel, who, assuming him to be the Alferius
of Balak, makes him in his work already cited ^ the
subject of an hypothetical biographical memoir, be-
ginning with the words " Ich finde es wahrschcin-
lich," but without seeming to be aware of what
Gerard says respecting his hero, except so far only as
it is repeated by Witsen. By this writer therefore
no additional light is thrown on the subject now
under consideration ; and, in fact, it i to the original
authority, after all, that we must revert for the only
information that is really available and useful.

From this authority then we learn that Oliver
Brunei, a native of Brussels, went in a vessel belong-
ing to the town of Enkhuysen on a trading voyage
into the Russian seas, where, after collecting a valuable
cargo, he was lost ; and that his enterprise (though
unsuccessful), together with those of the English in
the same quarter, induced the Dutch to set on foot
the memorable expeditions which form the subject of
the following pages. If this person was really the
Alferius who was recommended by Balak to Mer-
cator in the year 1581, he must subsequently have
been engaged in the Russian trade for several years
before his unlucky end ; or else Gerard, writing in

' Tnuh'scant, etc., pp. 232-235.

INTRODUCTION.

1612, would surely not have named him as an imme-
diate cause of an undertaking which was not pro-
jected till 1593.

It is not, however, to be imagined that the Nether-
landers — we can scarcely speak of the "Dutch" at the
earliest period to which we are now adverting — had
no previous connexion with the northern coasts of
Russia, though it is true that that connexion was then
but of recent date. For, as is stated by Edge, the
English Russia Company having "made their first dis-
coverie in the yeere 1553, there was neuer heard of
any Netherlander that frequented those seas vntill the
yeere 1578. At which time they first began to come to
Cola, and within a yeere or two after, one lohn de
Whale [de Walle], a Netherlander, came to the Bay of
Saint Nicholas, being drawne thither by the perswa-
sion of some English, for their better meane of interlo-
ping ; which was the first man of that nation that euer
was scene there."' It was this same John de Walle,
who was afterwards present at the coronation of the
Emperor Fedor Ivanovich, at Moscow, on the 10th of
June 1584, when he had a dispute with JeromeHorsey,
the English ambassador, as to precedency, which was
decided by the emperor in favour of the latter. He
is described by Horsey as " a famous merchant of
Netheiland, being newly come to Mosco, who gaue
himselfe out to be the king of Spaines subicct."~

It is unnecessary for the consideration of the subject
before us, to enter into any details respecting the
commercial and political relations with Russia of the

' Purchas, vol. iii, p. 4G4. '^ Hakluyt, vol. i, p. 468.

INTRODUCTION.

Netherlanders generally, in the first instance, and
eventually of the natives of the United Provinces —
commonly, though not very correctly, called the
Dutch — in particular. It is sufficient to remark, that
after their first entrance into the "White Sea, they
soon became powerful rivals of the English in the
trade with Russia, and that it was also not long
before their attention was directed to the extension
of their commerce to the eastward of that country,
and to the endeavour to reach China and the Indian
Seas by a passage to the north-east.

Among the earliest and most eminent Dutch
merchants trading to the White Sea, was Balthazar
IMoucheron, of the town of Middelburg, in Zeelandt.
He it was who, in the year 1593, in conjunction with
Jacob Yalck, treasurer of the same town, and Dr.
Francis Maelson, of Enkhuysen, syndic of West
Friesland, con(?eived the project of fitting out two
fly-boats (vh/boots), each of between fifty and sixty
lasts, or about one hundred tons, burthen, armed and
provisioned for eight months, being one from each of
those towns, to attempt a voyage to China and India
by the way of the Northern Ocean. In this enter-
prise they were assisted by the courts of admiralty of
those two provinces, having first obtained the neces-
sary permission from the higher authorities.^

The two vessels thus fitted out were the Swan
(Sivanc)^- of Ter Vcere,in Zeelandt, under the command

' Linschotcn, Voyagie, oftc ScJiip-vaert, van by Nonlcn om, etc.,
fol. 3.

- Bonnet and Van Wijk, in Nicutve Verhandelinyen van het Pro-

INTRODUCTION.

liu

of Cornells Corneliszoon Nai (or Nay), a burgher
of Enkhuysen, who had for some years been a pilot
or master of a merchantman in the Russian trade, in
Moucheron's service, and was well acquainted with
the northern coasts of Europe ; having with him, as
under-pilot or mate, Pieter Dirckszoon Strickbolle,
also of Enkhuysen, and like Nai in the service of
Moucheron. The other vessel was the Mercury
(Merciirms)y of Enkhuysen, under the command of
Brant Ysbrantszoon, otherwise Brant Tetgales, a
skilful and experienced seaman, with Claes Cornelis-
zoon as his mate or under-pilot ; both being likewise
natives of Enkhuysen. As supercargo and interpreter
on board the Swan went Francois de la Dale, a
relative of Moucheron, who had resided several years
in Russia, and as additional interpreter, "Meester"
Christoifel Splindler, a Slavonian by birth, who had
studied in the university of Leyden ; while on board
the Mercury the supercargo was John Hugh van Lin-
schotcn,^ who was likewise engaged to keep a journal
of their proceedings.

This movement on the part of the merchants of
Middelburg and Enkhuysen had the effect of inducing
those of Amsterdam to desire to participate in the
enterprise, or, it should rather be said, to undertake
one on their own account, having tlie s ne general
object in view, but adopting a some who different
mode of carrying it out. Instead of att*

np o

nipim^

vmciaal Utrcchtsclie Genootschap, etc., vol. v, part G (1830), p. 26,
call this vessel the Swallow iZivaluw).
' Linschoten, fol. 3.

I* >

liv

INTRODUCTION.

way to China by passing between Novaya Zemlya
and the Russian continent, the Amsterdammers, at the
instance of the celebrated cosmographer and astrono-
mer, Peter Plancius, decided on sending their vessel
round to the north of Novaya Zemlj a, as offering a
far easier and preferable route. This difference of
opinion between the promoters of the two parts of
the first expedition must be borne in mind, as ex-
plaining several circumstances which, in tho course
of our subsequent narrative, will have to be adverted
to. A third vessel was accordingly fitted out by the
merchants of Amsterdam, aided by the court of
admu'alty there. It was of the same size and cha-
racter as U other two, and like Tetgales's vessel
was named the Mercury (3Iercurms) ;^ its command
being entrusted to William Barents, who took with
him also a fishing-boat belonging to Ter Schelling.'^

Before proceeding further, a few words must be
said respecting the individual whose name has become
inseparably associated with the three memorable ex-
peditions, cf which the first is now under considera-
tion.

' J. R. Forster (Engl, edit., p. 411) says that the Amsterdam
vessel was called " the Boot, or Messenger." Tho original German
work (Frankfort, 1784, 8vo.) is not in the British Museum, nor is
it known whether a copy of it is to be found in this country ; so
that there are no means of reference. But it may be suspected
that there is some confusion here between Boot, "a boat," and Z?o/<',
" a messenger." Most modern writers nave followed Forster in
calling Barents' s vessel the Messenger. This name, translated into
Russian by Liitke, and then rendered back into German by Erman
(p. 17), has become der Gesanilte, the Envoy or Ambassador!

'^ Bennct and Van Wijk, p. 26. ' Linschoten, fol. 3.

INTRODUCTION.

Willem Barcntszoon — that is to say, William, the
son of Barent or Bernard — was a native of Ter Schel-
ling, an island belonging to the province of Friesland,
and lying to the north-east of Vlieland or 'tVlie. He
was also a burgher of Amsterdam. Of his family and
early life no particulars have been handed down to
us. But that he was not of any considerable family is
manifest from his having, like most of his country-
men in the lower, or even the middle rank s of life, no
other surname than the patronymic, Barents-zoon.
He possessed, however, a good, if not a learned edu-
cation, as is proved by the translation made by him
from the High Dutch into his native tongue of the
" Treatise of Iver Boty, a Gronlander," which, toge-
ther with a note written by him on the tides in the
Sea of Kara, was found by Purchas " amongst Master
Hakluyt's paper," antl preserved by him, and which,
following that laborious collector's example, we have
" thought good to adde hither for Barents or Barent-
sons sfike."' He appears also to have written the nar-
rative of the first voyage, which was published by
Geirit de Veer, and of which a translation is given
in the present volume. Nothing to that effect is
stated by De Veer ; but as the latter did not go on
that voyage, he must necessarily have obtained the
particulars of it from some one who did, and from
Linschoten's statement' it may be inferred that this
was Barents himself.

' Sec the Appendix, page 273,

- Ghelijck als t'selfde, uyt de bcschrijvinghc oftc t'vcrbael des
voorscydcn Willem Barentsz. ghenoechsaem (met lief overcomcnde)

Ivi

INTRODUCTION.

I ' I

But whatever may have been Barents's general
education, it is unquestionable that he was a man of
considerable capacity and talent, and that as a sea-
man he was possessed of far more than ordinary
acquirements. By Linschoten he is described as hT,v-
ing great knowledge of the science of navigation,
and as being a practical seaman of much experience
and ability ; his astronomical observations have stood
the severest tests of modern science ; while his feats
of seamanship will bear comparison with those of the
ablest and most daring of our modern navigators.
Of his great determination, perseverance, and in-
domitable courage, some remarkable instances will
be adduced ; and that his personal character and
general conduct were such as to secure to him the
respect, confidence, and attachment of those who
sailed with him, is clearly manifest from various
expressions in Gerrit de Veer's simple narrative, and
from its tone throughout.

The name of this able navigator has been written
in various ways. The Dutch usually have Barentsz.,
which has been adopted in the notes on Phillip's
text in the present volume, it being the usual native
contraction of the full name, Barentszoon. In the
Amsterdam Latin and French versions of De Veer's
work the name is translated " filius Bernardi "
and " fils de Bernard." Purchas and other early
English writers have Barents or Barentson, and some-
times even Bernardson. The first of these forms —

verthoont sal worden, tot welckes ick my refereere." — Voyagte,
etc., fol. 18 verso.

i !

INTRODUCTION.

Ivii

namely, Barents — is most conformable to the genius
of our language (in which we have Williams and
Williamson, Hichards and Richardson, etc.), at the
same time that it accords with that of the Dutch, in
which language this form of name is not uncommon.
Barentz and Barentzcn, as it has not unfrequently
been written, are incorrect.

On the 4th of June, 1594, the little fleet lying off
Huysdunen, by the Texel, the commander of the
Swan, Cornclis Nai, was named admiral or commo-
dore, and an agreement made'' that they should keep
company as far as Kildin, on the coast of Lapland.
On the following morning, being Sunday, the admiral
set sail, commanding the others to follow ; but as
the Amsterdammers said they were not quite ready,
they remained behind, though, as appears from their
journal,' they too sailed in the course of the same day.
On the 21st, the Mercury of Enkhuysen arrived at
Kildin, on the 22nd, the Swan, and on the 23rd,
Barents's two vessels. On the 29th of the same month
Barents left Kildin on his separate voyage to Novaya
Zemlya, arranging with the others that, in case they
should not meet beyond that country but should have
to return, they would wait for one another at Kildin
till the end of September. On the 2nd of July the
ships of Nai and Tetgales took their departure for
Vaigats.

For want of taking a comprehensive view of this

' Te samen Aclmiraelschop endc een vast vcrbondt ghemaeckt.
— Linschoten, fol. 3.
' Dc Veer, p. 6.

Iviii

INTRODUCTION.

III

U ■] i

and the subsequent voyages in which Barents was
engaged, most writers on the subject have fallen into
considerable error. By some the two expeditions of
Nai and Barents have been treated as totally distinct ;
while by others Barents has been regarded as the
chief commander of the whole. Thus, Blaeu, ii^. the
first part of his Grand Atlas, ^ published at Amsterdam
in 1667, speaks of this expedition in the following
terms: — "Dans cette grande entreprise, la villo
d'Amsterdam, aujourd'huy la plus puissante des sept
Provinces unies, se porta des premieres, et fournit
deux vaisseaux, qui furent accompagnez d'un troi-
siesme de Zelande et d'un quatrieme d'Enchuse, toun
quatre excellciiment equipped, et qui eurent pour prin-
cipal gouverneur et pilote tres-expert Guillaume fiJs de
Bernard.''' It would be a mere loss of time to refer to
what other writers have said on the subject.

The voyage of William Barents in the Mercury
of Amsterdam, forms the subject of the " First Part"
of the [)re8ent volume. Without entering here into
any needh^ss repetition of the particulars of this
voyage, it shall be merely remarked that on the 4th
of July Barents first came in sight of Novaya Zemlya
in 73° 2.V N. lat., near a low projecting point, called
by liini Langenes, whence he proceeded northwards
along the coast, till, on the 10th of the same month,
he passed Cape Nassau.^ Thus far he had met with
no obstacle to his progress. But during the night of
the 13th he fell in with immense quantities of ice, and
here his difficulties began. After vjdnly endeavouring

' Page 27.

» De Veer, pp. 11-10.

INTRODUCTION.

to make his way through the ice, he, on the 19th of the
month, found himself again close to the land about
Cape Nassau.^ Nothing daunted, he once more strug-
gled forwards, and at length, on the last day of July,
reached the Islands of Orange. Here, " after he had
taken all that ppine, and finding that he could hardly
get through to accomplish and ende his intended voy-
age, his men also beginning to bee weary and would
saile nc further, they all together agreed to returnc
back againe."^ On the following day, therefore, they
commenced their homeward voyage, and on the 3rd
of August they reached Cape Nassau.

From a perusal of tlie mere dry details of their
various courses in this part of their voyage, wliic'i are
nearly all that is recorded in their journal, no idea
could be formed of the difficulties they had to contend
with, or the amount of labour actually performed. It
is only when their track is laid down on the map, — as
it hus been, most carefully and with all possible
accuracy, by Mr. Augustus Petcrmann,— that their
enormous exertions became apparent. The result is
really astonishing. Their voyage from Cape Nassau
to the Orange Islands and back occupied them from
the 10th of July till the 3rd of August, being twenty-
five days. During this period, Barents put his ship
about eighty-one imes, and sailed 1,546 geographical
miles, according to the distances noted in the journal;
to which, however, must be added the courses sailed
along the coast, and also those which in some in-
stances have been omitted to be specified, so that it

' I^c Vocr, p. 20. ■' ri)i(/. p. 27.

:ii

" I

I li

l!il'

ill

INTRODUCTION.

may be reasonably assumed that the entire distance
gone over was not much (if anything) short of 1,700
miles. This is equal to the distance from the Thames
to the northern extremity of Spitzbergen, or from
Cape Nassau to Cape Yakan, not far from Bering's
Strait. And all this was performed in a vessel of one
hundred tons' burthen, accompanied by a fishing-
smack !

One remarkable fact must not be omitted to be
mentioned. On laying down Barents's track from the
bearings and distances given in his journal, from the
lOtli to the 19tli of July, being the interval between
his passing Cape Nassau and being driven back again
to that point, — during which period he tacked about
in numerous directions and sailed more than six
hundred miles, — Mr. Petermann found it to agree
so accurately, that its termination fell precisely upon
Cape Nassau, without any difference whatever. This
extreme precision can hardly be regarded as any-
thing but a singular coincidence, N(m i rtlieless, when
viewed in connexion with Barents's other tracks and
with his observations generally, as tested by the
recent explorations of Liitko and other modern navi-
gators, it must still romain a striking proof of the
wonderful ability and accuracy of that extraordinary
man.

After passing Cape Nassau, Barents continued his
course southwards without any remarkable incident,
iill on tlii 15th of August he reached the islands
of " IMatfioe .'uid iJolgoy," — Matvyeeva Ostrov and
Dolgoi Ostrov of tlie Russians, meaning Matthew's

INTRODUCTION.

Ixi

Island and Long Island, — where he fell in with Nai
and Tetgales, who had just arrived there, on their
return from the Sea of Kara through Yugorsky
Shar (Pet's Strait), to which, with pardonable
national \amty, they had given the name of the
Strait of Nassau. Their report was that they had
sailed fifty or sixty Dutch miles (200 or 240 geogra-
phical miles) to the eastward of that strait, and in
their opinion had reached about the longitude of the
river Ob, and were not far from Cape Tabin (Taimur),
the furthest point of Tartary, whence the coast
trended to the south-cast and afterwards to the south,
towards the kingdom of Cathay.^

After much rejoicing on both sides at their ho^py
meeting, the whole fleet now sailed homewards in
company, and on the 14th of September came to the
Doggers Sand, whence Nai, in the Swan, proceeded
to Middclburg, whilst tl. other vessels passed by the
Texcl to their several ports.

The reports made by Barents and Linschoten of
the results of their respective voyages were very dif-
ferent in character. The former, though anything
but an illiterate man, could make no pretensions to
scholarship. The latter was an accomplished scholar,
as is plainly shown by his narrative of this first and
of the S( "ond voyage (which will be more particularly
noticed in the sequel), and by his other published
works ; and though the vessels whicli he accompanied
had not in reality accomplished so much as those of
Barents, yet he appears to have had no difficulty in

' I)c Veer, p. 36.

Ixii

INTRODUCTION.

i ti' I!

convincing their employers and the higher authorities
that they had been not far from the realization of the
object of their voyage.

That, in the estimation of the Amsterdammers,
Linschoten represented matters in too favourable a
light, is manifest from Gerrit de Veer's innuendo al
the commencement of his description of the second
voyage, that he "de saeck vry wat breedt voort stelde,"^
which caused Linschoten to reply that, whether he
had done so or not he left to the judgement of the
discreet reader.^

Our present knowledge of those seas enables us to
judge the question fairly and impartially between the
two, and to decide that, when at the Islands of Orange,
Barents had sailed from Kildin, their point of separa-
tion, further in a direct line, and made a more easterly
longitude, than Nai and Tetgales had when at their
furthest point on the eastern side of the Sea of Kara ;
and that, when there, he was quite as near as they
were to the mouth of the Ob, and as near again to Cape
Taimur; with the certainty, further, that from the
former position a passage eastwards would at most
times, if not always, be attended with fewer difficulties
than from the latter. And it cannot be denied that
Linschoten, in stating, as he does on the titlc-pngo of
his work and at the commencement of \m Introduc-
tion, without any qualification, that he sailed "thi jugli

» Page 40.

' Al hoo wel ilat tlio Vi\u I'luncius opinie zijn, i)i haer Tractaet
te veratuen glu'von, ilat ick da sake breeder aei»Khudient haddc,
ala ay In oftect was, t'wekk ick den discreten loser t'oordeclen
ghcvc.— foyrtf/Ze, fol. 24.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixiii

the Strait of Nassau to heyond the river Ohy" has cer-
tainly afforded a justification for De Veer's imputa-
tion that he represented matters "vry wat breedt."

Stimulated by Linschoten's report, the adventurers
who had fitted out the former expedition, with others
who now joined them, determined on dispatching in
the following year a large and well-appointed fleet,
not merely in the hope of accomplishing the passage to
China which had been so well commenced, but also
with a view to the establishment of an advantageous
trade with that kingdom and the other countries
that might be discovered and visited in the course
of the voyage, in respect of which trade they ob-
tained from the Government of the United Provinces
certain exclusive privik ges and advantages.

This fleet consisted of seven vessels, namely, two
from Zeelandt, two from Enkhuysen, two from Am-
sterdam (which city, in consequence of the want of
sviccess of Barents's first voyage by Novaya Zemlya,
was now willing to take part in the undertaking of
the other |x>vts), and one from Rotterdam. The follow-
ing aro the names of the vessels and of their com-
manders. The Griffin {Grifocn) of Zeelandt, of the
burthen of 100 lasts (200 tons), commanded by Cor-
nelis Cornclisz. Nai, who was appointed admiral or
superintendent of the fleet ; the Swan {Swanc\ also of
Zeelandt, of the burthen of 50 lasts (100 tons), which
had been on the former voyage, aivl was now com-
manded by Lambert Gcrritsz. Oom, of Enkhuysen ;
the Hope (ffoopc), of Enkhuysen, a new war-pinnace

' De Veer, p. 64.

Ixiv

INTRODUCTION,

(oorlog3 - pinas) of 100 lasts, commanded by Brant
Ysbrantsz. Tetgales, vice-admiral ; the Mercury (Mer-
curius), of Enkhuysen, of 50 lasts, which had been
on the former voyage, and was now commanded by
Thomas Willemszoon ; the Greyhound ( Winthont)^
of Amsterdam, likewise a new war-pinnace, of 100
lasts, commanded by William Barents, pilot-major
of the fleet, under whom was Cornelis Jacobszoon as
skip ler ;^ a yacht'^ of Amsterdam, of 50 lasts (proba-
bly the Mercury of the former voyage), commanded
by Harman Janszoon ; and lastly, a yacht of Rotter-
dam, of about 20 lasts, or 40 tons burthen, commanded
by Hcndrick Hartman. T'his *;ist-named vessel was
commissioned, when the fleet should have reached
Cape Tabin, or so far that it might thence continue its
course southwards without hindrance from the ice, to
return and bring news of their success to Holland.
The vessels were all well equipped, with a double
complement of men, and ammunition and victuals for
a year and a half. The interpret^^. yjl the fleet was
Mecster Christofliel Splindler, as on the former voyage.
As supercargoes on behalf of the merchants of Holland
and West Friesland, were Jan Huyghen van Linscho-
ten, Jacob van Pleemskerck, and Jan Cornelisz. Rijp;
and for those of Zeclandt, Francois de la Dale and N.
Buys, with some other relatives of Balthazar Mou-
cheron. Linschoten and De la Dale were further ap-
pointed chief commissioners of the fleet on behalf of

' Dc Veer, p. 42.

' The expressions vlyhoot and yacht seem to have hecn used, like
"cutter" and " cHpper" in iiKidern times, to designate quick-sailing
vessels.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixv

his excellency prince Maurice and the States Gene-
ral, from whom they received the following com-
mission : —

J?;sTRUCTiON8 to Jan Huyghen van Linschoten and Fran^oys
lie la Dale, Chief Commissioners, for the regulation of their
conduct in the kingdom of China, and other kingdoms and
countries which shall be visited by the ships and yachts
destined for the voyage round by the North, through the
Vaigats or Strait of Nassau.

In the first place, after Mr. Christofiel Splindler, the Sla-
vonian, shall have been on shore and ascertained whether
they may land there, they shall go on shore to the king,
governor, or other authority of the place, to whom they
shall, on behalf of these States, offer all friendship, and
shall explain the circumstances of these States, namely, that
they hold communication by sea with all countries and nations
in the whole world, for the purpose of trafficking, trading, and
dealing with them in a friendly and upright manner, for
which they possess many advantages of divers sorts of mer-
chandise and otherwise.

Item, that the Government of this Country, being surely
informed that upright trade, traffic, and dcaUngs are carried
on in the said kingdoms and countries, have found it good
to send thither some ships, under good order, government,
and regulation, with merchandize, money, and other com-
modities, in order to begin dealings, by means of certain
trusty and honest persons on board the said ships, for whom
they shall ask free intercourse there, to the end aforesaid.

They shall do their best to come to an agreement for a fair,
faithful, upright, and uninterrupted trade, traffic, and navi-
gation, to the mutual advantage of the s^id kingdoms and of
these States, as well as of their respective inhabitants ; and
in case tho same shall be found good there, they shall de-
clare that to that end it is intended to visit them with a good

Ixvi

INTRODUCTION.

embassy by the first opportunity, provided the same shall be
agreeable to them.

They shall explain there what commodities and merchan-
dizes can from time to time be taken thither from these
States ; and they shall also carefully examine so as to
ascertain what merchandizes and wares may, in return for
the same, be obtained from those kingdoms and countries
and brought to these States.

They shall keep a good and accurate account of every-
thing that shall occur during the voyage, as well on ship-
board, in the discovery of countries and ports, and on all
other occasions!, as likewise of that which shall happen to
them on shore ; so that, immediately on their return, they
may of all things make a good and faithful report in writing
to the Lords the States General.

Done and concluded in the Assembly of the Lords the
States General of the United Netherlands, at the Hague,
the 16th of June 1695.

SlOETH V*'

By order of the Lords, the States aforesaid.

C. Aersens, &c.'

The several vessels composing the fleet having
assembled at the Texel, they all sailed out of Mars
Diep on the morning of Sunday, the 2d of July, 1595.
It was not till the 10th of August that they passed
the North Cape, and on the 17th they fell in with
ice, being then about fifty miles distant from the
coast of Novaya Zemlya. On the following day they
reached the island of 'Matfloe,'" and on the 19th came
to the mouth of the strait to the south of Vaigats

■ Linschoten, fol. 24 verso.

" Sec De Veer, p. 50, and the note there.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixvii

Island (Yugorsky Shar), where they found the ice
to lie in such quantities, " that the entire channel
was closed up as far as the eye could see, so that it
had the appearance of a continent, which was most
frightful to behold."^ Under these circumstances
they scarcely knew how to act, but at length re-
solved on going into the roadstead, called by them
Train-oil Bay (Trae7ibaf/'^), where, as it was under the
shelter of Idol Cape [Afgoden Iloeck)^ and thus out
of the current which set from the strait, there was
a little open water. ^ The preceding winter appears
to have been more than ordinarily severe, and the
ice-masses set in motion by the summer's sun were
consequently far greater in quantity than usual.
This, coupled with the late period of the year at
which, from some unexplained cause, they had com-
menced their voyage, soon convinced them that they
had but liftlo prospect of being able to get forward.
On the 2()th Aiigiinl, wJiile t]ms lying in Train-oil
Bay, a council was hihl on lioard the admirals ship,
when it was decided that a ya(^ht should be sent to
examine the eoiirljljull of tho Bhnit and the probabi-
lity f)f their getting i\m\\\^\\, nnd also that a party of
thirty or iuj|| \mnvA jf|/>li HJiould proceed across tlin
twliilMl of Vnignts foi' tliU fi)(|j||; {mjpnm. The yacht
could go noi(at|j|i| fillllf f '|7lf*« ('ofr/l, H'liere the entire
mm was found to be cOVbi-cd with ice without the least
break or openings \\]\\ \\\ii crew thence proceeded by
\^\\i\ m for »JH t'n|)e t)|9)ii|(e, I hough without better suc-

" JiilJStjiolen, fol. 27 v

De Veer, j). 5tJ.

crso.

mmmm

Ixviii

INTRODUCTION.

cess. The party of men — whom De Veer describes^
as fifty-four in number, himself included — returned
with a somewhat more favourable report; for they
thought they had discovered a practicable passage,
because they saw so little ice there.^ In this their
experience agreed with that of Pet and Jackman, who
found a passage close along the shore, between the
ice and the land, at times when the deep seji was
entirely filled with ice-masses.^

On the 24th of August a yacht was again sent out
to inspect the strait, and got as far as Cross Point,
bringing back the consolatory intelligence that the
ice was beginning to move, and that all was clear,
with open water, as far as Cape Dispute. On the
following day therefore the fleet weighed anchor,
and sailed as far as beyond the latter cape, with 'it
meeting with any ice ; but soon afterwards they fell
in with such quantities that they were forced to re-
turn. That night they anchor'^^d between Cape Dis-
pute and Cross Point, and on tlie following day be-
took themselves to their former station under Idol
Cape, " there to stay for a more convenient time."*
Here they were so entirely surrounded by the ice,
that they covld walk dry-foot from one ship to the
other.*^

The admiral and other officers had now evidently
given up all hopes of effecting a passage, to which re-
sult the murmurings of the crews may perhaps have

' De "Veer, p. 53. » Ibid. p. 54.

' See pages xxii, xxiv, anfe. * De Veer, p. 57.

^ Linschot'jii, fol. 29 verso.

I !

INTRODUCTION.

Ixix

contributed. Barents, however, with that determina-
tion and perseverance for which he appears to have
been distinguished, was not so satisfied as they were
that nothing more could be done ; and as on the 30th
of August the ice began again to move, he, on the fol-
lowing day, had a good many words with the admiral
on the subject,^ after which he in person crossed over
the strait to the main land of the Samoyedes, where
he made inquiries of the natives. On his return on
the following day, he again " spake to the admirall to
will him to set sayle, that they might goe forward ;
but they had not so many wordes together as was be-
tweene them the day before. "'^ The conversation which
ensued is quaintly told by De Veer, and with an
air of perfect truthfulness. On the following morn-
ing (September 2nd), a little before sunrise, Barents
began to warp his vessel out, when Nai and Tet-
gales, on seeing him do so, " began also to hoyse
their anchors and to set sayle. "^ The result of this
movement was, that, with immense labour and diffi-
culty and no little danger, they succeeded in making
their way through the ice as far as States Island,
which they reached in the evening of the 3rd Sep-
tember ; sailinji on the following morning a little fur-
ther along the channel between that island and the
mainland, so as to be sheltered from the drifting of the
ice.*

This was virtually the termination of their voyage.
On the following day (September 4t^i) a council was

' De Veer, p. 60. * Ibid. p. 60. ' Ibid. p. 61.

* Ibid. p. 62 ; Linschoten, fol. 32

nS^ .wj

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

Li»2^ Hi
£ us 12.0

Itt I

IL25 il.4

■ 1.6

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

33 WIST t^lA^N StIIIT

wnsTii.N.Y. H .;.<

;71*) t72-4S03

2iV

Ixx

INTRODUCTION.

held on board the admiral's ship, when it was decided
that, " in order not to fail in their duty,"^ — which
means that it was little more than a matter of form, —
they should on the following day make one more
endeavour to get through the ice ; and if they did not
succeed, that then they should not attempt it any
further, seeing that the time was passing rapidly, nd
the winter, with its dreadful cold and long nig i its,
was on the point of setting in. " For," adds Lin-
schoten,'' " it is now sufficiently clear and manifest
that it does not please the Lord God to permit us
this time to proceed further on our voyage of dis-
covery, so that it is not fitting that we should wilfully
tempt Him any longer and run with our heads against
the wall."

It cannot be denied that Nai and his companions
were beset with great difficulties, and that any fur-
ther attempts might have been extremely hazardous.
The crews too of the vessels were now louder in their
murmurs, and complained that their commanders de-
sired their deaths, inasmuch as being surrounded by
the ice, they ran the chance of remaining locked up
during the whole winter f added to which, the loss
of two men, who were killed by a bear on the 6th of
September,* was not at all unlikely to augment the
panic, and to cause insubordination among the sur-
vivors.

Finding the sea to continue quite full of ice, a

* Om immers aen ons devoir niet te onthreken.'—Linschotm,{o\. 32.
» Linschoten, fol. 32. » Ibid.

* De Veer, p. 62 ; Linschoten, fol. 32.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxi

council was again held on the 8th September on
board the admiral's ship, in order to determine finally
whether they should proceed or return, whereon a
great debate took place/ Most of them were of
opinion that they should at once return. To this
however the Amsterdammers were opposed, their
opinion being that some of them should volunteer to
remain there v^dth two of the vessels during the win-
ter, and take their chance of the wintering, besides
seeing whether they could not manage to get through,
or else trying whether they might not be able to make
their way to the west of Vaigats, and so round by
the north of Novaya Zemlya. But it was replied, that
the time for doing so was past, and that moreover it
did not accord with their instructions. Nevertheless,
if they wished it, they could do it of their own autho-
rity, and then see how they might afterwards answer
for their conduct.''

On the following day the indefatigable Barents
" went on shoare on the south side of the States
Hand, and layd a stone on the brinke of the water,
to proue whether there were a tide, and went
round about the iland to shoote at a hare ; and re-
turning" — as he says in the only writing undoubt-
edly of his original composition which has been pre-
served to us — " I found the stone as I left it, and the
water neither higher nor lower ; which prooueth, as
afore, that there is no flood nor ebbe.'"

• Waer over een groot debat ghcvallen is. — Linschotm, fol. 32
verso.

' Linschoten, fol. 32 verso. ' Sec Appendix, p. 274.

Ixxii

INTRODUCTION.

!' i

He could scarcely have returned on board before,
the fleet set sail from States Island, on their retam
to the strait; but the ice came in so thick and with
such force, that they could not get through, and there-
fore had to put buck in the evening.^ Next day, how-
ever, they succeeded in again reaching Cape Dispute,
where they anchored.

On the 11th, it was decided that they should once
more sail towards the ice, for the purpose of remo-
ving all doubts as to the impossibility of proceeding ;
but they had not sailed three hours before they
reached the firm ice, which stretched round in all
directions, completely preventing all further pas-
sage.'' They therefore returned and anchored at
Cross Point, where they remained till the morning
of the 14th, when Barents weighed his anchor and
set his top -mast, thinking once again to try what
he could do to further his voyage ; but the admiral,
being of another mind, lay still till the 1 5th of Sep-
tember.^

On that day, as Linschoten relates in no very
courteous language, " seeing how the weather had
set in, the Amsterdammers thought better of the
matter, and let their obstinacy somewhat abate
(lieten bun obstinaetheyt wat sincken), agreeing to
conform with all the rest."* The following protest,
which had been drawn up by Linschoten, was ac-
cordingly signed by Barents together with the other

* Linschoten, fol. 33 ; De Veer, p. 56.

' Linschoten, fol. 33 verso. And see De Veer, p, 65.

' De Veer, p. 66. * Linschoten, fol. 32 verso.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxiii

officers,^ and the same day the whole fleet sailed out
from the west end of the strait homeward bound.

" PROTEST.

On this day, the 15th of September, 1595, ?n the country
and in the roads of the Cross Point, in the Strait of Nassau,
where the ships are now lying at anchor all together, by
desire and command of the admiral, Cornelis Cornelisz., the
captains or pilots of all the aforesaid ships being assembled
and met together in the cabin of the ship of the said admi-
ral, in order that, jointly and each of them severally, they
may without dissimulation and freely declare their opinion
and final decision, and so consult together as to what is best
and most advantageous to be done and undertaken in respect
of the voyage which they have commenced round by the
north towards China, Japan, etc. ; and they having maturely
and most earnestly considered and examined the subject,
and also desiring strictly to carry out, as far as is practicable
and possible, the instructions of His Excellency and the
Lords the States, for the welfare and preservation of the
same ships, their crews and merchandize : It is found that
they have all of them hitherto done their utmost duty and
their best, with all zeal and diligence, not fearing to hazard
and sometimes to put in peril the ships and their own per-
sons (whenever need required it), in order to preserve their
honour in everything, and so as to be able with a clear con-
science to answer for the same to God and to the whole

* Liitke says (p. 34) that it was signed by all except Barents. But
it will be seen that his signature stands in its proper rank, the
third, among the others. Liitke's mistake appears 1o have arisen
from his having followed Adclung, who copied from the Recueil de
Voyages au Nord, where, in the list of names, that of Barents is
certainly omitted, though from what cause except inadvertency
cannot be imagined.

iiiir

Ixxiv

INTRODUCTION.

world. But inasmuch as it has pleased the Lord God not to
permit it on the present voyage, they find themselves most
unwillingly compelled, because of the time that has elapsed,
to discontinue the same navigation for this time, being pre-
vented by the ice caused by the severe and unusually long
frost, which, from what they have heard on the information
of others and from their own experience, has this year been
very hard and extraordinary in these parts. All wMch
having been well considered and discussed by them together,
they find no better means, being forced by necessity, than,
with the first fit weather and favourable wind, to take their
course homewards, all together and in the order in which
they came, using every diligence so as if possible to preserve
themselves from the frost which is momentarily expected to
set in, and with God's help to bring the ships, before all
the perils of winter, into a safe harbour ; inasmuch as at the
present time no other better means can be found to lead them
to a better judgment. Protesting before God and the whole
world, that they have acted in this matter as they wish God
may act in the salvation of their souls, and as they hope and
trust can not be gainsaid or controverted by any of those who
have accompanied them; and they willingly submit themselves
to defend this at all times, if requisite, by means of the fuller
and more detailed journals and notes, which each of them,
separately and without communication with the others, has
kept thereof. And in order that there may be no disorder or
idle talking unjustly spread abroad, to the disadvantage or
derogation of those who with such good will have braved so
many perils for the honour and advantage of our country,
whereby they might be deprived of their merited reward,
they have, for their defence and in order to provide before-
hand against the same, unanimously signed this Act, which
I, Ian Huyghen van Linschoten, have drawn up at their
request, and together with Fran9oys de la Dale, as chief
commissioners of the said fleet, have, with the like affirmation

INTRODUCTION,

Ixxv

and in further corroboration, in like manner signed, the day
and date above written.

Cornelis Cornelisz.

Brant Ysbrantsz.

Willem Barentsz.

Lambert Gerritsz.

Thomas Willemsz.

Harmen lanssz.

Hendrick Hartman.

Ian Huyghen van Linschoten.

Fran9oys de la Dale.

It may well be conceived that it was no easy task
for a bold and resolute sailor, and at the same time a
devout and conscientious man, as William Barents
undoubtedly was, to " protest before God, as he
wished He might act in the salvation of his soul,"
that it was impossible for him to do more than he
had done, so long as his ship was staunch and he had
a crew willing to go forward with him, or even to
brave a winter residence in those inhospitable re-
gions. Linschoten speaks of the dissentient Amster-
dammers in the plural number ; whence it is to be
inferred that Barents did not stand alone, but that
Harmen lanszoon, the master of the other Amster-
dam vessel, was at first of the same opinion; and,
most probably, it was only when he yielded, that
B .ients saw himself, however reluctantly, forced to
gi\e in.

A.fter the protest had been so signed, the fleet
proceeded on its homeward voyage, and on the 30th
of September reached Wardhuus, where it remained
till the 10th of the following month. The vessels

Ixxvi

INTRODUCTION.

;

then again set sail all together ; but the vice-admiral's
ship, the Hope, on board of which was Linschoten,
managed to get the start of the rest, arriving at the
Texel on the 26th of October. It was not till the
18th of the following month that Barents's vessel
arrived in the river Maas.

The journal of the proceedings of the fleet, which
was kept by Linschoten in pursuance of his instruc-
tions, was communicated by him to the Government
immediately on his arrival ; but it was not till six
years afterwards that he published his very interest-
ing and valuable narrative of this voyage, as well as
of that of the preceding year so far as concerns the
Enkhuysen vessels, which had sailed through Yu-
gorsky Shar— " Pet's Strait" or the " Strait of Nas-
sau" — into the Sea of Kara.

So little appears to be known by bibliographers
respecting Linschoten's narrative of these voyages,
that we have scarcely ^' means of describing any
other editions than tV st which happen to exist in
the British Museum.

The earliest of these appeared in Dutch in 1601, in
folio, under the following title : —

Voyagie, ofte Schip-vacrt, van Ian Hvyghcn van Linscho-
ten, van by Noorden om langes Noorwcgcn, de Noort-
caep, Laplant, Vinlant, Ruslandt, dc Wittc Zee, do Cis-
ten van Candenocs, Swetenoes, Pitzora, &c. door de
Strate ofte Engtc von Nassau tot voorby de Revier Oby.
Wacr inne seer distinctelicken Vcrbacls-ghcwijse beschre-
ven ende acnghewesen wordt, alle t'ghene dat hem op dc
selve Rcysc van dach tot dach bcjeghcnt en voorghcconien is.
Met de af bceldtsels van alle de Custen, Hocckcn, Landen,

ITOTRODUCTION.

Ixxvii

Opdoeningcn, Streckinghen, Coursen, Mijlen, ende d'ander
merckelicke dingen meer : Gelijc als hy't alles selfs sichte-
licken en waeraclitelicken nae't leven uytgeworpen endc
gheannoteert heeft, &c. Anno 1594 en 1595.
Ghcdruct tot Franeker, by Gerard Ketel.

The colophon has—

Ghedruct tot Franeker, by Gerard Ketel, voor Ian Huy-
ghen van Linschoten, resideerende binnen Enchuysen, anno
1601.

This rare edition consists of thirty-eight numbered
leaves, with a dedication to the States General, dated
June 1st, 1601, on two leaves unnumbered, and con-
tains numerous maps and coast views by Johannes and
Baptista a Doetechum. It was reprinted at Amster-
dam in 1624, likewise in folio, with the same plates.

In the first edition, between the dedication and the
text, are inserted several eulogistic poems, the longest
of which is an ode on " Vaygats ofte de Straet van
Nassau," by C. Taemssoon van Hoorn, and another is
a " Lof-dicht," by Jacobus Viverius, which is directed
to be sung to the tune of the forty-second Psalm.
It is worthy of remark, that, even so early as 1595,
allusion was made to the first north-east voyage of
Linschoten in the commendatory verses (which in-
cluded also the poem on Vaygats above referred to)
at the commencement of the " Reys-gheschrift van de
Navigation der Portugaloysers in Orienten . . . door
Jan Huyghen van Linschoten. Amstelredam, mdxcv.
folio;" which work, though it bears the date of 1595,
the register shows to be a portion of the author's
" Itinerario, Voyage ofte Schipvacrt van Jan Huygen

i I

•I!

Ixxviii

INTRODUCTION.

van Linschoten naer Oost ofte Portugaels Indien,"
the title-page of which is dated a year later. This
was reprinted in 1604 with the same verses.

An abstract in Dutch of Linschoten's narrative
was printed at Amsterdam by G. J. Saeghman, in
4to., with the following title : —

Twee Journalen van twee verscheyde Voyagien, gedaen
door Jan Huygen van Linschooten, van by Noorden om,
langhs Noorwegen, de Noordt-Caep, Laplandt, Findlandt,
Ruslandt) de Witte Zee, de Kustcn van Candenoes, Swec-
tenoes, Pitzora, etc., door de Strate ofte Enghte van Nas-
souw, tot voorby de Reviere Oby, na Vay-gats, gedaen in
de Jaren 1594 en 1595. Waer in seer pertinent beschrevcn
ende aen gewesen wordt, al het geene hem op de solve Rcy-
sen van dagh tot dagh voor gevallcn is, als mode de Bes-
chryvingh van alle de Kusten,Landen,Opdoeningcn, Strcck-
ingcn en Coursscn, etc. T'Amsterdam, Gedruckt by Gillis
Joosten Saeghman, in de Nieuwe-Straet, Ordinaris Drucker
van de Journalen ter Zee, en de Reysen te Lande.

This has no date, but was probably printed in or
about 1663, the year in which Saeghman printed the
" Verhael van de vier eerste Schip-vaerden der Hol-
landtsche en Zeeuwsche Schepen naar Nova Zembla,
etc.," which will be more particularly described wh{ n
we come to speak of the editions of Gerrit de Veer's
work.

We learn from Mr. Henry Stevens that a copy of
this abstract is in the possession of John Carter Brown,
Esq., of Providence, Rhode Island.

In 1610, appeared a French translation of Lin-
schoten's voyages, with the following title : —

Histoire dc la Navigation de lean Hvgvcs do Linscot,

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxix

HoUandois, et de son voyage es Indes Orientales : conte-
nantc diucrses descriptions desPays,Costes,Haures,Riuieres,
Caps, et autres lieux iusques k present descouuerts par les
Portugais : Obseruations des coustumes des nations de del^
quant k la Religion, Estat Politic et Domestic, de leurs Com-
merces, des Arbres, Fruicts, Herbes, Espiceries et autres
singularitez qui s'y trouuent : Et narrations des choses me-
morables qui y sont aduenues de son temps. Avec anno-
tations de Bernard Paludanus, Docteur en Medecine, ....
d quoy sont adiovsUes quelques avtres descriptions tant du
pays de Guinee et autres costes d'Ethiopie, que des nauiga-
tiotis des HoUandois vers le Nord au Vaygat et en la mom-
uellc Zemhla. Le tovt recveilli et descript par le mesme
de Linscot en bas AUeman, & nouuellement traduict en
Fran9ois. A Amstelredam, de I'lmprimerie de Theodore
Pierre, mdcx. folio.

Although the voyages to the north are thus an-
nounced in the title-page, they are not inserted in
the only copy wb'*ch we have been able to consult,
namely, that in the British Museum; nor is any light
thrown on the matter by bibliographers.

In the title of the third edition, published at Am-
sterdam in 1638, fol., these northern voyages are not
announced, nor are they given, but the edition is
described as " troixiesme edition augmentee."

The second French edition has not fallen within
our reach, but we believe the date to be 1619.

The only French version of Linschoten's narrative
of his northern voyages with which we are acquainted,
is that inserted in the fourth volume of the " Recueil
de Voiages au Nord," published in eight volumes,
Amsterdam, 1715-27, 12mo. ; of which another edi-

Ixxx

INTRODUCTION.

tion, in ten volumes, 12mo., was published at the
same place, 1731-38.

This Fiench version formed the basis of the Ger-
man description of these voyages given by Johann
Christoph Adelung, at pp. 107-213 of his Geschichte
der Schifahrten, published at Halle, 1768, 4to.

An abstract of Linschoten's work is given in Latin,
at fol. 31 of the first volume of Blaeu's " Atlas Major
sive Cosmographia Blaviana, qua Solum, Salum,
Coelum accuratissime describuntur." Eleven volumes
in folio, Amsterdam, 1662.

In the French edition, entitled " Le Grand Atlas
ou Cosmographie Blaviane," etc., 12 vols, in folio,
Amsterdam, 1663, and republished in 1667, the same
appears at fol. 35 of the first volume of the latter edi-
tion, which is the only one in the British Museum.

It is also at fol. 52 of the first volume of the
Spanish edition, entitled " Atlas Mayor, Geographia
Blaviana," etc. ; Amsterdam, 1659-72, 10 vols., fol.

In the elaborate dissertation on the works of John
Blaeu, contained in the fourth volume of Clement's
" Bibliothequc Curieuse," mention is made, at page
277, of an "Atlas Flamand de I'an 1662." This is
apparently a Dutch edition, to which reference is made
by Liitke, under the title of "J. Blaeu's Grooten Atlas,
of AVerelt Beschrijving, Erste Deel, 't Amsterdam,
1662." Beyond this reference, we know nothing of
that edition.

A German edition is also described by Brunet as
announced in a catalogue of Blaeu's; but it is not
alluded to by Clement, nor can we find any other trace

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxxi

of it. If ever printed or in progress of printing, it
may have been consumed in the great fire, by which,
on the 22d February, 1672, nearly all Blaeu's stock
in trade was destroyed.

In part xii, pp. 20-23, of Levinus Hulsius's Collec-
tion, is an extract from Linschoten's Navigation,
stating the progress of the Dutch in the attempt to
find the passage, the discovery of which formed a
favourite scheme of his countrymen at the end of the
sixteenth and beginning of the seventeenth centuries.

Summaries, more or less concise, derived appa-
rently from Blaeu's abstract, the French " Recueil de
Voyages au Nord," or Adelung's " Geschichte der
Schiffahrten," have also been given in most of the
histories of Arctic discovery.

Gerrit de Veer's description of the second voyage,
contained in the present volume, must be " iderstood
to relate almost exclusively to the proceedings of
Barents's vessel, as forming one of the fleet under
Nai's command. This reconciles or explains away
such differences as may appear to exist between his
narrative and that of Linschoten.

Seeing the signal failure of the second expedition,
the States General, after mature deliberation, decided
that no further attempt should be made at the public
expense to discover a north-east passage. Never-
theless, they were still willing to encourage any
private undertaking, by the promise of a considerable
reward in the event of success.^ And Plan tins and
Barents persisting in their opinion that a passage
' De Veer, p. 70.

^!^m

j^wi^-

Ixxxii

INTRODUCTION.

might be efFe :ted by the north of Novaya Zemlya,
the authorities .ad merchants of Amsterdam were
induced to take on themselves the fitting out of
another expedition to proceed in that direction. It
consisted of only two vessels, — the names and ton-
nage of which are not mentioned, — of which the one
was commanded by Jacob van Heemskerck, who was
also supercargo, and the other by Jan Corneliszoon
Kijp, ;n the like double capacity. Barents accom-
panied Heemskerck, with the rank of chief pilot
(opperste stuerman). Surprise has been expressed
that though Barents thus occupied a subordinate
station, yet in the narrative of the voyage he is made
to perform the principal part. This is however a
mistake, arising from the fact that in the abridge-
ments and summaries of this narrative, which alone
appear to have been consulted by modern writers,
most of the personal matters are omitted. For it will
be seen that, in De Veer's original work, the skipper
(or " maister," as he is called in Phillip's translation)
is repeatedly mentioned, and Barcnts's subordinate
position is clearly and unequivocally shown.^

A better founded cause of surprise might be, that
Barents himself had not the command of the expe-
dition. Yet for this a sufficient reason suggests
itself. He was evidently resolved to perform (as it
were) impossibilities, rather than fail in a project on
which he had set his heart ; and the merchants,
however willing to risk their property on the adven-
ture, may naturally have been disinclined to entrust

' See particularly pp. 175-178 and 188-193 of the present volume.

""'I

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxxiii

it absolutely to one, who would not have hesitated
to sacrifice it, or even his own life, in the attempt to
accomplish his long-cherished undertaking.

In being made subordinate to a nobleman like
Jacob van Heemskerck, who, though no seaman by
profession, had already sailed with him, and had thus
had an opportunity of learning and appreciating his
many estimable qualities, Barents, a man of humble
birth, could however in no wise have felt himself
humiliated or aggrieved. It was a case similar to
that of Sir Hugh Willoughby and Hichard Chan-
cellor, and was moreover quite in accordance with
the practice of those times, which afford repeated
instances of the command of a naval expedition being
entrusted to a soldier, who had probably never before
been on salt water.

But while Heemskerck thus held the superior rank
of captain, Barents's relation to him was evidently
that of an equal, rather tlian that of an inferior. This
is particularly evidenced in the conversation which
took place between them shortly before Barents; 's
death, when the latter called liis nominal commander
" mate."^ And that the crew looked on Barents a?
virtually the leader of the expedition is shown, not
only by their appeals to him on all important occa-
sions, but by the curious fact that in the signatures
to the " letter" which they wrote on the eve of their
departure from their winter quarters,^ the name
" wiLLEM BARENTsz." is printed in capital letters,
while that of Heemskerck, though placed in rank

Dc Veer, p. 195.

IhUl, p. 193.

••i#

Ixxxiv

INTRODUCTION.

above Barents's name, is only in ordinary type, like
those of the rest of the crew.

We have now to take a rapid glance at some of the
most important results of this third voyage, into the
particulars of which, as they are recorded in De Veer's
journal, it is unnecessary to enter.

The experience of the two former voyages appears
to have impressed Rijp, even more than Barents him-
self, with the expediency of giving the land to the
east a wide sea room ; for, notwithstanding that they
at first steered their course much more to the north-
ward than before, yet it was not long before disputes
arose between them, Bp.rents contending that they
were too far to the west, while Rijp's pilot asserted
that he had no desire to sail towards Vaigats.^ Barents
gave way ; and the result was, that on the 9th of
June they came to a small steep island, in latitude
74° 30', to which they gave the name of Bear Island,
from the circumstance of their killing there a large
white bear.^

Seven years later this island was visited by Stephen
Bonnet, who called it Cherie Island, after his patron.
Master (subsequently, Sir) Francis Cherie, a distin-
guished member of the Russia Company. This latter
name has usually been inscribed in our English maps,
though unjustly, inasmuch as the merit of the first
discovery of the island unquestionably belongs to the
Dutch. Captain Beechey says, indeed, that " a passage
in Purchas seems to imply that it had been known be-
fore Barents made this voyage ;"'' but the only passage

' I)c Veer, p. 73. '' Ihiil., p. 7().

^ Woyaye (otrards (he yorth Pole, \\. .']5.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxxv

7().

bearing on the subject which we have been able to find,
is the statement of Captain Thomas Edge, in "A briefe
Discouerie of the Northern Discoueries of Seas," etc.,
that the Dutch came " to an iland in the latitude of 74
degrees, which wee call Cherie Iland, and they call Beare
Iland,"^as if the former name had been given before the
latter. It is to be hoped thct in future English maps,
the original and coirect name will always be inserted.

From Bear Island our adventurers continued their
course northwards, and on the 19th of June, when in
latitude 79° 49' N., they again saw land,^ which was
supposed by them to be a part of Greenland, but which
subsequent investigation has shown to be the cluster
of islands known by the name of Spitzbergen. Round
this land they coasted till the 29 th, when they again
sailed southwards towards Bear Island.^

The first discovery of this country by our Dutch
navigators is now universally admitted, though for-
merly the idea was entertained that they had been anti-
cipated by Sir Hugh Willoughby. But that Spitz-
bergen was actually circumnavigated by them is a fact
which, as far as we are aware, has never been adverted
to by any writer on Arctic discovery. The details of
this portion of Barents and llijp's voyage are neither
full nor precise enough to enable us to follow them
minutely in their course ; added to which, the maps of
Spitzbergen, especially of its eastern side, are still not
sufficiently trustworthy to render us much assistance
in laying down their track. There can, however, be
no doubt that they sailed up its eastern shores, passed

' ruichus, vol. iii, p. 404. ' De Veer, p. 77, ami the nolo there.

' De Veer, p. 85.

Ixxxvi

INTRODUCTION.

along its northern extremity, and returned by the west-
ern coast. That part of Spitzbergen which they first
saw in 79° 49' N. lat., seems to be the south-east coast
of the Noord Ooster Land of the Dutch maps, along
which they sailed in a westerly direction, and entered
Weygatz or Hinlopen Strait. This assumption agrees
with the above latitude and with those of the subse-
quent positions in 79° 30'^ and 79° 42',^ as also with the
time it took — several days — to get out of that strait.
The two havens described under the date of June
24th,'' may be the Hecla Bay and Lomme Bay of Parry.
The considerable bay or inlet (gheweldigen inham)
under 79°, to which they came on the following day, and
" whereinto they sailed forty miles at the least, hold-
ing their course southward,"^ can only beWeide Bay.
Finding that its southern extremity " reached to the
firme land," they were forced to work their way back
against tlie wind, till they " gate beyonde the point
that lay on the west side, where there was so great a
number of birds that they flew against their sailcs."^
This point, in consequence, received the name of Bird
Cape. From thence their course is plainly to be traced
along the western coast of Spitzbergen, and so back
to Bear Island.

On the 1st of June, when near that island, disputes
again arose between Ilijp and Barents as to the course
which they should take. The result was that they
separated, Rijp returning northwards, while Barents
proceeded southwards because of the ice."

Dc Veer, p. 78.
Ibid., p. 84.

7/hV/., p. 83.
Idid., p. 8o.

Ibid., p. 84.
Ibid., p. 85.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxxvii

Of Rijp's subsequent proceedings nothing is known,
except that he is stated to have sailed back to Bird
Cape, on the west side of Spitzbergen, whence he
returned with the intention of going after Barents.^

* De Bry, India Orientalis, part xi, p. 51. In Scoresby's Account
of the Arctic Regions, vol. i, p. 80, the spot reached by Rijp is called
"the Bay of Birds," De Bry being referred to as the authority. But
that writer's words arc — " Sub gr. 80 circa Volucrium Promonto-
riiim, a quo postmodum animo ad Guilhelmum redeundi discessit."

Just as this sheet was going to press, we have found that the
article in De Bry, from which the above extract is taken, is a
translation of the following work : — " Histoire du Pays nomme
Spitsberghe. Comme il a este descouvert, sa situation et de ses
Animauls. Avec le Discours des empeschcmens que les Navires
esquippcs pour la peche des Balcines tant Basques, Hollandois,
que Flamens, ont soufferts de la part des Anglois, en I'Annee prc-
sente 1G13. Escript par H. G. A. Et une Protestation contre les
Anglois, & annuUation de tons Icurs frivolz argumens, par lesquelz
ils pcnscnt avoir droit dc se faire seuls Maistres du dit Pays. A
Amsterdam, chcz Hcssel Gerard A. a rensieg: o de la Carte Nau-
tiq. MD.c.xiii."

This appears to be the work to which Purchas (vol. iii, p. 464)
makes the following allusion : — " I have by me a French Storie of
Spitsbcrgh, published 1G13 by a Dutchman, which writcth against
tliis English allegation, &.c., but hotter arguments then I am willing
to answer." It gives an account of the voyage of llijp and Barents,
Avhich, tiicagh agreeing generally with that of Dc Veer, differs from
it in some iniporiun*^ particulars, ^^'hat is most remarkable is, that
it is said to have been written by Barents himself: — " Mais pour
sqavoii' deuvement cc qu'ils ont trouve en ceste descouvracc, i'ay
tro. ' bon de mettrc icy un petit cxtraict du Journal, cscrit de la
main propre dc Guillautnc Bernard.^'

Want of time and space prevents us from giving the subject any
lengthened consideration. But from what we have been able to
make out, our impression decidedly is, that it was never written
by Barents, but was attributed to him solely for the purpose of
giving to it an authority which it might otherwise not have pos-
scsssed. For, in the first place, liarcnts never returned to Hol-
land subsequently to the discovery of Spitzbergen, but died off tho

Ixxxviii

INTRODUCTION.

„ ft

How far he carried his intention into effect is not
said ; but nothing worthy of remark can have occurred

coast of Novaya Zcmlya, on the 20th of June 1597; so that, even
assuming him to have written a journal toith his oivn hand, that
journal must have passed into the possession of Gerrit de Veer, the
historian of the voyage, and would assuredly have formed the basis
of his narrative ; and hence the discrepancies which exist between
the two could never have arisen. And, in the second place, this
journal states, under date of the 24th of June 1596, "la terre(au log
du quel prenions nostre route) estoit la plus part rompue, bien hault,
et non autre que monts et montaigncs agues, parquoy Vappellions
Spitsbergen." Yet, so far was Barents from having given this
name to the newly-discovered country, that we find it expressly
stated by De Veer (p. 82), imder date of the 22nd of June, that
they " esteemed this land to be Greene-land.^^ And xiot merely so,
but after the latter's return to Holland, where he had the opportunity
of consulting with Plantius and other geographers, he still retained
that opinion ; for, in the Dedication to his work, which is dated
"Amsterdam, April 29th, 1598," he says that "the eastern part of
Greenland {as ive call it) in 80°, is now ascertained, where it was
formerly thought there was only water and no land ;" clearly pro-
ving that even at that time there was no idea of calling the newly-
discovered country by the name of Spitzbergen, or of considering
it anything but " the eastern part of Greenland."

But, not long afterwards, the western coast of Spitzbergen having
been visited by the vessels of other nations, and its importance as
a station for the whale-fishery having been ascertained, the Dutch
were naturally anxious to establish their claim to its first discovery.
This was the object of Hesscl Gerard's tract : a most legitimate
one in itself, though, unfortunately, carried out in a very unscrupulous
manner. For, not only did he attribute the authorship of this journal
to Barents, and in it make him first use the name of Spitzbergen ;
but as, from the then prevailing ignorance respecting the geography
of lliat country, it was not possible to trace that navigator's true
course along its eastern coast, round about its northern end, and so
down the western coast, he did not scruple to falsify Barents's track,
and make him sail from Bear Island on the 13th of June sixteen
Dutch miles n'cst-i\oxi\\-ivest and fifteen miles i\ovi\i-west, where
De Veer (p. 76) has sixteen miles north and sometvhut easterly ; aad

; J.

INTRODUCTION.

Ixxxix

to him, or otherwise it could not have failed to be re-
corded. We may therefore conclude that he soon gave
up his search after Barents and returned to Holland,
and that, in the following year, he went from thence
on a trading voyage to the coasts of Norway or Russia,
and was on the point of sailing from Kola on his
way home, when Heemskerck and the survivors of
his crew arrived there, as is related by De Veer.^

Meanwhile Barents, having cleared the ice, held on
his course to the east till he reached the western
shore of Novaya Zemlya, in about latitude 73° 20V
whence he coasted along the land till he had passed
considerably beyond the furthest point reached by
him on his first voyage, and had rounded the north-
eastern extremity of that country. Here, being at
length quite shut in by the ice, and unable to make his
way either forwards towards the north-east, or round
by the eastern side of the land, or even back again
by the way he had come, he and his adventurous

then again on the 14th, twenty-two miles north by ivest, where De
Veer (p. 77) has twenty miles north and north and by east, and
on the 16th, thirty miles north and by east. By thus altering the
direction of Barents's course, Gerard certainly brought him to the
western coast of Spitzbergen ; but he thereby rendered the remain-
ing portion of the voyage, which was westward along the northern
side of the land, an impossible course in the sea between Spitzbergen
and Greenland/ The fact of Gerard's tract having been repub-
lished in De Bry's Collection, which work is well known to literary
men, while De Veer's original journal has rarely, if ever, been
consulted by them, is doubtless the reason why the circumnavi-
gation of Spitzbergen by Barents and Rijp has hitherto remained
unknown.

' Pages 248, 251.

* De Veer, p. 89, and the note there.

7» ■.'tai™3viiTri" —t^

INTRODUCTION.

i :■(

companions, on the evening of the 26th of August,
" got to the west side of the Ice Haven, where they
were forced, in great cold, poverty, misery, and grief,
to stay all that winter."^

Before adverting to the subject of the memorable
wintering of the Dutch at this spot, it is necessary to
make a few remarks with respect to the identification
of the several points along the coast, which were
reached and noted by them during the course of their
first and third voyages. This is the more needful,
because widely different opinions are entertained by
two of the liighe ' living authorities on the subject,
Admiral Liitke and Professor von Baer.

The former, as is well known, was engaged in sur-
veying the Northern Ocean between the years 1821
and 1825, during which period he visited many parts
of the western coast of Novaya Zemlya between its
southern extremity and Cape Nassau to the north,
and identified most of the points visited by the Dutch,
which he laid down in the map accompanying the
published account of his four voyages, to the German
translation of which allusion has already been made.
Professor von Baer, on the other hand, who also made
a scientific visit to Novaya Zemlya in the year 1837,
read in the preceding year, before the Imperial Aca-
demy of Sciences of St. Petersburg, a " Report cI
the latest Discoveries on the Coast of Novaya Zemlya,"
in illustration of a map of that country constructed
by a pilot in the Russian navy, named Zivolka ; of
which report a German translation is published in

' De Veer, p. 99.

INTRODUCTION,

XCl

Berghaus's " Annulen der Erd- Volker- und Staaten-
kunde."^

In this report, the learned Professor comes to
widely different conclusions from those of Liitke with
respect to the identification of the several stations
visited by the Dutch ; the great point of difference
between them being, that Baer bases his arguments
almost exclusively on the distances along the western
coast of Novaya Zcmlya recorded by De Veer, especially
in the Table given near the end of his third voyage.^

This Table, however, we cannot but regard as little
better than a mere list of the various stations reached
by the Dutch on their return voyage ; the distances,
and even the bearings, therein recorded, being quite
untrustworthy, as may indeed be perceived on the
most cursory inspection. Every allowance has, of
course, to be made for any inaccuracies that may exist
in that Table, in consideration of the circumstances
under which the return voyage was made ; but, even
were we to assume the distances sailed by them in
their two small open boats to have been correctly
noted down, still there is a sufficient reason for con-
tending that those distances, in themselves, are no
sure guide, but, on the contrary, only lead to very
erroneous conclusions. For, on a comparison of them
with the differences of latitude recorded by De Veer, —
which, as being the results of astronomical observa-
tions made by so experienced a navigator as Barents
was, arc subject only to the imperfections of the in-
struments employed by him, — it will oe seen that the

* Third Scries, vol. v (1837-8), pp. 289-330. - Pages 200-203.

i ?

, J

XCll

INTRODUCTION.

former, especially between Langenes and Cape Nassau,
are throughout much too small. No reason is given
by De Veer for this discrepancy; and, indeed, it
would be difficult to account for it, were it not for the
fact established by the observations of Admiral Liitke,
that a very powerful current from south to north sets
along the western coast of Novaya Zemlya as far as
Cape Nassau. The velocity of this current was ascer-
tained by that intelligent seaman to be as much as
sixty miles per diera,^ and owing to it he frequently
found himself in a latitude from forty-five to fifty-
five miles further north than was shown by his dead
reckoning.^ A remarkable confirmation of this fact
is afforded by Henry Hudson's journal of his visit to
Novaya Zemlya, printed in the Appendix to the pre-
sent work,^ in which, under date of the 28th of June
1608, it is stated that, between eight o'clock on the
previous evening and four o'clock in the morning,
thet/ were drawn hack to the northwards^ by a stream or
tide, as far as they were the last evening at four
o'clock. Applying this, then, to the case of oui* Dutch
navigators, we obtain a satisfactory explanation of the
apparent discrepancies in their several data.

Having premised thus much, and remarking fur-
ther that the southern portion of the coast of Novaya
Zemlya, and also the northern coast of Russia, require
no discussion here, we shall proceed to the investiga-
tion of the position of the principal points between
Langenes and Cape Nassau, with respect to which
a difference of opinion exists. The former point

' Pugc U7.

rages 117, 100, 2'. «, etc

' I'ago 2C6.

INTRODUCTION.

XCIU

(as has already been stated)* is that which was first
approached by Barents on his first voyage. On the
4th of July 1794, he found himself, by observation,
in latitude 73° 25', being then about five or six miles
west of Langenes, — a low projecting point reaching
far out into the sea.^ This agrees best with the Dry
Cape (Trockenes Cap) of the Russian map, which lies
in latitude 73° 45'; and Liitke accordingly identifies
Langenes with it. Baer, however, contends for Brit-
win Cape,^ which, after Dry Cape, is the nearest pro-
jecting point of importance. But that cape lies a
whole degree further to the south, and would conse-
quently differ as much as 40' from Barents's observed
latitude ; and such a difference is more than we are
justified in admitting, inasmuch as 15' or 20' must be
taken as the maximum of error.

The next point to be noted is Loms Bay, which
is stated by De Veer to lie under 74|°;' the observa-
tion not being further particularized, as in most other
cases. This would make its difference of longitude
from Langenes to be 55'; whereas, in De Veer's map,
the difference is only 20'. Liitke' identifies Loms
Bay with Cross Bay, though without sufficiently
stating his reasons for so doing. Baer'' follows Liitke's
example, saying however still less on the subject.
The latitude of Cross Bay is 74° 10' (Liitke says 74°
20', but this must be an error, as his map shows 10',
as does that also of Ziwolka), making a difference of
25' from Dry Cape. This would agree with De Veer's

' Pago Iviii.
' I'agc 12.

' De Veer, p. 11.

' Page 21.

' Page 305.
•■' Page 30G.

• I

mtm

XCIV

INTRODUCTION.

;

map, and might, in this case, constitute a reason for
considering the latitude of Loms Bay, as stated by
him in his text in so very general a way, less trust-
worthy than that in his map. De Veer also gives' a
separate plan of Loms Bay, whu h neither Liitkc nor
Baer alludes to, evidently from their not being ac-
quainted with it. On a comparison of this special plan,
as also of De Veer's general chart, with the llussian
maps, it seems much more probable that Loms Bay
is not Cross Bay, but the bay immediately to the south
of it. For Cross Bay is, in fact, not a bay, but an
extensive inlet, of which the end has not yet been
explored, and which is indeed regarded by the best
Russian authorities as forming a strait or passage
completely across Novaya Zemlya, and communicating
with Rosmuislov's Unknown Bay.^ The Dutch, how-
ever, anchored in Loms Bay, went ashore, erected a
beacon there, and made a plan of the surrounding
country ; so that they must assuredly have ascertained
whether Loms Bay was a bay or a strait. Moreover,
they distinctly describe a " great wide creek or inlet"'
as lying to the north-east of Loms Bay, which is also
shown in their plan, and which cannot be any other
than Cross Bay itself; and from this alone it would
seem to follow that the bay to the south of that inlet
must be Loms Bay. Had Liitke made a careful sur-
vey of the bay, which he was prevented from doing,
and had he also been acquainted with the Dutch plan,
he would no doubt have been able to set this point at

' Page 12. ' Sec page xxxvi, ante.

•" De Veer, j). 13, note 1.

u.-

•

inthoduction.

xcv

rest. Meanwhile we deem ourselves justified, from
what has been adduced, in regarding the Flache Bay
of Liitke, or the Seichte Bay of Ziwolka (both terms
meaning " Shallow Bay"), as the Loms Bay of the
Dutch ; and hence Cross Bay will be their " great
wide creek or inlet," while Liitkc's Cape Prokofycv
and Wrangel's Island' will be respectively their " Capo
dc Plantius" and their " small island seawards from
the point."

The Admiraliteyts Eyland of the Dutch^ is unques-
tionably the Admiralty Island or Peninsula of the
Russians, there not being any other point to the north-
ward which answers to the description. Its latitude
is not given ; but the Dutch and Russian maps agree
satisfactorily.

Capo Negro, or De Swarte Hoeck (Black Point), is
stated to be in latitude 75° 20'," and answers to the
first prominent cape in Liitke's maps, after passing
Admiralty Island, which lies in 75° 28'.

Willems Eyland' is the Wilhclms Insel. of Liitke,
and the Biicklige Insel of Ziwolka. For this point
the elements of Barents's observation for latitude are
given, and they can consequently be checked. It is
most satisfactory to find that it differs only 9' from the
latitude given in the Russian maps, the former being
75° 56', and the latter 75° 47'. This also confirms
the probable correctness of the identifications of Ad-
miralty Island and Black Point.

De Hoeck van Nassau, placed by Barents in 76°

' Page 236. ' De Veer, p. 13. =» Ihid., p. 14.

* Ihul, p. 14. " Ihid., p. 16.

XCVl

INTRODUCTION.

I i

HS if

30',* can be no other than Liitke's Cape Nassau, in
76° 34'. Not only does the latitude agree within 4',
but likewise its general bearing. There is also another
point of correspondence. It was not till the Hollanders
reached Cape Nassau that their real difficulties began,
especially on the first voyage. This was the most nor-
therly point ever attained by Lutke, and twice did he
come within sight of this cape, but without being able
to reach it. Adverse winds and currents seem always
to prevail here, even in the height of summer. Baer
differs, however,^ from Ldtke's opinion, and regards
his Cape Nassau as the north-easternmost point of
Novaya Zemlya, and identical with cither the Ice
Cape or Cape Desire of the Dutch, while he places
their Cape Nassau much further down towards the
south-west, though without being able to fix its precise
position. But, for the reasons which have already
been adduced, we feel bound to dissent entirely from
the learned Professor's conclusions ; and we cannot
but think that, had he been acquainted with De
Veer's original narrative, he too would have seen
that Liitke's general identifications cannot well be
disturbed.

As regards the north-eastern portion of Novaya
Zemlya beyond Cape Nassau, Liitke justly argues'^
that the general accuracy of Barents's coast-line, as
far as he has been able to check it, — namely, as far as
Cape Nassau, — warrants the assumption that those
parts which lie beyond that cape are in a similar
degree correct ; and, accordingly, he adopts from the

' Piige ;3()G.

Page 302.

INTRODUCTION.

XCVll

Dutch map the entire extent of country to the east-
ward of Cape Nassau, as laid down in De Veer's chart.
This sound conchision is, however, impugned by Baer,^
who does not hesitate to erase the whole from his
predecessor's map, and to round off the north-eastern
extremity of Novaya Zemlya at a short distance be-
yond Cape Nassau.

Nevertheless, after mature consideration of the
entire subject, we are bound to declare that not only
do we concur in Liitke's opinion generally, but we
must add that no part of the coast of Novaya Zemlya
was so thoroughly explored by Barents as just that
portion which Baer has thus thought fit to dispute.
Barents traced that coast no less than four times, and
his observation of the longitude of his winter sta-
tion, which has now for the fir .t time been accurately
calculated by Mr. Edward Vogcl (assistant at Mr.
Bishop's observatory),- shows a difference of only
about twenty-five miles in the distance between that
spot and Cape Nassau, as laid down in Gcrrit de Veer's
chart : — a result which, as being derived from totally
independent data, is conclusive as to the general accu-
racy of that chart.

Consequently, without waiting for any corrobora-
tion to be obtained from future surveys, we deem it
perfectly safe to reinsert in our maps the north-eastern
portion of Novaya Zemlya, which has been omitted
on the authority c f Zivolka and Baer. This is a mat-
ter not without impuitance, inasmuch as an extent of

' Pages 302-306.

' See pages Ho-MO of the present work, and the notes tliere.

....^.^UI^UNI

XCVlll

INTRODUCTION.

at least ten thousand square geographical miles will
thereby be restored to the Russian dominions. And we
likewise consider it due to the memory of the first and
only explorer of this region, that it should bear the
specific designation of " Barents's Land," which name
is accordingly given to it in the accompanying map.
To that portion of Novaya Zemlya which lies be-
tween Barents's Land and Matthews's Land, we have
further thought that no more fitting appellation can
be given than "Liitke's Land," in honour of that able
navigator, who has done more for the geography of
Novaya Zemlya than any one since the time of Barents.

For a considerable portion of the preceding remarks
on the geography of Novaya Zemlya we arc indebted
to Mr. Augustus Petermann, who has otherwise ren-
dered us much assistance during the progress of our
labours, and by whose care the track of Barents on
his several voyages has been laid down in the
accompanying charts, from the data furnislied by
Geirit dc Veer's iournals. The route from Kildin to
Langenes, on the first voyage, was found by him to
agree precisely with the true distance between the
former place and Diy Cape ; but the route from Bear
Island to the coast of Novaya Zemlya, on the third
voyage, from its not being so minutely described,
could only be laid down approximatively. U'hose along
the more northerly portion of Novaya Zemlya arc suffi-
ciently correct, and some of them are exceedingly pre-
cise, as has already been shown in the preceding pages.

On these voyages a number of soundings were
taken in an otherwise unknown :cr.,the value of which

INTRODUCTION.

XCIX

will be appreciated by nautical men. Those to the
north of Novaya Zemlya are most important. In about
latitude 77° 45', the highest point reached by Barents,
they give a depth of one hundred and fifty fathoms,
without bottom;^ showing the unlikelihood of the
existence of any other land in that vicinity. We feel
persuaded that navigators of all nations will concur
with us in the propriety of distinguishing the mare
innominatum between Spitzbergen and Novaya Zemlya
by the appellation of " the Spitzbergen, or Barents's
Sea," as it is called in Mr. Petermann's chart.

Barents made so many discoveries and traced so
large an extent of coast, both of Spitzbergen and of
Novaya Zemlya, that the surveys of the whole of our
recent explorers, put together, are insufficient to iden-
tify all the points visited by him. One inference is
obvious, namely, that an able, fearless, and determined
seaman like Barents might yet achieve much in those
seas. Admiral Liitke was twice prevented by the ice
from proceeding beyond Cape Nassau ; but he fre-
quently alludes to the unfitness of his vessel to ven-
ture among the ice, and gives it clearly as his opinion,
at the end of his work,- that better success might be
expected from vessels similar to those despatched from
England to the Arctic regions.

The ten months' residence of Barents and his com-
panions at the furthest extremity of Novaya Zemlya,
has so often formed the subject of comment on the
part of writers on Arctic discovery, that we deem it
unnecessary to dilate on it here, especially as our

' Dc Veer, p. 20. ' Page 3G0.

INTRODUCTION.

A ii

',.i4

other introductory remarks have already extended to
so great a length.

There can be no doubt that their stay at this par-
ticular spot was a forced one. At the same time,
when we bear in mind that, on the second voyage,
in the year preceding, Barents and his colleague,
Harman Janszoon, proposed that two of the vessels
should winter in the Sea of Kara ;^ and that, on the
fitting out of this third expedition, they took up "as
many vnmarryed men as they could, that they might
not bee disswaded, by means of their wiues and chil-
dren, to leaue off the uoyage;"^ it will not be unrea-
sonable to infer that they went fully resolved and
prepared, if obliged, to winter in those inhospitable
regions.

No words are sufficient to extol their exemplary
conduct during their long and miserable stay there.
Though no means are afforded of determining the
precise degree of cold to which they were exposed,
various incidents narrated by De Veer prove that it
must have been intense ; and it was not merely a
sharp clear cold, which the experience of other Arctic
explorers has shown may be borne to an almost incon-
ceivable degree, but it was accompanied by terrific
storms of wind and snow, so that "a man could hardly
draw his breath,"'' and they "could hardly thrust their
heads out of the dore."* One advantage was how-
ever derived from the snow, which fell in such quan-

cover

titles as completely to

' Sec pages Ixxi aiul
' De Veer, p. 111.

lI Ixxv, <t)i(r.

up their house, and

» Dc Veer, p. 70.
* Jbid., p. 112.

INTRODUCTION.

up " as

thereby imparted to it a degree of comparative warmth,
without which it is most probable that their residence
in it would not have been endurable.

Yet during the whole time perfect order, discipline,
and subordination, joined to the greatest unanimity
and good feeling, prevailed among them. Scarcely a
murmur passed their lips ; and when, in the begin-
ning of May, after they had remained shut up more
than eight months, and the weather had the appear-
cince of favouring their departure, some of the men
" agreed amongst themselues to speake unto the skip-
per (Heemskerck), and to tell him that it was more
then time to see about getting from thence ;"^ still
each man was reluctant to be the spokesman, " be-
cause he had given them to understand that he desired
to staie vntil the end of June, which was the best of
the sommer, to see if the ship would then be loose."^
And even when at length they " agreed to speake to
William Barents to moue the master to goe from
thence," De Veer is careful to explain that " it was
not done in a mutinous manner, but to take the best
counscll with reason and good advice, for they let
themselves easily be talked over.""

Gerrit Ue Veer's simple narrative has further an air
of unaftectcd and unostentatious piety and resignation
to the will of Providence, which contrasts remarkably
with the general tone of Linschoten's work, of which
some instances have been given in the preceding
pages ; and we may perceive that the reliance of him-
self and his comrades on the Almighty was not less

» Dt> Vocr, p. 175. = Ibid., p. 176. =" Ibid.

cii

INTRODUCTION.

■ »

firm or sincere because His name was not incessantly
on their lips. Cheerfulness, and even frequent hilarity,
could not fail to be the concomitants of so wholesome a
tone of mind ; and these, joined to the bodily exercise
which they took at every possible opportunity, and
the labour which they were compelled to perform in
preparing for their return voyage, must have been
very instrumental in preserving them from sickness.

Still, with all the means employed to keep them-
selves in health, — and of these warm bathing was no
inconsiderable one, — it would be wrong to imagine
that they were able to preserve themselves from that
dreaded scourge of Arctic navigators, the scurvy.
Liitke observes^ that "it is most remarkable that in the
account of their long sufferings this disease is not once
mentlo7ied, and that of seventeen men onlf/ two died in
Novaya Zemlya." But it is from having known only
the abbreviated translations of Gerrit de Veer's journal
that the Russian admiral has been led to view the
position of those unfortunate men in this favourable
light. For we see from De Veer's narrative,^ that as
early as the 26th of January, 1597, when one of the
crew died, he had even then long lain seriously ill ;
and two days later it is expressly stated,^ that, from
their having " long time sitten without motion, several
had thereby fallen sick of the scurvy'' Indeed, when
we consider what they had to undergo for six months,
during which period we find it positively recorded that
they suffe:.ed from the scurvy, until on the 28th of July
they first met with a remedy,^ — and how long previ-

' Page 37. » Page 150. ^ p^^g^ 152. * Page 224.

INTRODUCTION,

ously the disease had shown itself among them cannot
be said, — it is almost miraculous that onl?/ fve (not two)
out of the seventeen should have fallen victims to it.

The tradition of the memorable wintering of the
Hollanders in the Ice Haven (Lcdyanoi Gavan) is
still preserved among the Novaya Zemlya morse and
seal hunters, who call the spot where they c y resided
Sporai Navolok. It is not known however whether
any remains of the Behouden-hms^G" " house of safety,"
have ever been found.^

The most remarkable occurrence during their stay
in Novaya Zemlya, was the unexpected reappearance
of the sun on the 24:th of January, 1597. This phe-
nomenon not only caused the greatest surprise to the
observers and their companions, but after their return
to Holland gave rise to much controversy among the
learned men of the day. Their opinion generally
was unfavourable to the truth of the alleged fact, as
being " opposed to nature and to reason." Among
these was Robert Robertsz. le Canu, "homme fort
entcndu en I'art de la marine, et qui faisoit profession
de I'cnseigncr aux autres," who wrote a letter on the
subject to William Blacu, the father of the celebrated
John Blaeu, which was published by the latter in
his Great Atlas. This letter shall be reproduced
here, not merely on account of its giving the objec-
tions which were raised at the time, but because
it likewise contains some curious matters relating
personally to our author and his companions, which
it would be wrong to omit.

1 See Liitkc, p. 39.

CIV

INTRODUCTION.

Mon boil amy Guillaumc Janssc Blacu,

Puisque vous m'avez temoigne dcsirer que jc voiis cn-
voyassc un cxtrait clu discours que j'ay eu avcc Jacob
Ilcemskerck, Gerard dc Veer, Jean Corncillc Rijp, et
plusicurs autrcs de mcs cscolicrs, lesquels ayant fait voile en
I'an 1596, retournerent en 1597, sans avoir rien effectu^
touchant la commission qu'ils avoyent de reconnoistre les
lloyaunies de la Chine, & du Cathay, & dans la mesme annee
1597 me vinrcnt trouvcr pour me racontcr les merveilleuses
avcntures dc leur voyage, entrc lesquellcs la plus remarqua-
ble cstoit, que le Solcil leur cstoit disparu Ic iv de No-
vcmbre en I'an 1596, & avoyent commence de le revoir Fan
1597 le 24: de lanvicr, sous la mesme hauteur de 76 dcgrez,
sous laquelle ils avoicnt basty leur maison dans la Nouvelle
Zemble, matiere suffisante, ainsi qu'ils ont escrit, pour exercer
long-temps les beaux esprits : & puis qu'outre vostrc propre
satisfaction vous me conviez encor a vous declarer mon senti-
ment sur ce sujet par I'advis quo vous me donnez dcs con-
tentions & debats survenus a cette occasion entre tons les
s^avans de I'Europe, je veux vous faire un court recit du
Dialogue que j'ay eu la. dessus avec tous ces Messieurs que
j'ay deja nommez, qui avoyent est^ spectatcurs d'une chose
si extraordij aire, & qui me la racontcrent avec grand eston-
ncment ; je raisonnois done avec eux comme il s'ensuit :

Considcrant en moy mesme qu'ils avoient pass6 plus de
dix soma i lies dans un jour perpetuel sans avoir eu ancune
nuict, & que pendant un si long espace de temps le cicl
n'avoit pas tousjours este si clair qu'on put, a la favour de sa
lumiere, marquer & compter exactement chaque tour que le
Soleil faisoit a I'cntour de la terre, je leur demandois s'ils
estoient bien asseurcz, qu'il fust le iv de Novembre lors
qu'ils perdirent de veue le Solcil, d'autant qu'il cstoit en ce
temps-la plus de 15 dcgrez vers le Sud par dela la lignc ; ils
me respondirent qu'ils avoyent tousjours eu devant eux leurs

•

INTRODUCTION.

horologes, & leiirs sables, en sortc qu'ils n'avoyent pas le
moindrc sujct dc doutcr dc ccttc vcrite. Jc m'enqucstay dc
plus, si Icurs horologes, ou leurs monstres, n'avoicnt jamais
manque, ou s'ils n'avoyent jamais trouve leurs sables vuides ;
& voulus outre cela s9avoir d'eux, de combien la Lunc estoit
&g^e lors que le Soleil leur avoit failly : ils dcmeurcrent
court k cette interrogation ; ce qui me donna lieu de croire
qu'ils n'avoyent pas bicn compte Ics jours, & que la suppu-
tation qui lour marquoit pour le iv de Novembre, le jour que
le Soleil commen9a a s'absenter d'eux, estoit fausse. Mais
suppose, dis-je, que vous ayez si bien rencontre dans vostre
calcul qu'il fust alors le iv dc Novembre, que mcsme vous
ayez avec trcs-grandc justesse compasse tons Ics jours d'Este,
d'ou pouvcz vous tircr ccrtaine asscurance dc ne vous cstrc
pas mescontd d'un scul jour pendant I'Hyver, que la nuit
duroit dcs onzc scmaincs cntiercs, puisque vous dcmcuricz la
pluspart du temps commc cnsevelis dans vostre maisonnette,
& que pour la crainte dcs extremes froidures, dcs tourbillons
de neiges & des autres rigueres, auxquelles ce climat est
expos^ durant une si rude saison, vous n'osiez tant seule-
ment mcttrc le ncz dehors, & ne pouviez par consequent voir
ny Soleil, ny Lune, ny Estoilles. Gerard dc Veer mc re-
spondit, qu'ils avoyent pcrpctuellcmcnt vcu I'cstoillc Polaire
par le trou de leur cheminec, par ou ils avoyent encor
remarque trcs-distinctement tons Ics tours que la grandc
Oursc fiiisoit a I'cntour de ce Pole ; joint qu'ils avoyent
tousjours cu dcvant cux dcs monstres, dcs horologes, & des
sables, ausquels ils prenoyent tres-soigneusement garde tous
Ics jours. Jc ne voulus pas entrcr en dispute avec luy la
dessus, mais jc ne pus prendre scs raisons pour argent comp-
tant, & jc n'en dcmeuray nullement persuade, vcu mcsme
qu'cn Este ils cstoyent asscz cmpcschcz d sc defend re de
I'attaque des Ours, ainsi qu'ils disoient ; & en Hyvcr souvcnt
occupcz a la chasse des renards : de sorte que, s(>lon mon
advis, ils n'avoicnt pas to\isjours Ic loisir de vaqucr commc

mmmm^mmmm

CVl

INTRODUCTION.

il faut aux observations celestes, ny de gouvcrner lours
rnonstres, horologes, & sables avec I'assiduit^ neccssairc,
lesquelles, peut-estro, ils ont fort souvent trouve vuides, ou
detraquecs par la gclec. Vous croycz done, !Maistre Robert,
comme vous nous donnez k entendre par vos raisons, repartit
lacob Hecmskcrck, que nous nous sommes grandcment abusez
dans nostrc calcul ? Je n'ay pas cette croyancc la. sculcment,
respondis-je, mais de plus une forme persuasion, que la faute
en est si grandc, qu'il vous est impossible de s9avoir au vray
si vous estiez pour lors k la fin de lanvier, ou au commence-
ment de Febvi'ier : car bienque je leur fisse plusicurs interro-
gations pour apprendre en quelles parties du ciel ils avoyent
veu la Lune, les Planetes & les Estoilles, & par quel moyen
ils avoyent pris leurs hauteurs le 24 de Janvier, auquel jour
ils disoyent que le Solcil s'estoit monstre a cux, comme aussi
pour seavoir si c'estoit a six heures du soir, ou -k minuit, ou
le lendcmain a six heures du matin, ct dans quel rombe
cette apparition s'estoit faite, ils ne sceurcut iicmtmoins
respondre a aucunes de mes demandcs, d'autant qu'en ce
tcmps-la ils avoyent manque do fairc telles observations :
c'est pourquoy je conclus, qu'ils s'estoyent bicn mcspris dans
leur compte de la valeur de dix ou onze jours, ou plus. Lc
Icndemain ils accoururent tons chez moy, pour me dire
qu'ils s9avoycnt bien en quel endroit estoit la Lune le 24
de Janvier, mais je leur rcspondis que la lecture do qixelqucs
doctcs Ephcmerides les avoit rendu bien s^avans depuis
quelqucs heures, & leur avoit enseigne ce qu'ils ignoroient
hier lors que je leur en fis la demande. Gerard de Veer,
qui a este escrivain de la navigation vers le Nord, me tint
plusicurs discours aussi mal fondez que les precedents,
lesquels je m'estois au commencement propose de redigcr par
escrit ; mais par apres je ne Pay pas juge neccssairc, & m'en
suis abstenu, par ce qu'il est demeure ferme dans son'opin-
ion, & qu'il a du depuis fait imprimer son Journal, dans
lequel il a deduit tout au long cette histoire dans la page 34,

INXnODUCTlON.

cvu

& 35, mais escrlttc en autrcs caractcrcs que Ic reste, afia
qu'clle fust plus remarquable,^ comme on pout voir dans cc
mcsmc livre imprime a Amsterdam, en I'annec 1598, ou il
cscrit, que tres-voluntiers il rendra comptc de son dire :
mais je n'ignore pas quel est le compte, que Gerard dc Veer
a rendu & envoye k Martin Evcrard de Bruges, demeurant
pour lors d Leyde, qui le luy avoit auparavant dcmande par
Icttrc escritte d ce sujet ; car luy mcsme m'a monstre cctte
Icttre, & demande advis de cc qu'il devoit faire pour le
mieux: je luy dis, que tout le conseil que j'avois d luy
donner, estoit qu'il reconnut sa faute, Sc confessast ingenue-
mentj que luy, & toute sa compagnie s'estoyent pii mesprcndre
de quelqucs pctites journecs pendant le grand jour d'Est^
qu'ils avoyent eu ; & que pendant la longue nuit d'Hyver,
lis en avoyent pcu laisser escouler quelques petites, sans y
prendre garde, pendant lesquellcs les insupportables rigueurs
du froid les auroit accablez de sommeil : mais toutes mes re-
monstrances ont este vaines ; car il n'avoit pas mis en lumiere
son Journal pour le corrigcr par apres ; & jusques 'd la fin
de sa vie il est dcmeure dans I'crrcur que scs observations
estoycnt trcs-asscurecs : & ce Gerard de Veer a bien sceu
dans son Journal renfcrmer 56 jours entre le 24 de lanvicr &
lu 21 dv Marsi, daus Irqucl il cscrit que le Solcil estoit pour lors
elcve sur leur Hori^joa dc 11 lUgicz sciilemcnt, au lieu que
dans le mesme temps dcces 5(5 jours il devoit avoir nioiito t^ur
le mesme Horizon a la hauteur de 19 degrcz. Je tire cette con-
clusion de cc que Gerard de Veer a bien sceu faire entrer 13
ou 1-1 jours dc trop dans le mesme espace compris entre lo

^ Pages 143-150 of the present edition. This observation of
Robert lu Canu is anything but ingenuous. De Veer's work, the
body of which is in German characters, contains several other por-
tions printed v/ith Roman letters, for the sake of distinction on
account of their importance ; such as the Dedication, given here in
page cxix, the story of the barnacles in page 79, the letter in page
191, etc.

II!

I !

CVlll

INTllODUCTION.

24 de lanvicr, & Ic 21 dc Mars, Icsqucls il n'a pas craint
d'inscrcr en son Journal, afin dc maintciiir & d'afFcrmir son
opinion, mais il n'a parle d'aucunc dcclinaison : dc sortc que
jo dcnieurc tousjours forme dans ma premiere conclusion, &
syavoir, que durant la grandc nuit d'Hyver d'onze scmaines,
le sommeil les avoit pu gaiguer si souvcnt, & si long-temps,
qu'il cstoit Ic 6 ou 7 dc Fcbvrier, lors qu'ils ont creu, a cause
dc leur assoupisscment, qu'il n'cstoit que le 24 de lanvicr,
Icsqucls jours ils ont cxprcs cnfermez cntrc le 24 dc lanvicr,
& 21 Mars, afin de triomphcr par leurs belles observations, &
d'abuser ainsi les s^avans, & leur donner maticrc de dispute
toucliant le Journal de Gerard dc Veer. Jc laisse aux autrcs
la libcrte dc jugcr cc que leur plaira sur cettc affaire, mais jc
crois que Gerard dc Veer resscmblc au Sacristain qui fait aller
I'horologc, laquclle n'ayant pas unc fois sonne Theurc commc
le Solcil marquoit, & qucl(iucs-uns luy demandant la raison
de cettc crrcur, il rcspondit que Ic Solcil pouvoit mcntir,
mais que son horologe ne mentoit jamais :^ ainsi il mc semblc
que Gerard dc Veer a plusto.st voulu rejctter la lautc sur Ic
Solcil, sur la Lunc, & sur les Estoillcs, que dc confcsscr
j)cndant sa vie que son calcul cstoit faux. A'oibl en pcu dc

' This sacristan was not quite so flexible as the "Clcrke of the
Uow bell," immortalized in Stow's Survri/ of London (edit. 1G33,
p. 2G9). His duty it was to ring the curfew-bell nij^htly at nine
o'clock ; and " this Bel being usualJy rung somewiiat late, aa
sctined to the young men Prentiss, aiid otlier in Cheapc, they
made and set up a rime against the ('l':rke, as foUowcth :

" Clarke of the Bow-Bell,
with the yellow lockes,
For thy late ringing,
thy bead shall have knockes.

" Whcruntn the Clerke replying, wrote :

" (.'hiUlren of Chcape,
hold you all still,
For you shall haso the

How-ltcll rung at your will.'

INTRODUCTION,

C!X

mots cc que j'ay A rcspondrc siir vostre dcmandc, car jc n'ay
jamais cru, ny nc puis croirc cncor d present, que le Soleil, d,
quelque haviteur qu'il fust Ic iv dc Novcmbrc, pourveu qu'il
passast par dela la llgnc 15 degrez vers Ic Sud, manquast
a paroistre sur I'lforizon, «& commen^ast a sc iUonstrer au
uiesnie lieu le 24 de Janvier, eloigne de la lignc de plus dc
19 degrez vers le Sud, & se retrouvast justcmcnt i la
hauteur do 14 degrez sur le mesmc Horizon ; de facon que
cc que Gerard de \'eer cscrit dans son Journal page 30,'
contraric la nature & la raison. C'est pourcjuoy jc rcpetc
cncor, que pendant Ic grand jour d'Este ils out obmis k
compter quelques revolutions du Soleil ; dc mesmc que
durant la grandc nuict d'Hyvcr le sonuneil leur a derobc
beaucoup dc temps, 6c (^u'ils n'ont pii asseurement dresser
Icur Journal comme auroient fait ceux qui auroient pu soirs
& matins distinguer en jour & en nuict le temps de 24
licures, «& compter ainsi nettemcnt & cxactemcnt toutes les
journees ; chose impossible a faire aux Pilotcs de la Naviga-
tion vers le Nord, & ausquels il faut pardonncr en ccttc
occasion ; avcc cela jc finis. Le 15 Se})tembrc, 1G27.'

From this letter of Robert Ic Canii it will be per-
ceived, that the fact of the sun's disappearance on the
4tli of November 1.j1)() was equally denied by him
with that of its reappearance on the 'i4th of January
following. The former, though difi'ering in degree,
was, as far as regards the fact itself, deemed not less
abnormal and "opposed to nature and to reason" than
the latter. It is therefore of importance to demon-
strate that the particulars recorded by Gerrit dc Veer
concerning the sun's latest appearance and final dis-

' I'a^c I Go of the present edition.

- IJlaeu, (I'tund Atl(i>i, part i, I'ol. ;)l, /'.

INTRODUCTION.

appearance, are in all respects absolutely and literally
true.

On the 2nd of November, he states that the sun
" did not show its whole disk, but passed in the hori-
zon along by the earth." On that day, in latitude
75° 45' (which vas their true position, and not 16"
as they supposed),^ the sun's declination was —14"
53',3 ; and the complement of the elevation of the
l*ole being 14" 15', the sun's centre was actually
yS'jL: below the horizon. But, with an assumed tem-
perature of — 8 Fahr., the refraction would have been
as much as 39',5 ; and. as " the land where thoy were
was as high as the round-top of their ship,"^ an
assumed heigbt of thirty feet would give 5',i for the
dip of the horizon. Hence, according to theory,
G',4 more than the half of the sun's ('isk should have
been visible ; that is to say, 22' or 2'S\ or about seven-
tenths of the entire disk. Consequently De Veer's
statement in this respect is literally true. On the fol-
lowing day the sun's centre was actually 56',:i, and its
upper edge about 40',i», below the horizon. But the
refraction 39',a and the dip 5',4 would have raised it
44',r to the sight; so that 3',.s or nearly twelve-hundreths
of the sun's disk ouij^ht still to have been visible. De
Veer speaks therefore the pure truth when he says^
that, on the 3rd of November, " they could see nothing
but the upper edge of the sun above the horizon."^ On

^ Page 120, and note 5 there.

» Sec the note in page 180. ■' Page 121. * Ibid.

* On this day De Veer says (p. 121) that they measured the sun's
azimuth (de son peijlden). »vliich they found to be " in the eleventh
degree and 18 minutes of Scorpio," that is to m\, m 221' 48'. It

INTRODUCTION.

CXI

the day afterwards the sun's declination was — 15° 30, 5,
and consequently its centre was 1° 15',s and its upper
edge 59',5, below the horizon. And taking the sum
of the refraction and the dip at 44',r, the sun's upper
edge would have been actually 14',m below the visible
liorizon. Strictly in accordance with this, we have
De Veer's statement^ on the 4tli of November, "but
then we saw the sunne no more, for it was no longer
aboue the horizon."

Had Gerrit de Veer and his companions been weak
enough to give way to the dogmatical assertion of
their teacher, that " pendant le grand jour d'este ils
avoyent omis a compter quelques revolutions du soleil,"
tliey might perhaps at the time, and during the two
centuries and a half which have since elapsed, have
enjoyed some little more credit than has been accorded
to them; but they would eventually have deprived
themselves of that triumphant viutilcation of their
character for perfect truthfulness and sincerity which
it is our good fortune to be the means of now afford-
ing to them.

The reappearance of the sun on the 25111 of Janu-
ary 1597, is not, at least for the present, capable of
so complete and satisfactory an explanation. But

would seem, howcv:r, that there are here two mistakes. The first
is a clerical or typographical error. Instead of 221° 48', it should
he 221° 18', which was the sun's longitude af Venice on the 3rd of
November. And the second error is, that no account is taken of
the dincrence of longitude between Venice and Novaya Z'mlya,
which is about four hours in time. The sun's true longitude was
221° 7',.i.
' Page 121.

cxii

INTRODUCTION.

hitherto the subject has never been properly under-
stood, because the facts have never been correctly
stated. One of the most recent exammations of this
phenomenon is that made by the Ilev. George Fisher,
in his remarks "On the Atmospheric Refraction," con-
tained in the " Appendix to Captain Parry's Journal
of a Second Voyage," etc.,^ published in 1825.

Mr. Fisher's words are : — " The testimony of De
Veer, who wrote the particulars and who accompa-
nied Bareirtz to Nova Zembla in his third voyage,
where he wintered in latitude 76° N., in the year
1596-7, has been so often called in question, with
respect to his account of the re-appearance of the sun,
that it is but justice to state that he appears to be
perfectly correct, and his observations consistent with
those made during this voyage.' He reports that he,
in company with two others, saw the edge of the sun
from the sea side, on the south side of Nova Zembla,
on the 24th of January (or 3d of February, new style)
at which time the sun's declination when it passed
the meridian in tlK:,i: longitude was about Hr 48' S.,
and therefore the true meridian depression of the
upper limb at noon was 2° 32' nearly, which ought to
have been the amount of the refraction [so] that the
limb might have been visible. Now, if the observation
at the least apparent altitude observed on the 23d
January, 1823, at Igloolik, which was 8' 40", be re-
duced to the horizon, by observing the rapid law of
increase in the refraction visible in the scries of ob-
servations made on that day, the horizontal refraction

' Pages ISO, 181. = Namely, that of Captain Parry.

INTRODUCTION.

cxm

cannot be estimated at less than 2° 30', and which, if
increased by the apparent dip, (which sometimes
amou:its to more than 20' in the winter time, as I
have mentioned when speaking of the terrestrial re-
fraction,) will be quite sufficient to render the upper
limb visible ; and there is still less difficulty in belie-
ving that they ' saw^ the sunne in his full roundnesse
above the horizon' three days afterwards, since the
daily motion in declination at that time of the year
is nearly 18 minutes to the northward.

" M. Le Monier, from the observations made on
these two days, assures us that there must have bt'^n
more than 4| degrees of refraction, and that he ' could
neither explain these observations, reject them as
doubtful, nor suppose any error, as was done by most
other astronomcters.' How this conclusion has been
deduced from the facts related in the Journal docs not
appear, neither is there the least occasion to reject as
doubtful the simple and honest account of the Dutch-
men."

Now the facts of the case are in reality as follows.
■ ' the first place, the Dutch reckoned their time
!; (Tiding to the nc?o style, which had already been
aiiop" xl in the Netherlands. This is not only to be
deduced from the correspondence of their several
astronomical observations with this reckoning alone ;
but it also admits of direct proof from the express
statement of William Barents, in his note on the
tides at States Island, that the dates wove '•'• stilo

noro

'"I

Sc'o tlic Ai)pcn(lix to the picsonl work, pp. 273, 271.

CXIV

INTllODUCTION.

■ II

In the next place, Gerrit de Veer states explicitly
that he and two of his companions " saw the edge of
the sun"^ on the 24th of January, and that on the
27th of that month they " all went forth and saw the
sunne in his full roundnesse a litle aboue the horri-
son ;"^ and again, that on the 31st they " went out
and saw the sunne shine cleare;"^ and lastly, on the
8th of February, they " saw the sun rise south south-
east, and went downe south south-west."^ On the in-
tervening days, the weather being cloudy or otherwise
unfavourable, thi '.d no opportunity of observing
the sun."^

Now, according to theory,''' the sun's upper edge
ought not, in75°45' north latitude, to have been visible
till the 9th of February ; so that on the 25th of Janu-
ary (not the 24th, as De Veer erroneously supposed),^
at mid-day, the extraordinary and anomalous refrac-
tion was as much as 3° 49', and on the 27th of that
month it could not have been much, if at all, less."*
On the 8th of February, however, when they " s. w

* Page 143. * Page 151. '' Page 152. ' Page 154.

* "The 25th of January it was davkc clowdy weather" (p. 150);
Ihe 26th there was "a fog-hank or a dark cloud" {ibid., note 4);
the 29th, " it was foulc weather, with great store of snow" (p. 152) ;
the 30th, "it was darkc weather with an cast wind," and "as
soone as they saw what weather it was, they had no desire to goc
abroad" (ibid.); the 1st of February, "the house was closed up
againe with snow" (p. 153); the 2nd, "it was still the same foule
weather" {ibid.); the 3rd, it was "very misty, whereby they could
not sec the sun" {ibid) ; and from the 4th till the 7th inclusive, " it
was still foule weather" {ibid.)

" See page 145, note 3. ' Ibid., note 1.

* Sec page 151, note 4.

INTRODUCTION.

cxv

s. w

tlie sun rise S.S.E. and go down S.S.W.," the entire
refraction would have been 2° 10' ,r, which is about
one degree and a half more than according to theory
it ought to have been ; and on the 19th of the latter
month, when they tooiv the sun's height,' the refrac-
tion had again attained its normal amount.

Without attempting any explanation of the pheno-
menon thus described, what we have now to do is to
show that Gerrit de Veer and his companions could
not possibly have been materially in error with respect
to their dates.

Commencing then from the 4th of November, when
it has been demonstrated*^ that their time was strictly
correct, we have their subsequent astronomical obser-
vations on December 14tli'and January 12th,Mvhich
establish that till the latter date they were still right
in their time. If, therefore, they lost their reckoning
at all, it must have happened between the 12th and
the 25th of January — an interval oionly thirteen days;
and certainly neither their oversleeping themselves
(assuming them to have done so), nor any error, how-
ever great, in the rate of their twelve hours' sand-
glass, could in that short interval have occasioned
any gross miscalculation with respect to the time of a
phenomenon which extended over a period of four-
teen days. Then again, on the 19th of February,'*
and also on the 2nd of March,' they obtained by simi-
lar astronomical observations the means of checking

' Piiffc 157. iuul note G there.

^ Piiftc I in.

* I'agc 157.

- Pago cxi, (tulf.
' Pase 140.
" Page 1<!0.

; i

CXVl

INTRODUCTION.

their time ; so that it is utterly impossible for them
to have Mien into any material error. The mistake
of a fcv) hours^ which caused them to place the con-
junction of the moon and Jupiter, and consequently
the reappearance of the sun, on the 24th instead of
the 25th of January, is only an additional proof in
favour of their general correctness, as it is just such
an error as they were likely to fall into from their
inability to measure their time with strict precision.

But the fact of the conjunction itself has yet to be
noticed. l)e Veer tells us^ that they had watched
the approach of the two planets to each other, till at
length they came together in a certain direction and
at a certain time ; and that contemporaneously with
this occurrence the sun reappeared. Now there was
no other conjunction of those two planets till 21 \
days later, namely, at noon on the 21st of February,
and at that date the sun had been at least nine days
above the horizon ; besides which, the conjunction
would not have been visible, on account of the day-
light. Consequently, if the conjunction on the 25th
of January is not intended, the whole account must be
an invention and a fabi.''ation. And to suppose this
would assuredly be imputing to De Veer, not only more
deceit, but also very much more skill than he posi-
sessed. For, even assuming him to have been capable
of calculating the place of Jupiter and the time of that
planet's setting, he would have found (as Mr. Vogel
has now found)^ that at the time of the conjunction
that planet had already set 1 hour and 48 minutes,

' Tiif^'c 147, and the note there, ■ See piigc 147, note 2.

■

INTRODUCTION.

CXVll

and was at the time actually 2° 44' below the hori-
zon ; and it is altogether too much to suppose that
he would have adduced a conjunction, which accord-
ing to calculation was invisible^ as evidence of another
phenomenon which was equally opposed to the re-
cognized laws of nature.

We have therefore no alternative but to receive
the facts recorded by De Veer as substantially true,
and to believe that owing to the peculiar condition
of the atmosphere, there existed an extraordinary
refraction, not merely on the 25th of January, but
continuously during fourteen days afterwards, at first
amounting to nearly four degrees, but gradually de-
creasing to about one degree and a half.

The true facts of the case having at length been
clearly made out, they are left for elucidation by
those who are best qualified to investigate and ex-
plain them. The problem is a curious, and, with
our still insufficient knowledge of the laws of atmos-
pheric refraction in high latitudes, a difficult one.
Nevertheless we may confidently rely on the result
being such as eventually to establish the entire vera-
city of our Dutch historian.'^

With respect to the personal history of Gerrit de
Veer we know almost nothing. From his familiar
allusion to " the salt hils that are in Spaine,"^ it is to
be inferred that he had visited that country at some
time previously to the year 1595, when he joined

' Some valuable remarks on this phenomenon arc contained in
Liitivo's J'icnndlii/c lieisc, pp. 3y-41.

'' rage lO;].

■ 'i

1 ^

, i

s !

i; j

; ,■

; •

I
i ,

1 1

CXVUl

INTKObUCTION.

Barents's second expedition. From Robert le Canu's
letter we leani^ that he had studied navigation under
him, and also that his death occurred some time pre-
viously to the year 1627, when that letter was writ-
ten. The position of his name in the two lists of the
crew of Heemskerck's vessel, between those of the
first mate and the surgeon,^ shows that he was one of
the officers — probably the second mate ; and we learn
incidentally that he was a small man, " being the
lightest of all their company."'' More than this we
know not.

Of the various editions, abridgements, and sum-
maries of De Veer's work, we have collected the
following particulars.

The first printed account of these interesting voy-
ages was published in Dutch at Amsterdam in the
year 1598, under the following title: —

Wacrachtighc Boschry vinghe van drie scylagicn, tcr wcrclt
noyt soo vrecmt ghchoort, dric jaercn p.chter malcandcrcn
dour de HoUandtschc cnde Zcelandtschc schcpcn by noorden
Noorwcghen, Moscovia cnde Tartaria, no de Coninckrijcken
van Catthay ende China, so mcdc vandc opdoeninghe vande
Weygats, Nova Scmbla, cfi van't landt op dc 80. grade, dat
men acht Grocnlandt tczijn, dacr noyt mcnsch ghewccst is,
cnde vande folle verschcurendc Beyren ende ander Zce-
nionstcrs cnde ondrachlijcke koude, en hoe op dc laetste
reyse tscliip int ys beset is, ende tvolck op 7G. graden op
Nova Scmbla cen huijs ghctimmert, ende 10. maenden hacr
aldacr onthouden hebben, ende dacr nae mecr ids 350. mylen
met open clcyne schuytcn over cnde langs der Zee ghevaren.

' Page civ, aiife.

Page 19G.

Pages Vdli ami 257.

INTRODUCTION.

CXIX

Allcs met scor grootcu p(nijck('l,moyten, ciulc ongcloofdijckc
swarichcyt. Cicdacn dcur Gcrrit dc Veer van Amstelrcdam.
Ghcdruckt t'Amstolrcdam, by Cornclis Clacsz, op't water,
iut Shrijf-boeck. A". 1598. Oblong 4°.

This rare and valuable book, a copy of which is in
the British Museum, docs not appear to have been
hitherto noticed by bibliographers. It contains sixty-
one numbered leaves, in addition to the Dedication
on two leaves not numbered, six maps by Baptista a
Doetechum,and twenty-five plates, which are coloured.
The title-page also bears a plate, in eight partitions,
four of which contain reductions from plates in the
volume.

The following is a translation of Gerrit De Veer's
Dedication : —

To the Nohlc, Mighty, Wise, Discreet, and venj Provident Lords,
the States General of the United Netherlands, the Council of
State, and the Provincial States of Holland, Zceland and
West Fricsland ; and also to the most illustrious Prince and
Lord, Maurice, born Prince of Oramje, Count of Nassau,
Catr.enellenl)0(/en, Vianden, Diet-, etc.. Marquis of Vere and
Hushiny, etc.. Lord of St. J'yt, Doesburgh, the city of Grave,
and the countries of Kuyck, etc., Stadtholder and Captain-
General of Gelderland, Holland, Zeeland, West Friesland,
Utrecht, and Overyssel, and Admiral of the sea; and to the
Noble, Honorable, Wise, and Discreet Lords, the Commis-
sioners of the Admiralty in Holland, Zeeland and West Fries-
land.

My Lords : the art of navigation, which in utility sur-
passes nearly all other arts, has now in these latter years and
within the memory of man been wonderfully improved, and
has more especially contributed to the welfare of these
States. This has been mainly the result of the skilful use
and practice of navigation, and of the measurement of the

cxx

INTRODUCTION.

ill:

I I

latitudes and bearings of conn tries according to the rules of
mathematical science ; whereby countries lying on the very
confines of the world have been reached, and their products
imported for our use. Thus this child of Astrology has
proved of greater service on the ocean than on land ; for,
there it is merely a science, whereas here its usefulness is
so much extended, that various bearings, courses, head-
lands, and promontaries unmentioned by Ptolemy and Strabo,
and unknown for a long period after their time, have now
become knoAvn by the investigations and experiences of
this science. And as many previously unknown places
were not found till after repeated search, so now three un-
successful trials have been made from these States to find a
passage round by the north to the kingdoms of Cathay and
China ; which although hitherto unsuccessful, have not
been altogether useless, nor have they shown the attempt to
be hopeless. For these reasons I have drawn up a brief de-
scription of the three afore^oid voyages (in the last two of
which I myself was engaged), which were made from these
States by the north of Norway, Muscovy and Tartary, towards
the aforesaid kingdoms of Cathay and China. And I have
done so because many interesting circumstances happened
in those voyages, and because I think that the right course
may still be discovered ; inasmuch as the direction and posi-
tion of Vaygatz and Nova Zembla, and also the c vstcrn part
of Greenland (as we call it) in 80°, are now ascertained, where
it was formerly thought there was only water and no land ;
and because there in 80° it was less cold than at Nova
Zembla in 76°, and in 80° aforesaid, in June early in the sum-
mer, plants and grass were growing and beasts that feed on
grass were found, while on the contrary in 76°, in August in
the hottest of the summer, there were found neither plants
nor grass, nor animals that feed on grass. From all which
it appears that it is not the proximity of the Pole which causes
the ice and cold, but the Sea of Tartary (called the Frozen

INTRODUCTION.

CXXl

Ocean), and the proximity of the land, round about which
the ice remains floating. For, in the open sea between the
land situated in 80 degrees and Nova Zembla, which lie at a
distance of full 200 [800] miles E.N.E. and W.S.W. of each
other, there was little or no ice ; but as often as wc ap-
proached land we immediately fell in with the cold and the ice.
Indeed, it was by means of the ice that we always first perceived
that we were near land before we saw the land itself. At the
east end of Nova Zembla also, where wc passed the winter,
the ice drifted away with a W. and S.W. wind, and returned
with a N.E. wind. Hence it certainly appears, that between
the two lands there is an open sea, and that it is possible to
sail nearer to the Pole than has hitherto been believed ; and
this notwithstanding that ancient writers say that the sea
is not navigable within 20 degrees of the Pole because of
the intense cold, and that therefore nobody can live there ;
whereas Ave have both been as far as 80 degrees, and in 76
degrees have with small means passed the winter ; and thus
it appears that the said passage may be effected between the
two above-named countries by taking a N.E. course from the
North Cape in Norway. This too was the opinion of the
renowned pilot "VVillcm Barentsz., as well as of Jacob Heems-
kcrck, our captain and supercargo, who would have dared
to undertake it by keeping that course, its accomplishment
being left to God's mercy. Yea, notwithstanding that on
our last voyage, through our manifold difficulties, we were
entirely exhausted and ofttimes in peril of death, yet our
courage was not so broken but that if our ship (which be-
came fast in the ice) had been set free a little sooner, we
would once more have made the attemjit in that direction,
as a proof that we believed the passage might thereby have
been effected ; although this last voyage had been very
troublesome, wherein we (speaking without vanity) made no
account either of labours, difficulties, or danger, in order to
bring it to a successful end, as will appear from the relation

CXXll

INTRODUCTION.

i';:

thereof; but neither the time nor the opportunity permitted
it. And as the aforesaid three voyages were made through
the gracious assistance of your Lordships, and thus the fruits
which may still result from them belong to your Lordships,
I have taken the liberty of dedicating to you this narrative,
which, if not an eloquent, is at least a faithful one.

l^raying to God that he will bless with success the govern-
ment of your Lordships, in honour of his name, and for the
welfare of these States,

Your noble, mighty, illustrious,

wise and provident Lordships'
obedient servant,

C EUR IT i)K Vkku,
From Amsterdam, the last daij but
one of Aprilf in the year 151)8.

Stuck, in his Vcrzcichnh von acltcrn und ncxicrn
Land und Ecisc-hcschrcibuncjcn, mentions an edition of
Dc Veer's work in 1599; but this appears to be purely
an error in date, — 1599 for 1598, — as he leaves it to
be inferred that he alludes to the first edition. It wa?
reprinted at Amsterdam in 1G05, at the same press.

Another edition was brought out, as the first part
of a collection of early Dutch voyages, at Amsterdam,
with the following title : —

Oost-Indische ende Uvest-Indische voyagien, Namelijck,
De wacrachtighc bcschrijvinge vande drie seylagicn, drie
Jaren achter malkandcrcn deur de Ilollandtschc ende Zee-
landtsche Schepen,by noordcn Noorweghen, Moscovien ende
Turtaricn nae de Coninckrijcken van Catthay ende China
ghcdacn.

Tot Amsterdam. By Michiel Colijn, Boeck-verkooper,
op't Water, in't Huys-bocck, acn dc Koorcn-marckt. 1619.
Oblong 4to. .

INTRODUCTION.

CXXlll

This edition contains eighty numbered leaves. De
Veer's Dedication is omitted. The plates are copies
from those in the fonucr editions, but smaller and
reversed. The coloplion reads : —

Ghcdruckt tot Enchuyscn, by Jacob Lcnacrtsz.lMcyn,
IJoccki crcoopcr op dc Nieuwo stract int verguldcn schrijf-
boeck. Anno 1017.

Latin. In the same year that the first edition
of these voyages was published in Dutch, viz., 1598,
a Latin translation was brought out at Amsterdam
by the same publisher. The translator signs himself
C. C. A., and dates his preface, Ley den, July 7tli,
("nonis Julij") 1598; thereby showing that little more
than two months had elapsed since tin appearance
of the original work. It bears the following title : —

Diarivm Navticvm, sen vera dcscriptio Trium Navigatio-
num admiranuariun, Sc nun([uam aiiditanun, tribus continuis
annis factarum, a llollaudic-is & Zdandicis navibus, ad Sop-
tcntrionem, supra Xorvagiani, Moscoviam & Tartarian!,
versus Catthay & Sinanim rcgna: turn ut dctecta fucrint
Wcygatz frctum, Nova Zcnibla, & llcgio sub 80. gradu sita,
quam Grocnliidiam esse consent, quam null us unquam adijt :
Delude de feris Sc trucibus vrsis, alijsque monstris marinis,
»& iutolerabili frigorc quod pertulerunt. Quemadmodum
pra^terca in postrema Navigationo navis in glacie fuerit
concreta, & ipsi nauta? in Nova Zembla sub 70. gradu sita,
domum fabricarint, atque in ea per 10. niensium spatiuni
liabitarint, & tandem, relicta navi in glacie, plura quam 380.
niilliaria per mare in apertis parvis lintribus navigarint, cum
sumniis periculis, immcnsis laboribvis, & incredibilibus diffi-
cultatibus. Auctore Gerardo dc Vera Amstclrodamense.

Amstelredami, ex Officina Cornclij Nicolaij, Typographi
ad symbolum Diarij, ad aquam» Anno m.d.xcviii. Folio.

' 1

■ 1

|i 's

CXXIV

INTRODUCTION.

This edition contains forty-three numbereri leaves,
and has the same plates and maps as the Dutch
edition ; but the Dedication is omitted. A copy is in
the British Museum.

French. In the same year, and probably near the
same time as the preceding edition, appeared a French
translation, under the following title : —

^^raye Description de tiois Voyages de rnov ivcs admira-
bles, faicts en trois ans, a chacun an vn, par les navircs d'
HoUande et Zclandc, av nord par derrierc Norwcgc, ISIos-
covie, vit Tartaric, vers les Royaumcs de China & Catay :
ensemble les dccouvremens du Waygat, Nova Senibla, & du
pnys situe souz la hauteur do 80. dcgrez ; lequel on presume
estre Groenlande, oii. oncques personne n'a este. Plus des
Ours cruels 8c rr.vissans, & outres monstrjs marins : & la
froidure insupportable. D'a antagc com.ment a la dernierc
fois la navire fut arrestee par la glace, & les Matelots ont basti
vne maison sur le pays de Nova Sembla, situe souz la hau-
teur de 76. degrez, ou ils ont demeur^ I'espacc de dix mois:
& comment ils ont en petittes barques passe la Mcr, bien 350.
licues d'eaue ; non sans peril, a grand travail, & difficultcz
incroyables. Par Girard Le Ver.

Imprime a Amstelredam par Cornille Nicolas, sur I'eauc,
au livrc a ecrire. Anno m.d.xcviii. folio.

This edition contains forty-four numbered leaves,
and the same plates and mcps as the original Dutch
edition. There is a copy in the Grenville Library.
It was reprinted in 1600 and in 1609. There is a
copy of the edition of 1609 in the British Museum, in
which the same plates and maps occur as in the first
Dutch edition.

An edition in 8vo. was published at Paris by Chau-

*>iy •>

INTRODUCTION.

cxxv

(liere in 1599, under the title of " Trois navigations
admirables faites par les HoUandois et les Zelandois
au Septentrion."

Italian. An Italian translation, which was made
at the instance of Gioan Battista Ciotti, by whom it is
dedicated to Gaspare Catanei, appeared at Venice in
1599, in Italic characters. Its title runs thus : —

Trc Navigationi fatte dagli Olandesi, e Zclandesi al Set-
tentrionc nella Norvegia, Moscovia, e Tartaria, verso il Catai,
c Regno dc' Sini, doue scopersero il Mare di Veygatz, La
Nvova Zerabla, ct vn Paese nell' Ottantesimo grado credu^^o
la Grocnlandia. Con vna descrittione di tvtti gli accident!
occorsi di giorno in giorno a' Nauiganti, Et in particolare
di alcuni combattimcnti con Orsi Marini, e dell' eccesiuo
frcddo di quei pacsi ; essendo nell' ultima Nauigatione res
tata la Nauc nel ghiaccio, onde 11 Marinari passorono infinite
difficolta, per lo spatio tl: <Kcce mesi, e furono forzati alia
fine di passare con li Batelli trecento miglia di INIare pcrico-
losissimo. Dcscritte in Latino da Gerardo di Vera, c Nuo-
uamente da Giouan Gianio Parisio Tradotte nella lingua
Italiana.

In Venctia, prcsso leronimc Porro, e Compagni. 1599.
4to.

It contains seventy-nine leaves, with copies of the
usual maps and plates, but badly executed.

This was reprinted in the third voli;me of the
IGOC) edition of llamusio's Navigationi et Viaggi.

English. The only other language, as far as we are
aware, into which De Veer's work has been trans-
lated, is English ; the first and only edition of which
translation, now extremely scarce, is that reproduced
in the present volume.

CXXVl

INTRODUCTION.

■'

r I

ABRIDGEMENTS.

German. The first and most important German
edition of De Veer's narrative was an abridgement,
published at Nuremberg by Levinus Hulsius, the
dedication of which bears date the 10th of August,
1598, being little more than three months after that
of the original Dutch work. Its title runs thus : —

Warhafftigc Relation der drey en ncwcn vnerhortcn,
scltzamen Schiffiirt, so die Hollandischen vnd Seeliindi-
schcn SchifF gegen Mittcrnaclit, drey Jar nacli einander, als
Anno 1594, 1595 vnd 1596 verricht. AVie sie Nortwcgen,
Lappiam, Biarmiam, vnd Russiam, odcr ISIoscoviam (vorha-
bens ins Konigreich Cathay vnd China zukomincn) vmb-
segelt liabcn. Als audi wie sic das Frctum Nassovia^,
Waygats, Novam Semblam, vnd das Land vnter dcm 80.
Cradu latitud. so man vermeint das Greenland scy, gefun-
den : vnd was fi'ir gefahr, wegen der crsclirocklichcn IJern,
Meerwunder, vnd dcm Eyss, sic aussgestanden. Erstlirh
in Nidcrlandischer sprach beschrieben, durch Gcrhart do
Ver, so selbsten die lezten zwo lleyscn hat helffcn verrich-
tcn, jezt aber ins Hochteutsch gebracht, Durch Levinum
Hulsium. Noriberga), Impensis L. Hulsij. Anno 1598. 4to.

Translator's dedication two pages. Preface twelve
pages. An address to the reader, headed and sub-
scribed " Gerardus de Veer," four pages. Text one
hundred and forty- six numbered pages. Thirty-five
plates and maps. The colophon reads : —

Gcdruckt zu Niirnberg, durch Christoff Lochncr, In vcr-
legung Levini Hulsii, anno 1598.

It was re-issued in the year 1602, as the " Dritter
Their' of llulsius's celebrated collection of voyages.

INTRODUCTION.

CXXVU

This is, however, merely a duplicate of the edition of
1598, excepting the first sheet, which has been re-
printed, apparently with the view of affording Hulsius
an opportunity of alluding, on the fourth page of his
Preface, to the publication of the beautiful book
("schones Buch") of Linschoten the year before. The
dedication is dated Nuremberg, 6th February.

A "secunda editio," considerably abridged, appeared
from the same press in the same year (1()02), with the
dedication dated Frankfort, 1st August : the text of
this extends only to one hundred and twenty-one
pages, and the address to the reader and colophon arc
omitted. In his dedication, Ilulsius informs us, as a
reason for this rapidity of republication, that upwards
of 1,500 copies of the former edition had already been
disposed of, and that the demand for the work was
still very great.

A third and a fourth edition, yet finflKn- abridged,
and similarly forming the "Dritter Th* i! ' of Ilulsius's
collection, appeared respectively in the years IGI'2
and 1660.

Copies of all these editions arc in the Grenvill(3
Library in the British Museum.

This work of Ilulsius enjoys a degree of credit
among bibliographers, to which intrinsically it would
hardly seem to be entitled. On the title-page, and
also in the publisher's dedication, it professes to be a
tmnslation from the Dutch of Gerrit de Veer. But
it is neither this, nor is it a true and geniiine ahridge-
ment. On the contrary, copious omissions arc made
throughout, while at the same time passages arc fre-

ir 1

1 1

1 1 '

CXXVUl

INTRODUCTION.

quently introduced, which are not to be found in the
original. It would be an almost endless task, and
one quite out of place her . to attempt a collation of
the two works. Still it is expedient that a speci-
men should be adduced of the liberties which Hulsiiis
has taken with his author ; and for this purpose the
commencement of his narrative of the second expedi-
tion (pages 16-18) shall be given verbatim.

Im Jar nach iinscrcr Erlosung 1595, scin von den Unirtcn
Stiindcn in Holl und Sceland, &c., und dcm Duclilcuchti-
gen Hochgcborncn Fiirstcn und Herrcn, Herrcn Mauritz,
Grafcn zu Nassaw, «&;c., sibcn SchifF vorliabens, damit tlcn
Wcg durch Waygats, und das Frctum Nassovisc, nach
Cathay und China zufindcn, zugeriistet Avordca : zwcy zu
Amsterdam, zwcy in Sccland, zwey zu Enckhausen, und
einss zu Roterdam. Deren scehs mit allcrlcy Kauffmanns
Wahrcn, unnd mit Geld bcladcn gewest, das sibcnde abcr,
"war cin Pinasse, ■wclchc befchl hattc, wann die andcrn seeks
SchifFe, umb den Capo oder Promontorium Tabin (so dass
cusserstc Eek der Tartarey gcgen INIitternacht ist) gcfaliren
weren, dass er als dann also bald wider nach Holhmd uiTi-
wendcn, und von den andcrn SchifFcn zeittung bringcn soltc.

Das Admiral SchifF war cin Boycr, von IMiddclburg, ge-
nandt der GreifF, vermochtc 80 Last, <las ist 3200 Centner
cin zu laden, hattc 22 Stuck Eysern (h schiitz, so Kiigcl 5
oder melir pfunden geschossen, auch zohcn Mtirser oder
Poler, und scin aufF disem SchifF 64 Mann gcwcsen.

Scin Jacht Schiff war cin Flicboot von Armuion in Scc-
land, von 25 Last, oder 1000 Centner, daraufF warcn 8 stiick,
so 2 oder 3 Pfund Eysen schosscn, 4 Morscr, und 18 Mann.

Das Vice Admiral Schiff war von Enckhauscn uss Hol-
land, 96 last gross, das man mit 3840 Centncrn bclagen
konnen, und Spes oder die Hoffnung genannt, darauff 24

INTRODUCTION.

CXXIX

the
and
n of
)e(.i-
siiis

the
edi-

stiick Eysern Geschiitz, so ungefehrlich 5 pfund Eysen
geschossen, zwccn Morser, und 58 Mann.

Scin Jacht Schiff war von Enckhausen von 28 Last, ge-
nandt die Jacht von Gluck unnd ungUick, daraufF waren
sechs Eyscne stiick, 4 Morser, und 15 Mann.

Das SchifF von Amsterdam war em Pinasse, aufF 160 Last,
odcr 6400 Centner, genennet der Gulden Windhund, dar
auff vicr metallene Stuck,deren jedes 45 pfund Eysen schoss,
32 Eyserne Stuck, zu 5 und 6 pfunden, am vordersten theil
dess Schiffs waren zwo Schlangcn, die 38 pfund schossen,
und 12 Mcirscr, auch 6 Trommcter, und andere Spiel :
etliche Diamant Schneider, Goldarbeyter, audi andere mehr
Ambtleut, odcr abgesandte der Stiinde, uii 80 Schiffk'i. cht,
und also in allem 108 Mann. In disem Schiff war der
wolerfahrcn Wilhclm Barentz Oberster Pilot odcr Stewr-
mann, und Jacob Hembsskirch Oberster Commisari. Auff
disem bin ich Gerhart de Veer auch gewesen.

Scin Jacht Schiff war auch von Amsterdam, genandt S.
Moritz, auff 27 Last gross, darauff 6 Eyscne stiick, 5 Morser,
iind 13 Mann.

Das Schiff Roterdam war ein Pinasse, auff 39 Last, oder
1560 Centner, genandt S. Peters Nachcn, darauff 6 Eysene
Stiick, und 8 Morser gewesen.

Disc Schiff alle waren vcrsehen mit allerlcy Proviant und
Kriogs munition auff zwey Jar, aussgcnommen Roterdam,
so allein auff 6 Monat Proviantirt, auss ursach dass es wider-
umb solte zu Ruck kommcn, wie gesagt.

Anno 1595 den 12 Junij, sein wir von Amsterdam nach
Texcl, da alle Schiff soltcn zusamman komcn, gcscgelt.

Den 2 Julij nach Mittag, da der Wind Sudost, und gut
fiir uns war, namen wir unsern Cours in dem Namcn Gottcs
gegcn Nordwest zum Nord.

Den 5 dito, dess Morgens sahen wir EngcUand.

Den 6 dito, war gross ungewitter auss N.O.

Den 12 batten wir guten Wind, nach Mittag sahen wir

cxxx

INTRODUCTION.

! '!

I ,(

vielWalfischjUnncl theils unserm Scliiff so nalic,das man auff
sie hctte springcn konncn, die am Stewrrudcr stundcn,
hetten zu tliun genug das Scliiff von den Walfischen hin-
weg zu stcuren.

Den 15 dito salien wir das Land Nordwegen.

A comparison of the foregoing with Phillip's trans-
lation in pages 42-44 of the present volume, will at
once show how widely Hulsius's version differs from
the original text of Gerrit de Veer.

From the use made of De Veer's name in the
" Address to the Reader," it might at first sight be
imagined that Ilulsius was in communication with
the author, and had his authority for the interpolated
passages ; though, seeing that Latin and French ver-
sions, corresponding strictly with the original Dutch
text, were being simultaneously published at Amster-
dam, it would certainly be difficult to conceive that
De Veer should have lent himself to a work so diftcr-
ent in character as this German version. However,
on a closer examination, it is apparent that this "Ad-
dress," notwithstanding that it is made to bear De
Veer's signature, with the date "Penult. Aprilis Anno
1598," — which is that of the author's original Dedi-
cation to the States General and other authorities of
the United Provinces, of which a translation has been
given in pages cxix-cxxii, — is merely made up from
that dedication and from the introductory portion of
the author's narrative of the first voyage. And, in-
deed, Hulsius himself does not pretend to do more
than give a translation into German from the original
Dutch work ; his words being, " Hab ich auch dise

I .

INTRODUCTION.

CXXXl

drey letzte SchifFartcn gegen Mitnaclit, so bald sie mir
in Nklerlendischer sprach zukommi^ ins hochteutsch
versetzt;" so that his use of the author's name in the
way adverted to is manifestly unjustifiable, and in
fact nothing better than a fraud on the public.

The foregoing specimen of the differences between
the two works has purposely been taken from the
commencement of tlie narrative of the second expedi-
tion, because we have the independent authority of
Linschoten to fall back upon ; in whose work nothing
is found to warrant the interpolations on the 5 th and
12th of July, and whose official description of the
vessels composing that expedition — which forms the
basis of the statement made in pages Ixiii, Ixiv of the
present Introducti'^n, — differs materially from that
given by Ilulsius.

It is scarcely to be doubted that the latter had an
authority of some sort for these important variations ;
though had that authority been at all of an authentic
nature, there is no conceivable reason why he should
not have referred to it. On a consideration of the
whole case, we are inclined to believe that he was
desirous of imparting to his production the character
of an original work ; and hence these variations in
the text, and also the fact that most of his illustra-
tions are not copies, but free imitations of the plates
in the original Amsterdam editions.

Before quitting this subject, which is perhaps not
undeserving of a closer investigation, we may adduce
a curious instance of erroneous translation on the
part of Hulsius. In the introduction to the narra-

> ii

1 1

It Ik .

CXXXll

INTRODUCTION.

tive of the second voyage (page 40 of the present
work), De Veer speaks of Linschoten as having been
on the first voyage the commissary or supercargo of
the two ships of Zeeland and Enkhuysen — " daer Jan
Huyghen van Linschoten comis op was." This is
rendered by Hulsius (p. 14): "darauff der Hocher-
fahrne in Schiffsache Johaii Huyghen von Linschott,
Conies oder Oberster gewesen war," as if Linschoten
had actually been the commanaer of those two vessels !

Another German abridgement of De Veer's narra-
tive was made by the brothers De Bry, in 1599, and
is given as the third article in the third part of their
India Oricntalis (or that portion of their collection
commonly known as the Petits Voyages)^ on the col-
lective title of which it is described as follows : —

Drey Schiffahrtcn der Hollander nach obcrmeldten Indicn
durch das Mittnachtigschc oder Eissmccr darinncn viol vncr-
horte Ebcntewcr. Sampt Viclen schonen kiinstlichon figurn
vnd Landtafcln in KupfFcr gestochen vnd an Tag gcbcn
durch Jo. Thcodor vnd Jo. Israel de Bry, Gcbriider. Ge-
druckt zu Franckfurt am Mayn durch Matthcum Becker.
M.D.xcix. folio.

, It is from this German edition that the plates which
accompany the present volume have been taken.
They are copies from those of the original Amsterdam
editions, reversed and more artistically finished. De
Bry, doubtless having Hulsius's work in his mind,
says of them that they aie: "AUes zierlich und nach
dem aechten original fiirgetragen."

This abridgement was reprinted in the German
editions of De Bry in 1628 and 1629.

INTRODUCTION.

CXXXIU

Latin. The same abridgement was also given in
Latin by De Bry, in the edition of the India Oricntalis
of 1601, on the collective title of the third part of
which it is thus described : —

Tres nauigationes HoUandorum in mod6 dictam Indiam
per Septcntrionalcm sen glacialcm Occanum, vbi mira quai-
dam ct stupcnda clonarrantur.
The sub-title, at page 129, is as follows :--

Tcrtia pars, Navigationes tres discrctas, trib. continvis
annis per Scptcntrionem supra Norvegiam, Mvscoviam et
Tartarian!, freto Wcygatz & Nona Zenibla detectis, ab Hol-
landis & Zclandis in Cathay & Chinarum regnum versus
oricntem susccptas, tlcscribens.

This abridgement was reprinted in 1629, also as the
third article in the third part of De Bry's India

Oricntalis.

English. In the third volume of Purchas's colle >
tion, pp. 473-518, is given a faithful abridgement of
Phillip's translation.

ABSTRACTS OR SUMMARIES.

Latin. An abstract of De Veer's work was given

in Linschoten's —

Dcscriptio totius Guineas tractus, Congi, Angola?, et
Monomotapa), eorumquc locorum, qua? e regione C. S. Au-
gustini in Brasilia jaccnt, etc. Accedit noviter historia
navigationum Batavorum in Septentrionales Oras, Polique
Arctici tractus, cum Frcti Vaygats dctcctionc summa fide

relata.

HagfE-Comitis. Ex officina Alberti Henrici. Anno 1599.

folio.

The narrative of the Three Navigations to the

CXXXIV

INTRODUCTION.

North, which occupies nine pages, commences at page
17, with the following head- title : —

Historia trium navigationum Batavorum in Scptcntrioncm.
Admirabilium ac nunquam ante auditarum trium naviga-
tionum Batavorum in Scptentrionales Oras detegcndi Frcti
Vaygats gratia, et in Novam Zcmblam, per hactcnus inco-
gnita Maria, fidclis rclatio.

This abstract appears to have been made by Lin-
schoten himself, as Camus states (p. 191) that this
Latin edition of his works was translated by himself
from the Dutch of 1596.

Although the description of Guinea, to which this
abstract forms an appendix, has a separate title-page
and pagination, it is shown by the register to form
part of —

Xavigatio ac Itincrariuni Johannis llugonis Linscotani in
Oricntalem sivc Lusitanorum Indiam . . . Collccta . . . ac dc-
scripta per cundem Bclgice, nunc vero Latine rcddituni
Haga; Comitis ex officina Alberti Henrici. Impensis authon
et Cornelii Nicolai, prostantque apud iEgidium Elsevirum.
Anno 1599. Fol.

From the circumstance of this abstract appearing
at the end of Linschoten's work, it has been by some
confounded with his narrative of his own two Arctic
voyages.

Dutch. In 1646, another abstract of the original
narrative appeared in the first volume of the Dutch
collection, entitled: —

Begin endc Voortgangh van dc VereenighdcNederlandtsche
Geoctroyeerde Oost-Indische Compagnie. 1646. obi. 4to.

This important work, which is profusely illustrated.

)aoo

INTRODUCTION.

cxxxv

has no editor's name or place of imprint. It was how-
ever edited by Isaak Commclin, a learned Amster-
dammer, and printed at Amsterdam, as we learn from
Chalmot's B'lograplmch Woordenhoek dcr Ncderlanden,
in art, Comni >lin (Isaak). Clialmot had a good au-
thority for this statement, namely, Isaak Commelin's
son, Kaspcr, who, at page 866 of his Beschryvinge
van Amsterdam^ declares his father to have been the
editor, further mentioning that this and other works
were all printed at Amsterdam by Jansson.

It was reprinted in 1648, under the following
title : —

Vcrhacl van de ccrstc Schip-vacrt dcr Hollandische cndc
Zccuschc Sclicpcn docr't Way-gat by Noordcn Noorwcgcn,
Moscovicn cndc Tartaricn om, na dc Coninckrijckcn Cathay
cndc China, Met dric Schcpcn, uyt Tcxcl gezcylt in den
Jarc 1594. Hicr achtcr is by-ghcvocght dc bcschrijvinghc
van de Landcn Siberia, Samoycda, cndc Tinga?sa. Seer
vreemt on vcrmaackclijck om lesen. T' Amsterdam. Voor
loost Ilartgcrs, Bocck-verkoopcr in de Easthuys-stccgh in
de 13occk-winckel bczijdcn hct Stadt-huys, 1648. 4to.

And it rc-appoarcd in 1650 with the same title. This
work, though professing on the title-page to be an
account of the first voyage only, contains an account
of the second and third voyages also.

Another Dutch abstract was printed by G. J. Saegh-
man at Amsterdam, in 1663, with the following
title : —

Vcrhacl van dc vier ccrstc Schip-Vacrden dcr Hollandtsche
en Zeeuwsche Schcpcn naar Nova Zembla, by Noorden
Noorwegen, Moscovicn cndc Tartaricn om, na de Couinck-

ill

1 <i

CXXXVl

INTRODUCTION.

rijckcn Cathay en China. Uytgcvarcn in dc Jarcn 1594,
1595, 1596, en 1609, endc hare wonderlijckc avontucicn,
op dc Kcysen voor gcvallcn. Den lactsten driick van
nieuws ouersien, en met schoone Figueren verbetcrt. T'Am-
sterdam, Gedruckt by Gillis Joosten Sacghman, Boeck-
drucker en Bocck verkooper, in de Nieuwe Straet. Anno
1663. 4to.

We have not had an opportunity of seeing this
work, and therefore cannot say whether or not it
is a reprint of the last-mentioned abstract. The
fourth voyage of 1609 can only be that of Henry
Hudson, who undertook it at the instance of the
Dutch East India Company. The journal of this voy-
age, written by Robert Juet of Limehouse, " master's
mate," is given by Purchas in his " Pilgrimes," vol.
iii, pp. 581-595.

An abstract of De Veer's work is likewise contained
in the first volume of the several editions of Blaeu's
" Great Atlas," which have been already described in
page Ixxx : in the Latin at page 24 ; in the French
at page 27 ; and in the Spanish at page 42. The
Dutch edition we have not seen.

German. A translation from Saeghman's abstract
appeared in 1675, in a collection by Rudolf Capel, en-
titled, " Vorstellungen des Nordcn." Hamburg, 1675,
4to.; in the fifth chapter of which it is entered as
follows : —

Die von den HoUandern zu vier unterschiedenen mahlen,
nemlich in Jahr c. 1594, 1595, 1596, und 1609, umsonst
versuchte Seefarth durchs Nordcn nach dcr Sintser Land
Japan und Ost Indicn. Auss dcr Niederlandischcn in die
Hochteutsche Spraclie iibersetzet.

INTRODUCTION.

CXXXVll

Another edition appeared in 1678.

Another abstract in German was given in 1768, in
Adelung's Gcschichte dcr Scnlfahrtcn, published at
Halle, 1768. In speaking of the great rarity of the
original, Adelung acknowledges himself obliged to
make use of the summary in the French collection,
next described, which he collated with that of Capcl.

French. The French collection to which we have
just alluded, was edited by Constantin de Renne-
> ille, under the title : —

llecucil dcs Voyages qui ont scrvi a I'etabHsscmcnt ct
a IX progres de la Compagnic des Indes orientales, formee
duns les provinces Unics des Pays Bas. Amst., 1702, 1710,
1716, 1725, in 6 vols. ; and in 1754, in 6 vols, in l'2mo.

This is an unacknowledged translation, with a slight
alteration in the language at the commencement of
the work, from the Dutch collection already described,
" Begin cnde Yoortgangh," etc.

English. In the year 1703, was published an Eng-
lish translation of the above abstract, which was pro-
bably made from the French version by Ilenneville.

A very brief summary of the three voyages is also
given in the first volume of Harris's Navigantium d
IfinerantiumBMotheca, pp. 550-564. Lond., 1705. Fol.

The winter's residence of the Dutch in Novaya
Zemlya has been repeatedly treated of in various
forms. The most recent work on the subject is pro-
bably a poem with the title —

De Overwintering der Hollanders op Nova Zembla gedicht

mmm

CXXXVlll

INTRODUCTION,

van Tollons, met HoutsncJcn van Henry Brown, naai teckc-
ningcn van I. H. I. van clcn Bcrgli. Lccuwarden, G. T. W.
Suringar, 1843, 4to.

Of the English translation by Phillip, which forms
the text of the present volume, we arc unable to speak
in very favourable terms. Independently of a num-
ber of errors resulting evidently from the want of a
thorough acquaintance with the Dutch language, the
work is disfigured by numerous typographical errors,
aris^ing seemingly from the circumstance that the
translator placed his manuscript in the printer's hands,
and never saw the work us it passed through the press.
In the notes at the foot of the text, in the present
edition, these errors are corrected, and attention is
drawn to those cases in which subsequent writers,
who merely consulted Phillip's translation or Pur-
clias's abridgement of it, have thercb; been misled.^

' One further curious instance lias only recently come to our
knowledge. Captain Bcechey, when speaking (p. 257) of the be. "s
which were killed by the Dutch while in their winter quarters, say^?
that on r.pening one of them "there was found in its stomach * part
of a buck, with the hair and skinne and all, which not long before
she had torne and devoured,' a fact (ho adils) which I mention only
to rectify an error iri supposing deer did not frequent Nova Zembla."

Did the fact of tlio existence of deer in Novaya Zemlya rest upon
this statement alone, it would have but a weak foundation ; for, as
is shown in page 182, note 3, the original Dutch is " stucken van
rohhcii, met huijt ende hayr" — "pieces of seals, with the skin and
hair " But, in truth, the existence of deer in that country is esta-
blished by the incontrovertible evidence adduced in the notes to
pages 5, 83, and 104 ; to which has to be added the fact recorded
in the Appcidix, p. 269, that when Hudson and his crew were on
the coast of Xovaya Zemlya in 1608, they saw there numerous signs
of deer, and on one occasion " a herd of white deerc of ten in a
companic ;" so that they actually gave to the place the name of
Dccrc Point.

INTRODUCTION.

CXXXIX

Besides Do Veer's naiTative, Phillip translated from
the Dutch the three works mentioned below.^ As
one then who performed so much for the cause which
it is the object of the Hakluyt Society to promote, he
has a claim to our forbearance for all the imperfec-
tions of his translation, which, in spite of them, gives
still no unapt representation of the simplicity and
quaintness of its Dutch original.

The editor has already acknowledged the aid
afforded to him by Mr. Vogel and Mr. Petermann.

' 1.— "The Description of a Voyage made by certain Ships of
Holland into the East Indies . . . who set forth on the 2nd Aprill
1595, and returned on the 14th of August 1597. Printed by John
Woolfe, 1598, 4to."

In his dedication to this work, of which the original was written
by Bernard Langhenes, Phillip announces a translation of Linscho-
ten's voyages ; and in the same year there appeared —

2, — "John Huighen van Linschoten, his discours of voyages
into y" Easte and West Indies. Devided into fourc books. Pri ^d
at London by John Woolfe ;" on the title-pages of the second,
third, and fourth books of which work the initials W. P. are given
as those of the translator.

In the advertisement to the reader in thi^ laiier work (copies of
which have sold as high as £10 15s.), it is stated that the " Booke
being commended by Maistcr Richard Hackluyt, a man that labour-
cth greatly to advance our English name and nation, the printer
thought good to cause the same to be translated into the English
tongue."

3. — "The Relation of a wondcrfull Voiago made by William Cor-
uclison Schoutcn of Home. Shewing how South from the Straights
of Magellan in Terra del Fuego, he found and discovered a ncwe
passage through the great South Sea, and that way sayled round
about the World. Describing what Islands, Countries, People, and
strange Adventures he found in his saido Passage. London, im-
printed by T. D. for Nathaneell Newbery, 1G19. 4to."

This English edition is exceedingly rare.

! <

cxl

INTRODUCTION.

i h

He has now also to express his obligation to Mr.
R. H. Major and Mr. W. B. Rye, of the British
Museum, for much valuable assistance in the biblio-
graphical portions of this Introduction. And he has
further to record, that to his worthy friend and pre-
ceptor in the Dutch language, Mr. John Bos, — who
was employed by him to make a new translation of
De Veer's text into English, in order that he might be
spared the inconvenience of collating the whole work
in the Reading Room of the British Museum, — he
is indebted for much help in the preparation of
the index at the end of this volume, and also for
many curious particulars of information which none
but an old Amsterdammer could well have supplied.

February I5i/i, 1853.

1 1 £i

cxli

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

Page xxvii (of Introduction), note 1, last line,/o?* 20, read 22.

— Ixxii, note 1,/or 56, read 64.

— xoviii, line 8, /or Matthews's, read Matthew's.

— 10, the notes 1 and 2 are misplaced.

— 14, last two lines of the text. The original has " Den 7 Julij kree-

ghense een o. n. o. wint, mistich weder." In both the
Amsterdam Latin and French versions of 1598, the
date is made to be the 8th of July, which is no doubt
the correct one.

— „ note 7, add : The ship might, however, have drifted thither from

some part of the Russian coast.

— 30, note 4, last line but one,/orMeyduscharski,rmc? Mezhdusharsky.

— 36, note 2, first line at the end, add : Or Matthew's Island.

— 38, note 3, add : The course shows, however, that this must have

been the Island of Kolguev, and not Kanin Nos.

— 64, note 6, line 2, /or page 62, read page 64.

— 55, note 7, add : The Vogolici dwell on the banks of the river Ob.

See Major's Notes upon Russia, vol. ii, p. 40.

— 61, note 8, at the end in p. 62, add : See also Humboldt's Cosmos,

Sabine's translation, vol. iii, p. Ixxxiv.

— 67, note 1, add : This must have been the Island of Kolguev.

— 71, the references to the notes in this page are incorrect throughout,

though the notes themselves are correctly placed.

— 72, note 1, add : The Times newspaper of Thursday, February 17th,

1 853, contains two letters, giving a description of " mock
suns" observed on the 15th in Northamptonshire and
Huntingdonshire. This phenomenon, though common
in the Polar regions, is of rare occurrence in England.

— 79, note 4, aihl: It is the A)ms Hrota of Pennant, Arctic Zoology,

vol. ii, p. 274.

— 80, note 4, at the "nd in p. 82, add : A similar vulgar error formerly

prevailed respecting the " Lamb-plant" or Scythian
sheep ; on which subject see Major's Notes upon Russia,
vol. ii, p. 74.

— 92, note 1. Just as Mr. Vogel was leaving England to join Dr.

Barth in Central Africa, he placed in the editor's hands
a note on the subject of the variation of the compass,
which he had promised to prepare but had not been

cxlii

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

able to complete earlier, owing to his inability to refer
to Ilansteen's Magtietismus der Erde, a copy of which
work was kindly presented to him by Professor Ritter
just as. he was on the point of leaving Berlin. Mean-
while the printing of this work had so far advanced,
that it became impracticable to give insertion to Mr.
Vogel's note, which must therefore be left for some
future opportunity.
Page 1 57, note 2, add : From the statement in the text it is evident that
the astrolabium used was one in which the sun's rays
were made to pass through a small aperture, so as to fall
on the graduated circle behind, on which consequently
a bright point would have been formed whenever the
aperture was turned in the precise direction of the sun

— 165, note 3, last line but one, for 76° 8',7, read 76° 18',7,

— „ last line,/oj- 75° 36', read 75° 39'; and for 75° 52',7, read

76° 2',7.

— 168, note 2, last line, /or Jameson, re«6? Jamieson.

— 221, note 3, line 2, for 1598, read 1597 ; and for 19° 47',i, read

19° 56',7.

— „ last line,/or 72° 28',n, read 72'' 37',o.

— 222, note 3, line 3, /or Meyduscharski, read Mezhdusharsky.

— 242, line 17,/or 120, read 160.

K if -« '

mw^»w"

-J

THE

si.'

True and perfect De-
scription of three Voy-
ages, so strange and woonderfuU,

that the like hath neucr been
heard of before :

Done and performed three yeares,one after the other, by the Ships of

Holland and Zeluml, on the North sides of Norway, Musvoula, and

Tartaria, towards the Kingdomes of Cathaia & China ; shewing

the discouerie of the Straights of Weigates, Nona Zemhla,

and the Countrie lying vnder 80. degrees ; which is

thought to be Greenland : where neuer any man had

bin before : with the cruell Beares, and other

Monsters of the Sea, and the vnsup-

portable and extrcame cold

that is found to be in

those places.

And how that in the last Voyage, the Shippe was so inclosed by the

Ice, that it was left there, whereby the men were forced to build a

house in the cold and desart Countrie of Nona Zembla, wherin

they continued 10. monthes togeather, and neuer saw nor

heard of any man, in most great cold and extreamc

miserie ; and how after that, to saue their lines, they

were constrained to sayle aboue 350. Duch-

miles, which is aboue 1000. miles English,

in litle open Boates, along and ouer the

maine Seas, in most great daunger,

and with extreame labour, vn-

speakable troubles, and

great hunger.

Imprinted at London for T. Pauier
]()(t9.

l!< t

TO THE RIGHT WOR-

shipfull, Sir Thomm Smith Knight, Gouer-

nour of the Miiscouy Company, &c.

Right Worshipfvll :

King intrcated hy sotne of my Friends, and prin-
cipally by M. Richard Hakhiyt {a diligent
ohseruer of all Proceedings in this nature)

to Translate and publish these three yeares

Traucllcs and Discoucrics of the Hollanders to the North-east ;
/ coidd not deuise how to consecrate my Labours so properly
to any, as to your selfe, considering not onely the generall
good affection the tchole Kingdome takes tioticcjhat you beare
to all Honorable actions of this kinde, be they for Discouetne,
Traffique, or Plantation y but also in respect of that particu-
lar charge, most worthily recommended to your care, ouer the
Trade of the Enghsh in those North-east Partes.

Many attempts and proffers ficonfessej there haue bin to
find a jMssage by those poorest parts to the richest ; by those
barbarous, to the most ciuile ; those rnpeo2)lcd, to the most
popular ; those Desarts, to the most fertile Countries of the
World : and of them all, none fl dare say J vndertaken with
greater iudgement, with more obdurate Patience, euen aduer-
sus Elcmcnta, aduersus ipsam in illis locis rcrum naturam,
then these three by the Hollanders.

If any of our Nation be employed that loay in time to come,
here they hauc a great part of their Voiage layd open, and the
crumple of that industrious people (jirst excited to this and
other famous Voyages, by imitation of some of ours) for the

it s.

DEDICATION.

conquer ituj of all diJficuUies and damjcrs; those peojile (I
say J that of all Christians, and for otnjht I know, of all
Adams Posteritiv, haiie first nauigated to 81 Degrees of
Northerly Latitude, and wintered in 76, where they had no
Inhabitants, but Foxes, Beares, and Dcare, to keepe them
company.

And were it for nothing else, but to register the miraculous
prouidencc of the Creator, and his admirable and vnspeakeable
tcorkes in these congealed Climats, vnknowen vtterly to the
Ancients, and to demostrate how much tee are obliged to his
omnipotent fauour,for planting I's in so temperate, so ciuill,
and so Itdigious a part of the World, as this blessed Island ,'
I thinke omission in this kinde icerc little lesse than Sarri-
ledge.

As it is, I humbly desire you to courh-safe it your protec-
tion, and to esteeme mee,

Alwaycs deuotcd to your seruicc,

William Piullii*.

! ■; Sj

THE FYRST PART

OF THK

NAUIGATION INTO THE NORTH SEAS.

It is a most ccrtaine and an assured assertion, that nothing doth
more benefit and further the common- wealth (specially these
countries') then the art and knowledge of nauigation, in re-
gard that such countries and nations as are strong and mightie
at sea, haue the meanes and ready way to draw, fetch, and
bring vnto them for their maintenaunce, all the principalest
commodities and fruites of the earth, for that thereby they
are inabled to bring all necessary things for the nourishment
and sustentation of man from the vttermost partes of the
world, and to carry and conuay such wares and marchan-
dizes whereof they haue great store and aboundance vnto
the same places, which by reason of the art of nauigation. As u.omt of
and the commodities of the sea, is easily to be effected and mo"4^in-""

■1 i,i. i ixn • 1 • • creaaeth, so

brought to passe. Which nauigation as it dayly more and dairmoro
more increaseth (to the great woonder and admiration of those, SSa
that compare the sea-faring and nauigation vsed in our
forefathers times, yea and that also that hath beene practised
in our age, with that which now at this present is daily
furthered and sought out) so there are continually ncAv
1 Kamely, the United Provinces of the Netherlands.

out.

[it

■

^:Et

Dillgenoo
aiMli:outiiiu-
aiipe ett'ect
that wliich
is suugUt.

\Vc! must not
Ici.'.io of by
enims nieiia
dislike or
(liHpniisc in
our proceed-
ings.

A tljinft not
rontiiini d,
run not lie
ell'ected.

All UiinuA
am ortVrlcd

ill CDIIVI'lll-

fill tlioe.

SS THE NAVIGATION

voiages made, and strange coasts discouered; the which
although they be not done by the first, sccod, or third
voiage, but after, by tract of time, first brought to their full
effect, and desired commoditie, and the fruits thereof, by
continuance of time reaped. Yet we must not be abasht,
nor dismayed, at the labour, toile, trauaile, and dagers sus-
tayned in such uoiages, to that end made, although as I said
before the benefit thereof be not had nor scene in the first,
second, third, or more uoiages; for what labour is more profit-
able, and worthier praise and commendation, then that which
tendeth vnto the common good and benefit of all men ?
Although such as are vnskilfuU, contemners, and deriders of
mens diligence and proceedings therein, at the first estecme
it an vnprofitable and needlesse thing, when as the end
prooueth beneficiall and commodious. If the famous naui-
gators Cortesius, Nonius, and TMcgalanes,' and others, that
in their times sought out and discovered the kingdomcs,
countries and ilands farrc distant from vs, in the extreamcst
parts of the world, for the first, second, or third voyage,
that had succeeded vnfortunately with them, had left off" and
giuon ouer their nauigatio, they had not afterward reaped
nor cnioyed the fruites, benefits, and commodities thereof.
Alexander magnus (aftcx he had woone all Grecia, and from
thence entred into little and great Asia, and coniming to the
farthest parts of India, i^l ere fountl some difficultir to passe;)
sayd, If we had not goi, • fr^rward, and persisted in our intent,
which other men < steenird and held to be impossible, we
had still remayiunl ;>nd Kfayed in the entry of Cilitia," where
as now we haue ouerrunne an(^ past througli all those lai'g(!
and spacious countries: for nothing is found and eflected
all at one time, neither is any thing that is put in practise.

' The AniHtcnlam Latin version of 1508 has " Columhus, Cortesius, ot
Map;(Haiius." Hut the emendation is uunccessary, since the author evi-
dently intends Vasco Nuue-^ de Balhoa, the discoverer of the Pacific.

^ " Cicilia," in the English original, can only he an error of the press.

INTO THE NOUTH-SEAS.

presently brought to an end. To the which end, Cicero
wisely saith, God hath giuen vs some things, and not all
things, that our successours also might have somewhat to
doe. Therefore we must not leaue off, nor stay our pretence
in the middle of our proceedinges, as long as there is any
commoditie to be hoped, and in time to be obtayned: for
that the greatest and richest treasures are hardliest to be
found. But to make no long digression from our matter,
concerning the dayly furtheraunce of the most neccssarie and
profitoble art of nauigation, that h^th been brought to full
effect, not without great charges, labour, and paines ; ouer-
slipping and not shewing with how long and troublesome
labour and toyle, continually had, the passages to the East
and West Indies, America, Brasilia, and other places, through
the Hlraight of Magellanes, in the South Sea, twise or thrise
passing vndcr the Line,' and by those meanes other countries
and ilands, were first found out and discouered.

Let vs looke into the White Seas,^ thrt are now so com-
monly sayled (on the north side of Muscouia), with what
cumbersome labour and toyle they were first disccuered :
What hath now made this voyage so common and casie ? is
it not the same, and as long a voyage as it was, befoi c it was
fully knowne md found out i I,' but the right cou/ses,
which at the first were to bo sought, by crossing th-e, seas
from one land to another, and are now to be held aloofe
into the seas and directly sayled, hath, of difficult and toyle-
sonic, made them casie and ready voynges.

This small discourse I thought good tO set downc, for an

Tlint which
in tho bc-
K'iiiiiing is
hnnl,l)y con-
tliumiioo of
tijiieisiiuido
(iisio anil
lialit.

1 Deur ende weer dmr He Linie — passing and repassinr^ the Line.
" De witte Zee— tho White Sea.

•' The adverb of affirmation, now written ffy. A str icing instance of
its use occurs in Romej and Juliet : —

" ITath riOmeo slaine himself ? say thou but I,
Aud that bare vowcll I shall poyson more
Than the death-darting eye of Cockatrice ;
I am not 1, if there be such an I,"

'I'lio Cirsl
MimUii!; is
liiu\l,but llic

Sl!U<)ll(i llt-

li'in|it, is
cnsic"

Ni)l ilii-
luMirciic'ss (if
tilt' Niirtli
I'olo.biil tlio
Icp ill tlio
'riiiiiiiiflii
HPii, rausoth
llic i;l'''iilt'Bt
I M.

4 THE NAVIGATION

introduction vnto the reader, in regard that I haue vnder-
takcn to describe the three voyages made into the North
Seas, in three yeares, one after the other, behind Norway,
and along and about Muscouia, towardes the kingdome of
(kthaia and China : whereof the two last I myself holpe
to effect ;^ and yet brought them not to the desired end that
we well hoped.

First, to shew oi.r diligent and most toylesome labour and
paynes taken, to find out the right course ; which we couL.
not bring to passe, as we well hoped, wished, and desired,
and possible might haue found it, by crossing the seas, if wo
had taken the right course ; if the ice and the shortncsse of
time, and bad crosses had not hindered vs : and also to
stoppc their mouthes, that report and say, that our pro-
ceeding therein was wholly vnprofitable and fruitclessc ;
which pcraduciiture in time to come, may turne vnto our
great profite and commoditie. For he which procccdeth
and continueth in a thing that seemeth to be impossible, is
not to be discommended : but hec, that in rcgarde that the
thing seemeth to be impossible, doth not proceed therein,
but by his faint heartcdness and sloath, wholly Icuuctli it off.

Wee haue assuredly found, that the onely and most
hinderaunce to our voyage, was the ice, that we found about
Nona Zembla,^ vnder 73, 74, 75 and 76 degrees ; and not
so mvich vpon the sea b( twcene both the landes :' whereby
't appeareth, that not the nearenessc of the North Pole, but
the ice that commeth in and out from the Tartarian Sea,'
about Nona Zembla, caused vs to feele the greatest cold,
'riiercfore in regard that the nearenrsse of the Pole was not
the cause of the great cold that we felt, if we had had tlic

1 Thus it appears that Oerrit do Veer was not on the first voyage, aa
has been supposed by some writers.

■■* IJy tlie Rus.sianH called JV''>ra>/fi Zi'mlj/a, i.e., "the New fjarid."

' Niiiiieiy between Novaya Zonilya and Spitzborgen, which iattir was,
liy lluronts/,. and \m com j»an ions, thought to be a part of Oreuuluud.

* Tiic Sea ot Kara, cast of' N6vaya Zenilya.

■MP

mmmmm

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS. O

meancs to haue held our appoyntcd and intended com"5e into
the north-east, we had peraduenture found some enteraunce :
which course we could not hold from Noua Zembla, because
that there we entred amongst great store of ice ; and how it
was about Noua Zembla, we could not tell, before we had
sought it ; and when we had sought it;, ^•^ . could not then
alter our course, although also it is vncertaine, what we
should have done, if we had continued in our north-east
course, because it is not yet found out. But it is true, that
in the countrie lying vnder 80 degrees,^ (which we estceme
to be Greenland) there is both leaues and grasse to be
scene ; wherein, such beastes as feed of leaues and grasse,
(as hartes, hindes, and such like beastes) line : whereas to
the contrary in Noua Zembla, there groweth nether leaues
nor grasse, and there are no beasts therein but such as eate
flesh," as bearcs, and foxes, &c. ; although Noua Zembla
lycth 4, 5, and 6 degrees more southerly from the Pole,
then the other land aforesaid. It is also manifest, that vpon
the south and north side of the line of the sunne on both
sides, between both the tropicos, vnder 23 degrees iv 1 a
halfc, it is as hot as it is right vnder the Line. What
wonder then should it be, that about the North Pole also,
and as many degrees on both siaes, it should not bee colder
then right vnder the Pole ? I will not aflirmi this to bee true,
because that the cokle on both sides of the North Pole hath
not as yet beene discouercd and souput out, as the heat on
the north and south side of the Line hath beene. Onely

' This country, which was discovered by the Hollanders on their third
voyage, has since proved to be Spitzbergen.

■•' Tl c sitme is repeated by Sir ./ohn Barrow {Chronoloc/ical History of
Voijiifes, etc., pp. 148, 185), who nuestions the fact asserted by Hudson,
of hn having seen reindeer in the island. But Li'itke expressly declares
{Vieniialiffe Jteiae, etc., Ernian's Traadation, pp. 43, TA, ;J14, 35S)), that
these animals do exist in Novaya Zunilya, even Iieyond the 74th parallel
of north latitude, Sec also Baer, in Bergbauss Amuden, 'ol. xvii, p. 300 ;
vol. xviii, p. 25,

Compni'ison
of the lu'uto
umler tho
lino, with

C\V (Mild

uiulor tho
North roll!.

i' i

1. I

r I

f»»

1 i

III

THE NAVIGATION

Uarcuts,

thus much I will say, that although we held not our direct
pretended^ course to the north-east, that therefore it ib to be
iudged, that the cold would haue let our passage through
that way, for it was not the sea, nor the ncerenesse vnto
the Pole, but the ice about the land, that let and hindered
vs (as I sayd before) for that as soon as we made from the
land, and put more into the sea, although it was much
intonuipd'" fiii't^cr northward, presently we felt more warmth ; and in
wiiiiiun °^ y* opinion our pilote William Barents'* dyed, who notwith-
standing the feareful and intoUerable cold that he indured,
yet he was not discouraged, but oflFered to lay wagers with
diners of vs, that by Gods helpe he would bring that pre-
tended voiage to an end, if he held his course north-east
from the North Cape. But I will leaue that, and shewe
you of the three voyages aforesaid, begun and set forth by
tlic permission and furtherance of the generall States of the
vnited Prouinces, and of Prince Maurice, as admirall of the
sea, and the rich toAvne of Amsterdam. Whereby the
reader may iudge and conceaue what is to bee done, for the
most profite and advantage, and what is to be left.

First you must understand, that in anno 1594 there was
4 ships set foorth out of the vnited Proin'nces, whereof tAvo
Avere of Amsterdam, one of Zclandt, one of Enckhuysen,
that were appointed to saile into the North Seas, to discouer
the kingdomes of Cathaia, and China, north-ward from
Norway, Muscouia, and about Tartaria ; whereof William
Barents, a notable skilfull and wise pilote, was commander
oucr the ships of Amsterdam, and Avith them vpon Whit-
sunday" departed from Amsterdam and Avent to the Texcl.

Upon the fifth of June they sailed out of the Texcl, and
hauing a good Avind and faire Avcather, vpon the 2ii of June,

' Intended.

" As is shown in tho Introduction, the ^n'opev name of this ab\e navi-
gator is Willcm Uarentszoon, that is, Williiuii, tho sun oi Utuvnt or
Bernard ; which name, as usuallj* conUactcd, was written UarciU»l.

» May 29th, l.V.)i,

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

they arriued at Kilduin in Muscouia,* which for that it is a
place well knowen and a common voyage, I will make no
further discription thereof.

The 29 of Jure, at foure of the clocke in the after noonc,
they set saile out of Kilduin, and so 13 [52] or 14 [56] miles'
outright sailed north-east, with a north north-west wind,
and close weather.

The 30 of June they sayled east north-east 7 [28] miles,
till the sunne was east south-east [about half-past six o'clock
in the morning],' with a north wind, with 2 schower saih^s/
there they cast out their lead, at 100 fadomc deepth, but
found no ground.

From Avhence the same day they sailed cast north-east'' 5
[20] miles, till the sunne was full south [f past 10, a.m.],
hauing the wind north, with 2 schower sailes, where onco
againc they cast out the load 100 fadomc deepc, but found no
ground ; and then from noone to night" the same day, they
sailed cast, and cast and by north 13 [52] miles, till the

' The island of KiWin, on tbc coast of Russian Lapland, in (ii)° 18'
north latitude, and 34° 20' longitude east of Greenwich.

* Dutch or German miles of fifteen to the degree ; so that one such mile
is equal to four English sos mile-, or geographical miles of sixty to the
degree. To assist the reader, who might not always have this in mind,
the English miles will thi'oughout be intcrtoti between brackets.

' A rude >\ay of determining the tino by the bearing of the sun,
custom;)- among seamen of »11 natioi s in those days, for want of
portable tmu-pieccs. Were tbo precise azimuth ot the sun observed,
no metiod coaM be nftoi-o ex»ot ; but as no interval between the several
points of the ooraimss (wbkh »re IP 1,"' apart) is taken into account,
and as the suns bearing is also subject lo the variation of the compass,
the result iiiu»t bo only approximative. From the compass-bearing
iilono, ns recorded, it would bo difficult 'or the reader to form anything
ii .0 a correct idea of the actual time— for example, when, on the 30th of
June, the sun was observed to be full south, it wanted more than an
hoiu-and-a-quarter of mid-day. It is, therefore, deemed advisable to
insert, after each observation of time by the sun, the time by the clock
to the nearo;.c quarter of an hour.

■• iSf/ioiv);s('i/leii, — the co>n-ses, or sails on the lower masts.

^ 0. (en n, — cast by north. " Tots avonds — till the evening,

"iiiilM

; I

i'l

THE NAVIGATION

sunne was north-west [J past 7, p.m.], and there casting out
their lead, they had ground at 120 fadome, the ground being
oasie,' and blacke durt.

The 1 of July, after they had sailed one quarter'* 4 [16] miles
east, and east and by north, early in the morning they <;ast
out the lead, and found ground at 60 fadome, where they had
an oasie small sandy ground j and within an houre after they
cast out the lead againe, and had ground at 62 fadome, being
white sand mixed with blacke, and some-what oasie: after
that they sailed 3 [12] miles east and by north, where
they had ground at 40 fadome, being gray sand mixed with
white. From thence they sailed 2 [8] miles east-ward, with a
1 orth north-east winde, there they had ground at 38 fadome,
being red r,and mixed with black, the sunne being south-east
and by east [^ past 7, a.m.]. From thence they sailed 3 [12]
miles, east and b ; south, and east south-east til noone, where
they had the sunne at 70 degrees and f ,^ there they cast out
the lead againe, and had ground at 39 fadome, being small
gray sand, mixed with blacke stippellen* and peeces of shels.

Then againe they sailed 2 [8] miles south-east, and then
woond'' northwai'd with an east north-east wind, and after
sailed. 6 [24] miles north-east all that day," with a south-east
wind, till the sunne was north north-west [J past 9, '^.m.],
the weather being cold ; and the lead being cast foorth they
found ground at 60 fadome, being small gray oasie sand,
mixed with a little blacke, and great whole shels:' after that

* Oozy, muddy.

" Eeyi qunrtier — one watch ; tbi duration of which was, as usual, four
hours.

■^ i.e., They found thomstlves to be in 70° 45' north latitude, by means
of an observat icn of the sun .

•• Small black specks.

° Wendense weder noordwnert over — they again tacked to the north.
Phillip uses throughout the expression "to wind" in the sense of "to tack."

" Van d'^ldngh rt/— from noon.

^ Oroott hoUi schulpen — large hollow shells.

INTO THE NORTH- SEAS.

the same euening to the first quarter,' they sailed 5 [20] miles,
east north-east, and north-east and by east, and after that
east north-east, and north-east and by east 5 [20] miles, vntill
the second of July in the mornina^, and there they had 65
fadome deepe, the ground oasie wi*h hlacke slime or durt.

The same day from morning till noone, they sailed 3
[12] or 4 [16] miles east north-east, the wind blowing stiffe
south-east, whereby at noone they were forced to take* in
the fore-saile, and driue with a schower saile,^ in mistie
weather, for the space of 3 [12] or 4 [16] miles, vntill
euening, holding east, and east and by south : after that
the winde blew south-west, and about 5 of the clocke in the
after-noone, they cast out the lead, but had no ground at 120
fadome. That euening the weather cleared vp againe, and
they sailed about 5 [20] miles before the wind, east north-
east, for the space of 3 houres, and then againe it began to
be mistie, so that they durst not saile forward, but lay hulling
in the wind,* where vpon Sunday morning being the 3 of
July, when the suntio was north-east [j p. 1, a.m.], they cast
out the lead and found ground at 125 fadome, being black
durt or slime.

From thence they sailed 8 [32] miles east north-east, till
the sunne was south-east [j p. 7, a.m.], and casting out the
lead, found ground at 140 fadom, being blacke slimie durt,
at which time they tooke the high of the sun and found it to
be 73 degrees and 6 minutes, and presently againe they cast
out the lead, and had 130 fadome deepth, the ground being
blacke slime. After that they saylcd 6 [24] or 7 [28] miles
further east north-east, till the sunne was north-west [| p.
7, P.M.], ,

On Sunday in the morning, being the 3 of July, it was

' The first watch, beginning at 8 o'clock p.m.

" " Table."— PA. Evidently a misprint,

■^ Een scfiover zeyl — one course, namely, the main-sail.

^ Wierpent aeii de wtnt — they hauled close to the wind.

II '

111

THE NAVIGATION

very faire and cleare weather, the wind blowing south-Avest,
at which time William Barents found out the right meridien,
taking the high of the sunne with his crosse-staffe' when it
was south-east, and found it to be eleuated in the south-east
28 degrees and a halfe, and when it had past ouer west and
by north, it was but' 28 degrees and a half abouc the horizon,
so that it differed 5 points and a half, which being deuided
*^ -e rested 2 points and f ; so that their compasse was altered
ints and f, as it appeared the same day, when the sunne
was in her higth, betweene south south-west and south-west
and by south, for the sun was south-west and by south,
and yet was not declined, and they had 73 degrees and
6 minutes.

The 4 of July in the morning, they sailed 4 [16] miles east
and by north, and casting out the lead found ground at 125
fadome, being slimic. That night the weather was mistie
againe, and in the morning the Avind was east ; then they
sailed 4 [16] miles south-east and by south, till the sunne
was east [^ p. 4, a.m.], and then againe they cast out the lead,
and found ground at 108 fadome, black durt; then they
wound north-ward, and sailed 6 [24] miles, north north-east,
and north-east and by north, vntill the sunne was south

* Noch (now spelt nocf) — again.

^ Graedt-booffh — rendered Radius astronomiciis in the Amsterdam Latin
version of 1598, and Ray nautique in the French version of the same
year and place — Cross-stafiF, Jacob's-staff, or fore-stafF; a well known in-
strument, no longer in use among European navigators. But the Arab
seamen on the east coast of Africa still employ a primitive instrument,
which is essentially the same. It consists of a small quadrangular board,
through which a string, knotted at various distances, is passed; each
knot being at such a distance from the board, that when the latter is
held by the observer before him, with the knot between his teeth and
the string extended, the board (between its upper and lower °dges)
shall subtend the angle at which the poie-star is known to be elevated
above the horizon at some one of the ports frequented by the observer.
Inartificial as such an instrument may be, yet if, instead of a knotted
string, a notched stick were used, on which the board might slide back-
wards and forwards, it would be the cross-staff of our early navigators.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

south-west [f p. 11, A.M.], and then they saw the land of
Nona Zembla, lying south-east and by east 6 [24] or 7 [28]
miles from them, where they had black durty ground at 105
fadome. Then they woond southward againe, and sailed 6
[24] miles, south and by west, till the sunne was west north-
west [5, P.M.], there they had 68 fadome deepe, with durtie
ground as before, the wind being south-east.

Then they woond east-ward and sailed 6 [24] miles cast
and by south, at which time,' William Barents took the height
of the sunne with his crosse-staffe,* when it was at the lowest,
that is between north north-east and east and by north,^ and
found it to bee eleuated aboue the horizon 6 degrees and
i part, his declination being 22 degrees and 55 minutes, from
whence substracting the aforesaid heigth, there rcsteth 10
degrees and 35 minutes, which being substracted from 90
degrees, there resteth 73 degrees and 25 minutes; which
was when they were about 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles from the
land of Nona Zembla.

Then they woond east- ward and sailed 5 [20] miles, cast
and by south, and east south-cast, and past by a long point
of land that lay out into the soa,^ whicli lluy iifinird l^nngencs ;
and hard by that point cast-ward there was ti gf/'O) ))Hy|
where they went a land with their boatc, but found 110 [jcupilj.

Three [12] or foure [Ki] miles from Langcnes east north-
east, there lay a long jjoint, and a mile [4 iiijIcmI ( osfwd^d
from the said point there was a grcrit bay, and UJIMI/ \\H' fllf^l
side of the said bay, there lay a rocji /|//| vtnj hljjll f/ll<»!M;
the water, and on the wos^ aUh of the bay, iUiiii 4llili\ \\

sharpe little hill, easie to be knowne: |j(/'oi(. |||/' jfpv jt f/^

■ ■ ff

' Ben 4 Julij des nuchts on fho 4th of July, at night.

^ Graedt-boogh. See the preceding jiago, iinif 2

^ So in the original. But the sense retiuires ^'■north-ami ntjff fijf fjqHlii"
that being the next point to N.N.lil.

* Een laylie uiitstekenden hocck- a low h(//|putj)||i {"^Iw!;: 'Pllf JlWjflf ^^*H}**
misconception, Phillip repeatedly has " lojig' lot ''|oif,''

' Laghe — low. - r- •

Ill

THE NAVIGATION

m *

20 fadonie dcepth, the ground small blackc stones, like pease :
from Langencs to Cape Bapo' east north-cast it is 4 [16] miles.
From Cai^e Bapo to the west point of Lombsbay north-east
and by north are 5 [20] miles, and betweene them both there
are 2 creekes. Lombsbay is a great wide bay, on the west
side thereof hauing a faire hauen 6, 7, or 8, fadome deepe,
])lack sand : there they went on shore with their boate, and
vpon the shore placed a beacon, made of an old mast which
they found there ; calling the bay Lombsbay, because of a
ccrtainc kind of beares" so called, which they found there in
great aboundance.

LOMS BAT

ZN^oordtscheBt*

The cast point of Lombsbay, is a long narrow point, and
by it there lyeth an island, and from that long point to sca-

' Capo Baxo — Low Point. From the long connection of the Nether-
hmds with Spain, the Dutch navigators appear to have employed the
Spanish language for trivial names like " Low Point," ' Black Point,"
as being more distinctive than the vernacular.

^ Eenderley aert van voghelen — a certain kind of birds. This strange
mistake of the translator has given occasion to frequent comment. It
is the mere unaccountable, as the original work contains a pictorial
representation of these birds, — noordtsche jyapegayen, or northern parrots,
as they are there called, — in connection with the plan (reproduced above)
of Lomsbay ; and it is also expressly stated, that the bay " has its name
from the birds which dwell there in great numbers. They are large in the
body and small in the wiug, so that 'X is surprising how their little wings can

' i

INTO THE NORTH- SEAS.

ward in, there is a great crecke,^ This Lombsbay lyeth vnder
74 degrees and A part. From Lombsbay to the point of the
Admirals Island,^ they sailed 6 [24] or 7 [28] miles, north-east
and by north. The Admirals Island is not very faire on^
the east side, but a farre off very flat, so that you must
shunnc it long before you come at it ; it is also very vneuen,
for at one casting off the lead they had 10 fadome deepe, and
presently at another casting of the lead they had but 6 fadome,
.md presently after that againe 10, 11, and 12 fadome, the
streame running hard against the flats.

From the east end of the Admirals Island, to Cape Negro,*
that is the Blacke Pointe, they sailed about 5 [20] or 6 [24]
miles, east north-east ; and a mile [4 miles] without the
Black Point it is 70 fadome deepe, the ground slimie, as
vpon Pamphius :' right east-ward of the Blacke Point, there

carry their heavy bodies. They have their iicsts on steep rocks, in order
to be secure from animals, and they sit on only one egg at a time.
They were not afraid of us ; and v/hen we climbed up to any of their
iicH^^, the others round about did not fly away."

The bird in question is the Foolish Guillemot. (.^l^Crtiowiiu'ff, afterwards
Cria Troile, Linn.) See Colonel Sabine's Memoir on t' ^?irds of
(iireenkud, in Traua. Linn. Soc. vol. xii, p. 527. It is described and
figured in the fifth volume "f Gould's Birds of Eziroj>e.

An assemblage of these ''ds, such as is here described by the author,
" is called by the Russians ii 'nzar.' Tniis this Persian word has been
carried Ity Russian walrus-hum ers to the rocks of the icy .sea, and there
for want of human inhabitants applied to birds.'" — Baer, in Berghaus's
Aunaleti, vol. xviii, p. -Z'-i.

* I^en laeghen slechten hoeck, ende daer leyt een cleljn Ei/landeken hi/,
van den hoeck af zeeivaerts in, so was noch by oosten '^■'en laeghen hoeck
een groote wgde voert o/te inn-ijck — A low flat point, and by it there
lyeth a small island seawards irom the point, and also to the east of this
low 2)oint there is a great wide creek or inlet.

" /let Admiralitegts Eyland — Admiralty Island.

3 "One "—PA. ^ * Capo Negro.

" Usually iv.-itum Famptis. A bar of mud and sand near Amsterdam,
at the junction of the Y with the Zuyder Zee. This simile calls to mind
that of Mui; '0 lark, who, on his discovery of the Niger, described it
as being " as Ljoaii as the Thames at Westminster." Such homely com-
parisons, though by some they may be condemned as unscientific, often

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

^ .^%

1.0

1.1

11.25

^1^ m

" •'" "2.0

LA. 1 1.6

Hiotographic

Sciences

Corporation

fS WIST MAIN StlllT
VyiMTU.N.Y USM

THB NAVIGATION

are 2 sharpe pointed hills in the creeke, that are easie to be
knowen.

The 6 of July, the sunne being north [| p. 10, p.m.], they
came right before the Blacke Point with faire weather : this
Blacke Point lyeth vnder 75 degrees and 20 minutes. From
the Blacke Point to Williams Islaiid,^ they sailed 7 [28] or 8
[32] miles, east north-east, and between them both about
halfe a mile, [2 miles] there lay a small islar

The 7 of July they sailed from Williams Ibiand, and then
William Barents tooke the height of the sunne with his cross-
staiFe,* and found it to be eleuated aboue the horizon* in the
south-west and by south 53 degrees and 6 m'nutes,* his
declination being 22 degrees and 49 minutes, which being
added to 53 degrees and 6 minutes, make 75 degrees and
55 minutes.' This is the right height of the pole of the said
island. In this island they found great store of driff-wood,
and many sea-horses, being a kinde of fish® that keepeth in
the sea, having very great teeth, which at this day are vsed
insteed of iuorie or elophants teeth : there also is a good
road for ships, at 12 and 13 fadome deepe, against all winds,
except it be west south-west and west windes ; and there
they found a piece of a Russian ship,' and that day they had
the wind east north-east, mistie weather.

speak more distinctly to the feelings of such as can appreciate them
than the most elaborate descriptions.

^ Willema Eyland,

■ Met zijn groot<? quadrant — With his large quadrant.

^ This is not correctly stated, since it is the sun's zenith distance, and
not its elevation above the horizon, that was 53" 5'. The observption is,
however, correctly worked out, subject only to the trifling error of 1'.

* The original has 53° 6' both here and two lines lower down. There
is consequently an error of 1' in the calculation. The correction should
be made on the result, instead of on the observation itself.

' So in the original ; but it should be 76° 56'.

* Een ghedierte — an animal.

' A proof, among many others, that the west coast of N6vaya Z6mlya
had previously been visited by the Russians.

I F""' ■>' '^mmmmimmm'im'mi^^^^fi'^^^

t *

f i

How a bear came unto our boat, and what

ur boat, and what took place with him.

"^p*^

%•

■Ife.^.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

The 9 of July they entered into Beeren-fort,^ vpon the
road vnder Williams Island, and there they found a white
beare, which they perceiuing, presently entered into their
boate, and shot her into the body with a musket ; but the
beare shewed most wonderfull strength, which almost is not
to be found in any beast, for no man euer heard the like to
be done by any lyon or cruel beast whatsoeuer : for notwith-
standing that she was shot into the bodie, yet she leapt vp,
and swame in the water, the men that were in the boate
rowing after her, cast a rope about her necke, arid by that
meanes drew her at the sterne of the boat, for that not
hauing scene the like beare before, they thought to haue
carryed her aliue in the shippe, and to haue shewed her for
a strange wonder in Holla;nd ; but she vsed such force, that
they were glad that they were rid of her, and contented
themselves with her skin only, for she made such a noyse,
and stroue in such sort, that it was admirable, wherewith they
let her rest and gave her more scope, with the rope that they
held her by, and so drew her in that sort after them, by that
meanes to wearie her : meane time, William Barents made
neerer to her,* but the b»?are swome to the boate, and with
her fore-feet got hold of the sterne thereof, which William
Barents perceiuing, said. She will there rest her selfe ; but she
had another meaning, for she vsed such force, that at last she
had gotten half her body into the boat, wherewith the men
were so abashed, that they run into y^ further end of the
boate, and thought verily to have been spoiled by her, but by
a strange means they were deliuered from her, for that the
rope that was about her necke, caught hold vpon the hooke
of the ruther, whereby the beare could get no further, but

* Berenfort — Bear Greek. It might be better written Beren-^oert ; as
the word voert — which is apparently either the Danish /ore?, or else the
old form of the modern Dutch vaart — is used by the author (see page 13,
note 1) as equivalent to inwijckf a creek or inlet.

' Palde hem altemet wot ten — poked him now and then (with the
boat-hook).

THE XAVIGATION

\
I

% ';,

so was held backe, and hanging in that manner, one of the
men boldly stept foorth from the end of the scute/ and thrust
her into the bodie with a halfe-pike ; and therewith she fell
downe into the water, and so they rowed forward with her to
the ship, drawing her after them, till shee was in a manner
dead, wherewith they killed her out-right, and hauing flcaed
her, brought the skinne to Amsterdam.

The 10 of July," they sailed out of Beren-fort fro Wil-
liams Island, and the same day in the morning got to the
Island of Crosses,^ and there went on land with their pinnace,
and found the island to bee barren, and full of cliffes and
rocks, in it there was a small hauen, whereinto they rowed
with their boat. This island is about halfe a mile [2 miles]
long, and reacheth east and west ; on the west end it hath
a banke, about a third part of a mile [1^ mile] long, and at
the east end also another banke : ypon this island there
standeth 2 great crosses ; the island lyeth about 2 [8] long
miles from the firme land,* and vnder the east-end thereof
there is good road at 26 fadome, soft ground;* and some-
what closer to the island on th' ^^d, at 9 fadome, sandy
ground.

From the Island of Crosses to the point of Cape Nassawe,"
they sailed east, and east and by north, about 8 [32] miles :
it is a long' flat point which you must be carefull to shunne,
for thereabouts at 7 fadome there were flats or sholes, very
farre from the land: it lyeth almost under 76 degrees and
a halfe. From the west-end of Williams Island to the
Island with the Crosses is 3 [12] miles, the course north.®

From Nassaw Point they sailed east and by south, and

^ Van de voorschiiyt — from the fore part of the boat.

8 " 20 of July."— PA.

8 Het Eylatidt mette Cruycen — the Island with the Grosses.

* The main-land of N6vaya Zemlya.
' Steeck gront — stiff gi'ound.

* Tot den Hoeck van NoMowen — to Cape Nassau.

' Laghe — low. ' Noordt-oost — north-oast.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

cast south-east 5 [20] miles, and then they thought that they
saw land in north-east and by east,^ and sailed towards it
6 [20] miles north-east to descrie it, thinking it to be another
land, that lay north- ward from Noua Zerabla ; but it began
to blow so hard out of the west, that they were forced to
take in their marsaile,' and yet the wind rose in such manner,
that they were forced to take in all their sailes, and the sea
went so hollow, that they were constrained to driue 16
houres together without saile, 8 [32] or 9 [36] miles east
north-east.

The 11 of July their boat was by a great wave of the sea
sunke to the ground, and by that meanes they lost it, and
after that they drave without sailes 6 [20] miles, east and by
south ; at last, the sunne being almost south-east [^ p. 7, a.m.],
the wind came about to the north-west, and then the weather
began somewhat to cleare vp, but yet it was very mistie.
Then they hoysed vp their sailes againe and sailed 4 [16]
miles till night, that the sunne was north and by east
[11, p.m.], and there they had 60 fadome deepth, muddie
ground, and there they saw certaine flakes of ice,* at which
time vpon the 12 of July they woond west, and held north-
west, and sailed about a mile [4 miles] with mistie weather,
and a north-west wind, and sailed up and downe west south-
west 3 [12] or 4 [16] miles to see if they could find their
boat againe : after that they wound againe with the wind,* a^d
sayled 4 [16] miles south-east, till the sunne was south-west
[1, P.M.], and then they were close by the land of Noua
Zembla, that lay east and by north, and west and by south ;

1 " The existence of the land said to have been seen by the Hollanders to
the eastward of Cape Nassau is exceedingly doubtful. They themselves
make but slight mention of it, and not at all on the second [third] voyage.
Perhaps they saw some projecting point of the land of Novaya Zemlya ;
or yet more probably they mistook a fog-bank for land." — Imtke, p. 21.

* Marseylen — topsails.

^ Eenighe ya schollen — some pieces of drift ice.

* Wenden zijt wetter aen de wint — they again hauled close to the wind.

THE NAVIGATION

from thence they wound ouer againe till noone, and sayled
3 [12] miles north and by west; and then, till the sunne
was north-west [| p. 6, p.m.], they held north-west and by
north 3 [12] miles ; then they wound east-ward and sailed 4
[16] or 5 [20] miles north-east and by east.

The 13 of July at night, they founa great store of ice, as
much as they could descrie out of the top, that lay as if it
had been a plaine field of ice ;^ then they wound west-ward
ouer from the ice, and sailed about 4 [16] miles west south-
west, till the sunne was east and by north [5, a.m.], and
that they saw the Ipnd of Noua Zembla, lying south south-
east from them.

Then they wound north-ward againe and sailed 2 [8]
miles, till the sunne was east south-east [| p. 6, a.m.], and
then againe found great store of ice, and after that sailed
south-west and by south 3 [12] miles.

The 14 of July they wound north-ward againe, and
sayled with 2 schower sailes'' north and by east, and north

^ So veel ah men uyten mars oversien mocht, altemael een effen velt ys.
This passage is deserving of special uotice, on account of the following
statement in Captain (now the Rev. Dr.) Scoresby's Account of the Arctic
Regions : — " The term field was given to the largest sheets of ice by a
Dutch whale fisher. It was not until a period of many years after the
Spitzbergen fishery was established, that any navigator attempted to
penetrate the ice, or that any of the most extensive sheets of ice were
seen. One of the ships resorting to Smeerenberg for the fishery, put to
sea on one occasion, when no whales were seen, persevered ;vestward to
a considerable length, and accidentally fell in with some immense flakes
of ice, which, on his return to his companions, he described as truly
wonderful, and as resembling fields in the extent of their surface.
Hence the application of the term ' field ' to this kind of ice. The dis-
coverer of it was distinguished by the title of * field finder.' " — Vol. i,
p. 243.

When these Dutch whale-fishers thus appropriated to themselves the
merit of such a "discovery," they must have been strangely oblivious of
the previous labours of their countrymen, the adventurous discoverers of
Spitzbergen, who certainly were in the way of seeing as " extensive sheets
of ice" as any of those who followed in their footsteps.

" See page 7, note 4.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

north-east 6 [20] or 6 [24] miles, to the height of 77 degrees
and ^ part,' and entred againe amongst the ice, being so
broad that they could not see ouer it, there they had no
ground at 100 fadome, and then it blew hard west north-
west.

From thence they wound south-ward, and sailed south
south-west 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, and came againe by the
land, that shewed to be 4 or 5 high hilles. Then they
wound northward, and till euening sayled north 6 [24]
miles, but there againe they found ice.

From thence they wound south-ward, and sailed south
and by west 6 [24] miles, and then againe entred into
ice.

The 15 of July, they wound south-ward againe, say ling
south and by west 6 [24] miles, and in the morning were
by the land of Nona Zembla againe, the sunne being about
north-east [i^ p. 1, a.m.], . .

From thence they wound north-ward againe, and sayled
north and by east 7 [28] miles, and entred againe into the
ice. T'^en they wound south- ward againe, the sunne being
west [f p. 3, P.M.], and sailed south south-west, and south-
west and by south 8 [32] or 9 [36] miles, vpon the 16 of
July.

From thence they wound north-ward, and sailed north
and by east 4 [16] miles ; after that againe they wound west-
ward, and sailed west and by south 4 [16] miles, and then
they sailed north north-west 4 [16] miles, and then the wind
blcAV north north-east, and it froze hard ; this was vpon the
17 of July.

Then they wound east-ward, and sailed east till noone,
3 [12] miles, and after that east and by south 3 [12] miles ;
from thence about euening they wound northward and sailed
north and by east 5 [20] miles, till the 18 of July in the
morning ; then they sailed north and by west 4 [16] miles,

» 77° 20' N. lat.

1M>

THE NAVIGATION

and there entred againe amongst a great many flakes of ice,*
from whence they wound southward, and close by the ire
they had no groud at 150 fadom.

Then they sayled about 2 houres south-east, and east south-
east, with mystie weather, and came to a flake of ice," which
was so broad that they could not see ouer it, it being faire
still weather, and yet it froze, and so sailed along by the ice
2 houres; after that it was so mistie, that they could see
nothing round about them, and sailed south-west two [8]
miles.

The same day "William Barents tooke the height of the
sun with his astrolabium, and then they were under 77
degrees and a J of the Pole,' and sailed south-ward 6 [24]
miles, and perceiued the firme land,^ lying south fron;
them.

Then they sailed till the 19 of July in the morning, west
south-west, 6 [24] or 7 [28] miles, with a north-west wind
and mistie weather ; and after that south-west and south-
west and by west 7 [28] miles, the sunne being 77 degrees
6 minutes lesse.* Then they sailed 2 [8] miles south-west,
and were cloi^e by the land of Nona Zcmbla, about Cape
Nassaue.®

From thence they wound north-ward and sailed north 8
[32] miles, with a west north-west wind and a mist, and till
the 20 of July in the morning north-east and by north 3 [12]
or 4 [16] miles ; and when the sunne was east [^ p. 4, a.m.]
they wound west, and till euening sailed south-west 5 [20]
or 6 [24] miles, with mistie weather, and then south-west
and by south 7 [28] miles, till the 21 of July in the
morning.

* In groote menichte van ys schollen — among a great quantity of
drift ice.

* Een velt ys — a field of ice.
» In 77° 15'N. lat.

* The main land of N6vaya Zemlya.

" 76° 55' N. lat. « Capo ck Nassaiiw'.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

;^t

Then they wound north -ward againe, and from morning
till euening sailed north-west and by west 9 [36] miles, with
mistie weather, and againe north-west and by west* 3 [12]
miles ; and then wound south-ward, and till the 22 of July
in the morning sailed south south-west 3 [12] miles, with
mistie weather, and till euening south and by west, 9 [36]
miles, all mistie weather.

After that they wound north-ward againe, and sailed
north-west and by north 3 [12] miles, and then 2 [8] miles
north-west;* and in the morning being the 23 of July the
wind blew north-west, and then they cast out the lead, and
had 48 fadome muddie ground.

Then they sailed 2 [8] miles north north-east and north
and by east, and 2 [8] miles north-east, at 46 fadome deepe ;
after that they wound west- ward, and sailed west and by north
6 [24] miles ; there it was 60 fadome deepe, muddy ground.

Then they wound eastward and sailed 3 [12] miles east
and by north ; then againe 9 [36] or 10 [40] miles east, and
east and by south ; and after that 6 [2^] or 6 [24] miles east,
and cast and by south ; and after tuat 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles
more, east and by south, till euening, being the 24 of July ;
then againe 4 [16] miles south-east and by east, the wind
being east north-east.

Then they woond north-ward, and till the 25 of July in
the morning sailed north, and north and by west, 4 [16]
miles ; there they had 130 fadome deepe, muddie ground ;
then they sailed north-ward, where they had 100 fadome
deepe, and there they saw the ice in the north-east; and
then againe they sailed 2 [8] miles, north and by west.

Then they woond south-ward towards the ice, and sailed
south-east one mile [4 miles] ; after that they wound north-
ward againe, and sailed north 6 [24] miles, and were so
inclosed about with flakes of ice,^ that out of the top they

1 Jf.W. ten ^.— N.W. by north. " JV. ten IF.— N. % W.

' Fs schoUen — drift ice.

s %

THE NAVIGATION

(

could not discerne any thing beyond it, and sought to get
through the ice, but they could not passe beyond it, and
therefore 'i the evening they wound south- ward againe,
and sailed along by the ice, south and by west 5 [20] miles,
and after that south south-east 3 [12] miles.

The 25 of July at night, they took the heigth of the sunne,
when it was at the lowest between north and north-east,'
and north-east and by north, it being eleuated aboue the
horizon 6 degrees and f, his declinatio being 19 degrees
50 minutes ; now take 6 degrees f from 19 degrees and
ryO minutes, and there resteth 13 degrees 5 minutes, which
tubstracted from 90 there resteth 77 degrees lesse 5
minutes.* ■

The 26 of July, in the morning, they sailed 6 [24] miles
south south-east, till the sunne was south-west [1, p.m.], and
then south-east 6 [24] miles, and were within a mile of the
land of Nona Zembla, and then wound north-ward from the
land, and sailed 5 [20] miles north-west^ with an cast wind ;
but in the euening they wound south-ward againe, and sailed
south south-east 7 [28] miles, and were close by the land.

Then they wound north-ward againe, and sailed north
north-east 2 [8] or 3 [12] miles ; from thence thoy wound
south-ward, and sailed south south-east 2 [8] or 3 [12] miles,
and came againe to Cape Trust.^

Then they wounde againe from the land, north-east, about
halfc a mile [2 miles], and were oucr against the sandes of
4 fadome deepe, betweene the rocke and the land, and there
the sands were 10 fadome decpc, the ground being small
black stones ; then they sailed north-west a little while, till
they had 43 fadome deepe, soft ground.

From thence they sailed north-east 4 [16] miles, upon the

1 ^.iV.O.— N.N.E.
3 JV. ten ir.— N. b>/ W.

« 76° G6' N. lat.

* Ende quamen weiler bi/t Umdt aeii ile Cape dea Trooats — and camo
again closo to the land ut Cape Comfort.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

27 of July, with an east south-east wind, and wound south-
ward againe, where they found 70 fadome deepe, clay
ground, and sayled south and south and by east 4 [16] miles,
and came to a great creek ; and a mile and a halfe [6 miles]
from thence there lay a banke of sande of 18 fadome deepe,
clay sandy ground, and betweene that sand or banke and
the land it was 60 and 50 fadome deepe, the coast reaching
east and west by the compasse.

In the euening they wound [stife'] north-ward, and sailed
3 [12] miles north north-east ; that day it was mistie, and in
the night cleare, and William Barents tooke the height of
the sunne with his crosse-staiFe,* and found it to be eleuated
aboue the horizon 5 degrees 40 minutes, his de„lination
being 19 degrees 25 minutes, from whence substracting
5 degrees 40 minutes, there resteth 13 degrees 45 minutes,
which substr acted from 90 rested V6 degrees 31 minutes' for
the height of the Pole.

Upon the 28 of July, they sailed 3 [12] miles north north-
east, and after that wound south-ward, and sailed 6 [24] miles
south south-east, and yet were then 3 [12] or 4 [16] miles from
the land.

The 28 of July, the height of the sun being taken at noone
Avith the astrolobiii, it was found to be eleuated aboue the
horizon 57 degrees and 6 minutes,* her declination being
19 degrees and 18 minutes, which in all is 76 degrees and
24 minutes, they being then about 4 [16] miles from the land
of Noua Zembla, that lay all couercd ouer with snow, the
weather being cleare, and the wind east.

Then againe, the sunne being about south-west [1, p.m.],

' This word is not in the original ; and it is inconsistent, as in the
next lino their course is stated to have been N.N.E.

* Qraedt-boogh. See page 10, note 2.

» So in the original. It should be 76° 16'.

* In like manner as on the 7th July (see page 14), it if the sun's
zenith distance that is here recorded instead of its altitude.

THE NAVIGATION

they wound north- ward, and sailed one mile [4 miles] north
north-east, and then wound againe, and sailed another mile
[4 miles] south-east, then they wound north-ward againe,
and sailed 4 [16] miles north-east and north-east and by
north.*

The same day'* the height of the sunne being taken, it
was found to be 76 degrees and 24 minutes, and then they
sailed north-east 3 [12] miles, and after that north-east and
by east 4 [16] miles, and vpon the 29 of July came into the
ice againe.

The 29 of July the height of the sunne being taken with
the crosse-staffe, astrolabium, and quadrant,' they found it to
bee eleuated aboue the horizon 32 degrees, her declination
being 19 degrees, which substracted from 32 there resteth
13 degrees of the equator, which being substracted from 90
there rested 77 degrees j and then the neerest north point
of Noua Zembla, called the Ice Point,* lay right east from
them.

There they found certaine stones that glistered like gold,
which for that cause they named gold-stones,' and there also
they had a faire bay with sandy ground.

Upon the same day they wound south-ward againe, and
sailed south-east' 2 [8] miles betwcene the land and the ice,
and after that from the Ice Point east, and to the south-

* Noordt ooat ten oosten — N.E. by east.

* Des self den nachts — the same night. The sun was then constantly
above the horizon.

* Metten graedthoogh, astrolabium ende quadrant.

* De aldernoordelijckste hoeck van Nova Semhla genaemt Va hoeck —
the northernmost point, &c.

" Most probably marcasite or iron pyrites. Frobisher's third voyage
to "Meta Incognita", with fifteen vessels, was principally for the pur-
pose of bringing home an immense quantity of this mineral, which he
had discovered on his former voyages, and fancied to bo rich in gold, —
See Ilakluyt's Voyages, vol. i, pp. 74, 91 ; Rundall's Narratives of Voyages
towards the North-ioest, p. 13, et seq,

« Z. ten a— S. by E.

INTO THE N0R7H-SEAS.

ward^ 6 [24] miles to the Islands of Orange ; and there they
laboured forward* betweene the land and the ice, with faire
still weather, and vpon the 31 of July got to the Islands of
Orange. And there went to one of those islands, where they
found about 200 walrushen or sea-horses, lying upon the
shoare to baske^ themselues in the sunne. This sea-horse is
a wonderfull strong monster of the sea, much bigger then
an oxe, which keepes continually in the seas, hauing a
skinne like a sea-calfe or scale, with very short hair, mouthed
like a lyon, and many times they lie vpon the ice ; they are
hardly killed vnlesse you strike them iust vpon the fore-
head ; it hath foure feet, but no eares, and commonly it hath
one or two yong ones at a time. And when the fisher-men
chance to find them vpon a flake of ice* with their yong
ones, shee casteth her yong ones before her into the water,
and then takes them in her armes, and so plungeth 7 and
downe with them, and when shee will reuenge herselfe vpon
the boats, or make resistance against them, then she castd
her yong ones from her againe, and with all her force goeth
towards the boate ; whereby our men were once in no small
danger, for that the sea-horse had almost strick< n her teeth
into the sterne of their boate, thinking to ouerthrowe it; but
by meanes of the great cry that the men made, shee was
afraid, and swomme away againe, and tooke her yong ones
againe in her armes. They haue two teeth sticking out of
their mouthes, on each side one, each beeing about halfe an
elle long, and are esteemed to bee as good as any iuorie or
elophants teeth, specially in Muscouia, Tartaria, and there
abouts where they are knowne, for they are as white, hard,
and euen as iuory.'

^ OoH wel 80 zuydelijck — east a little south.

■ Laveerden — " la veered," t. e. advanced by repeated short tacks.

' " Baste" — Fh. A misprint. * Een achats ya — a piece of drift ice.

' A critical history of this animal is given in "Anatomische und
Zoologische Untersuchungen iiber das Wallross {Trichechus Rosmarua)
&c. von Dr. K. E. v. Baer" — Mimoirea de VAcad, Imp. dea Sc. de St.

THE NAVIGATION

f :

Those sea-horses that lay basking^ themselues vpon the
land; our men, supposing that they could not defend them-
selues being out of the water, went on shore to assaile them,
and fought with the, to get their teeth that are so rich, but
they brake all their hatchets, curtle-axes,* and pikes in
pieces, and could not kill one of them, but strucke some of
their teeth out of their mouthes, which they tooke with them ;
and when they could get nothing against them by fighting,
they agreed to goe aboard the ship, to fetch some of their
great ordinance, to shoot at them therewith ; but it began to
blow so hard, that it rent the ice into great peices, so that
they were forced not to do it ; and therewith they found a
great white beare that slept, which they shot into the body,
but she ranne away, and entred into the water ; the men fol-
lowing her with their boat, and kil'd her out-right, and then
drew her vpon the ice, and so sticking a half pike vp-right,
bound her fast vnto it, thinking to fetch her when they came
backe againe, to shoot at the sea-horses with their ordinance ;

Petersb.y 6me S6r., Sciences Math., Phys. et Nat., torn, iv, 2de part.,
Sc. Nat. (1838), pp. 97-235.

In Scoresby'a Account of the Arctic Regions, vol. i, p. 504, it is said :
" When seen at a distance, the front part of the head of the young
walrus, without tusks, is not unlike the human face. As this animal is
in the habit of rearing its head above water, to look at ships and other
passing objects, it is not at all improbable that it may have aiForded
foundation for some of the stories of mermaids. I have myself seen a
sea-horse in such a position, and under such circumstances, that it re-
quired little stretch of imagination to mistake it for a human being ; so
like indeed was it, that the surgeon of the ship actually reported to mo
his having seen a man with his head just appearing above the surface of
the water."

^ " Bathing"— P/j. A misprint.

^ Cortelassen—cvLi\[isses, Plate cm. of Dr. Meyrick's Ancient Arms
and Armour (vol. ii) contains a representation of an "Andrew Ferrara,"
which is described as " a coutel-hache, coutelaxe or coutelas." But the
true original of the name is the Italian cultellaccio or coltellaccio, mean-
ing literally a large (heavy) knife. Cultellazius, the Latinized form of
this word, occurs in a list of forbidden weapons, in a statute of the city
of Ferrara, a.d. 1268. See Muratori, Antij. Italic, vol. ii, col. S15.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

but for that it began more and more to blow, and the ice
therewith brake in peeces, they did nothing at all. \

After that W. Barents had begun this uoyage vpon the
fifth of June 1594, and at that time (as I sayd before) set
saile out of the Texell, the 23 of the same month arriving at
Kilduin in Muscouia, and from thence tooke his course on
the north side of Nona Zembla, wherein he continued till the
first of August, with such aduentures as are before declared,
till he came to the Island of Oringe :' after he had taken all
that paine, and finding that he could hardly get through, to
accomplish and ende his pretended' voyage, his men also
beginning to bee weary and would saile no further, they all
together agreed to retvu'ne back againe, to meet with the .
other ships* that had taken their course to the Weygates, or *g"i'ue|*"''''*
the Straights of Nassawe,* to know what discoueries they had
made there.

^ Tottet Eylandt van Oraengien. ' Intended.

' Namely, those of Zeelandt and Eukhuysen, from which they had
separated at Kildin on the 29th of June.

* De Weygats qfte Strate de Naasou. This name has given occasion to
much curious criticism. The Dutch, not unnaturally, have sought its
explanation in their own language, in which waaien means " to blow,"
" to be windy," and gat is " a strait" or " passage ;" so that waaigat would
be " a passage wherein the wind blows strongly." And it is indisputable
that this name has, on various occasions, been so applied by the seamen
of that nation. Thus, we find a Waaigat in Baffin's Bay, one in Spitz-
bergen, and another by the Straits of Magellan ; and even the roads be-
tween the Holder and Texel have, from an early period, borne the same
name. See " Prize Essay on the Netherlandish Discoveries," by R. 0.
Bennet and J. G. van Wijk, in Nieuwe Verhandelingen von het Provincial
Utrechtsche Genootachap, etc., vol. vi (1827), p. 41.

Others, instead of the Dutch waaien, have taken the German weihen
as the root, and thus made weihgat to mean the " sacred straits."

J. R. Forster, in his Voyages and Discoveries in the iVorfA (Engl, edit.),
p. 273, contends, however, that the name is of Russian origin, and explains
it as follows : — " Bareutz found afterwards in Nova Zembla some carved
images on a head-land near the straits, in consequence of which he called
it Afgoedeixrhoek, the * Cape of Idolj.' Now, in the Sclavonian tongue,
wajat means ' to carve,' ' to make an image.' Wajati-Noss would, there-

THE NAVIGATION

i!:

The first of August they turned their course to saile backe
againe from the Islands of Orange, and sailed west and west
by south 6 [24] miles to the Ice Point.
■ From the Ice Point to the Cape of Comfort,' they sailed
west and somewhat south 30 [120] miles : betweene them
both there lyeth very high land, but the Cape of Comfort is
very low flat land, and on the west end thereof there stand-
eth foure or fine blacke houels or little hilles like country
houses.'

Upon the 3 of August, from the Cape of Comfort they

fore, be the ' Carved* or ' Image Cape ;' and this seems to me to be the
true origin of the word Waiffata, which properly should be called Waja-
telatwoi Proliw, * the Image Straits'." So convinced was Forster of the
correctness of his conjecture, that in another part of his work (p. 413) he
did not hesitate to assert that the Russians themselves give to the
Afgoeden-hoek the name of Waijati Nos; ar-' this strange derivation of
the word Waigats has found supporters not only among foreign, but even
among Russian writers. See Barrow, p. 137; Berch, p. 30.

But Liitke, who has fully investigated the subject, adduces as proof
against these fanciful etymologies, first (p. 30), that the name recorded
by the Dutch themselves is Waigatz [Weygats], and not Waigat, the
Russian termination tsch being changed by them into tz, in the same
way as in Pi^sora for Pe^«cAora, etc. ; secondly, that the name Waigatsch
properly belongs to the island alone, and not to the straits ; thirdly, that
this name was known to the Englishman Burrough in 1556, nearly forty
years before the first voyage of the Hollanders ; and lastly (p. 31), that
the Russians have never called the Cape of Idols Waiyati Nos, but always
Bolw4nskyi Muis, from bolwdn, a rough image.

Liitke adds that the true derivation of the name in question is
as di£^cult to be determined as that of Kolguew, Nokuew, Kildin,
Warandei, etc., which are probably the remains of the languages of
tribes now extinct. But, at the same time, he directs attention to Wit-
sen's assertion (which appears to have been altogether overlooked by pre-
vious writers), that the island of Waigatsch received its name from one
Iwan Waigatsch — " het Eiland Waigats, dat zijn naem heeft van Ivan,
of Ian Waigats ;" — a derivation which is very probable, and certainly far
more reasonable than any of the etymologies above recited.

* Be Cape des Troosts — Cape Comfort ; the same which Phillip had
previously translated " Cape Trust." See page 22, note 4.

' Swarte heuvels gheZijck boeren huysen — black hillocks, like peasants'
huts.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

wound north-ward, and sailed 8 [32] miles north-west and
by north, and north north-west ; and about noone they
wound south-ward till euening, and sailed south and by
west, and south-south-west 7 [28] miles, and then came to a
long narrow point of land one Cape Nassaw.'

In the euening they wound north-ward againe, and sailed
north and by east 2 [8] miles ; then the winde came north,
and therefore they wound west-ward againe, and sailed north
north-W3st one mile [4 miles] ; then the wind turned east,
and with that they sailed from the 4 of August in the morn-
ing till noone west and by north 5 [20] or 6 [24] miles; after
that they sailed till euening south-west 5 [20] miles, and
after that south-west 2 [8] miles more, and fell vpon a low
flat land, which on the east-end had a white patche or peece
of ground.

After that they sailed till morning, being the 5 of August,
west south-west 12 [48] miles,' then south-west 14 [56]
miles, and then west 3 [12] miles till the 6 of August.

The 6 of August they sailed west south-west 2 [8] or 3
[12] miles ; then south-west, and south-west and by south,
4 [16] or 5 [20] miles ; then south-west and by west 3 [12]
miles, and then south-west and by west 3 [12] miles ; and
after that west south-west and south-west and by south 3
[12] miles, till the 7 of August.

The 7 of August till noone they sailed 3 [12] miles west
south-west, then 3 [12] miles west, and then they wound
south-ward till euening, and sailed 3 [12] miles south-east
and south-east and by east, then againe west south-west 2
[8] miles, after that they sailed south 3 [12] miles, till the 8
of August in the morning, with a west south-west winde.

The 8 of August they sailed south-east and by south 10
[40] miles, and then south-east and by east vntil euening 5

* Ende qtutmen hy een laghen slechten hoeck te landt aen de Cape de
Nasmtiwen — and came to a low, flat point, at Cape Nassau.
»« 6 miles"— /'A.

it;

. I

THE NAVIGATION

[20] miles, and then came to a low flat land, that lay south-
west and by -south, and north-east and by north, and so sailed
5 [20] miles more, and there they had 36 fadome deepe, 2
[8] miles from the land, the ground blacke sand; There they
sailed towards the land, till they were at 12 fadome, and halfe
a mile [2 miles] from the land it was stony ground.

From thence the land reacheth south-ward for 3 [12] miles,
to the other low point that had a blacke rocke lying close by
it ; and from thence the land reacheth south south-east 3
[12] miles, to another point ; and there lay a little low island
from the point, and within halfe a mile [2 miles] of the land
it was flat ground, at 8, 9, and 10 fadome dcepe, which they
called the Black Island,' because it showed blacke aboue ;
then it was very mistie, so that they lay in the wind'' and
sailed 3 [li. j miles west north-west; but when it cleared vp,
they wound towards the land againe, and the sunne being
south [i to 11 A.M.], they came right against the Blacke
Island, and had held their course east south-east.

There W. Barents tooke the height of the sunne, it being
vnder 71 degrees and 3; and there they found a great creeke,
which William Barents iudged to be the place where Oliuer
BruneP had been before, called Costincsarth.*

* ffet swarte Eylandt.

' Zijt aen de wint leyden — they lay to the wind.

' Oliphier Brunei. A native of Brussels, properly named Oliver Bunel,
who traded to the north coasts of Russia in a vessel from Enckhuysen,
and was lost in the river Petehora. The process by which Bunel has
been made to become an Englishman, under the name of "Bennel,"
" Brunell," or " Brownell," is explained in the Introduction.

* Costincsarch, in the original Dutch text ; Costinclarch, in the Am-
sterdam French version of 1698 ; Coiutint-sarch, or Constantin zaar, as it is
called by Witsen in his Noord en Oost Tartarije, p. 918 ; ConstaiU Search,
according to Forster's ingenious hypothesis, p. 415; Coasting Search, as
suggested by Barrow, p. 159. This name, which has scarcely ever
been written twice alike, and which has given occasion to so much
speculation as to its origin, is properly Kostin-schar, i. e., "Kostin
Straits, or Passage ;" it being the channel by which the Meyduscharski
Island {i. e., " the island lying between the straits"), is separated from

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

From the Blacke Island, they sailed south and south and
by east to another small' point 3 [12] miles, on which point
there stood a crossc, and therefore they called it the Crosse
Point ;' there also there was a flat bay, and low water,* 5, 6,
or 7 fadome deep, soft ground.*

From Crosse Point they sailed along by the land south
south-east 4 [16] nules, and then came to another small*
point, which behinde it had a great creeke, that reached
east-ward : this point they called the Fifth Point or S. Lau-

the main land of Novaya Zemlya. Liitke, from whom (p. 22) the above
definition is taken, explains further (p. 245), that "among Novaya
Zemlya navigators, achar is properly the name of a strait or passage,
which goes directly through or across an island or country, forming a
communication between two distinct seas. For one that merely sepa-
rates an island from the mainland, or otherwise forms part of one sea
alone, the appropriate designation is salma. Thus, Matotschkin Schar,
Yugorskyi Schar, etc., are properly so called ; but Kostin Schar, as a
walrus-hunter told me, ' is styled a schar only through stupidity, as its
correct designation would be Kostin Salma'"

Nevertheless, in justice to those who first gave the name of Kostin
Schar to this strait, it must be remarked, that it was regarded by
them as actually passing through the mainland of Novaya Zemlya,
and as forming a communication with the Kara Sea. It is thus shown
in the early maps ; and Witsen (p. 918) expressly states — " Het ys
dryft door Nova Zemla been, en comt by Constint Sarch, of Gonstantin
Zaar, «jV."

It is the passage to the south of the island which is more especially
Tiamcd Kostin ^char, or Kostin Salma. That to the north is the Podry6sof
Passage (Podrjesow Schar). See Liitke, p. 315.

As regards the etymology of the word Schar, Liitke says (p. 245) that
he was unable to satisfy himself. " The Samoyedes themselves regard
it as a foreign term ; and by some it is thought to come from the
Finnish word, Schar or Skar." Can the shard of Spencer have any con-
nexion with it ?

" Upon that shore he spy6d Atin stand
There by his maister left, when late he far'd
In Phsedria's flitt barck over that perlous shard."

Faerie Queene, ii, vi, 38.

* Schlecten — flat. * Cniija-hoeck.

^ Slecht water — shallow water. * Steeck grondt — stiff ground.

■* Sclechten — flat.

1 1

THE NAVIGATION

rence Point.' From the Fifth Point they sailc' to the Sconce
Point'' 3 [12] miles, south south-east, and t^ re lay a long
blacke rocke close by the land, whereon thrre stood a crosse ;
then they entered into the ice againe, and put inward to the
sea' because of the ice. Their intent was to saile along the
coast of Nona Zembla to the Wey-gates, but by reason that
the ice met them they wound west-ward, and from the 9 of
August in the euening, till the 10 of August in the morning,
sayled west and by north 11 [44] miles, and after that 4 [16]
miles west north-west, and north-west and by west, the winde
being north j in the morning* they wound east-warde againe,
and sailed vntill euening 10 [40] miles east and east and by
south ; after that east and east and by north 4 [16] miles,
and there they saw land, and were right against a great
creeke, where with their boat they went on land, and there
found a faire hauen 5 fadome deepe, sandy ground. This
creeke on the north-side hath 3 blacke points, and about the
3 points* lyeth the road, but you must keepe somewhat from
the 3 point, for it is stonie, and betweene the 2 and 3 point
there is another faire bay, for north-west, north, and north-
east winds, blacke sandy ground. This bay they called S.
Laurence Bay, and there they tooke the height of the sunne,
which was 70 degrees and f .

From S. Laurence Bay, south south-east 2 [8] miles to
Sconce Point, there lay a long' blacke rocke, close by the
land,^ whereon there stood a crosse ; there they went on land

* Den vijfden hoech ofte S. Laurens hoeck.

' Schans hoeck. " Barrow (p. 141) calls this headland Sion''8 Point." —
Lxltke, p. 20. This is clearly a clerical or typographical error for "Sconce
Point," of a character similar to that in the first (Paris) edition of the
Iliatoire GenSrale dea Voyages, cited by Barrow, p. 139, whereby " Bale
de Loms" — Lomsbay — is converted into " Baie de St. Louis !"

^ Leydent zeewaerts in — tacked to seaward.

* Des middaegha — at noon.

' Om den derden hoeck-r-ne&r the third point. * Laghe — low.

' Aent last vast : a typographical error in the original Dutch. It
should be aant landt vast.

I f

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

with their boat, and perceiucd that some men had bin there,
and that they were fled to saue themselues ;' for there they
found 6 sacks with rie-meale buried in the ground, and a
heap of stones by the crosse, and a bullet for a great piece,
and there abouts also there stood another crosse,' with 3
houses made of wood, after the north-countrey manner : and
in the houses they found many barrels of pike - staues,'
whereby they coniectured that there they vsed to take
salmons,* and by them stood 5 or 6 coffins, by graues,* with
dead mens bones, the coffins standing vpon the ground all
filled vp with stones ; there also lay a broken Kussia ship,*
the kecle thereof being 44 foot long, but they could see no
man on the land : it is a faire hauen for all winds, which
they called the Mcale-haucn,' because of the meale that they
found there. • . • :

From the black rocke or cliffis with the crosse, 2 [8]
miles south south-east, there lay a low island a little into the
sea, from whence they sailed 9 [36] or 10 [40] miles south

^ Om onsent wil gevlucht waren — were fled on our account.

" Ende een gotelincks school van daer stont nock een cruijs — and a fal-
conet-shot from thence stood another cross. Liitke (p. 20) criticises
Barrow for saying (p. 141) that the Hollanders found here, among other
things, " a large cannon shot ;" but it is clear that the latter has merely
modernized Phillip's words " a bullet for a great piece."

' Veel tonnen duyghen — a quantity of pipe-staves. Here is a curious
doid/le error. In the first place, as diiyghen are "staves" (for casks), ton-
nen-duyghen are simply " cask-staves" or " pipe-staves," and not casks
(barrels) of pipe-staves. And secondly, the word pipe has been misprinted
pike; so that altogether, without referring to the original Dutch, it was
quite impossible to imagine what was meant.

* Daer deur wy vermoeden datter eenighen Sahn-vang moeste zijii-—
whence we conjectured that there must be some salmon fishery here.

' By de graven — by the graves.

* Lodding (intended for the Russian word lodya) — a boat.

' Meel-haven — apparently the Strogonov Bay of Liitke, who, in his
account of his third voyage (p. 316), speaks of a tradition, according to
which this was formerly the residence of some natives of Novogorod of
that name. These settlers are not mentioned in the chronicles, nor is
anything known respecting them, or the date or cause of their emi-

THE NAVIGATION

': 1

south-east ; there the height of the sunne' was 70 degrees
and 50 minutes, when it was south south-west.

From that island they sailed along by the land 4 [16]
miles south-east and by south ; there they came to 2 islands,
whereof the uttermost lay a mile [4 miles] from the land ;
those islands they called S. Clara.

Then they entered into the ice again, and wound inward
to sea, in the wind,'' and sailed from the island^ vntill even-
ing, west south-west 4 [16] miles, the wind being north-
west ; that evening it was very mistie, and then they had
80 fadom deepe.

■ Then againe they sailed south-west and by west, and
west south-west 3 [12] miles; there they had 70 fadome
deepe, and so sayled till the thirteenth of August in the
morning, south-west and by west foure [16] miles ; two
houres before they had ground at fiftic sixe fadome, and in
the morning at fortie five fadome, soft muddy ground.

gration. But assuming the remains found by Barentsz. and his com-
panions to be those of the Strogonovs, he deems it not unreasonable to
place their arrival some twenty or thirty years earlier than the visit of
the Hollanders ; which date would correspond with the reign of John the
Terrible (Yoan Grosnui), a period when the Novogoroders had the greatest
reason to emigrate into regions far distant from their native country.
Indeed, it is not improbable that some of them may, at that time, have
been banished to Novaya Zemlya. Liitke adds : " It is worthy of remark
that our wJrus-hunters give the name of Meal Cape to the western
headland of Strogonov Bay ; which name would seem to have originated
in the six sacks of rye-meal which Barentsz. saw there. The remains of
the dwellings of the Strogonovs lie close to Meal Cape." — p. 317.

The same writer adverts also, but with disfavour, to the further tradi-
tion, that " the Strogonovs were visited by certain monsters with iron
noses and teeth." But when it is considered that the walrus must have
been previously unknown to these natives of Novogorod, it is not unrea-
sonable to imagine that animal to have given rise to what might other-
wise well be regarded as a fable.

^ Den 12 Aup. — on the 12th of August, (omitted)

" Ende wendent tzeeimert in aen tie wint — and tacked to seaward,
hugging the wind.

•* Van den eylanden — from the islands.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Then they sayled till noone sixc [24] miles south-wctv,
and had twcntie foure fadome dccpe, black sandie ground ;
and within one houre after they had two and twentie fadome
deepe, browne reddish sand; then they sailed sixe [24]
miles south-west, with fifteene fadome deepe, red sand ;
after that two [8] miles south-west, and there it was fifteene
fauome deepe, red sand, and there they sawe land, and
sayled forward south-west untill evening, till wee were within
halfe a mile [2 miles] of the land, and there it was seven
fadome deepe, sandy ground, the land being low flat
downes reaching east and west.

Then they wound from the land and sailed north, and
north and by east 4 [16] miles ; from thence they wound to
land againe, and sayled til the 14 of August 5 [20] or 6
[24] miles south-west, sailing close by the land, which (as
they gesse') was the island of Colgoyen ;"> there they sailed
by the liid east-ward 4 [16] miles ; after that 3 [12] miles
east, and east and by south ; then the v cather became mistie,
whereby they could not see the land, and had shallow flat
water ^ at 7 or 8 fadome; then they tooke in the marsaile*
and lay in the wind' till it was clcare weather againe, and
then the sunne was south south-west [| p. 11 a.m.], yet they
could not sec the land : there they had 100 fadome deepe,
sandy ground ; then they sailed east 7 [28] miles ; after
that againe 2 [8] miles east south-east, and south-east and
by east ; and againe till the 15 of August in the morning,
9 [36] miles east south-east; then from morning till noone
they sailed 4 miles east south- cast, and sailed over a flat or
sand of 9 or 10 fadome deepe, sandy ground, but could see

^ Guessed.

" The large island of K61guev, situate between Kanin Nos (Capo
Kanin) and the entrance of the River Petchora. Its north-western
extremity, according to Liitke's observations (p. 324), is in 69° 29' 30"
N. lat., and 48° 65' E. long.

^ Vlack water — shallow water. * Maneylen — topsails.

" Leyde aen de icind — lay to the wind.

I :-

THE NAVIGATION

I ,

no land ; and about an houre before noone it began to waxe
deeper, for then wee had 12 and 13 fadome water, and then
wee sayled east south-east 3 [12] miles, till the sunne was
south-west [1 p.m.].

The same daye the sunne being soutii-west,' William
Barents tooke the height thereof, and found it to be elevated
above the horizon 35 degrees, his declination being 14
degrees and J, so y' as there Avanted 55 degrees of 90, which
55 and 14 degrees and ^ being both added together, made
69 degrees 15 minutes, which was the height of the Pole in
that place, the wind being north-west; then they sailed 2
[8] miles more east-ward, and came to the islands called
]\Iatfloe and Delgoy," and there in the morning they meet
with the other shippes of their company, being of Zelandt
and Enck-huysen,^ that came out of Wcy-gates the same
day ; there they shewed each other where they had bin, and
how farre each of them had sailed, and diijcoucrcd.

The ship of Enck-huysen had past the straights of Wey-
gates, and said, that at the end of Wcy-gates he had found a
large sea,^ and that they had sailed 50 [200] or 60 [240]
miles further east-ward, and were of opinion that they had
been about the riuer of Obi,^ that commeth ouL of Tartaria,
and that the land of Tartaria reacheth north-east-ward againe
from thence, whereby they thought that they were not far

* This note of the bearing of the sun is only approximative, since
the observation of the variation of the needle made on July 3rd
(p. 10), shows that the sun came to the meridian between S.S.W. and
S.W. by S.

" Matvy6yeva Ostrov and Dolgoi Ostrov, that is, Matvy6ycv's Island
and Long Island. — Lutke, p. 20.

* These vessels were the Swan of Dcr Veero in Zeelandt, commanded
by Cornells Corneliszoon Nai, and the Mercury of Enckhuysen, com-
manded by Brandt Ysbrandtszoon, otherwise called Brandt Tetgales.

* JHen ruyrae zee — an open sea.

" Ontrent de lenghte van de revicr Obi — about the longitude of the river
Obi. In this, however, they were in error, as they were still only on the
eastern side of the Kara &ea. See Lutke, p. 32.

INTO THE NORTH- SEAS.

from Cape Tabin/ which is y® point'* of Tartaria, that reach-
eth toAvards the kingdom of Chathai, north-east and then
south-ward.' And so thinking that they had discouered
inough for that time, and that it was too late in the yeare to
saile any further, as also that their commission was to dis-
couer the scituation, and to come home againe before winter,
they turned againe towards the Wei-gates, and came to an
island about 5 miles great, lying south-east from Wei-gates
on the Tartarian side, and called it the States Island j* there
they found many stones, that were of a cristale mountaine,®
being a kind of diamont.

When they were met together (as i sayd before) they
made signes of ioy, discharging some of their ordinance, and
were merry, the other shippes thinking that William Barents
had sailed round about Nona Zembla, and had come backe
againe through the Wci-gatcs : and after they had sheAved
each other what they had done, and made signs of ioy for
their meeting, they set their course to turne backe againe for
Holland ; and vpon the 16 of August they went vnder the
islands of Matfloe and Delgoy, and put into the road,
because the wind was north-west, and lay there till the 18 of
August.

The 18 of August they set saile, and went forward west
north-west, and almost west and by north, and so sailed 13
[48J miles ; and then west and by soutii 6 [24] miles, and
came to a sand of scarce 5 fadome deepe, with a north-west
Avind ; and in the evening they Avound northivard, and
sailed east north-east 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, the Avind being

1 Be Caej) Tabijn — the northernmost extremity of Siberia, now known
by the name of Cape Taimur or Taimyr. It is the Tabis of Pliny.
" Uijthoeck — the furthest point.

* Naei z. 0. en voort iMe't zuijden — towards sow^/i-east, and then south-
wards.

* Staten Eylandt—ihs) Myasnoi Ostrov (Flesh Island) of the Russians.
— Lutkc, p. 31.

* ' Van cristal montaigne — of rock-crystal. .

ill

i 1

THE NAVIGATION

northerly ; and then they wound westward, and sailed till
the 19 of August in the morning, west 2 [8] miles ; then 2
[8] miles south-west, and after that 2 [8] miles south-east ;
there they wound west-ward againe, and sailed till evening
with a calme, and after that had an east winde, and at first
sailed west north-west, and north-west and by west 6 [24]
or 7 [28] miles, and had ground at 12 fadome : then till the
20 of August in the morning, they sayled west north-west,
and north-west and by west, 7 [28] miles with an easterly
wind; and then againe sailed west north-west, and north-
west and by west 7 [28] miles ; then west north-west 4 [16]
miles, and draue' forward till euening with a calme : after
that they sailed west north-west and north-west and by west

7 [28] miles, and in the night time came to a sand of 3 fa-
dome deepe right against the land, and so sailed along bj
it, first one mile north, then 3 [12] miles north north-west,
and it was sandy hilly land, and many points :^ and then
sailed on forward with 9 or 10 fadome deepe, along by the
land till noone, being the 21 of August, north-west 5 [20]
miles ; and the west point of the land, called Candinaes,' lay
north-west* from them 4 [16] miles.

From thence they sailed 4 [16] miles north north-west,
and then north-west and by north 4 [16] miles, and 3
[12] miles more north-west, and north-west and by north,
and then nu^ i-wcst 4 [16] miles, til the 22 of August in the
morning : and that morning they sailed north-west 7 [28]
miles, and so till euening west north-west and north-west
and by west 15 [30] miles, the wind being north ; after that

8 [32] miles more, we st north-west ; and then till the 23 of
August at noone, west north-west 1 1 [44] miles ; the same
day at noone the sunnc was eleuatcd aboue the horizon 31

I I

^ Dreven — drifted. " Steijlhoeckigh — precipitous.

8 Kanin Nos, or Cape Kanin, at the north-eastern extremity of the
White Sea, in 08° 33' 18" N. hit., and 43° 16' 3U" E. long.— /,«</•<;, p. 341.
* fF.«.w.— ir.N.w.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

degrees and ^ part, his declination was 11 degrees and |
partes ; so that it wanted 58 degrees and f of 90 degrees,
and adding the declination being 11 degrees | to 58 degrees
and I partes, then the height of the Pole was 70 degrees and
I part : then they sailed north-west, and north-west and by-
west, till euening 8 [32] miles ; and then north-west and by
west, and west north-west 5 [20] miles ; and then vntill the
24 of August in the morning, north-west and by west 6 [24]
miles; after that west, and west south-west 3 [12] miles,
and then passed close by the island of Ware-huysen' in the
roade. From Ware-huysen hither-ward, because the way is
well knowne, I neede not to write thereof, but that from
thence they sailed altogether homeward, and kept company
together till they came to the Texel, where the ship of Ze- Sis
landt past by, and William Barents with his pinnace came
vpon a faire day,* being the 16 of September, before Am-
sterdam, and the ship of Enck-huysen to Enck-huysen, from
whence they were set foorth. William Barents men brought
a sea-horse to Amsterdam, being of a wonderfull greatnesse,
which they tooke vpon a flake of ice, and killed it.

end of
voiiige.

» Waethui/senr-\Y&rdho\is, at the north-eastern extremity of Finmark,
in 70° 22' N. lat., and 31° 6' 35" E. long.

" Oj) kermis dagh—on the day of the (Amsterdam) fair. During the
time that Louis Bonaparte was king of Holland, the fair-day was changed
from the 16th of September to the first Monday in the month, in honour
of his birthday, which was the 2nd of September.

THE NAVIGATION

BRIEFE DECLAllATION

A SECOND NAUIGATION MADE IN ANNO
1595, Behinde Norway, Moscouia,
and Tartaria, towards the king-
doms of Cathaia and China.

The 4 ships aforesaid being returned home about harvest-
time, in anno 1594, they were in good hope that the voiage
aforesaid would be done, by passing along through the
Straights of Weygates, and specially by the report made by
the 2 ships of Zelandt and Enck-huysen, wherein John
Huyghen of Linschoten was committed,' who declared the
manner of their trauell in such sort," that the Gencrall
States and Prince Maurice resolued, in the beginning of the
next yeare, to prepare certaine ships, not only (as they wort
before) to discouer the passage, but to send certaine wares
and merchandises thither, wherein the marchants might lade
what wares they would, with certaine factors to sell the
(saide wares, in such places as they should arriue, neither

* Daer Jan Huyghen van Linschoten comis op was — whereof John
Hugh van Linschoten was commissary or supercargo. This well-known
traveller was born at Haarlem in 1563, and went at an early age to
Portugal, whence he embarked for India. There he remained several
years. Shortly after his return to Holland, he was appointed to take
part in the first expedition to the North Seas, and sailed on board the
Mercury of Enckhuysen (see page 36, note 3). lie likewise accompanied
the second expedition, and wrote an account of both voyages, as is men-
tioned more at length in the Introduction. He also published an account
of his voyage to the East Indies, etc. Linschoten was afterwards trea-
surer of the town of Enckhuysen, and died there in 1633. — Diogr, Univ.

*■ Die lie saeck vry wat Ireedt voort stelde — who represented the matter
very favourably.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

paying fraight nor custome. Peter Plantins/ a learned cos-
niographer, being a great furtherer and setter forward of this
uoiage, and was their chicfe instructer therein, setting downc
the scituation of the coasts of Tartaria, Cathaia, and China ;
but how they lye it is not yet sufficiently discouered, for
that the courses and rules by him set downe were not fully
effected, by meanes of some inconueniences that fell out,
which by reason of the shortnesse of time could not be
holpen. The reasons that some men (not greatly affected to
this uoyage) vse to propound, to affirme it not possible to be
done, are taken (as they say) out of some old and auncient
writers: which is, y* 350 miles'^ at the least of the North
Pole on both sides are not to be sailed, which appcareth not
to be true, for that the White Sea, and farther north-ward, is
now sayled and daily fisht in, cleane contrary to the writings
and opinions of auncient writers ; yea, and' how many places
hath bin discouered that were not knowne in times past ?
It is also no marueile (as in the beginning of the first
description of this uoyage I haue sayd),^ that vnder the
North Pole for 23 degrees, it is as cold on both sides, one
as the other, although it hath not beene fully discouered.
Who would beleeue that in the Periudan mountaines,* and the
Alpes, that lye betwcene Spaine, Italic, Germanie, and
France, there is so great cold, that the snow thereon neuer
melteth, and yet lye a great deale nearer the sunne, then the

^ Petrus Plancius, a celebrated theologian and mathematician, born
in 15.'52, at Drenoutre in Flanders. Ho was one of the principal pro-
moters and advisers of the various expeditions fitted out by the Dutch
in the first years of their independence, so much to the advancement of
science and to their own honour and advantage. At the synod of Dort,
in 1(519, Plancius was commissioned to revise the Dutch translation of
the Old Testament in th*^ " States Bible." He died at Amsterdam on
the 25th May 1622.— lihgr. Univ.

'^ The original has 305 miles, which are equal to 1220 geographical
miles. The distance meant is from the pole to the Arctic circle.

•' Page 5. ■* (JIteherchte van Pireneen — the Pyrenees.

-4

THE NAVIGATION

countries lying on the North Seas doe, being low countries.'
By what meanes then is it so cold in those hilles ? onely by
meanes of the deepe uallies, wherein the snow lyes so deepe,
that the sunne cannot shine vpon the ground, by reason that
the high hilles keepe the sunne from shining on them. So
it is (as I iudge) with the icr in the Tartarian Seas, which is
also called the Ice Sea, about Nona Zembla, where the ice
that commeth into those seas out of the riuers that are in
Tartaria and Cathaia, can not melt, by reason of the great
quantitie thereof, and for that the sun sheweth not high
aboue those places, and therefore casteth not so great a heat,
as it can easily melt : which is the cause that the ice lyeth
there still, as the snowe doth in the hilles of Spaine afore-
sayd, and that the sayd ice maketh it farre colder there,
then it is a greate deal neerer the Pole in the large seas i'
and although those places that are not discouered, cannot
bee so well described as if they were discouered, yet I
thought good to say thus much for a memoriall ; and now I
will proceed to the declaration of the second uoyage made
into the North Seas.'

In anno 1595, the gen cr all States of the vnitcd pro-
uinces, and Prince Maurice, caused seuen shippcs to bee
prepared to sayle through the Wey-gates, or the Straights of
Nassaue,* to the kingdome of Cathaia and China : two out
of Amsterdam, two out of Zelandt, two out of Enck-huysen,
and one out of Roterdam : sixe of them laden with diuers
kindcs of wares, marchandizes, and with money, and factors
to sell the said wares ; the seucnth booing a pinace, that had
commission, when the other shippcs were past about the
Cape de Tabin" (which is the furthest point of Tartaria), or

* Ala dese aen de Noordt Zee ligghende Ned^rlanden, — than these (our)
Netherlands, which lie on the North Sea.

" In de ruyme Zee — in the open sea. ,

^ By den Noorden om — round by the north.

* Be Wnygats oft Strate de Nnsson. See page 27, note 4. By the
Russians these straits are called Yug6rskyi Schar. — LtHke, p. 29.

' Cape Taimur. Sec page 37, note 1.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

so farre that they might saile foorth southward without any
let or hindcrance of the ice, to turne backe againe, and to
bring newes thereof. And I being in William Barents ship,
that was our chiefe pilote,' and James Hems-kerke chiefe
factor,'^ thought good to write downe the same in order as
it is here after declared, as I did the first uoyage, according
to the course and stretching of the land as it lyeth.

First, after we had been mustered at Amsterdam, and
euery man taken an oath that was the i purposely ministered
vnto vs,* vpon the 18 of June wee sailed to the Texel, from
thence to put to sea with other ships that were appointed to
meet vs at a certaine day ; and so to begin our uoiage in the
name of God.

The 2 of July, wee set saile out of the Texel, in the morn-
ing at breake of day, holding our course north-west and by
north, and sayled about sixe [24] miles.

After that wee sailed north north-west 18 [72] miles, till
the 3 of July in the morning, being then as wee esteemed

^ Die opperste Piloot was.

^ O^iper Comis — chief commissary or supercargo. Jacob Heemskerck
was a native of Amsterdam, of a family of distinction still resident there.
He took part in both the second and third voyages. He ..s after-
wards employed in the navy of Holland, and served his country with
great honour. In 1607, having the rank of vice-admiral, he com-
manded a fleet of twenty-six vessels sent against the Spaniards, and
on the 25th of April fell in with the Spanish fleet, consisting of
twenty ships and ten galleons, commanded by Don Juan Alvarez
Davila. The engagement took place before Gibraltar; and on the
second broadside Heemskerck had a leg carried away by a cannon-
shot. He, however, continued to encourage his men, and retained his
sword till he died. The Dutch gained a complete victory ; seven vessels
of the Spaniards were burned, and most of the remainder sunk ; their
admiral being killed, and his son taken prisoner. A superb monument
was erected to Heemskerck in the old church at Amsterdam. — Moreri ;
Biogr. Univ.

^ 0ns den behoorlijcken eedt afghenomen is — we had been dulg sworn.
There is no reason for supposing that any special oath was administered,
but merely the usual oath of service.

1 1

THE NAVlGAilON

vnder 55 degrees ; then the wind being north-west, and north
north-west, calme weather, we sailed west and west and by
south 4 [16] miles, till the 4 of July in the morning: after
that, the winde being north north-west and rather more
northerly, wee sayled west and west and by north 15 [60]
miles, till the 5 of July in the morning, and after that 8 [32]
miles more, till the sunne was west [J to 4 p.m.]

Then we wound about and sailed 10 [40] miles north-
east, till the 6 of July in the morning, and so held on our
course for the space of 24 [96] miles till the 7 July, the
Bunne being south [^ p. 10 a.m.], and held the same course
for 8 [32] miles, till midnight. -

Then wee wound about and sailed west south-west four-
tecne [56] miles, till the ninth of July in the morning ; and
then againe wee wound north-eastward till evening, and so
sayled about tenne [40] miles.

And then eighteene [72] miles more, east-ward,' till the
tenth of July in the euening ; then we wound about againe
and sailed south-west, eight [32] miles, till the 11 of July,
the sunne then being south-cast [2^ p. 7 a.m.]

Then wee wound north and north and by cast, about six-
tecne [64] miles, till the twclue of July,^ and then north and
by west tenne [40] miles.

The 13 of July wee wound about againe, and sailed south-
west and west south-west 10 [40] miles, till about three
ho ares before euening ; then wee wound againe, and sailed
north north-east 10 [40] miles, till the 14 of July, the sunne
being south south-east [9 a.m.], and then north and by cast
and north north-east 18 [72] miles, till the 15 of July in the
morning : after that north and by cast 12 [48] miles vntill
euening ; then wee saw Norway, and then wee sayled north
and by east 18 [72] miles, till the 16 of July in the euening;
at that time the sunne being north-west [| p. 7 p.m.] ; and

' Noorden ten oosten — N. by E.

" Ontrent mi/dar son — when the sun was about south. (Oniittcd.)

INTO THE NORTH-SE.VS.

vpon the 17 of July, north-east and north-east and by
north, 24 [96] miles, till the sunne was in the west [| p.

3 P.M.]

Then againe wee saylcd north-east,' 20 [80] miles, till the
18 of July, the sunne being north-west ; from thence wee
sayled north-west and by north 18 [72] miles, till the 19 of
July, when the sunne was west.

From thence againe we wound about, north-east and by
north and north-east, till the 20 of July, while sixe glasses
were run out, in the first quarter,- and then stayed for our
pinnace, that could not follow vs because the wind blew so
stiiFe : that quarter* being out, we saw our company lying to
lee-ward,* to stay for vs, and when wee were gotten to them,
wee heldc our course (as before) till euening, and sailed
about 30 [120] miles.

Then we sayled south-east and by east 26 [104] miles,
till the 21 of July in the euening, when Ave set our watch,
and held on the same course for 10 [40] miles till the 22 of
July, the sun being south south-east [9 a.m.] : the same
euening,' the sun being south south-west [| p. 11 a.m.], we
saw a great whale right before our bough," that lay and
slept, which by the rushing of the ship that made towards
it, and the noyse of our men, awaked and swamme away,
or els wee must haue sailed full vpon her; and so wee
saylcd eight [32] miles, till the sunne was north north-west

[i p. 9 P.M.]

The twenty-third^ of July wee saylcd south-cast and by
south fifteene [60] miles, till the sunne was south south-west

^ iV. ten 0.— N. b^ E.

^ Tottet seste glas int eerste quartier. — Six half-hour glasses of the first
watch would make the reckoned time to be 11 p.m. But from the con-
text it would rather seem that the morning watch is meant, so that the
time would be 7 a.m.

^ Watch. * Op de hj legghoi — lying to.

'^ Des naenoens — in the afternoon. " The bow of the ship.

' " Thu-tuenth."— iV^

; i

! I

THE NAVIGATION

and saw land about foure [16] miles from vs. Then wee
wound of from the land, when the sunne was about south
south-west, and sayled twentie-foure [96] miles till euening,
that the sunne was north-west.^

After that we sayled north-ward tenne [40] miles, till the
twenty-fifth'' of July at noone, and then north north-west
eight [32] miles, till mid -night; then wee wound about
againe, and sayled east south-east and south-east and by
south, till the twcntie sixe of July, the sunne being south,
and had the sunne at seauentie one degrees and J.'

The sunne being south south-west, wee wounde about
againe and sayled north-east and by north, till the seauen
and twentie of July, the sunne being south ; being vnder 72
degrees and ^ partes.*

After that, wee sayled full north-east' 16 [64] myles, till
the 28 of July, the sunne being east. [^ p. 4 a.m.] Then
we wound about againe south and by east, till the sunne
was north-west, and sayled 8 [32] miles. After that, south-
east and by south 18 [72] miles, till the 29' of July at
midnight.

After that, we wound about againe, east and by north, and
sayled eight [32] miles, till the 30 of July, when the sunne
was north [| p. 10 p.m.] ; then we wound south south-east,
with' calme weather, till the 31 of July, that the sunne was
west north-west® [5 p.m.], and sayled sixe [24] miles.

From thence wee sayled east-ward 8 [32] myles, till the
first of August about midnight, in calme faire weather, and
saw Trumpsand" south-east from vs, the sunne being north
[| p. 10 P.M.], and wee being tenne [40] miles from the

^ Totten 24. n. w. son — till N.W. sun [^ p. 7 p.m.] on the 24th.

a " Fifteenth."— iVi. » 71° 15' N. lat.

* 72° 20' N. lat. ' K ten o.— N. bi/ E.

8 " 19."— PA. ' Meest—mostlj. (Omitted) •
8 « North-west."- PA.

^ Tromjysont — Troms-oo, a small island on the coast of Norway, in about
69° 40' N. lat.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

land ; and so sayled till the sunnc was east [^ p. 7 p.m.], with
a litle cold gale' out of the east north-east ; and after that,
south-east 9 miles and a halfe [38 miles], till the sunne was
north-west.

Then we wound about againe, being halfe a mile [2 miles]
from the land, and sayled east and by north three [12] miles,
till the 3 of August, the sunne south-west [1 p.m.]; and then
along by the land about 5 [20] miles.

Then we wound about again, because there lay a rocke or
sand, that reached about a mile and a halfe [6 miles] out
from the land into the sea, whereon Isbrant, the uize-admi-
ral,'' stroke with his shippe : but the weather being faire and
good, he got off againe. When he stroke vpon it, he was a
litle before vs ; and when we heard him cry out, and saw
his shippe in danger, wee in all haste wound about ; and the
wind being north-east and by east, and south-east, and south-
cast and by south,^ wee sayled 5 [20] or 6 [24] myles along
by the land, till the sunne was south, vpon the 4 of August.

Then we tooke the height of the sunne, and found it to be
scauentie and one degrees and |. At which time till noone^
wee had calme weather : and hauing the wind southerly wee
sayled east and by north, till the fifth of August, the sunne
being south-east [| p. 7 a.m.], the North Cape' lying about
two [8] miles east from vs ; and when the sunne was north-

^ Met weynich coelts — with little wind.

^ Ysbrandt de vice admirael. The admiral was Cornelius Nai. They
had both taken part in the former expedition. See page 36, note .3.
The title of admiral did not denote any fixed rank, but was given to the
commander of the principal ship, under whose orders the others were.
We should now call him the commodore.

* De windt was n. o. ten o. ende z. o. meest z. o. ende z. — the wind was
N.E. by E. and S.E., but mostly S.E. mid S.

■• Midd^rnacht — midnight. *

" De Noordt-caep. The northernmost point of Europe ; unless, indeed,
we regard Spitzbergen as forming a portion of this quarter of the globe.
The North Cape is not a part of the continent, but is the extremity of a
small island named Mager-oe.

THE NAVIGATION

west [1^ p. 7 P.M.], the Mother and her Daughters' lay south-
ward from vs four [16] miles, and in that time we sailed
about fourtcene [56] miles. • -

Then we sailed cast north-east till the 6 of August, when
wee had the sunnc west north-west [5 p.m.], and then
Is-brandt, the uize-admiral, came to vs with his ship, and
so bating some of our saylcs,' wee sayled about 10 [40] miles.

Then wee hoyscd vp our sayles againe,^ till the sunne was
north-west, and after that halde vp againc* with an east and
cast north-east wind, and sailed south and by west with a
stiffc gale till the 7 of August, that the sunne was south-
east; then their came a ship of Enckhuysen out of the White
Sea, and then we esteemed that wee had sailed about 8 [32]
miles.

The sunne being south [f p. 10 a.m.], the North Cape lay
south-west and by south from vs about a mile and a halfe
6 miles], and the Mother and her Daughters south-west
from vs about 3 [12] miles ; then hauing an east and by
north wind we wound about, and held our course north
and by east, and sailed 14 [56] miles till the 8 of August,
when the sunne was south-west [1 p.m.] ; then we wound
south and by east, and so held her course till the 9 of
August, that the sunne was south ; and then we saw a high
point of land south-east from vs, and another high point of
land south- ward,' about 4 [16] miles from vs, as we gcst,"
and so we sailed about 14 [56] miles : and then againe we

^ De Moer mette Dochters. 'Direo remarkable islands, so called, lying
ofF the coast of Norway.

^ Doen quam tschip van Ysbrandt de vice admirael ende wy tsmmn,
ende maeckten malcanderen seer reddeloos — then the ship of Ysbrand,
the vice-admiral, and ours ran foul, and damaged each other very much.

■^ Doen streecken wy de seylen — then we took in our sails. The trans-
lator appears to have carried this expression into the preceding sentence,
of which he evidently did not understand the meaning.

* Hauled them up again,

° S. w. — South-west. " Guessed, i. e., estimated.

INTO TTIK NORTH-SK.VS.

wound north-cast and by north, till the 10 of August, the
sun being east [^ p. 4 a.m.], and sailed about 8 [32] miles ;
after that we wound south-ward againc, till the sunne was
north-west [^ p. 7 p.m.], and sailed, as we gest, 10 [40] miles.
Then wee wound about againe, when the North Cape lay
west and by south from vs about 9 [36] miles, the North-
kyen' being south and by west from vs about 3 [12] miles,
and sailed north north-east till the 11 of August, in very
mistie weather 10, [40] miles, till the sunne was south [f p.

10 A.M.].

From thence wee wound about againe, with an cast north-
cast wind, and sailed south-cast and by south 8 [32] miles,
till the sunne was south-west [1 p.m.] vpon the 12 of August;
then the North-kycn lying south-west and by south from vs
about 8 [32] miles, we lay and draue at sea, in calme
weather,'' till the 13 of August, when the sunne was south
south-west [f p. 11 a.m.], and in that time sailed about 4
[32] miles.

Then we sailed south-cast and by cast about 4 glasses,^
and the Iron-hoggc with her companie (being marchants)^
took their course south-A^- trd, and wee sailed till the 14 of
August (when the sunne was south) about 18 [72] miles,
and from thence for the most part held one course till the
15 of August, the sunne being cast, and there we cast out
the lead and found 70 fadomc dccpe, and sailed 38 [152]
miles till the sunne was south.

The sunne being south,* and the height thereof being

* Noonltkien. The extreme northern point of the main land of Nor-
way, and consequently of the continent of Europe.

*" Soo dreven wy in stilte — so we drifted in a calm.

* Two hours.

* These were some merchant vessels, bound for the White Sea, with
which the expedition had fallen in, and which now parted from it.

* Here again, as on the 15th of August (see page 3G, note 1), the note
of the sun's bearing can only be regarded as approximative. It must, in
fact, be understood to mean when the sun came to the meridian.

ipp

III

I I

■■ I

THE NAVIGATION

taken, it was found to be 70 degrees and 47 minutes ; then
111 the night time wee cast out the lead, and found ground
at 40 fadome, it being a bancke , the sunne being north-west
[I p. 7 r.M.], Ave cast out the lead againe and had ground at
()4 fadome, and so wee went on east south-east till the 16 of
August, the sunne being north-east [^ p. 1 a.m.], and there
the line being out, we found no ground at 80 fadome ; and
after that we sailed east and east and by south, and in that
time wee cast the lead often times out, and found ' '"ound at
60 and 70 fadome, either more or lesse, and so sailed 36
[144] miles, till the sunne Avas south.

Then we sailed east, and so continued till the 17 of
August, the sunne being east [4 p. 4 a.m.], and cast out our
lead, and found 60 fadome dccpe, clay ground ; and then
taking the height of the sunne, when it Avas south-Avest and
by south, Ave found it to be 69 degree:^ and 54 minutes, and
there we saAv great store of ice all along the coast of Nona
Zcmbla, and casting out the lead 'lad 75 fadome soft' ground,
and so saylcd about 24 [96] milc;:;.

After that Ave held diuers courses because of the ice, and
sayled south-cast and by east and south south-east for the
space of 18 [72] miles, till the 18 of August, Avhen the
sunne Avas east, and then avcc cast out the lead againe,
and found 30 fadome soft' ground, and within tAvo houres
after that 25 fadome, red sand, with small shcls f three
glasses^ after that avc had ground at 20 fadome, red sand
Avith blacke shols,* as before ; then avc saAv 2 islands, Avhich
they of Enckhuyscn gauc the names of Prince Maurice and
his brother," Avhich lay from us south-cast 3 [12] miles,

' Steeck — stifF ; that is, good for anchorage. " Steech — stiiF.

* Met reel cle^ne stiptens — with many small specks.

* An hour and a half. ' Swarte stipkem — black specks.

® ZiJH Excell. van Oraengien ende zijn Iroeder — his Excellency or
Orange and his brother. These islands were so named by Cornelius Nai
on the first voyaf,^;. But, according to Lin.schot.cn, Voyugie, ofte iichip-

)eniff

low 1'

INTO TIIK NOllTTi-sKAS.

and then we sailed 8

miles, till the

sunne was south, [f p. 10 a.m.]

Then we sailed east, and oftentimes casting out the lead
we found 20, 19, 18, and 17 fadome deepe, good grounde

vaert van by Noorden oui. etc, fol. 19, retr., Orange Island was so called
in honour of Prince Maurice's /rt</(er f nd the Princess of Orange.

Liitke (p. 32) identifies Maurice island with Ostrov i)olgoi or Long
Island, and Orange Island with Bolschoi Selcnets or Great Greenland ; and
he is of opinion that the Hollanders, or at all events Linschoten, had
no knowledge of Matvy6yev Island. But this is hardly consistent with
that able navigator's previous identification of the latter island with
Matfloe, where (as is mentioned in page 36 of the present work) the
vessels of Nai and Barentsz. met on the first voyage. And, indeed, it
may be demonstrated that Maurice Island is not Dolgoi^ but Matfloe or
Matvy6yev Island ; that Orange Island is the small island, named
Ostrov Golcts, close to the northern extremity of Long Island or Dolgoi ;
and that Dolgoi itself is the Land of New Walcheren, which the Dutch
hesitated to describe as an island or as a portion of the mainland, but
which Liitke (p. 32) erroneously deems to be the latter.

Premising that Linschoten's vessel, like that of Barentsz., passed
between Matfloe and Dolgoi, the following description of the three islands
above mentioned, given by Linschoten, wil^ be found to be as conclusive
as it is clear and intelligible. In fol. 18, that writer says ; — " The island
that lay to the north of us apptt*red to be of a roundish form, and on
the side past which we sailed t was to the sight a short mile [3 or 4
miles] in extent. To the south of this island, and about a long mile
[4 or 5 miles] distant, lay another island, which was the smallest and
likewise the middlemost of the three. And from this middlemost island,
about a short mile [3 or 4 miles] distant to the S.E., lay the third or
southernmost island, which in appearance was much the largest, and
which, as we sailed past it, lay on our left hand, and seemed on that side
to be about a long mile [4 or 5 miles] in extent •, but when on the other
side, as we looked southwards at it, its west coust extended as far as we
could see from the topmast, so that we doubted whether it was part of
the continent or an island." And in the chart which accompanies these
remarks, Linschoten has the following note : — " Maurice Island lien with
the Land of New Walcheren N.N.W. and S.S.E., about 2 [8] miles apart ;
and with the Island of Orange it lies N. and S., a long mile [4 or 5
miles] distant."

On referring to Liitke's chart, it will at once be manifest how closely
Maurice Island, New Walcheren, and Orange Island, as thus described,
correspond with Matvyeycv Island or Matfloe, Long Island or Dolgoi,

THE NAVIOATIOX

mixed with blacke shcls," and saw the Wey-gatcs (the sunnc
being west) [f p. 3 p.m.], which lay east north-east from vs
about 5 [20] miles ; and after that we sailed about 8 [32]
miles.

Then we sailed vnder 70 degrees,^ vntill we came to the
Wey-gates, most part through broken ice ; and when we got
to Wey-gates, we cast out our lead, and for a long time found
13 and 14 fadome, soft^ ground mixed with blacke shels ;^
not long after that wee cast out the lead and found 10 fadome
decpe, the wind being north, and wee forced to hold stifly
aloofe,* in regard of the great quantity of ice, till about mid-
night ; then we were forced to wind north-ward, because of
certivine rocks that lay on the south side of Wcy-gatcs, right
before^ vs about a mile and a halfe [6 miles], hauinj/ ^ n
fadom 3 deepe : then wee changed our course, and sailed we.^i
north-west for the space of 4 glasses," after that we wound
about againe east and cast and by south, and so cntred into
Wey-gates, and as wee went in, we cast out the lead, and found
7 fadome decpe, little more or Icsse, till the 19 of August ;
and then the sunne being south-cast [i p. 7 a.m.] wc entered
into the Wey-gates, in the road, the wind being north.

The right chanell betweenc the Image Point' and the

and Golets Island, respectively ; and if to this it be added, that in
that chart the passage between the islands is in about 69° 30' N. lat.,
and that Linschotcn, when distant from Maurice Island, by estimation,
10 [40] miles W. by N. or nearly W., found himself to be in (59° 34' N.
lat,, while William Barentsz., when 2 [8] miles W. from the islands,
made his latitude to bo 69° 16' N., there will remain no room for
doubt on the subject.

* Meest steeck groiidt met sivarle stipkens ghenunght — mostly stift'
ground mixed with black specks.

' Van de 70 graden — from the 70th parallel of north latitude.

^ Steeck — stiff. * IStipkens — spots.

" Elide was ghestadick hout loef ende draghcnde — and wc kept con-
tinually luffing and falling off before the wind.

•• Two hours.

'' Bedthocck. See i)agc 27, note 4.

IXTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Samuters land ' was full of ice, so that it was not well- to bo
past through, and so wc went into the road, which we called
the Trayen Bay,^ because we found store of trayen-oyle
there ; this is a good bay for the course of the ice,* and good
almost for all windes, and we may saile so farre into it as we
will at 4, 5, and 3 fadome, good anchor-ground: on the east
side it is decpe® water.

The 20 of August, the height of the sunne Leing taken
with the crosse-staffe," wee found that it was eleuated abouc
the horizon 69 degrees 21 minuts,'' when it was south-west
and by south, being at the highest, or before it began to
descend.

The 21 of August we went on land with in the Wey-gates*
with foure and fiftie men, to see the scituaticn of the coun-
trey, and being 2 [8] miles within the land, we found many
vel-wcrck, trayen, and such like wares," and aiuers foot-
steps of men and deere ; whereby wee perceived that some
men dwelt thereabouts, or else vsed to come thither.

And to assure vs tiie more thereof, wee might perceiuc it
by the great number of images, which we found there upon
the Image or Beelthooke^" (so called by us) in great aboun-

' De Samiuten landt — a part of the country of the Samoyedcs, lying
in the extreme north-cast of the present government of Archangel.

*'' Wei moghelijck — well possible.

'^ Traenhaif — Train-oil Bay.

■• Den ysganck — the drifting of the ice.

" Diepste — the deepest.

" See page 10, note 2.

'■ A very unscientific, and indeed incorrect, mode of expressing the
fact, that they were in 69° 21' N. lat., as resulting from an observation
of the sun.

^ Opt lande var de Weygats — on land from the Weygats. Do Veer
adopts the vulgar error adverted to in page 27 (note 4) of the present
work, and calls the Straits of Nassau, instead of the island ;,o the north
of these straits, by the name of " Weygats."

" Diversche slcden met velwerck, traen, ende dicrghelijcke wacr —
several nfedi/es with skins, train-oil, and such like wares.

^'* Op dm Beelddtocck — at Image Point.

TIIK NAVIGATIOX

dance, whereof ten cliiyes after we were better informed
by the Samuters* and the Russians, when wc spake with
them.

And Avhen wee entered further- into the land, wee vsed
all the meanes we could, to see if we could find any houses,
or men, by whom wee might bee informed of the scituatirn
of the sea* there abouts; whereof afterAvard wee had b>;ttcr
intelligence by the Samuters, that tolde vs, that there aru cer-
taine men dwelling on the Wey-gates,^ and vpon Nona Zem-
bla ; but wee could neither finde men, houses, nor any other
things ; so that to have better information, we went with some
of our rr^r further south-east into the land, towards the sea-
side f an( i. went, we found a path- way made with mens
feete in the u. se or marsh-ground, about halfe knee dcepe,
for that going so deepe wee felt hard ground vnder our feete,
which at the deepest was no higher than our shoes ; and as
wee went forward to the sea coast, wee were exceeding glad,
thinking that wee had scene a passage open, where woe might
get through, because we saw so little ice there : and in the
euening entering into our ship againc, wee shewed them that
newes. Meanetime our maister" had sent out a boat to see
if the Tartarian Sea' was open, but it could not get into the
sea because of the ice, yet they rowed to the C ^sse-point,"
and there let the boate lye, and went oucr the land to the

^ Samiutov — Samoyedcs.

* Van de Wei/gats — from Weygats. (Omitted)

' De gheleghentheyt der zeevaert — the particulars of the navigation.

* 0})t Waygats. Here, however, De Veer speaks of the Island of
Waigatsch.

' n^ . . . verder z. o. aen trocken nae den oever van der zee — we went
further S.E. towards the sea-side. It is manifest, that while going
towards the sea-side, they could not have gone further into the land.

" Schij}per — captain or master of the vessel. Most probably William
Barentsz. is meant ; though in page G3 Cornelis Jacobszoon is spoken of
as the " schipper" of William Barentsz.

"^ The sea of Kara.

* Cruijs-hoeck ; by the Russians called Sukhoi Nos.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

West Point,* and there perceiued that the ice in the Tar-
tarian Sea, lay full vpon the Russian coastes, and in the
mouth of Wey-gates.

The twentie three of August wee found a lodgie'' or boate
of Pitzore/ which was sowed together with bast or ropes,*
that had been north- ward to seeke for some sea-horses
teeth, trayen," and geese, which they fetcht with their boat,
to lade in certaine shippes that were to come out of Russia,
through Wey-gates.

Which shippes they sayd (when they spake with vs), were
to saile into the Tartarian Sea, by the riuer of Oby,* to a
place called Vgolita' in Tartaria, there to stay all winter, as
they vsed to doe eucry yecre : and told vs that it would yet
bee nine or tenne weekes ere it began to freeze in that place,
and that when it once began to freeze, it would freeze so
hard, that as then men might goe oucr the sea into Tartaria
(along vpon the ice), which they called Mermare/

^ De Twist hoeck — Cape Dispute ; so named, because, on the first voy-
age of Nai and Brandt Ysbrandtsz., a dispute arose between them as
to whether or not the passage extended further eastward. Through a
typographical error, the Dutch text has de tWist hoeck, whence has
arisen the West Point of the translator. This is the K6ninoi Nos of the
Russians.

^ See page 33, note G.

^ The Pctchora, a considerable river, which rises in the Ural moun-
tains, and ilows into the Arctic Ocean to the S. of Novaya Zemlya.

•• Met hast tsamen ghenaeyet — sewed together with bast : — the inner
bark of the linden or lime-tree (Tilia), of which is formed the Russian
matting, so well known in commerce. The word bast, which in German
and Dutch means "bark," is in English frequently pronounced, and
even written, bass.

" Trnyn — train-oil.

•' Vooi'bi/ de reviere Ohy — beyond the river Oby.

' Linschoten has " to another river, which they said was called (?«7-
lissy,^'' meaning the large river Yenisei, which carries a great portion of
the waters of Siberia into the Arctic Ocean.

* Dattet gat soude toe vriesen, ende alst began te vriesen aoudet dan
stracks toe vriesen, ende datmen dan over ys mocht loopen tot in Tarta-
rien over de zee, die zy noemden Mermare — ere the passage would be

THE NAVIGATION

The 24 of August in the morning betimes, we went on
board of the lodgie, to haue further information and instruc-
tion of the sea on the east side of Wey-gates, and they gauc
vs good instruction such as you haue heard.

The 25 of August we went againe to the lodgie, and in
friendly maner spake with them, we for our parts offering
them friendship ; and then they gaue vs 8 fat geese,' that
lay in the bottome of their boat : we desired that one or two
of them Avould goe with vs on board our ship, and they will-
ingly went with vs to the number of seuen ; and being in
our ship they wondered much at the greatnesse and furni-
ture of our ship : and after they had scene and looked into
it in euery place,* we set fish,^ butter, and cheese before
them to eat, but they refused it, saying that that day was a
fasting day with them ; but at last when they saAV some of
our pickled -herrings, they eat them, both heads, tayles,
skin, and guts ;* and hauing eaten thereof, we gaue them a
small ferkin of herrings, for the which they gaue vs great
thankes, knowing not what friendship they should doe vs
to requite our courtesie, and wee brought them with our
pinnace into the Traen-Bay.

About noone wee hoysed vp our anchors with a west
north-west wir.d ; the course or stretching of Wey-gates is
cast to the Cruis point,* and then north-east to the Twist
point," and somewhat more easterly : From thence the land
of Wey-gates reachcth north north-east, and north and by

frozen over ; and tb'».t when it once began to freeze, it would speedily be
frozen over, so that thuj '^ould walk over the ice to Tartary (Siberia)
across the sea which they called Mermare.

' Die zy seer veel . . . hadden — whereof they had many. (Omitted.)

* Van voren tot achteren — from stem to stern.
' VLysch — meat.

* So hebbense doer alle t^samen van ghegheten, met hooft, met staert, met
al, van boven afbytende — they one and all partook of them ; and, biting
from the head downwards, ate head, tail, and everything.

' Cruijs hoeck — Cross Point. See page 54, note 8. -

" Twisthoeck—C&'^Q Dispute. See note 1 in the preceding page.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

cast, and then north, and somewhat westerly ; wc saylcd
north-east and east-ward' 2 [8] miles, by the Twist point,
but then we were compelled to saile backe againe, because
of the great store of ice, and tooke our course to our road
aforesaid ; and sayling backe againe wee found a good place
by the Crosse point to anchor in, that night.

The 26 of August in the morning we hoysed anchor, and
put out our fork-saile,"* and so sailed to our old road, there
to stay for a more conuenient time.

The 28, 29, and 30 of August till the 31, the winde for the
most part was south-west, and William Barents our cap-
taine sayled to the south side of Wey-gates, and there
went on land,^ where wee found certaine wilde men (called
Samuters),^ and yet not altogether wilde, for they being 20
in number staid and spake with our men, being but 9 toge-
ther, about a mile [4 miles] within the land, our men not
thinking to find any men there (for that we had at other
times becne on land in the *AVey -gates, and saw none) ; at
last, it being mistie weather, they percciued men," fiue and
fine in a company, and we were hard by them before* we
knew it. Then our interpreter went alone towards them to
speake with them ; which they perceiuing sent one towardes
vs, who comming almost to our men, tooke an arrow out of
his quiuer, offering to shoote at him ; wherewith our inter-
preter, being without armes, was afraide, and crycd vnto
him, saying (in Russian speach), shoote not, we are friends :
which the other hearing, cast his bow and arrowes to the
ground, therewith giuing him to vndcrstand that he was
well content to speake with our man : which done, our man

^ N. 0. wel soo oostelijk-
" Defoch — the foresail.

-north-east a little easterly.

^ Aent vaste landt — to the main land ; namely, the coast of Russia,
* SainhUen — Samoyedes.
" 1)1 twee hoopen — in two bodies.

•■' Two lines of Phillip's translation, being froin *, arc printed twice
by mistake.

i .1

t 1

THE NAVIGATION

called to him once againe, and sayd, we are fricndes ;
whereunto he made answere and sayd, then you are wel-
come : and saluting one the other, bended both their heades
downe towardes the ground, after the Russian manner. This
done,' our interpreter questioned with him about the sci-
tuation and stretching of the sea east -ward through the
straightes of Wey-gates ; whereof he gaue vs good instruc-
tion, saying, that when they should haue past a poynt of
land about 5 dayes sayling from thence (shewing^ north-
eastward), that after that, there is a great sea (shewing
towardes the south-east vpward'') ; saying, that hee knew it
very well, for that one had been there that was sent thither
by their king with certaine souldiers/ whereof he had been
captaine.

The manor of their apparell is like as we vse to paint
wild men ; but they are not* wilde, for they are of reason-
able iudgement. They are apparelled in hartcs" skins from
the head to the feete, vnlesse it be the principallest of them,
which are apparelled, whether they bee men or women, like
vnto the rest, as aforesayd, vnlesse it bee on their heads,
which they couer with certaine coloured cloth lyned with
furre : the rest wear cappes of hartes or buckcs skinnes, the
rough side outwardes, which stand close to their heades, and
are very fitte. They weare long hayre, which they plaite
and fold and let it hang downc vpon their backcs. They
are (for the most part all) short and low of stature, with broad
flat faces, small eyes, short legges, their knees standing out-
wards ; and are very quicke to goe and leape. They trust
not strangers; for although that wee shewed them all the

* Dese gheleghentheyt ghevonden — availing himself of this oppor-
tunity.

" Wysende — pointing.

^ Wyaeiidt nae't z. o. op — pointing towards the south-cast.

* Met eer, partye volcks — with a number of persons.

" Effenvd niet — not altogether. ^

' Rheeden — reindeer.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

courtesie and friendship that wee could, yet they trusted vs
not much : which wc percciucd hereby, that as vpon the
first of September we went againe on land to them, and that
one of our men desired to see one of their bowes, they re-
fused it, making a signe that they would not doe it. Hee
that they called their king, had centinels standing abroad,
to sec what was done in the countrie, and what was bought
and sould. At last, one of our men went neerer to one of
the centinels, to speake with him, and offered him great
friendship, according to their accustomed manner; withall
giuing him a bisket, which he with great thankes tooke,
and presently eate it, and while he eate it, hee stiU lookt
diligently about him on all sides what was done.

Their sleades * stood alwayes ready with one or two hartes
in them, that runne so swiftly with one or two men in them,
that our horses are not able to follow them. One of our
men shot a musket towards the sea, wherewith they were in
so great feare that they ranne and leapt like mad men ; yet
at last they satisfied themselues when they perceiued that it
was not maliciously done to hurt them : and we told them
by oui- interpreter, that we vsed our peeces in stead of
bowes, whereat they wondered, because of the great blow
and noyse that it gaue and made : and to shew them what
we could doe therewith, one of our men tooke a flatte stone
about halfe a handfuU broad, and set it vpon a hill a good
way off from him : which they perceiuing, and thinking that
wee meant some-what thereby, 50 or 60 of them gathered
round about vs, and yet some-what farre off; wherewith
hee that had the peece, shotte it off, and with the bullet
smote the stone in sunder, whereat they woondred much
more then before.

After that we tooke our leaues one of the other, with great
friendship on both sides ; and when we were in our penace,^
we al put off oiu" hattes and bowed our heades vnto them,

* Sledges. " Pinnace.

THE NAVIGATION

'>f-

sounding our trumpet : they in their maner saluting vs also,
and then went to their sleads againc.

And after they were gone from vs and were some-what
within the land, one of them came ryding to the shore, to
fetch a rough-heawed image, that our men had taken off the
shore and caryed into their hoate : and when he was in our
boate, and perceiued the image, hee made vs a signe that
wee had not done well to take away that image ; which wee
beholding, gaue it to him again : which when he had re-
ceiued, he placed it vpon a hill right by the sea side, and
tooke it not with him, but sent a slcad to fetch it from
thence. And as farre as wee could percciue, they esteemed
that image to be their god ;^ for that right ouer against that
place in the Wey-gates, which we called Beelthooke,' we
found ccrtaine hundreds of such carued images, all rough,
about the heads being somewhat round, and in the middle
hauing a litle hill instead of a nose, and about the nose two
cuttcs in place of eyes, and vnder the nose a cutte in place
of a mouth. Before the images, wee found great store of
ashes, and bones of hartes j whereby it is to be supposed
that there they offered vnto them.

Hauing left the Samuters, the sunne being south-ward,^
William Barents, our captainc, spake to the admirall to will
him to set saylc, that they might goe forward ; but they had
not so many wordes togeather, as was betweene them the
day before ;* for that Avhen the admirall and vize-admirall
had spoken with him,'' the admirall scemi ig to be well con-
tented therewith, said vnto him : Captaint/ what think you
were best for vs to doe ? he made answere, I thinke we

^ Sulcken ledden voor haer Goden — such images for their gods.

^ Image Point. See page 53.

^ Ontrent zuytler son — the sun being about south.

* From this it is manifest that a previous dispute had taken place,
which is not recorded.

" Hemvi/tghehoorthaddiii — had heard him out.

" Willevi liareiUsz. Nai did not call him captain, but addressed him
by his name.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

should doc well to set sayle, and goc forward on our uoy-
age, that wee may accomplish it. Whereunto the admirall
answeared him, and sayd : Looke avcU what you doe, cap-
taine:' at which time, the sunnc was north-west [i p. 7 p.m.].

The 2 of September, a litle before sunne rising, wee put
foorth our anckor'* to get out, for that the winde as then blew
south south-west ; it being good weather to get out, and ill
weather to lie still : for we lay vnder a low bancke.^ The
admirall and vize-admirall seeing vs making out, began also
to hoysc their anckors, and to set sayle.

When wee put out our focke-sayle,^ the sunne was east and
by south [i p. 5 a.m.] ; and then we sayled to the Crosse-poynt,
and there wee cast anckor to stay for the vize-admirals pin-
nace ; which with much labour and paines in time got out
of the ice, by often casting out of their anckor,* and in the
euening shee got to vs. In Jhc morning, about 2 houres
before sunne rising, we set sayle, and by sunne rising we
got within a mile [4 miles] east-ward of the Twist-poynt,''
and sayled north-ward 6 miles, till the sunne was south
[f p. 10 A.M.]. Then wee were forced to wind about, be-
cause of the great quantitic of ice, and the mist that then
fell ; at which time the winde blew so vncertaine that we
could hold no course, but were forced continually to winde
and turnc about,' by reason of the ice and the vnconstant-
nesse of the wind, together with the mist, so that our course
was vncertaine, and we supposed that we had sailed south-
ward vp towardes the Samuters countrcy, and then held our
course south-west, till the watchers* were north-west from

^ Willem Barentsz. siet wat ghy seght — mind what you swy.
^ 0ns werp ancker — our kedge-anchor.
^ Op een laghen ioal — on a lee shore. * Fore-sail.

' Met diversche reyse zijn iver^t-uncker uyt te brenghen — by repeatedly
caiTying out their kedger (and so warping out).
" Cape Dispute.

^ Mosten stedts weiiden — were forced continually to tack.
" Be Wachters. The stars ft and 7 of the Little Bear were called by

qpav

THE NAVIGATION

vs ; then we came to the point of the States Island,' lying
east-ward about a musket shot from the land, having 13
fadome deepe.

The 4 of September, we hoysed anchor because of the ice,
and sailed betwene the firme land and the States Island,
where wee lay close by the States Island at 4 and 5 fadome
deepe, and made our shippe fast with a cable cast on the
shoare ; and there we were safe from the course of the ice,*
and diuers time went on land to get' hares, whereof there
were many in that island.

The 6 of September, some of our men went on shore vpon
the firme land to seeke for stones, which are a kinde of dia-
mont,^ whereof there are many also in the States Island ; and
while they were seeking y® stones, 2 of our me lying toge-
ther in one place, a great leane white beare came sodainly
stealing out, and caught one of them fast by the necke, who
not knowing what it was that tooke him by the necke, cried
out and said. Who is that that pulles me so by the necl

the earlier navigators of modem times le Guardie, les Gardes, the Guards,
de Wachters, die Wachter, on account of their constantly going round
the Pole, and, as it were, guarding it. See Ideler, Untersuchungen Uber
die Sternnamen, p. 291. These names do not, however, apr ar to be
used by seamen at the present day.

The Amsterdam Latin version of 1598 renders the expression of the
Dutch text by " Ursa minor, quam nautes vigilea vocant ;" but, accord-
ing to Ideler (loc. cit.), the corresponding term used by writers of the
middle ages, is Circitores, signifying, according to Du Cangc, " militares,
qui castra circuibant, qui faisoient la ronde, et la sentinelle avancee, ut
vulgo loquimur."

In II Penseroso, Milton speaks of " outwatching the Bear," evidently
alluding to the never-setting of the circumpolar stars :

" Arctos oceani mctuentes tequore tingi."
The time on the 3rd of September, when '' the watchers were north-
west," was about \ past 10 p.m.
^ Staten Eylandt. See page 37, note 4. ■

' Den ysgangk — the drifting of the ice.
^ Schieten — to shoot.
* Namely, pieces of rock-crystal. See page 37.

.^nrm.,ttfr,\tiM

sBSsamr

■H

1 *«,

1 1
it ■

\ J !

How a friglitful, cruel, big bear tare to piecei

— ^

*•;.

bear taro to pieces two of our companions.

n m

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Wherewith the other, that lay not farre from him,' lifted vp
his head to see who it was, and perceiuing it to be a mon-
sterous beare, cryed and sayd. Oh mate, it is a beare ! and
therewith presently rose vp and ran away.

The beare at the first faling vpon the man, bit his head in
sunder,* and suckt out his blood, wherewith the rest of the
men that were on land, being about 20 in number, ran pre-
sently thither, either to saue the man, or else to driue the
beare from the dead body ; and hauing charged their peeces
and bent their pikes,^ set vpon her, that still was deuouring
the man, but perceiuing them to come towards her, fiercely
and cruelly ran at them, and gat another of them out from
the companie, which she taie in peeces, wherewith all the
rest ran away.

We perceiuing out of our ship and pinace that our men
ran to the sea-side to save themsclues, with all speed entered
into our boates, and rowed as fast as we could to the shoare
to relieue our men. Where being on land, we beheld the
cruell spectacle of our two dead men, that had beene so
crurUy killed and torne in pieces by the beare. Wee seeing
that, \couraged our men to goe batkc againe with vs, and
with peeces, curtleaxes,^ and ' He-pikes, to set vpon the
beare ; but they would not all ayi thoreuntn, some of them
saying, Our men are already dead, and wr liall get the bcar(>
well enough, though wee oppose not our scluos into so open
danger ; if wee might saue our fellowes liues, then we would
make haste ; but now wee neede not make such speodc, but
take her at an aduantage, with most securitie for oti r sclues,
for we haue to doe with a cruell, fierce and rauenous beast.
Whereupon three of our men went forward, the beare still

^ Die by hem in de cuijl lack — that lay near him in the hollo\N
' De heyr beet den eenen terstond thooft in atucken — the bear instantly
bit the one man's head in pieces.

* Haer roers ende spietsen gevelt — lowering their muskets and pikes.

* See page 2G, note 2.

THE NAVIGATION

I I*

deuouring her prey, not once fearing the number of our
men, and yet they were thirtie at the least : the three that
went forward in that sort, were Cornelius Jacobson,' maister
of William Barents shippe, William Gysen, pilote of the
pinace, and Hans ' »n Nufflen, William Barents purser '?
and after that the sayd maister and pilote had shot three
times and mist, the purser stepping somewhat iu; ^.her for-
ward, and seeing the beare to be within the length of a shot,
presently leauelled his pcece, and discharging it at the beare,
shot her into the head betweene both the eyes, and yet shee
held the man still fast by the necke, and lifted vp her head,
with the man in her mouth, but shee beganne somewhat to
stagger; whcremth the purser and a Scotishman^ drew out
their courtlaxcs, and stroke at her so hard that their court-
laxes burst,^ and yet she would not leauo the man. At last
William Geysen went to them, and Avith all his might stroke
the beare vpon the snowt with his pcece, at which time the
beare fell to the ground, making a great noysc, and William
Geyson leaping vpon her cut her throat. The seuenth of
September wee burycd the dead bodycs of our men in the
States Island, and hauing fleaed the beare, carrycd her
skinne to Amsterdam.

The ninth of September, wee set sailc from the States
Island,* but the ice came in so thicke and with such force,
that wee could not get through ; so that at eucning wee
came backe againe to the States Island, the winde being

' Cornells Jacolsz. lie schipper va i Willem Borentsz. William Barentsz.
was not in the capacity nKicly of ruiumandcr of his own vessel, but in
that of pilot-major of the fleet.

" Hans van Nuffelea, schryver van Willem Barentsz. — i.e., his clerk
or writer.

^ Een Schotsman. From the intercourse which then existed, as now,
between the opposite coasts of the German Ocean, there is nothing sur-
prising in the fact of their having had such a person with them. The
name of this individual is lot recorded.

■• In stucken sjn'onffheii — shivered in pieces.

' By de wal henen — along the coast. (Omitted.)

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

westerly. There the admirale find the pinace of Rotcrdam
fell on ground by certaine rockes, but goto off againe with-
out any hurt.

The tenth of September wee sayled againe from the States
Island towards the Wey-gates, and sent two boates into the
sea to ccrtifie vs what store of ice was abroad ; and that
cucning we came all together into Wey-gates, and anckored
by the Twist Point.'

The 11 of September in the morning, we sailed againe
into the Tartarian Sea/ but we fell into great store of ice, so
that Avce sailed back againe to the Wey-gates, and anckored
by the Crosse Point, and about mid-night we saw a Russian
lodgie,^ that sailed from the Bceltpoint^ towardes the Samu-
ters land. The 13 of September, the suane being south
[f p. 10 A.M.], there beganne a great storme to blowe out of
the south south-west,* the weather being mistie, melancholly,"
and snowie,' and the storme increasing more and more, we
draue through.*

The 14 of September the weather beganne to bee some-
what clearer, the windc being north-west, and the storme
blowing stifFe" out of the Tartarian Sea; but at euening it
was '" f aire weather, and then the windc blewc north-east. The
same day our men went on the other side of Wey-gates on
the firme land," to take the depth of the channel, and entered
into the bough bchinde the islands,'' where there stood a

^ Cape Dispute. See page 55, note 1.

" The Sea of Kara. ' Boat. * Image Point. See page CO.

» ir. 2. tt^.— ir.S.W. 8 Modtlich— dirty.

^ Met sneejacht — with drifting snow.

* Also dtit loy deur dreven — so that we drifted before it.

" Die stroom qiutm stijf — the current ran strong.

'" Elide was tot den avondt — and till the evening it was.

^' Aent vaste landt — to tho mairi land.

" Voeren heel in de bocht achter het eylandt mette steert — went quite
into tho bay behind the island with the tail. This is a small island
lying in the channel, with a long sand or shallow running out behind
it like a tail. To the bay behind this island the Dutch gave tho name
of Brandts Bay.

\..

■ 1

'■■f;

ill:

I tt

THK NAVIGATION

little howse made of wood, and a great fall of water into the
land.* The same morning we hoysed vp our anckor/ think-
ing once againe to try what we could doc to further our
uoyage ; but our admirall being of another minde, lay still
till the fifteene of September.

The same day in the morning the winde draue in from
the east end of the Wey-gates/ whereby wee were forced
presently to hoyse anchorij, and the same day sailed out from
the west ende of the Wey-gates, with all our flcetc, and
made home-wardes againe, and that day past by the islands
called Matfloe and Delgoy,* and that night wee sayled
twelue [48] miles, north-west and by west, till Saterday in
the morning, and then the windc fell north-cast, and it
began to snow.

The 16 of September, from morning to evening, wee
sayled west north-west 18 [72] miles, at 42 fadome deepe ;
in the night it snowed, and there blew very much winde
out of the north-east : the first quarter^ wee had 40 fadome
deepe, but in the morning we saw not any of our ships.

After that wee sailed all the night againe till the 17 of
September in the morning, with two schower sailes,* north-
west and by west and west north-west 10 [40] miles ; the
same day in the second quarter we had 50 fadome deepe,
and in the morning 38 fadome deepe, sandy ground with
blacke shels.'

Sunday in the morning wee had the winde north and
north-west, with a great gale, and then the admirals pinnace
kept vs company, and sailed by vs with one saile from
morning to evening, south south-west and south-west and
by south, for the space of 6 [24] miles.

^ Ben groot af water — a great fall of water.
2 Ende de stengh om hoogh — and set the top-mast. (Omitted.)
^ Qiiam het ys weder om liet oosteijnt vande Weggats in dryven — the
ice came again drifting in round the east end of Weygats.
♦ Sec page 3G, note 2. ' Watch.

" Courses. ' Stippefen — specks.

INTO THE NOllTH-SEAS.

()7

Then we saw the i)oint of Candynaes' lying south-cast
from vs, and then wee had 21 fadome deepe, redde sand
with blacke shels. Sunday at night wee put out our focke
sayle/ and wound northward ouer, and sayled all that night
till Munday in the morning, 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles north-
east and north-east and by east.

The 18 of September in the morning, wee lost the sight of
the pinnace that followed vs, and till noonc sought after her,
but weo could not finde her, and sailed* east-ward 3 [12]
miles, and from noone till night wee sailed north and by
east fourc [16] miles. And from Munday at night till Tues-
day in the morning, north-east and by north, sc^uen [28]
miles ; and from morning till noone, north-cast and by north,
4 [16] miles ; and from noonc till night, north-cast,* 6 [20] or
6 [24] miles, at 55 fadome deepe; the same eucning wee
woond south-ward, and sailed so till morning.

The 20 of September, wee sayled south and by west and
south south-west, 7 [28] or 8 [32] miles, at 80 fadome deepe,
black slimie ground ; from morning till noone wee sailed with
both our marsh sailcs,° south-west and by west 5 [20] miles,
and from noone to night west and by south 5 [20] miles.

The 21 of September from night" till Thurseday in the
morning, wee sayled one quarter' west, and so till day, still
west, 7 [28] miles, at 64 fadome deepe, oasie ground.

From morning till noone, south-west 5 [20] miles, at 65
fadome deepe, oasie ground : at noone wee wound north- ward
againe, and for three homes sayled north-east two [8] mylcs :
then we wound westward againe, and sayled till night, while
halfe our second quarter was out," with two schoure saylcs,"
south south-west and south-west and by south sixe [24] myles.

1 Kill) in Nos. Sec page 38, note 3. " I)e foci:— the fore-sail.

3 Drecen—driited. * X fen o.— N. b>/ E.

* Met heyde mars-seylen — with both ^o/;-sails.

" Van den avont — from evening. ' Qjjg ^atcb or four hours.

^ Till half our second watch was out ; that is, till 2 a.m.

'■• Two courses. Sec page 7, note 4.

THE NAVIGATION'

After that, in the second quarter, wee wound northward, and
sayled so till Fryday in the morning.

The 22 of September wee sayled north and by east and
north north-east 4 [16] miles :' and from morning till noone,
north-east, 4 [16] myles. Then we wound west-ward againe,
and sayled north-west and by west and north-west three [12]
miles. After that, the fii'st quarter ,'* north-west and by west,
fiuc [20] miles ; the second quarter, west and by north,
foure [16] miles; and till Saterday in the morning, being
the 23 of September, west south-west and south-west and by
west, foure [16] miles. From Saterday in the morning till
cuening wee sayled with two schoure sailes,* south-west and
south-Avcst and by west, 7 [28] or 8 [32] miies, the winde
being north north-west. In the euening we wound north-
ward, and sayled till Sunday in the morning, being the 24
of September, with two schoure saylcs, very neare east, with
a stiffe north north-west wind, 8 [32] miles ; and from morn-
ing till noone, east and by south, three [12] miles, with a
north winde. Then we wound west-ward, and till euening
sayled west south-west three [12] miles ; and all that night
till Monday in the morning, the 25 of September, Avest and
by south, sixe [24] miles, the winde being north. In the
morning the wind fell north-east, and we sailed from morn-
ing till euening west and west and by north, 10 [40] miles,
hauing 63 fadome deepe, sandy ground.

From euening till Tuesday in the morning, being the 26
of September, we sailed west 10 [40] miles, and then in the
morning wee were hard by the land, about 3 [VZ] miles
east-ward from Kildwin ;' and then we wound off from the
laud, and so held off for 3 houres together ; after that we
wound towards the land agnino, and thought to goe into

^ This aud the preceding sentence should properly form but one,
which should roiid thus : — After that, in the second watch, we tacked
northward, and sailed till Friday mornin<i;, the 22nd Sept., N. liy K., etc.

- Watch. ' Courses. ^ Kihluiii, See page 7, note 4.

INTO THK NORTH-SEAS.

Kilduin, but we were too low;' so that after-noone we
wound off from the land againe, and till euening sailed east
north-east 5 [20] miles; and from euening til two houres
before Wednesday in the morning, being the 27 of Septem-
ber, we sailed east 6 [24] miles ; then we wound west-ward,
and till euening sailed west and by north 8 [32] miles, and
in the euening came againe before Kilduin ; then wee wound
farre off from the land, and sailed 2 quarters '^ north-east and
by east and east north-east 6 [24] miles ; and about^ Friday
in the morning, being the 28 of September, wee wound
about againe, and sayled with diuers variable windes, some-
times one way, then another way, till euening ; then wee
gest^ that Kilduin lay west from vs foure [16] miles, and at
that time wee had an cast north-east winde, and sayled north
north-west and north-west and by north, till Satterday in
the morning, 12 [48] or 13 [52] miles.

The nine and twentieth of September in the im ming, wee
sayled north-west and by west foure [16] miles • and all that
day till euening it was faire, stUl, pleasant, an( I sunne-shine
weather. In the euening wee went west so ath-west, ar d
then wee were about sixe [24] miles from the land, and
sayled till Sunday in the morning, beeing the 30 of Sep-
tember, north north-west eight [32] miles ; then wee wound
towardes the land, and the same day in the euening entered
into Ward-house,* and there wee stayed till the tenth of Oc-
tober. And that day wee set sayle out of Ward-house, and
vpon the eighteenc of Nouember wee arriued in the Maes.

The course or miles from Ward-house into Holland I
haue not here set downe, as being necdlesse, because it is a
continuall uoiage knowne to most men.

THE END OF THE SECOND VOYAGE.

^ Maer quamen te laech — but fell short of it

^ Two watches, or eight hours. * Teglwn.

■* GucsseJ.

towards.
^ Waerhiij/s. Sec page 3!), note I .

THE NAVIUATION

lii?;

THE THIRD VOYAGE NORTH-
WARD TO THE KINGDOMES OF CATIIAIA
and China, in Anno 1596.

After that the scuen shippes (as I saidc before) were re-
turned backe againe from their north uoiage, with lesse
benefit than was expected, the Generall States of the United
Prouinces consulted together to send certainc ships thither
againe a third time,' to see if they might bring the sayd
uoyage to a good end, if it were possible to be done : but
after much consultation had, they could not agree thereon ;
yet they were content to cause a proclamation to be made,''
that if any, either townes or marchants, were disposed to
venture to make further search that way at their owne
charges, if the uoyage were accomplished, and that thereby
it might bee made apparant that the sayd passage was to be
sayled, they were content to give them a good reward in
the countryes behalfe, naming a certainc summe^ of money.
Whereupon in the beginning of this yeare, the e was two
shippes rigged and set foorth by the towne of Amsterdam, to
sayle that uoyage, the men therein being taken vp vpon
two conditions : viz., what they should have if the uoyage
were not accomplished, and what they should have if they
got through and brought the uoiage to an end, promising
them a good reward if they could effect it, thereby to in-
couragc the men, taking vp as many vnmarryed men as they
could, that they might not bee disswaded by means of their
wiucs and children, to Icaue off the uoyage. Upon these

^ Of men noch ten derdemael van slandts icegen wederom eenige toe-
rustinge sonde doen — whether any expedition should again for the third
time be fitted out at the expense of the country.

* In the original no mention is made of any proclamation.

'^ Sen mercliijcke somme — a considerable sum.

INTO THE NOltTH-SEAS.

conditions, those two shippcs were ready to set saile in the
beginning of May. In the one, Jacob Hccmskcrke Ilcn-
drickson was master and factor for the wares and marchan-
dise,' and William Barents chiefc pilotc. In the other, John
Cornelison Rijp" was both master and factor for the goods
that the marchants had laden in her.

The 5 of JNIay all the men in both the shippcs were mus-
tered, and vpon the tenth of May they saylcd from Amster-
dam, and the 13 of May got to the Vlic.'' The sixteenth
wee set saile out of the Vlie,* but the tyde being all most
spent' and the winde north-east, we were compelled to put
in againe ; at which time John Cornelisons ship fell on
ground," but got off againe, and wee anchored at the east
cnde of the Vlie.' The 18 of May wee put out of the Vlie
againe with a north-east winde, and sayled north north-west.
The 22 of May wee saw the islands of Hitland* and Fcyeril-
land, the winde beeing north-east. The 24 of May wee
had a good winde, and sayled north-cast till the 29th of
May ; then the winde was against vs, and blewe north-east
in our top-say le." The 30 of May avc had a good winde,
and sailed north-cast, and we tooke the height of the sunnc
with our crossc-staffc, and found that it was cleuatcd abouc
the horizon 47 degrees and 42 minutes,'" his declination was

' Ah sc}n2yj)er ende comis van de comaiischnpj^e, Jacob Ileemskerck
Heijndricksz. — as captain and supercargo of the merchandize.

* Jan Cornelisz. Ilijp.

^ The Vlie passage is frequented by ships bound northward which do
not draw much water.

* De stt'oom verliep — the tide ran out.

" Raeckte aen de grondt — ran a-ground.

^ Aen de oost zydc vant Vlie-landt — on the east side of Vlielandt : the
island at the entrance of the Vlie, between it and Texel.

^ Be eylanden van HUlandt ende Feyeril. Hitlandt is tho Dutch name
for the Islands of Shetland, anciently called Ilialtland. Feyeril is
Fair Isle, between Shetland and Orkney.

^ Waeyde een topseijl — it blew a top-sail breeze.

^ Graedtboogh, See page 10, note 2.

'" This was the sun's zenith distance, and not its elevation.

THE NAVIGATION

21 degrees and 43 minutes, so that the height of the Pole
was 69 degrees and twentie-foure minutes.

The first of June wee had no night, and the second of
June wee had the winde contrary ; but vpon the fourth of
June, wee had a good winde out of the west north-west,
and sayled north-cast.

And when the sunnc was about south south-east [^ p. 9
A.M.], wee saAV a strange sight in the element :' for on each
side of the sunnc there was another sunne, and two raine-
bowcs that past cleane through the three sunncs, and then
two raine-bowes more, the one compassing round about the
sunnes,^ and the other crosse through the great rundlc ;■'' the
great rundle standing with the vttermost point ^ cleuated
aboue the horizon 28 degrees. At noone, the sunne being at
the highest, the height thereof was measured, and wee found
by the astrolabium that it was cleuated aboue the horizon
48 degrees and 43 minutes,* his declination was 22 degrees
and 17 minutes, the which beeing added to 48 degrees 43
minutes, it was found that wee were vndcr 71 degrees of the
height of the Pole.

John Cornelis shippe held aloofc from vs and Avould not
keepe with vs, but wee made towards him, and sayled north-
east, bating a point of our compasse," for wee thought that
wee were too farre west- ward, as after it appeared, otherAvisc
wee should haue held our course north-east. And in the
euening when wee were together,' wee tolde him that wee

^ Een wonderlijck heinel-teijcken — a wonderful phenomenon in the
heavens.

" Wijdt rondtomme de sonnen — at a distance round about the suns.

^ Bweers deur de groote ronde — right through the great circle (of the
former rainbow).

* De onderste cant — its lower edge.

" The error noticed in the preceding page (note 10) is here repeated.

* Hielt de loef van ons, ende quam, niet af tot ons, maer wi/ ghinghen
hem een streeck int ghemoet — kept to windward of us, and would not fall
off towards us ; but we altered our course one point to go to him.

'' By malcanderen qitamen — approached each other.

■1

' the Tole

second of

fourth of

arth-west,

St [* p. 9
' on each
wo raine-
ancl then
ibout the
idle ;^ the
eleuated
: being at
I'^ce found
; horizon
i degrees
igrees 43
ses of the

ould not
xl north-
ight that
•therwisc
d in the
that Avee

on in the

c suns,
lie (of the

epeated.
ghinghen
i not fall
m.

.ll

A wonder in the heavens, and how W(

I . *

avens, and how wc caught a bear.

H ^^^q—

wtm

««■■

■PH«"HM

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS,

were best to keepe more easterly, because wee were too
farre west -ward ; but his pilote made answere that they
desired not to goe into the Straights of Weygates. There
course was north-east and by noiL.'., and wee were about
60 [240] miles to sea-warde in from the land/ and were to
sayle north-east* when wee had the North Cape in sight,
and therefore wee should rather haue sailed east north east,
and not north north-east, because wee Avere so farre west-
ward, to put our selues in our right course againe : and
there wee tolde them that wee should rather haue sayled
eastward, at the least for certaine miles, vntill wee had
gotten into our right course againe, which by meanes of the
contrary winde wee had lost, as also because it was north-
east ; but whatsoeuer wee sayde and sought to councell
them for the best, they would holde no course but north
north-east, for they alleaged that if wee went any more
easterly that then wee should enter into the Wey-gates ; but
wee being not able [with many hard words]' to perswade
them, altered our course one point of the compasse, to meete
them, and sayled north-east and by north, and should other-
wise haue sayled north-cast and somewhat* more east.

The fifth of June wee sawe the first ice, which wee won-
dered at, at the first thinking that it had been white swannes,
for one of our men walking in the fore-deckc,* on a suddaine
beganne to cry out with a loude voyce, and sayd that hee
sawe white swans : which wee that were vnder hatches" hear-
ing, presently came vp, and pcrceiued that it was ice that
came driuing from the great hcapc,' showing like swannes,

^ T^zeewaert vant landt — out at sea away from the land.

^ Ende oehoorden n. o. aen te gaen — and ought to have sailed N.E.

^ As henceforward the omi8&':)ns in the translation become more nume-
rous, it is thought better to insert the omitted passages or words in the
text between brackets [ ], instead of placing them in the foot-notes.

* Jae nock — yea, even. " 0}>t verdeck — on deck.

" Die onder waren — who were below.

^ Ddt van den grooten hoop quum dri/ven — which came drifting from
the great mass.

m^^==*

THE NAVIGATION

I ': i

it being then about euening : at mid -night wee sailed
through it, and the sunne was about a degree eleuatcd aboue
the horizon in the north.

The sixth of June, about foure of the clocke in the after-
noone, wee entred againe into the ice, which was so strong
that wee could not passe through it, and sayled south-west and
by west, till eight glasses were runne out;' after that wee kept
on our course north north-east, and sayled along by the ice.

The seuenth of June wee tooke the height of the sunne,
and found that it was eleuated aboue the horizon thirtie
eight degrees and thirtie eight minutes, his declination
beeing twentie two degrees thirtie eight minutes ; which
beeing taken from thirtie eight degrees thirty eight minutes,
wee found the Pole to bee seuentie foure degrees : there wee
found so great store of ice, that it was admirable : and wee
sayled along through it, as if wee had past betweene two
lands, the water being as green? as grasse ; and wee sup-
posed that we were not farre from Greene-land, and the
longer wee sayled the more and thicker ice we found.

The eight of June wee came to so great a heape of ice,
that wee could not saile through it, because it was so thicke,
and therefore wee wound about south-west and by west till
two glasses were runne out,* and after that three glasses'
more south south-west, and then south three glasses, to sayle
to the island that wee saw, as also to shunne the ice.

The ninth of June wee found the islande, that lay vndor
74 degrees and 30 minutes,^ and (as wee gest) it was about
fiue [20] miles long.*

^ During four hours.

' One hour. * One hour and a half.

• The accuracy of William Barentszoon'8 observations is worthy of
remark. According to the observations of Fabure in the " Recherche,"
the west point of Bear Island is in 74° 30' 52" N. lat., being virtually the
same as Barentsz,, with his rude instruments, had made it two centuries
and a half previously. The longitude of the same point is 16° 19' 10"
east of Paris, or 18° 39' 32" E. of Qrecnwich.

* 5 myltn groot — twenty English sniles in circumference.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS. W

The tenth of June wee put out our boate, and therewith
eight of our men went on land ; and as wee past by John
Cornelisons shippe, eight of his men also came into our
boate, whereof one was the pilote. Then William Barents
[our pilot] asked him whether wee were not too much
west- ward, but hee would not acknowledge it : whereupon
there passed many wordes betweene them, for William
Barents sayde hee would prooue it to bee so, as in trueth
it was.

The eleuenth of June, going on land, wee found great
store of sea-mewes egges vpon the shoare, and in that island
wee were in great danger of our Hues : for that going vp a
great hill of snowe,^ when we should come downe againe,
wee thought wee should all haue broken our neckes, it was
so slipperie '^ but wee sate vpon the snowe^ and slidde downe,
which was very dangerous for vs to breake both our armes and
legges, for that at the foote of the hill there was many rockes,
which wee were likely to haue fallen vpon, yet by Gods help
wee got safely downe againe.

Meane time William Barents sate in the boate, and sawe
vs slide downe, and was in greater feare then wee to behold
vs in that danger. In the sayd island we found the varying
of our compasse, which was 13 degrees, so that it diflfered a
whole point at the least ; after that wee rowed aboard John
Cornelisons shippe, and there wee eate our eggs.

The 12 of June in the morning, wee saw a white beare,
which wee rowed after with our boate, thinking to cast a
roape about her necke ; but when we were neere her, shee

^ Een stei/len sneehergh — a steep mountain of snow. This was not a
glacier, but merely an accumulation of snow. The land of Bear Inland
appears to be not sufficiently elevated for the formation of glaciers.
See Von Buch's Memoir " iiber Spirifer Keilhavii," in Abhandl, d. K.
Acad, d. Wisseiisch. zu Berlin, 1846, p. 6f> ; and iio transl., in Journ,
Geol. Soc. Land,, vol. iii, part ii, p. 61.

' Steijl — steop.

* Wg ghitujhen op om naers sitten.

THE NAVIGATION

was SO great' that wee durst not doe it, but rowed backo
againe to our shippe to fetch more men and our armes, and
so made to her againe with muskets, hargubushes, halbertes,
and hatchets, John Cornelysons men comming also with
their boate* to helpe vs. And so beeing well furnished of
men and weapons, wee rowed with both our boates vnto the
beare, and fought with her while foure glasses were runne
out,* for our weapons could doe her litle hurt ; and amongst
the rest of the blowes that wee gaue her, one of our men
• troke her into the backe with an axe, which stucke fast in
her backe, and yet she swomme away with it ; but wee
rowed after her, and at last wee cut her head in sunder with
an axe, wherewith she dyed ; and then we brought her into
John Cornelysons shippe, where wee fleaed her, and found
her skinne to bee twclue footc long : which done, wee eate
some of her flesh ; but wee brookt it not well.* This island
wee called the Beare Island.'

The 13 of June we left the island, and say led north and
somewhat easterly, the winde being west and south-west,
and made good way ; so that when the sunne was north
[J p. 11 P.^^.], wee gest that wee had sayled 16 [64] miles
north-ward from that island. ; •

The 14 of June, when the sunnc was north, wee cast out
our lead 113 fadome deepe, but found no ground, and so
sayled forward till the 15 of June, when the sunne was
south-east [| p. 8 a.m.], Avith mistic and drisling" weather,
and sayled north and north and by cast ; about euening it

* Oeweldich — powerful. ^ Bock — yawl. ' Two hours.

* Maer ten bequam oiis niet tvel — but it did not agree with us.

" Het B'l/ren Eylandt. The Russian walrus-hunterL call this isknd
simply Medvyedy " the Bear." By the English it has been usually called
Cherry Island. This name was given to it in 1604 by Stephen Bennet,
who went thither in a ship belonging to Sir Francis Cherry, a rich mer-
chant of London, to kill walruses for their oil, and who named the
island after his patron.

" HjselaclUich — hazy.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

cleared vp, and then wee saw a great thing driuing ' in the
sea, which wee thought had been a shippe, but passing along
by it wee perceiued it to be a dead whale, that stouncke
monsterously ; and on it there sate a great number of sea
meawes. At that time we had sayled 20 [80] miles.

The 16 of June, with the like speede wee sayled north
and by east, with mistie weather ; and as we sayled, wee
heard the ice before wee saw it ; but after, when it cleared
vp, wee saw it, and then wound off from it, when as wee
guest wee had sayled 30 [120] miles.

The 17 and 18 of June, wee saw great store of ice, and
sayled alor g by it vntill wee came to the poynt, which wee
could not reach,' for that the winde was south-east, which
was right against vs, and the poynt of ice lay south- ward
from vs : yet we laueared^ a great while to get beyond it,
but we could not do it.

The 19 of June we saw land againe. Then wee tooke the
height of the sunne, and found that it was eleuated aboue
the horizon 33 degrees and 37 minutes, her declination
being 23 degrees and 26 minutes ; which taken from the
sayd 33 degrees and 37 minutes, we found that we were
vnder 80 degrees and 1 1 minutes, which was the height of
the Pole there. ^

* Floating.

^ Daer ivy niet boven conden comen — which we could not weather.
" See page 25, note 2.

* There is an error in the calculation here, which may be best ex-
plained by repeating the calculation itself, as it was doubtless made : —

33° 37' Elevation of the sun.
23° 2G' Declination of the sun.

{Elevation of the equator, which being the
complement of the elevation of the Pole, had
to be deducted from 90°.

80° 11'

But in making the deduction, the 11' were carried down instead of being
substracted from 60'; and then, of course, 90°— 1U°=:80°. The true
difl'orcnce is 79° 49', which is, consequently, the latitude observed.

THE NAVIGATION

This land was very great,' and we sayled west-ward along
by it till wee were vnder 79 degrees and a halfe, where we
found a good road, and could not get neere to the land,
because the winde blew north-east, which was right off
from the land: the bay reacht right north and south into
the sea.

The 21 of June we cast out our anchor at 18 fadome
before the land ; and then wee and John Cornelysons men
rowed on the west side of the land, and there fetcht balast :
and when wee got on board againe with our balast, wee saw
a white beare that swamme towardes our shippe ; wherevpon
we left off our worke, and entering into the boate with John
Cornelisons men, rowed after her, and crossing her in the
way, droue her from the land ; where-with shee swamme
further into the sea, and wee followed her ; and for that our
boate'' could not make way after her, we manned out our
scute' also, the better to follow her : but she swamme a mile
[4 mUes] into the sea ; yet wee followed her with the most
part of all our men of both shippes in three boates, and
stroke often times at her, cutting and heawing her, so that
all our armes were most broken in peeces. During our
fight with her, shee stroke her clowcs* so hard in our boate,
that the signes thereof were scene in it ; but as hap was, it
was in the forehead of our boate :' for if it had been in the
middle thereof, shee had (peraduenture) ouer-thrownc it,
they haue such force in their clawes. At last, after we had
fought long with her and made her wearie with our three
boates that kept about her, wee ouercame her and killed

^ The country thus visited for the first time was supposed by its
discoverers to be a part of Greenland ; but it is now known to be
Spitzbergen.

^ Bock. It is impossible to say what is the correct English name for
this smaller boat: probably "yawl." Bock (or pont) is properly a
*' punt," which is clearly not intended.

^ Schuijt. This being the generic term for small craft, might well be
translated '' boat."

* Claws. " Voor aen den steeen — forward in the stem (of the boat).

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

her : which done, we brought her into our shippe and fieaed
her, her skinne being 13 foote long.

After that, we rowed with our scute about a mile [4 miles]
inward to the land,* where there was a good hauen and good
anchor ground, on the east-side being sandie : there wee cast
out our leade, and found 16 fadome deepe, and after that 10
and 12 fadom ; and rowing further, we found that on the
east-side there was two islands that reached east-ward into
the sea : on the west-side also there was a great creeke or
riuer, which shewed also like an island. Then we rowed to
the island that lay in the middle, and there we found many
red geese-egges,^ which we saw sitting vpon their nests, and
draue them from them, and they flying away cryed red,
red, red :* and as they sate wee killed one goose dead with
a stone, which we drcst and eate, and at least 60 eggcs, that
we tooke with vs aboard the shippe ; and vpon the 22 of
June wee went aboard our shippe againe.

Those geese were of a perfit red coulor,* such as come into
Holland about Weiringen,' and euery yeere are there taken

' Te landtioaert in — towards the land.

" Rotgansen — brent geese or "barnacle" geese, as they were called,
owing to the absurd idea which formerly prevailed as to their origin.

^ Rot, rot, rot. It is certainly singular that the translator should
have attempted to render into English what is intended to represent the
natural cry of these birds. But even in this strange attempt he made
a mistake ; for " red" is in Dutch rood, while rot means a rout, crowd,
flock, rabble ; so that, in the opinion of some, these geese are called rot-
gansen in Dutch, on account of their flocking together.

* Dit tvaren oprechte rotgansen — these were true brent geese. Apart
from Phillip's very curious " translation," it is difficult to imagine
how he could have supposed these geese to be of " a perfit red coulor."
And it is scarcely less incomprehensible how Barrow, in his Chronological
History, etc., p. 147, should have reproduced this and other errors of
Phillip without the slightest comment. By a contemporary writer, in
the passage cited in the next page, the brent goose is well described as
" a fowle bigger than a mallard, and lesser than a goose, having blacke
legs and bill or beake, and feathers blacke and white, spotted in such
manner as is our mag-pie." It is figured and also described in the fifth
volume of Gould's Birds of Europe.

' Wieringen, an island of North Holland, near the Tcxol.

THE NAVIGATION

■ 'i '('

ncd goeso in aboundaucc, but till this time it vas ncuer knownc where

bret'il their

y""«; >'«=oso they [laid and] hatcht their egges ; so that some men haue
G*eou land, t^kcn vpon thcm to write that they sit vpon trees* in Scotland,
that hang ouer the water, and such egges as fall from them
downe into the water* become yong geese and swimme
there out of the water ;' but those that fall vpon the land
burst in sunndcr and arc lost :* but this is now found to be

* Aen booinen wassen — <irow upon trees.

^ Ende de tacken die overt water hangen ende haer vruchten int water
vallen — and those branches which hang over the water, and the fruit of
which falls into the water.

'^ Swemmen daer hennea — swim away.

■* Comen te niet — come to nothing. The extraordinary fable concern-
ing the origin of these geese, which was prevalent in the sixteenth cen-
tury, and was credited by the best informed naturalists and most learned
scholars, is, at the present day, retained in our memory principally by
I/aak Walton's quotation from the /' ' 'ne Weekes and Workes of Du
Bartas : —

" So, slowe Bootes vndcrneath him sees.
In th' ycy ilcs, those goslings hatcht of trees ;
Whose fruitful! leaues, falling into the water.
Are turn'd (they say) to liuing fowls soon after.
So, rotten sides of broken ships do change
To barnacles ; transformation strange !
'Twas first a gi'eene tree, then a gallant hull.
Lately a mushrom, now a flying gull."

For the reason which will appear in the sequel, it is deemed advisable
to reproduce here the elaborate descrijjtion of " the goose tree, barnacle
tree, or the tree bearing geese," given by the learned John Gerard, in
his llerhall or Generall Ilistorie of PlatUes, of which the first edition was
published in 1597 : —

" There are found in the north parts of Scotland and the islav>ds
adiacent, called Orchades, certain trees, whereon do grow certaine shells
of a white colour tending to russet, wherein are contained little liuing
creatures : which shells in time of maturitie do open, and out of them
grow those little liuing things, which falling into the water do become
fowles, which we call barnakles ; in the north of England, brant geese ;
and in Lancashire, tree geese : but the other that do fall vi)on the land
perish and come to nothing. Thus much by the writings of others, and
also from the mouths of peoi>le of those parts, which may very well
accord with truth.

" But what our eyes haue scene, and hands haue touched, we shall

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

contrary, and it is not to bee wondered at that no man
could tell where they breed' their egges, for that no man that
ruer we knew had cucr bcene vnder 80 degrees, no/ that
land vnder 80 degrees was neuer set downc in any card,"
much lesse the red geese that breed therein.

* Liggen — lay.

" Chart. The original has, however, nothing about any " card," but
says noch nogt ihit land op die plaettt hekeid in get. •■'H — nor was that land
over known on the spot (that is to say, from personal observation).

declare. There is a small island in Lancashire called the Pile of
Foulders, wherein are found the broken pieces of old and bruised ships,
some whereof haue been cast thither by shipwracke, and also the trunks
and bodies with the branches of old and rotten trees, cast vp tuere
likewise ; whereon is found a certaine spume or froth that in time
breedeth ^iito certaine shels, in shape like those of the muskle, but
sharper pointed, and of a whitish colour ; wherein is contained a thing
in forme like a lace of silke finely wouen as it were together, of a whitish
colour, one end whereof is fastned vnto the inside of the shell, eiien as
the fish of oisters and muskles are ; the other end is made fast vnto the
belly of a rude masse or lumpe, which in time commeth to the shape
and forme of a bird : when it is perfectly formed the shell gapeth open,
and the first thing that appeareth is the foresaid Jace or string ; next
come the legs of the bird iianging out, and as it groweth greater it
openeth the shell by degrees, til at length it is all come forth, and
hangeth onely by the bill ; in short space after it commeth to full
maturitie, and falleth into the sea, where it gathereth feathers, and
groweth to a fowle bigger than a mallard, and lesser than a goose, hauing
blacke legs and bill or beake, and feathers blacke and white, spotted in
such manner as is our mag-pie, called in some places a pie-annet, which
the people of Lancashire call by no other naiue than a tree goose : which
place aforesaid, and all those parts adioyniug, do so much abound there-
with, that one of the best is bought for three pence. For the truth
hereof, if any doubt, may it please them to repaire vnto me, and I shall
satisfie them by the testimonie of good witnesses.

" Moreouer, it should seeme that there is another sort hereof ; the
historic of which is true, and of mine owne knowledge : for trauelling
vpon the shore of our English coast betweene Doner and Rumney, 1
found the trunke of an old rotten tree, which (with some helpe that I
procured by fishcrmens wines that were there attending their husbands
returnc from the sea) we drew out of the water vpon dry land : vpon this
rotten tree I found growing many thousands of long crimson bladders, in
shape like vnto puddings newly filled, before they be sodden, which were

THIi NAVIGATION

Note. It is here also to be noted, that althoupfh that in this land,

which we cstcemc to be Greene-land, lying vnder 80 de-

very clccre and shining ; at the nether end whereof did grow a shell fish,
fashioned somewhat like a small musklc, but much whiter, resembling a
shell fish that groweth vpon the rocks about Garnsey and Oarsey, called
a lympit : many of these shells I brought with me to London, which after
I had opened I found in them liuing things without forme or shape ; in
others which were neerer come to ripencs I found liuing things that were
very naked, in shape like a bird : in others, the birds couercd with soft
downe, the shell halfe open, and the bird ready to fall out, which no
doubt were the fowles called barnakles. I dare not absolutely auouch
euery circumstance of the first part of this history, concerning the tree
that beareth those buds aforesaid, but will Icaue it to a further consider-
ation; howbeit that which I haue scene with mine eyes, and handled
with mine hands, I dare confidently auouch, and boldly put downe for
veritie. Now if any will obiect, that this tree which I saw might be one
of those before mentioned, which either by the wanes of the sea or some
violent wind had been ouerturned, as many other trees are ; or that any
trees falling into those seas about the Orchjvdcs, will of themselves beare
the like fowles, by reason of those seas and waters, these being so proba-
ble coniectures, and likely to be true, I may not without preiudice gaine-
say, or indeauour to confute." — (2nd edit,) p. 1588.

Difficult as it is to understand how a man of Gerard's genius and
information could have been thus deceived, the perfect sincerity of his
belief is not to be doubted. Seeing, then, how deep rooted this popular
error must have been, it was no small merit of William Barents/,, and his
companions that they should have been mainly instrumental in disabus-
ing the public mind on the subject. That they were so, and that at the
time they enjoyed the credit of being so, is manifest from the following
note on the foregoing passage, made by Thomas Johnson, the editor of
the second edition of the llerball, published in 1633 : —

" The barnakles, whose fabulous breed my author here sets downe, and
diners others haue also deliuered, were found by some Hollanders to haue
another originall, and that by cgges, as other birds haue : for they in
their third voyage to finde out the north-east passage to China and
the Molucco's, about the eightieth degree and eleuen minutes of northerly
latitude, found two little islands, in the one of which they found abound-
ance of these geese sitting vpon their egges, of which they got one goose,
and tooke away sixty egges, etc. Vide Pontani, Iterurn et vrb. Amstelo-
dam. Hist. lib. 2, cap. 22."

Parkinson, too, in his Theatrum JBotanicum, published in 1640 (p. 1306),
gives our Dutch navigators full credit for having confuted " this admi-
rable tale of untruth." . .

INTO TllK XOKTH-SKAS.

grees and more, there growcth leaues and grasse, and that
there arc such beasts therein as eat grasse, as harts, buckcs,
and such like bcastes as Hue thereon ; yet in Nona Zembhi,
under 76 degrees, there groweth neither leaues nor grasse,
nor any beasts that cate grasse or leaues Hue therein,' but
such beasts as eate flesh, as beares and foxes : and yet this
land lyeth full 4 degrees [further] from the North Pole as
Greeneland aforesaid doth.

The 23 of June we hoysted anchor againe, and sayled
north-west-ward into the sea, but could get no further by
reason of the ice ; and so wee came to the same place againe
where wee had laine, and cast anchor at 18 fadome : and at
euening- being at anchor, the sunne being north-east and
somewhat more east-warde, wee tooke the height thereof,
and found it to be cleuated aboue the horizon 13 degrees
and 10 minutes, his declination being 23 degrees and 28
minutes; which substractcd from the height aforesaid,^ resteth
10 degrees and 18 minutes, which being substractcd from
90 degrees, then the height of the Pole there was 79 degrees
and 42 minutes.

After that, wee hoysted anchor againe, and sayled along
by the west side of the land,* and then our men went on
land, to see how much the needle of the compasse varyed.
Meane time, there came a great wliite beare swimming
towardes the shippe, and would haue climbed vp into it if
we had not made a noyse, and with that we shot at her with

^ This remark, which has previously been made by the author in
page 5, is not founded on fact, inasmuch as reindeer do exist in Novaya
Zemlya, as is there shown in note 2. In addition to the authorities
cited in that place, may be given that of Rosmuislov, who passed the
winter of 1768-9 to the northward of 73° N. lat., and saw there large
herds of wild reindeer. — L'utke, p. 77.

^ Des smichts — at night.

^ De selfde getogen win de genomen hooghde. This is erroneous. It
should be "from, which subtracted the height aforesaid."

•* Bij de westmd heeneii — along the west wall, i. c, the western shore.

THE ^AVlGATIOx^

ill

>'i

a pcece, but she left the shippe and swam to the land, where
our men were : which wee pcrcciumg, sayled with our
shippe towardes the land, and gaue a great shoute ; where-
with our men thought that wee had fal^'^n on a rocke with
our shippe, which made them much abashed ; and therewith
the bearc also being afraide, swam off againe from the land
and left our men, which made vs gladde : for our men had
no weapons about them.

Touching the varying of the compasse, for the which cause
our men went on land to trj^ the certaintie thereof, it was
found to differ 16 degrees.

The 24 of June wc had a south-west winde, and could not
get f^oue the island,' and therefore wee sayled backe againe,
and found a haucn that lay fourc [16] myles from the other
hauen, on tlie west side of the great haueu, and there cast
anchor at twcluc fadome dccpe. There wee roAved a great
way in, and went on land ; and there wee founde two sea-
horses teeth that waighed sixe pound : wee also found many
small teeth, and so rowed on board againe.

The 25 of June wee hoystcd anchor againe, and sayled
along by the land, and went south and south south-west,
V. ith a north north-east windc, vnder 79 degrees. There A\'e
found a great croeke or riuer," whcreinto we sailed ten [40]
miles at the least, holding our course south-ward; but we
perceiucd thai, cliere wee could not get through: there wee cast
out our leadc .'.nd for the most part found t(>i; fadome deepe,
but wee woyo constrained to lauere'out againe, for the winde
was northerly, and almost full north;' and wee perceaucd
that it reached to the firme land, which we supposed to be
low-land, for tbfit wee could not sec it any thing farre, and
therefore wee sailed so neere vnto it till that wee might see

* Boven dot eylandt niet comen — could not ^vcather that island.

* Een (jheweldigen inham — an extremely large bay or inlet.
' Liivereii, See page 25, tiotc 2.

* Elide moeslen n. uen — and v:e had to <jo north.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

it, and then we were forced to lauere [back], and vpon the
!^7 of June we got out againe.

The twenty eight of June wee gate beyonde the point
that lay on the west-side, where there was so great a number
of birds that they flew against our sailes, and we sailed 10
[40] miles south-ward, and after that west, to shun the ice.

The twenty nine of June wee sayled south-east and some-
what more easterly, along by the land, till wee were vnder
76 degrees and 50 minutes, for wee were forced to put off
from the land, because of tue ice.

The thirteeth of June we sayled south and somewhat east,
and then we tooke the height of the sunne, and found that it
was cleuated aboue the horizon 38 degrees and 20 minutes,
his declination was 23 degrees and 20 minutes, which being
taken from the former height, it was found that wee were
vndor 75 degrees.'

The first of July wee saw the Beare-Island" agaiuc, and
then John Cornelison and his jfficcrs came aboard of our
ship, to spcake with vs about altering of our course ; but
wee being of a contrary opinion, it was agreed that wee
should follow on our course and hee his : which was, that
hee (according to his desire) should saile vnto 80 degrees
againe ; for hee was of opinion that there hoc ><liould findc
a passage through, on the east -side of the knd that lay
vnder 80 degrees.* And vpon that agreement wee left each
other, they sayling north-ward, and wfc south-ward because
of thr) ice, the winde being eust south-east.

The second of July wee sailed cast-ward, and were vnder
71 degrees, hauing the winde north north-west, and then wee
wound ouer another bough^ with an east north-east winde, and

^ That is to say, the sun's declination 23° 2U', being taken from his
elevation 38"^ 20', leaves 15°, the complement of the elevation of the
Pole, which latter is consequently 76°,

" See page 70.

•' Namely, Spitzbergen, which thoy had Just left.

■• Weiulent over den iiiideren boecU — went upon the other tack.

Bmm

THE NAVIGATION

sayled north-ward. In the euening, the sunne beeing about
north-west and by north [9 p.m.], wee wound about againe
(because of the ice) with an east winde, and sailed south
south-cast; and about east south-east sun' [^ p. 7 a.m.] we
wound about againe (because of the ice), and the sunne
being south south-west [t P- 1^ p.m.] we wound about
againe, and sailed north-east.

The third of July wee were vnder 74 degrees, hauing a
south-east and by east wind, and sailed north-cast and by
north : after that we Avound about againe with a south wind
and sayled east south-east till the sunne was north-west
Q p. 8 P.M.], then the wind began to be somewhat larger.'

The fourth of July wee sailed east and by north, and
found no ice, which wee wondered at, because wee sailed so
high;" but vrhen the sunne was almost south, we were forced
to winde about againe by reason of the ice, and sailed
westward with a north-Avind ; after that, the sunne being
north [11 p.iM.], Avce sailed cast south-east with a noilh-east
wind.

The fifth of July wee sailed north north-east till the
sunne was south [11 a.^i.] : then wee v/ound about, and
went east south-cast with a north-east winde. Then Avee
took? the height of the sunne, and found it to bee eleuated
aboue the horizon 39 degrees and 'ill minutes, his declina-
tion beeing 22 degrees and 53 minutes, Avhich taken from the
high aforesaid, Ave found that Avee Avere Auder the height of
the Poole scuentie three degrees and 20 minutes.^

The seuenth of July avcc cast out our Avhole lead-lyne, but
found no ground, and sayled east and by south, the Avind being

* In Phillips' transLation, "kuii" is omitted, and the words "and then"
substituted, whereby the sense is coinpletcly altered.

* l\'(it te rui/mL-ti — to be somewhat more favourable.
^ That is, to so high a latitude.

•* 1'A (jmden eiule 20 minutoi. This is an error of the press. It should
be 73° iJG'.

INTO THE XORTH-SEAS.

north-east and by east, and were vnder 12 degrees and 12
minutes.

The eight of July we had a good north [by ]west wind, and
sailed east and hj north, with an indifferent cokl gale of
wind,^ and got vnder 12 degrer i and 15 minutes. The ninth
of July we went east and by \\r th, the wind being west.
The tenth of July, the sunne being south south-west [9 a.m.],
we cast out our lead and had ground at 160 fadome, the
winde being north-east and by north, and we sailed east and
by south vnder 72 degrees.

The 11 of July we found 70 fadome dccpe, and saw no
ice ; then we gest that we were right south and north from
Dandinaes," that is the east point of the AVhite-Sea, that lay
south Avard from vs, and had sandy ground, and the bancke
stretched north-ward into the sea, so that wee were out of
doubt that we were vpon the bancke of the White Sea, for
wee had found no sandy ground all the coast along, but
onely that bancke. Then the winde being east and by south,
we sayled south and south and by cast, vnder 72 degrees,
and after that we had a south south-east winJ , and sayled
north-east to get ouer the bancke.

In the morning wee draue forward with a calme,-^ and
found that wee were yader 72 degrees, and then againe Avee
had an east south-east winde, the sunne being about south-
west [2 P.M.], and sayled north-east; and casting out our
lead found 150 fadome dcepe, clay ground, and then we were
ouer the bancke, Avhich was very narroAV, for Avee sailed but
14 glasses,* and gate ouer it Avhen the sunne Avas about north
north-east [I p. 12 \.m.].

The tAvelfth of July Avee sayled north and by east, the

* Een tmnelijcken coelte — a tolerable breeze.

* DaiuUnaea : evidently a misprint for Candinaes, or Kanin Nos ;
respecting which, see page 38, note 3.

•^ Dreren wy in stilte — we drifted in a calm.
•* Seven hours.

»^tk»jt

I B

(

efi THE NAVIGATION

winde being cast ; and at euening,' the sunne being north
north-east, "wc wound about againe, hauing the winde north
north-east, and sayled east and by south till our first quarter*
was out.

The thirteenth of July wee sayled east, with a north
north-east wind: then we tooke the height of the sunnc
and found it to bee eleuated aboue the horizon 54 degrees and
38 minutes,^ his declination was 21 degrees and 54 minutes,
which taken from the height aforesaid, the height of the Pole
was found to be 73 degrees ; and then againe wee found ice,
but not very much, and wee were of opinion that wee were
by Willoughbies-land/

The fourteenth of July wee sailed north-east, the winde
being north north-west, and in that sort sayled about a
dinner time'' along through the ice, and in the middle thereof
wee cast out our leade, and had 90 fadome dcepe ; in the
next quarter wee cast out the lead againe and had 100
fadome deepe, and wc sayled so farre into the ice that wee
could goe no further : for wee could see no place where it

^ Des nachts — at night,

^ 54(/raden ende 38 miiiuten.

a Watch.
This is a misprint. It should be " 38
degrees and 54 minutes," from which deducting 21° 54', the sun's de-
clination, there remains 27°, the complement of the height of the Pole ;
so that the latitude is 73°.

* WiUehuijs landt. On the 14th of August 1553, the unfortunate 8ir
Hugh Willoughby discovered land in 72° N. lat., I(i0 leagues E. by Ij.
from Seynam on the coast of Norway. In consequence of this discovery,
some of the old charts showed in this direction a separate coast line, to
which they gave the name of Willoughby's Land, It is to this that Do
Veer alludes. It is. however, now fully established that no such land
exists ; and there is every reason for the opinion that the coast seen by
Willoughby was that of Novaya Zemlya itself. This opinion is entor-
tained liy Liitke, as well as 1 y most geographers at the present tliiy. Hi<o
Mr. Rundall's Xnrratives of I'oi/aqes tovards the Xorth-\Vr,sty Inlind, p. v.

" Eeii eetmael Inihjii — during fiuu- and twenty htuus. The Knglish
translator must be excused for not \indcrstandiug this expression, when
even the Amsterdam Latin vorsb^n of 15!)8 has duniHlt pi'andio. What-
ever may be the derivation of the i xpresi-.ion, there lan be no doubt as to
Us real uiear'ng.

INTO THE NOUTH-SEAS.

p. V.

lish

opened, but were forced (with great labour and paine) to
lauere out of it againe, the winde blowing west, and wee
were then vnder seuentie foure degrees and tenne minutes.

The fifteenth of July wee draue through the middle of the
ice with a calme,' and casting out our leade had 100 fadome
deepe, at which time the winde being east, wee sayled [south-]
west.

The sixteenth of July wee got out of the ice, and sawe a
great beare lying vpon it, that leaped into the water when
shoe saw vs. Wee made towards her with our shippe ;
which shee perceiuing, gotte vp vpon the ice againe, where-
with wee shot once at her.

Then we sailed east south-east and saw no ice, gessing
that wee were not farre from Noua Zembla, because wee
saw the beare there vpon the ice, at which time 've cast out
the lead and found 100 fadome dt^epe.

The seuenteenth of July we tookc the height of the sunne,
and it was elcuated aboue the horizon 37 degrees and 55
minutes; his declination was 21 degrees and 15 minutes,
which taken from the height aforesaid, the heigh of the Pole
was 74 degrees and 40 minutes i^ and when the sunne was
in the !«outh [11 a.m.], wee saw the land of Noua Zem-
bla, which was about LoniNbAv.^ I was the first that espied

* Dreven wy in $tilte midukn int ys — we drifted in a calm, surrounded
by the ice.

* Here, iVKain, tlK) same error is committed as on the 19th of June
(see page 77, not* 4), The calculation is as follows : —

37° 55' Elevation of the sun.
21° 15' Declination of the sun.

Gomplem. of elev. of Pole.
Elevation of the Pole.

^ In this they were mistaken, owing to their error in the calculat on
of their observed latitude, as is shown in the preceding note. On their

16°
90°

40'
0'

But which should be

74°
73°

40'
20'

THE NAVIGATIOX

m 1

it. Ther wee altered our course, and sayled north-east and
by north, and hoysed vp all our sailes except the fore-saile
and the lesien/

The eighteenth of July wee saw the land againe, beeing
vnder 75 degrees, and sayled north-east and by north with
a north-west winde, and wee gate aboue the point of the
Admirals Island,^ and sayled east north-east with a west
winde, the land reaching north-east and by north.

The nineteenth of July wee came to the Crosse-Island,^
and could then get no further by reason of the ice, for there
the ice lay still close vpon the land, at which time the winde
was west and blewe right vpon the land, and it lay vnder 76
degrees and 20 minutes. There stood 2 crosses vpon the
land, whereof it had the name.

The twenteeth of July wee anchored vnder the r Ipn ■ , Tor
wee could get no further for the ice. There wee put out
our boate, and with eight men rowed on land, and went to
one of the crosses, where we rested vs awhile, to goe to the
next crosse, but beeing in the way we saw two beares by
the other crosse, at which time wee had no weapons at all
about vs. The beares rose vp vpon their hinder feete to see
vs (for they smell further then they see) ; and for that they
smelt us, therefore they rose vpright and came towards vs,
wherewith we were not a little abashed, in such sort that
wee had little lust* to laugh, and in all haste went to our
boate againe, still looking behinde vs to sec if they followed
vs, thinking to get into the boate and so put off from the

forniev visit to Lomsbay (sec page 13), they made its latitude to he
74' 20' ; so tliiit now, instead of being near that spot, they must have
beeu about a degree to the south of it. This corresponds, too, Setter
with their observation on the following day ; for it is not to be imagined
that they shoriM have been 24 hours under full-sail, and yet have made
only 20 miles of northing on a N.E. by N. course.

' /fct '^oormarxxfijl emh hesneii ~iho fore-topsail and spanker.
■ ffet AdmimelUeijts Enlandt — Admiralty Island. Sec page i;5,
• The " Island with the Crosses" of page ITJ. * Desire.

IXTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

land: but the master' stayed us, saying, hee that first be-
ginnes to runne away, I will thrust this hake-staffe" (which
hee then held in his hand) into his ribs;^ for it is better for vs
(sayd hee) to stay altogether, and see if we can make them
afraid with whooping and hallowing; and so we went softly
towards the boate, and gote away glad that wee had escaped
there clawes, and that wee had the leysure to tell our fel-
lowes thereof.

The one and twenteeth of July wee tooke the height of
the sunne, and found that it was cleuated aboue the horizon
thirtie fine degrees and fiftcene minutes ; his declination was
one and twcntie degrees, which being taken from the height
aforesaide, there rested fourteene degrees, which substracted
from ninetic degrees, then the heigh of the Pole was found
to bee seuentie sixc degrees and fiftcene minutes :* then wee
found the variation of the compasse to be iust twentie sixe
degrees. Tlie same day two of our men went againe to the
crosse, and found no beares to trouble vs, and wee followed
them with our amies, fearing lest wee might meet any by
chance ; and when we came to the second crosse, wee found
the foote-steps of 2 beares, and saw how long they had fol-
lowed vs, which was an hundreth foote-steps at the least,
that way that wee had beene the day before.

The tsvo and twentie of July, being Monday, wee set vp
another crosse and made our marke [s] tl ercon, and lay there
before the Crosse Island till the fourth of August ; meane
time we washt and whited" our linnen on the shoare.

The thirtie of July, the sunne being north [j p. 10 p.m.].

' De schipper. " Bootshnech — boat-hook.

3 JIuijt— body (literally "hide").

* Here are two errors. In tho first place, the differ^-nce between the
sun's elevation and declination is not 14°, bnt 14° 16'. This is, mani-
festly, an error of the press. Then, in the >iawe way as on the 19th
of June and 17th of July (see pages 77 and Hi)), <)0°— 14° 15' is made to
be 76° 15', whereas it should be 75'' 45', which is the true latitude.

'' nieeckicn — bleached.

i .

THE NAVIGATION

there came a beare so neere to our shippe that wee might
hit her with a stone, and wee shot her into the foote with a
peece, wherewith shee ranne halting away.

The one and thirteeth of July, the sunne being cast north-
east [f p. 2 A.M.], seuen of our men killed a beare, and fleaed
her, and cast her body into the sea. The same day at noone
(by our instrument) wee found the variation of the nedle of
the compasse to be 17 degrees.'

The first of August wee saw a white beare, but shee
ranne away from vs.

The fourth of August wee got out of the ice to the other
side of the island, and anchored there : where, with great
labour and much paine, wee fetched a boate full of stones
from the land.

The fifth of August wee set saile againe towardes Ice-
point" with an east wind, and sailed south south-cast, and
then north north-cast, and saw no ice by the land, by the
which wee lauered.*

The sixth of August wee gate about the point of Nas-
sawe,* and sayled forward east and east and by south, along
by the land.

The seuenth of August wee had a west south-west wind,
and sayled along by the land, south-east and south-east and by
east, and sawe but a little ice, and then past by the Trust-
point,* which we had much longed for. At euening we had
an east wind, with mistie weather, so that wee were forced
to make our ship fast to a peece of ice, that was at least 36
fadome deepe vnder the water, and more then 16 fadome

^ This would seem to be a misprint for 27°, as all the other observa-
tions made in Novaya Zemlya tend to show that at that time the varia-
tion was from 2 to 2^ points. The subject is discussed in the Introduction.

* The northernmost point of Novaya Zemlya. See page 24.
^ Baer we langha heenen laveerden — along which we tacked.

* QuavMH wy hoven de hoeck van Nmsouwen — we weathered Cape
Nassau. See page 16.

* De hoeck van Troost — Cape Comfort. Sec page 22, note 4.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

aboue the water ; which in all was 62 fadome thick, for it
lay fast vpon ground the which was 36 fadome deepe. The
eight of August in the morning wee had an east wind with
mistie weather.

The 9 of August, lying still fast to the great peece of ice,
it snowed hard, and it was misty weather, and when the
sunne was south [f p. 10 a.m.] we went vpon the hatches'
(for we alwayes held watch) ; where, as the master walked
along the ship, he heard a beast snuffe with his nose, and
looking ouer-bord he saw a great beare hard by ihe ship,
where with he cryed out, a beare, a beare j and with that all
our men came vp from vnder hatches,'* and saw a great beare
hard by our boat, seeking to get into it, but wee giuing a
great shoute, shee was afrayd and swamme away, but pre-
sently came backe againe, and went behinde a great peece
of ice, whereunto wee had made our shippc fast, and climbed
vpon it, and boldly came towardes our shippe to enter into
it :^ but wee had tornc our scute sayle in the shippe/ and lay
with fourc peeces before at the bootesprit,'' and shotte her
into the body, and with that, shee ranne away ; but it
snowed so fast that wee could not see whither shoe went,
but wee guest that she lay behinde a hlglf |f):^f^^p||/ whereof
there was many vpon the peece of ice.

The tenth of August, being Saterday, the ice began
mightily to breake,' and then woo Hlfif jHiH'^JIH'd thdf the
great peece of ice wlicrnvnto wee had llitul/i m\\ ^'\\\l>pc fast,
lay on the ground ; for tlie tusi nf \j}u |pp flmiii 'M'.'I^S ^7 ^^>

' Boven opt I't nlrcL — al)ovc on ijoclt.

" Qua7ne)i wy alle boven — we all came on tlot:|<.

3 iVine ons toe, out vnor hif 7 nchip op te climinen — toffiuila ua, Hi order
to climb up the bow of tlie B|i|p.

* Wj/ hadden boven opt schip ons schin/len aeijl jjhmihoien — we had
placed the sail of our boa); uii (lliiji iih ii Hcrucn.

" Voor opt bmedspit — folwafrt \\\\ die mtpatm.

" Een hooghen heuvef — (\, pigh huniniucK of jfig,

'' Te drjjvcn — to drift, of move.

THE NAVIGATION

wherewith wee were in great feare that wee should be com-
passed about with the ice,' and therefore wee vsed all the
diligence and meanes that wee could to get from thence, for
wee were in great doubt :' and being vnder sayle, wee
saylcd vpon the ice, because it was all broken vnder us,^ and
got to another peece of ice, whereunto wee made our shippe
faste againe with our sheate anchor,* which wee made fast
vpon it ; and there wee lay till eucning. And when wee had
supped, in the first quarter' the sayd peece of ice began on
a sodaine to burst and rende in peeces, so fearefully that it
was admirable ; for with one great cracke it burst into foure
hundred peeces at the least : wee lying fast to it,* weied our
cable and got off from it. Vnder the water it was ten
fadome deepe and lay vpon the ground, and two fadome
aboue the water : and it made a fearefull noysc both vnder
and aboue the water when it burst, and spread it selfe abroad
on all sides.

And being with great feare' gotten from that peece of ice,
wee came to an other peece, that was sixe fadome deepe
vnder the water, to the which we made a rope fast on both
sides.

Then wee saw an other great peece of ice not farre frrm
vs, lying fast in the sea, that was as sharpe aboue as it hud
been a tower; whereunto wee rowed, and casting out our
lead, wee found that it lay 20 fadome deepe, fast on the
ground vnder the water, and 12 fadome aboue the water.

The 11 of August, being Sunday, wee rowed to another
peece of ice, and cast out our lead, and found that it lay IS
fadom deepe, fast to the ground vnder the water, and 10

^ Int ys beknelt sonde werden — we should be crushed by the ice.
^ Ghevaer — danger.

' Dattet al craeckte watter ontrent was — so that all round about us
cracked.

* Werp ancker — kedge. ■* Watch.

* Met de steven daer aen — with our stem (bow) on it.
^ (Jhevaer — danjjer.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS

Ithcr
lb
10

fadomc aboue the water. The 12 of August we sailed
neere* vnder the land, y^ better to shun y* ice, for y' the
great flakes that draue in the sea* were many fadome deepe
under the water, and we were better defended from them being
at 4 and 5 fadome water ; and there ran a great current of
water from the hill[s]. There we made our ship fast againe
to a peece of ice, and called that point the small Ice Point.^

The 13 of August in the morning, there came a beare
from* the east point of the land, close to our ship, and one
of our men with a peece shot at her and brake one of her
legs, but she crept' vp the hill with her three feet, and wee
foUoAviug her killed her, and hauing flead her brought the
skinne aboard the ship. From thence we set saile with a
little gale of winde,* and were forced to laucre, but after
that it began to blow more^ out of the south and south south-
east.

The 15 of August we came to the Island of Orange,®
where we were inclosed with the ice hard by a great peece
of ice where we were in great danger to loose our ship, but
with great labour and much paine we got U, le island, the
windc being south-east, whereby we were constrained to
turne our ship ;' ;ind while we were busied thereabouts and
made much noib a beare that lay there and slept, awaked
and came towards vs to the ship, so that m '> were forced to
leaue our worke about turniiij/ of the ship, and to defend
our seines against the beare, and shot her into the body,
wherewith she run away to the other siile of the island, and

^ JV^och naerder — still nearer.

^ De grootste schotsen dryvende ys — the largest pieces of drift ice.

* Den cleynen Ys-hoeck. * Om — round.
" Hiippelde — limped.

* I[e.t viynich coelte — with little wind.

^ D>'gan't beter te coelen — the wind freshened.
/>i I'li/Jindt van Oraengien, On the first voyage the Islands of
Orange a/e i^poken of. See page 2.5.
" Ilet schip verlegghen — to change the position of the ship.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

lu Uii

!■■

1^ L£ 12.0

IRR^s

IL25 nH 1.4

1.6

Hiotographic

Sciences

Coiporation

33 WIST MAIN STRUT

WMSTH.N.Y. .Aitn

(716)173-4503

THE NAVIGATION

swam into the water, and got vp vpon a peece of ice, where
shee lay still ; but we comming afte^ her to the peece of ice
where shee lay, when she saw vs she leapt into the water
and swam to the land, but we got betweene her and the
land, and stroke her on the head with a hatchet, but as often
as we stroke at her with the hatchet, she duckt vnder the
water, whereby we had much to do before we could kill her:
after she was dead we fleaed her on the land, and tooke th'
skin on board with vs, and after that turned' our ship to a
great peece of ice, and made it fast thereunto.

The 16 of August ten of our men entring into one boat,
rowed to the firme land of Nona Zembla, and drew the boate
vp vpon the ice; which done, we went vp a high hill to see
the cituation of the land, and found that it reached south-
east and south south-east, and then againe south, which we
disliked, for that it lay so much southward : but when we
saw open water south-east and east south-east, we were
much comforted againe, thinking y' wee had woon our voy-
age," and knew not how wee should get soone inough on
boord to certifie William Barents thereof.

The 18 of August we made preparation to set saile, but it
was all in vaine ; for we had almost lost our sheat anchor^
and two new ropes, and with much lost labour got to the
place againe from whence we came : for the streame ran with
a mighty currant, and the ice drave very strongly vpon the
cables along by the shippe, so that we were in fear that we
should loose all the cable that was without the ship, which
was 200 fadome at the least ; but God prouided well for vs,
so that in the end wee got to the place againe from whence
we put out.

The 19 of August it was indifferent good weather, the

Brachten— brought,

De reijt ffhewonnen waer — i.e., the object of the voyage was attained,
and they had become entitled to the reward offered by the States General,
as mentioned in page 70.
* Werp-ancker — kedge.

INTO THE NORTH-STIAS.

ath

we
ich

vs,
knee

the

lined,
LeraU

winde blowing sonth-west, the ice still drilling, and we
set saile with an indifferent gale of wind,' and past by
ye Point of Desire,'^ whereby we were once againe in good
hope. And when we had gotten aboue the point,' we sailed
south-east into the sea-ward 4 [16] miles, but then againe
we entred into more ice, whereby we were constrained to
turn back againe, and sailed north-west vntil we came to
y^ land againe, which reacheth fro the Point of Desire to the
Head Point,* south and by west, 6 [24] miles : from the
Head Point to Flushingers Head,' it reacheth south-west,
which are 3 [12] miles one from the other ; from the Flush-
ingers Head, it reacheth into the sea east south-east, and
from Flushingars Head to the Point of the Island" it reach-
eth south-west and by south and south-west 3 [12] miles ;
and from the Island Point to the Point of the Ice Hauen,'
the land reacheth west south-west 4 [16] miles : from the
Ice Hauens Point to the fall of water or the Streame Bay"
and the low land, it reacheth west and by south and east
and by north, 7 [28] miles : from thence the land reacheth
cast and west. . ;

The 21 of August we sailed a great way into the Ice
Hauen, and that night ankored therein : next day, the
streame* going extreame hard eastward, we haled out againe
from thence, and sailed againe to the Island Point ; but for
that it was misty weather, comming to a pecce of ice, we
made the ship fast thereunto, because the winde began to
blow hard south-west and south south-west. There we

' Een tamelijcke coelte — an easy breeze.
" De hoech van Begheerte. Cape Desire.
" Boveii den hoeck wnren — had weathered the cape.
"• Df Hooft-hoeck.

"^ Het Vlissingher hooft — Flushing Head.

" De hoeck vent Eylandt. Subsequently called Den Eylandts hoeck, or
Island Point.
' De hoeck van den Yshaven — Ico Haven Point.
* Het afwater ofte Stroom Bay, " Stroom — current.

mmmmimmimm^

■MimiaiiMPMiMniHMi

i^^^^po

THE NAVIGATION

■*•

went' vp vpon the ice, and wondred much thereat, it was
such manner of ice : for on the top it was ful of earth, and
there we found aboue 40 egges, and it was not like other
ice, for it was of a perfect azure coloure, like to the skies,
whereby there grew great contentio in words amongst our
men, some saying that it was ice, others that it was frozen
land ; for it lay vnreasonable high aboue the water, it was at
least 18 fadome vnder the water close to the ground, and 10
fadome aboue the water : there we stayed all that storme,
the winde being south-west and by west.

The 23 of August we sailed againe from the ice south-
eastward into the sea, but entred presently into it againe,
and wound about'' to the Ice Hauen. The next day it blew
hard north north-west, and the ice came mightily driuing in,
whereby we were in a manner compassed about therewith,
and withall the winde began more and more to rise, and the
ice still draue harder and harder, so that the pin of the
rother' and the rother were shorne in peeces,* and our boatc
was shorne in peeces^ betweene the ship and the ice, we ex-
pecting nothing else but that the ship also would be prcst
and crusht in peeccs with the ice.

The 25 of August the weather began to be better, and we
tookc great paines and bestowed much labour to get the ice,
wherewith we were so inclosed, to go from vs, bat what
meanes s'^euer we vsed it was all in vaine. But when the sun
was south-west [|- p. 2 p.m.] the ice began to driue out againe
with the streame," and we thought to saile southward about
Nona Zembla, [and so westwards] to the Straitcs of Mer-
gates.^ For that seeing we could there find no passage, we
hauing past* Nona Zembla, [we] wer, of opinion that our

' Keerden omme — turned back.

* Clommen — climbed.
" Depen vant roer — the tiller.

* Stucken gheschoven werden — were broken in pieces.

' Gkeschovtn — stove in, " Stroom — current.

^ Wei/ffats. " That is, now that wc had passed.

I ;

How our ship stuck fast in the ice, whereby

i^mm

TH Pyp

■i

,? -

the ice, whereby three of us were nearly lost.

m^imrm^^y^mmmii^Kmm

1^.1. ,»ii...,,.^..j.i„i.,..-i pwqjwi

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

labour was all in vaine and that we could not get through,
and so agreed to go that way home againe ; but comming to
the Streame Bay, we were forced to go back againe, because
of the ice which lay so fast thereabouts ; and the same night
also it froze, that we could hardly get through there with the
little wind that we had, the winde then being north.

The 26 of August there blew a reasonable gale of winde, at
which time we determined to saile back to the Point of Desire,
and so home againe, seeing y* we could not get through [by
the way towards] y® Wergats,' although we vsed al the meanes
and industry we could to get forward ; but whe we had past
by y® Ice Hauen y^ ice began to driue w* such force, y* we
were inclosed round about therewith, and yet we sought al
the meanes we could to get out, but it was all in vaine. And
at that time we had like to haue lost three men that were
vpon the ice to make way for the ship, if the ice had held
y® course it went j but as we draue back againe, and that the
ice also whereon our men stood in like sort draue, they
being nimble, as y® ship draue by the, one of them caught
hould of the beake head, another vpon the shroudes,'^ and the
third vpon the great brasc^ that hung out behind, and so by
great aduenture by the hold that they tooke they got safe
into the shippe againe, for which they thanked God with all
their hearts : for it was much liklier that they should rather
haue beene carried away with the ice, but God, by the
nimblenes of their hands, dcliuered them out of that danger,
which was a pittifuU thing to behold, although it fell out for
the best, for if they had not beene nimble they had surely
dyed for it.

The same day in the euening we got to the west side of
the Ice Hauen, where we were forced, in great cold, pouerty,
misery, and griefe, to stay all that winter ; the winde then
being east north-east.

1 Weygats. » De school— iha sheet.

•' De groote bras — the inaiu brace.

100

THE NAVIGATION

The 27 of August the ice draue round about the ship, and
yet it was good wether ; at which time we went on land, and
being there it began to blow south-east with a reasonable
gale, and then the ice came with great force before the
bough,* and draue the ship vp foure foote high before, and
behind it seemed as if the keele lay on the ground, so that
it seemed that the ship would be ouerthrowne in the place ;
whereupon they that were in the ship put out the boate,*
therewith to saue their Hues, and withall put out a flagge to
make a signe to vs to come on board : which we perceiuing,
and beholding the ship to bo lifted vp in that sort, made all
the haste we could to get on board, thinking that the sliip
was burst in pceces, but comming vnto it we found it to be
in better case then we thought it had beene.

The 28 of August wee gat some of the ice from it,' and the
ship began to sit vpright againe ; but before it was fully
vpright, as William Barents and the other pilot went for-
ward to the bough,* to see how the ship lay and how much
it was risen, and while they were busie vpon their knees and
elbowes to measure how much it was, the ship burst out of
the ice with such a noyse and so great a crack, that they
thought verely that they Avere all cast away, knowing not
how to saue thcmselues.

The 29 of August, the ship lying vpright againe, we vsed
{ill the meanes we could, with yron hookes* and other instru-

^ The bow of the ship.
" Weeck het ys wat wech-

* Bock — yawl,
-the ice gave way a little. * Bow.

•"' Koe-voeten — crow-bars : literally cows-feet, from the resemblance
which the bifurcated end bears to the cloven foot of that animal. In
one of the printed accounts of the riots of 1780 (the reference to which
cannot just now be found), it is mentioned that a piff's-foot — the "jemmy"
little tool used by housebreakers — was employed in the destruction of
Newgate, and surprise was expressed at the power of so small an in-
strument to move the large stones of which that building was con-
structed. The small iron hammer common in our printing-offices is
likewise called u slweji's-foot; the reason for the name being in each case
the same.

:«=^

^^^^P^pi

jno

'iNiiiniiiiiiiiiwiiiii iiiBr

?^«

;-si>x

S^JJ^S^teisttt^

How the ice heaved up the foij

■i/i

leaved up the fore part of our ship.

ii !

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

101

ments, to brcake the flakes of ice that lay one heap'd vpo the
other, but al in vaine ; so that we determined to commit our
selues to the mcrcie of God, and to attend ayde from him,
for that the ice draue not away in any such sort that it could
helpe vs. .

The 30 of August the ice began to driue together one vpon
the other with greater force then before, and bare against
the ship w** a boystrous south [by] west wind and a great
snowe, so that all the whole ship was borne vp and inclosed,'
whereby all that was both about it and in it began to crack,
so that it seemed to burst in a 100 peeces, which was most
fearfuU both to see and heare, and made all y° haire of our
heads to rise vpright with feare ; and after y', the ship (by
the ice on both sides that joined and got vnder the same)
was driuen so vpright, in such sort as if it had bin lifted vp
with a wrench or vice.''

The 31 of August, by the force of the ice, the ship was
driuen vp 4 or 5 foote high at the beake head,' and the
hinder part thereof lay in a clift* of ice, whereby we thought
that the ruther would be freed from the force of the flakes
of ice,* but, notwithstanding, it brake in peeces staffe" and
dl : and if that the hinder part of the ship had bin in the ice
that draue as well as the fore part was, then all the ship'
would haue bin driuen wholly vpon the ice, or possibly haue
ran on groiid,* and for that cause wee were in great feare,
and set our scutes and oift boate" out vpon the ice, if neede
were, to saue our selues. But within 4 houres after, the ice
draue awayc of it selfc, wherewith we were exceeding glad,
as if we had saued our Hues, for that the ship was then on

Gheknelt — Sf;"'eezed. " Vysel — a screw or jack.

Voorsteven — stem, * Crevice.

Ifet schuyven das ys — from the action (pushing) of the ice.

Pen — tiller.

Ilet gantsche voonchip — the entire fore-part of the ship.

In ileii (jroiuU ghecoinen — gone to the bottom.

Oim scliuijt ende boot — our boat and yawl,

Ft: '

m I!

lOS

THE NAVIGATION

float againe; and vpon that we made a new ruther and a
staffe/ and hung the ruther out vpon the hooks, that if we
chanced to be born' vpon the ice againe, as we had bin, it
might so be freed from it.

The 1 of September, being Sunday, while we were at
praier, the ice began to gather together againe, so that the
ship was lifted vp [bodily] two foote at the least, but the ice
brake not.' The same euening* the ice continued in y' sort
stil driuing and gathering together, so that we made pre-
paration to draw our scute and the boate ouer the ice vpon
the land, the wind then blowing south-east.

The 2 of September it snowed hard with a north-east
wind, and the ship began to rise vp higher vpo the ice,* at
which time the ice burst and crakt with great force, so that
we were of opinion to carry our scute on land in that fowle
weather, with 13 barrels of bread and two hogshcds' of
wine to sustaine our seines if need were.

The 3 of September it blew [just as] hard, but snowed not so
much, y° wind being north north-east ; at which time wc began
to be loose from the ice whereuntowe lay fast, so that the schcck
broke from the stcuen,' but the planks wherewith the ship
was lyned held the scheck fast and made it hang on f but the
boutloofe and a new cable, if we had failed vpon the ice,
brake by the forcible pressing of the ice,* but held fast

* Pen — tiller. * Borne, carried.

^ /let hleef noch al dicht — it {the fihij>) remained quite tight.

* Naenoens — afternoon.

" Te 8ch uymn vant i/s — to be moved by the ice.
•• Vaetkens — small casks.

"^ Soo (ht de scheck achter van den Steven geschoven werde — so that the
ice-knees (chocks) started from the stern-post.

* llielde de scheck nock dat zy daeraen hleef hangen — kept the ice-
knees still hanging on.

" Ernie de bouteloef brack mede stiicken met een nieu cabeltou dat wy op
het ys hadtlen vast ghemaeckl — and the bumpkin likewise broke away,
with a new cable, which wc had made fast to the ice. The bouteloef or
livtltloej' (in English, bumjikiu) is a piece of iron, projecting from the

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

103

ice,
fast

againe in the ice ; and yet the ship was staunch, which was
wonder, in regard y* the ice draue so hard and in great
heapes as big as the salt hils that are in Spaine,' and within
a harquebus shot of the ship, betweene the which we lay in
great feare and anguishe.

The 4 of September the weather began to cleare vp and
we sawe the sunne, but it was very cold, the wind being
north-east, we being forced to lye still.

The 5 of September it was faire sunshine weather and
very calme; and at euening, when we had supt, the ice
compassed about vs againe and we were hard inclosed there-
with, the ship beginning to lye vpon the one side and leakt
sore,' but by Gods grace it became staunch againe,' where-
with* we were wholly in feare to loose the ship, it was in so
great danger. At which time we tooke counsell together
and caried our old sock saile,' with pouder, lead, peeces,
muskets and other furniture on land, to make a tent [or ^
hut] about our scute y* we had drawe vpon the land ; and
at that time we carried some bread and wine on land also,
with some timber," therewith to mend our boate, that it
might serue vs in time of neede.

stem of the ship, and used for the purpose of giving more breadth to the
fore-sail. It is no longer met with in square-rigged vessels, but only in
small craft. It would seem to be one of the last things to which a sea-
man would attach a cable ; but it may have been merely temporarily, or
for some reason that ca;inot now be discovered.

^ Jae, flatter ys berghen dreven, soo groot ala de southerghen in Spaen-
gien — yea, there drifted icebergs by us, as big as the salt mountains in
Spain. Allusion is evidently here made to the celebrated salt mines of
Cardona, about sixteen leagues from Barcelona, where " the great body
of the salt forms a rugged precipice, which is reckoned between 400 and
500 feet in height." Bee Dr. Traill's " Observations" on the subject, in
Trans. Qeol. Soc. (1st ser.), vol. iii, p. 404. Our author's familiar com-
parison of the icebergs to these salt rocks, may be taken as a proof that
ho had been in Spain, and was personally acquainted with the locality.

^ Ende leet veel — and suffered much.

•'' Bleeft noch dicht — still remained tight. * Dan — for.

' Fock — foresail. " Timmerghereetachap — carpenter's tools.

104

THE NAVIGATION

W :

The 6 of September it was indifferent faire sea-wether'
and sun-shine, the wind being west, whereby we were some-
what comforted, hoping that the ice would driue away and
that we might get from thence againe.

The 7 of September it was indifferent wether againe, but
we perceiued no opening of the water, but to the contrary
if^ lay hard inclosed with ice, and no water at all about the
ship, no not so much as a bucket full. The same day 5 of
our men went on land, but 2 of them came back againe ; the
other three went forward about 2 [8] miles into the land,
and there found a riuer of sweet water, where also they
found great store of wood that had bin driucn thither, and
there they fojjd the foote-stcps of harts and hinds,^ as they
thought, for they were clouen footed, some greater footed
then others, which made them iudge them to be so.

The 8 of September it blew hard east north-east, which
was a right contrary wind to doe vs any good touching the
carrying away of the ice, so that wc were stil faster in the
ice, which put vs in no small discomfort.

The 9 of September it blew [strongly from the] north-
east, with a little snowc, whereby our ship was wholly in-
closed with ice, for y° wind draue the ice hard against it, so
that we lay 3 or 4 foote deepe in the ice, and our shock in
the after-steuer brake in peeces,* and the ship began to be
somewhat loose before, but yet it was not much hurt.

* Oock tamelijck v^eder ende stilletgens — also tolerable weather and
calm.

a iry— we.

' Rheden ende Elanden — deer and elks. It is unaccountable that,
with this fact within his own personal knowledge, Gerrit de Veer should
have expressly asserted, on two several occasions (pages 6 and 8.3), that
tliere are no graminivorous animals in Novaya Zemlya, and pointedly
distinguished between this country and Spitzbergon on that account. It
is most probable that these animals had crossed over from Siberia on the
ice.

* 0ns acheck aen de achter-ateven brack altemet noch vieer stucken — and
the ice-knees on the stern-post broke more and more in pieces.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

105

In the night time two beares came close to our ship side,
but Ave sounded our trumpet and shot at them, but hit them
not because it was darke, and they ran away.

The 10 of September the wether was somrtrhat better, be-
cause the wind blew not so hard, and yet all one wind.

The 11 of September it was calme wether, and 8 of vs
went on land, euery man armed, to see if that were true as
our other three companions had said, that there lay wood
about the riuer ; for that seeing we had so long wound and
turned about, sometime in the ice and then againe got
out, and thereby were compelled to alter our course, and
at last sawe that we could not get out of the ice but ^
rather became faster, and could not loose our ship as at
other times we had done, as also that it began to be [near
autumn and] winter, we tooke counsell together what we
were best to doe according to the [circumstances of the] time,
[in order] that we might Avinter there and attend such ad-
ucnture as God would send vs : and after Ave had debated
vpon the matter, to kecpe and defend our selues both from
the cold and the wild beasts, we determined to build a [shed
or] house vpon the land, to keep vs therein as Avell as we
could, and so to commit ourselves vnto the tuition of God.
And to that end we Avent further into the land, to find out ttow God
the conuenientcst place in our opinions to raise our house uemest

need, when

vpon, and yet Ave had not much stufFe to make it Avithall, in wew.uo
regard that there grew no trees nor any other thing in that " ",. vpoirtilo
country convenient to build it Avithall. But we leaning no woda^o"^*
occasion vnsought, as our men Avcnt abroad to vicAV the House ami to

seruo V8

couiitxy and to see what good fortune might happen unto !jj ^'j''^';
vs, at last we found an unexpected comfort in our need, ''""
Avhich Avas that we found certaine trees, roots and all, (as our
three companions had said before,) Avhich had bin driuen
vpon the shoare, either from Tartaria, Muscouia, or else-
Avhcrc, for there was none growing vpon that land ; Avhcre-
Avith (as if God had purposely sent them vnto vs) wc Avcre

no
colli

Iter.

I :'

106

THE NAVIGATION

much comforted, being in good hope that God would shew
vs some further fauour ; for that wood serued vs not onely
to build our house, but also to burnc and serue vs all the
winter long ; otherwise without all doubt we had died there
miserably with extreame cold.

The 12 of September it was calme wether, and then our
men went vnto the other side of the land, to see if they could
finde any wood neerer vnto vs, but there was none.'

The 13 of September it was calme but very misty wether,
so that we could doe nothing, because it was dangerous for
vs to go into the land, in regard that we could not see the
wild beares ; and yet they could smell vs, for they smell
better then they see.

The 14 of September it was cleere sunshine wether, but
very cold ; and then we went into the land, an^ laid the
wood in heapes one vpo the other, that it might not be
couered ouer with y® snow, and from thence ment' to carry
it to the place where we intended to builde our house.

The 15 of September in the morning, as one of our men
held watche, wee saw three beares, whereof the one lay still
behind a peece of ice [and] the other two came close to the
ship, which we perceiuing, made our peeces ready to shoote
at them ; at which time there stod a tub full of beefe* vpon
the ice, which lay in the water to be seasoned,* for that close
by the ship there was no water ; one of the beares went
vnto it, and put in his head [into the tub] to take out a peece
of the beefe, but she fared therewith as the dog did with
y® pudding ;* for as she was snatching at the beefe, she was
shot into the head, wherewith she fell downe dead and neuer

^ Maer vonden daer gantsch weynich — but found very little there.

" Meant, intended. ' Vleysch — meat.

* Opt ys om te ververschen — upon the ice, to freshen.

" Maer het bequam hem als de hondt de loorst — but it agreed with her
as the pudding (sausage) did with the dog. This is a Dutch proverb,
made use of when any undertaking turns out badly ; because the dog is
said to have stolen a sausage, and to have been soundly beaten for his
pains.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

107

■?

stir'd. [There we saw a curious sight]: the other beare stood
still, and lokt vpon her fellow [as if wondering why she re-
mained so motionless] ; and when she had stood a good
while she smelt her fellow, and perceiuing that she [lay still
and] was dead, she ran away, but we tooke halberts and
other armes with vs and followed her.* And at last she
came againe towards vs, and we prepared our selues to
withstand her, wherewith she rose vp vpon her hinder feet,
thinking to rampe at vs ; but while she reared herselfe vp,
one of our men shot her into the belly, and with that she
fell vpon her fore-feet againe, and roaring as loud as she
could, ran away. Then we tooke the dead beare, and ript
her belly open ; and taking out her guts we set her vpon
her fore feet, that so she might freese as she stood, intend-
ing to carry her w* vs into Holland if we might get our ship
loose ; and when we had set y^ beare vpon her foure feet,
we began to make a slcad, thereon to drawe the wood to the
place where wc nient' to build our house. At that time it
froze two fingers thicke in the salt water [of the sea], and it
was exceeding cold, the wind blowing north-east.

The 16 of September the sunne shone, but towards the
euening it was misty, the wind being easterly ; at which
time we went [for the first time] to fetch wood with our
sleads, and then we drew foure beames aboue' a mile [4
miles] vpon the ice and the snow. That night againe it frose
aboue two fingers thicke.

The 17 of September thirtecne of vs went where the wood
lay with our sleads, and so drew fine and fine in a slead, and
the other three helped to lift the wood behind, to make vs
draw the better and with more ease ;* and in that manner we

^ Loerden op hem of hy oock wederom comen sonde — and watched for
her coming back.

" Meant. « Went."— P/e. ^ jjy ,jrte— nearly.

■* Ende drie hleven li/t /tout om dat te behouwen, soo werdet so veel te
Itchier int slepen — and throe remained behind with the wood, to hew it,
so that it might be the lighter to draw.

^i^:

ii ^1 ' i

I m

n F

108

THE NAVIGATION

drew wood twice a day, and laid it on a heape by the place
where we ment to build our house.

The 18 of September the wind blew west, but it snowed
hard, and we went on land againe to continue our labour to
draw wood to our place appointed, and after dinner the sun
shone and it was calme wether.

The 19 of September it was calme sunshine wether, and
we drew two sleads full of wood sixe thousand paces long,'
and that we did twice a day.

[The 20 of September we again made two journeys with
the sledges, and it was misty and still weather.]

The 21 of September it was misty wether, but towards
euening it cleared vp, nnd the ice still draue in the sea, but
not so strongly as it dia before, but yet it was very cold, [so
that we were forced to bring our caboose'' below, because
everything froze above.]

The 22 of September it was faire still weather, but very
cold, the wind being west.

The 23 of September we fetcht more wood to build our
house, which we did twice a day, but it grew to be misty
and still weather againe, the wind blowing east and east-
north-east. That day our carpentur (being of Purmecaet'^)
dyed as we came aboord about euening.

The 24 of September we buryed him vnder the sieges* in
the clift of a hill, hard by the water,* for we could not dig
vp the earth by reason of the great frost and cold ; and that
day we went twice with our sleads to fetch wood.

The 25 of September it was darke weather, the wind
blowing west and west south-west and south-west, and the

^ Verde — far. The distance which, on the 16th September, they had
estimated at nearly one Dutch mile.

^ Conhuya. The cooking-place on board ship.

' Purmerend. A town in North Holland, about eight miles north of
Amsterdam.

* Cinghel — shingle.

' Eeii afwateringhe — a fall or current of water.

apvp

=*in

1i«

mmmmmim

-.',* u

How we built a house of wood, wherein to keep

wherein to keep ourselv^ through the winter.

mam

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

109

ice begu somewhat to open and driue away ; but it con-
tinued not long, for that hauing driuen about the length of
the shot of a great peece,* it lay three fadomes deepe vpon
the ground : and where we lay the ice draue not, for we iu_,
in the middle of the ice ; but if we had layne in the [open
or] maine sea, we would haue hoyscd sayle, although it was
the late in the yeare. The same day we raised vp the prin-
ciples' of our house, and began to worke hard thereon ; but
if the ship had bin loose we would haue left our building
and haue made our after stcuen of our ship,' that we might
haue been ready to saUe away if it had bin possible ; for that
it grieued vs much to lye there all that cold winter, which
we knew would fall out to be extreame bitter ; but being
bercaued of all hope, we were compelled to make necessity
a vertue, and with patience to attend what issue God would
send vs.

The 26 of September w "ad a west wind and an open
sea, but our ship lay fast, wherewith we were not a little
greened ; but it was God's will, which we most* patiently
bare,* and we began to make vp our house :' part of our men
fetch'd wood to burne, the rest played the carpenters and
were busic about the house. As then we were sixteene men
in all, for our carpenter was dead, and of our sixteene men
there was still one or other sicke.

The 27th of September it blew hard north-east, and it
frose so hard that as we put a nayle into our mouthes (as
when men worke carpenters worke they vse to doe), there
would ice hang thereon when we tooke it out againo, and
make the blood follow. The same day there came an old

^ Ben gotelinghs schoot — a falconet shot. See page 33, note 2.
" Balcken — the beams or principal timbers.

' Oius scheck qfte achterateven vant schip wederom ghemaeckt — ^repaired
the ice-knees or stem-post of the ship.

* Must. » Bear.

* Thuya altemet dicht te maecken — by degrees to close up (the sides
of) the house.

110

THE NAVIGATION

beare and a yong one towards vs as we were going to our
house, beeing altogether (for we durst not go alone), which
we thought to shoot at, but she ran away. At which time
the ice came forcibl;/ driuing in, and it was faire sunshine
weather, br.t so extreame cold that we could hardly worVe,
but extremity forced vs thereunto.

The 28 of September it was faire weather and the sun
shon, the wind being west and very calme, the sea as then
being open, but our ship lay fast in the ice and stirred not.
The same day there came a beare to the ship, but when she
espied vs she ran away, and we made as much hast as we
could* to build our house.

The 29 of September in the morning, the wind was west,
and after-noone it [again] blew east,'' and then we saw three
beares betweene vs and the house, an old one and two yong;
but we notwithstanding drew our goods from the ship to the
house, and so got before y^ beares, and yet thty followed vs :
neuertheless we would not shun the way for theni, but hol-
lowed out as loud as we could, thinking that they would
haue gone away; but they would not once go out of their foote-
path, but got before vs, wherewith we and they that were at
the house made a great noise, which made the beares runne
away, and we were not a little glad thereof.

The 30 of September the winde was east and east south-
east, and all that night and the next day it snowed so fast
that our men could fetch no wood, it lay so close and high
one vjjon the other. Then we made a great fire without the
house, therewith to thaw the ground, that so we might lay it
about the house that it might be the closer ; but it was all
lost labour, for the earth was so hard and frozen so deep
into the ground, that wc could not thaw^ it, and it would
haue cost vs too much wood, and therefore we were forced
to Icauc off that labour.

* Wy ghinghen vast voort — wo kept ou hard at work.
, 3 " Northly."— 7'A.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Ill

The first of October the winde blew stifle north-east, and
after noone it blew north with a great storme and drift of
snow, whereby we could hardly go in' the winde, and a man
could hardly draw his breath, the snow draue so hard in our
faces J at which time wee could not see two [or three] ships
length from vs.

The 2 of October before noone the sun shone, and after
noone it was cloudy againe and it snew, but the weather was
still, the winde being north and then south, and we set vp
our house'' and vpon it we placed a may pole* made of frozen
snowe.

The 3 of October before noone it was a calme son-shine
weather, but so cold that it was hard to be indured; and
after noone it blew hard out of the west, with so great and
extreame cold, that if it had continued we should haue beene
forced to leaue our worke.

The fourth of October the winde was west, and after
noone north with great store of snow, whereby we could not
worke ; at that time we brought our [bower] ankor vpon the
ice to lye the faster, when we lay* but an arrow shot from
the [open] water, the ice was so much driuen away.

The 5 of October it blew hard north-west, and the sea was

^ Teghens — against.

" We rechten het nuys op — we erected {i. «., completed the erection of)
our house.

' Een Meyboom — a May-free. According to Adclung, in his Hoch-
deutsches Worterbuch, " Maybaum" is in many parts of Germany the
vernacular name of the birch-tree, especially the common species {Betula
alba), also called the May-birch, or simply " May," — as the hawthorn is
called in England, — branches of which are used for ornamenting the
houses and churches in the month of May.

The same name is given to the green branch of a tree, or at times the
whole tree itself — frequently the birch, but not exclusively so — which is
set up on occasions of fes';ivity. This is the meyhoom of the Dutch ; and
it would seem on the one ha ad to be the original of our English Maj-pole,
and on the other to have degenerated into ihejlag which our builders are
in the habit of hoisting on the chimneys of houses, when raised.

* Ahoo wy nu . . laghen — because we now lay.

frtrm'^^r'im^m

112

THE NAVIGATIOX

very open' and without ice as farre as we could disccrne ;
but we lay still frozen as we did before, and our ship lay
two or three foote decpe in the ice, and we could not per-
ceiue otherwise but that we lay fast vpon the ground,* and
there' it was three fadome and a halfe decpe. The same
day we brake vp the lower deck of the fore-part* of our ship,
and with those deales* we couered our house, and made it
slope ouer head* that the water might run oflf; at which
time it was very cold.

The 6 of October it blew hard west [and] south-west, but
towardes euening west north-west, with a great snow, [so]
that we could hardly thrust our heads out of the dore by
reason of y* great cold.

The 7 of October it was indifferent good wether, but yet
very cold, and we calk't our house, and brake the ground
about it at the foote thereof:' that day the winde went round
about the compasse.

The 8 of October, all the night before it blew so hard and
the same day also, and snowed so fast that we should haue
smothered if we had gone out into the aire ; and to spcakc
truth, it had not beene possible for any man to haue gone
one ships length, though his life had laine thereon ; for it
was not possible for vs to goe out of the house or ship.

The 9 of October '^^ e winde still continued north, and
blew and snowed hard all that day, the wind as then blow-
ing from the land ; so that all that day we were forced to
stay in the ship, the wethc was so foule.

* Heel open — quite open.

" Wi/ laghen tot den grondt toe bevroren — wo lay frozen right down to
the ground.

» " Then." — Ph. * Het voororder—iYiQ forecastle.

" Deelen — planks.

^ In den mitten wat hoogher — somewhat higher in the middle.

' Ende braken het achteronder mede uyt, omt huija voort dicht te
viaeckten — ^and pulled down likewise the poop, in order (therewith) to go
on closing up the house.

u,^

■M

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

113

ccrne ;
lip lay
ot per-
d,* and
e same
ir ship,
made it
t which

est, but
ow, [so]
dore by

but yet

ground

nt round

dard and
uld hauc
spcake
me gone
for it
lip.

arth, and
icn blow-
breed to

bt down to

Ic.

die.

ort dicht te

iwith) to go

The 10 of October the weather was somewhat fairer and
the winde calmer, and [it] blew south-west and west south-
west ;' and that time the water flowed two foote higher then
ordinary, which wee gest to proceede from the strong'' north
wind which as then had blowne. The same day the wether
began to be somewhat better, so that we began to go out of
our ship againe ; and as one of our men went out, he
chaunced to meete a beare, and was almost at him before he
knew it, but presently he ranne backe againe towards the
ship and the beare after him : but the beare comming to the
place where before that we killed another beare and set her
vpright and there let her freeze, which after was couered
ouer with ice^ and yet one of her pawes reached aboue it,
shee stood still, whereby our man got before her and dome*
vp into the ship in great feare, crying, a beare, a beare ;
which we hearing came aboue hatches' to looke on her and
to shoote at her, but we could not see her by meanes of the
exceeding great smoakc that had so sore tormented vs while
we lay vnder hatches in the foule wether, which we would
not haue indured for any money ; but by reason of the cold
and snoAvy wether we were constrained to do it if we would
saue our Hues, for aloft in the ship" we must vndoubtedly
haue dyed. The beare staied not long there, but run away,
the wind then being north-east.

The same day about euening it was faire wether, and we
went out of our ship to the house, and carryed the greatest
part of our bread thither.

The 11 of October it was calme wether, the wind being
south and somewhat warme, and then we carryed our wine
and other victuals on land ; and as we were hoysing the wine
ouer-boord, there came a beare towards our ship that had
laine behinde a peqce of ice, and it seemed that we had

» " W. mid S.W."— PA.

'^ Sneeu — snow. * Climbed.

" JJoven opt ichip — on the deck of the ship.

a " First."— /'A.
' Boven — on deck.

Q •

fiar-

■

114

THE NAVIGATION

waked her with the noise we made ; for we had scene her
lye there, but we thought her to be a peece of ice ; but as
she came neere vs we shot at her, and shee ran away, so we
proceeded in our worke.

The 12 of October it blew north and [at times] somewhat
westerly, and then halfe of our men [went and] slepl,' in the
house, and that was the first time that we lay in it ; but we
indured great cold because our cabins were not made, and
besides that we had not clothes inough, and we could keepe
no fije because our chimney was not made, whereby it
smoaked exceedingly.

The 13 of October the winde was north and north-west,
and it began againe to blow hard, and then three of vs went
a boord the ship and laded a slead with beere ; but when
we had laden it, thinking to go to our house with it,
sodainly there rose such a wind and so great a storme and
cold, that we were forced to go into the ship againe, because
we were not able to stay without ; and we could not get the
beere into the ship againe, but were forced to let it stand
without vpon the slcadc. Being in the ship, we indured
extreame cold, because we had but a few clothes in it.

The 14 of October, as we came out of the ship, we found
the barrell of beere standing [in the open air] vpon the
slcade, but it was fast frozen at the heads,* yet by reason of

> " Kept."— /'/j.

■ Zijnde een iopen vat, aen den bodem stucken ghevroren — which, being
a cask of spruce beer, had burst at the bottom through the frost.

From a very early period a decoction, in beer or water, of the leaf-buds
{gemm(e seu turiones) of the Norway spruce fir {Abies e.rcelsa), as well as
of the silver fir {Abies picea), has been used, formerly more than at pre-
sent, in the countries bordering on the Baltic Sea, in scorbutic, rheumatic,
and gouty complaints. See Magneti Bibliotheca Pkarmaceutico-ifedica,
vol. i, p. 2 ; Pharmacopoeia Borussica (German translation by Dulk),
3rd edit., vol. i, p. 796 ; Pereira, Elements of Materia Medica, 3rd edit.,
vol. ii, p. 1182.

These leaf-buds are commonly called in German, sprossen, and in
Dutch, jopen; whence the beer brewed therefrom at Dantzig — cereviaia

INTO THE NOllTH-SEAS.

115

the great cold the beere that purged out' frose as hard vpon
the side* of the barrel as if it had bin glewed thereon, and
in that sort we drew it to our house and set the barrel an
end, and dranke it first vp; but we were forced to melt
the beere, for there was scant' any vnfrozen beere in the
barrell, but in that thicke yeast that was vnfrozen lay the
strength of the beere,* so that it was too strong to drinke
alone, and that which was frozen tasted like water ; and
being melted we mixt one with the other, and so dranke it,
but it had neither strength nor tast.

The 15 of October the wind blew north and [also] east
and cast south-east, [and it was still weather]. That day we
made place to set vp our dore, and shouled' the snowe away.

The 16 of October the wind blew south-east and south,^
with faire calme weather. The same night there had bin a
beare in our ship, but in the morning she went out againe
when she saw our men. At the same time we brake vp
another peece of our ship,' to vse the deales about the
protall,* which as then we began to make.

The 17 of October the wind was south and south-east,
calme weather, but very cold ; and that day we were busied
about our portaile.

dantiscana, as it is styled in the Amsterdam Latin version of 1598 —
acquired the appellations of sprossenbier &ndjopenbier, of the former of
which the English name, spnice-heer, is merely a corruption.

The " Dantzig spruce" of commerce, which is known at the place of
its manufacture by the names of doppelbier, jopenbier, and even " spruce-
bier," is the representative at the present day of the medicated sprosseii-
bier of former times ; though, curiously enough, the ingredient from
which it derived its distinctive appellation {i. e., the spross^n or jopen)
appears to be now left out in its preparation.

' Uj/t Hep — ran out. " J)e7i bodem — the bottom.

' Scarcely.

* In de selvighe vochticheyt was de cracm vant gantsche bier — in that
liquid part lay the whole strength of the beer.

» Shovelled. « " S.E. and by S.E."— P/j.

" Draecken wy de kiiiugt week — we pulled down the cabin.

* JJet portael — the entrance hall, or porch.

;gp,

Si ■■ '

116

THE NAVIGATION

. The 18 of October the wind blew hard east [and] south-
east, and then we fetched our bread out of the scute which
we had drawne vp vpon the land, and the wine also, which
as then was not much frozen, and yet it had layne sixc
weeks therein, and not withstanding that it had often times
frozen very hard. The same day we saA an other beare,
and then the sea was so couered ouer with ice that we
could see no open water.

The 19 of October y° wind blew north-east, and then there
was but two men and a boy in the ship, at which time there
came a beare that sought forcibly to get into the ship,
although the two men shot at her with peeces of wood,' and
yet she ventured vpon them,'' whereby they were in an
extreame feare ; [and] each of them seeking to saue them
selues, the two men leapt into the balust,^ and the boy
domed into the foot mast top* to saue their Hues; meane
time some of our men shot at her with a musket, and then
shee ran away.

The 20 of October it was calme sunshine weather, and
then againe we saw the sea open,* at which time we went on
bord to fetch the rest of our beere out of the ship, where
we found some of the barrels frozen in peeces, and the iron
heapes* that were vpon the josam barrels' were also frozen in
peeces.

The 21 of October it was calme sunshine wether, and then
we had almost fetched all our victuals out of the ship [to
the house].

1 Met brandthouten smeten — threw billets of firewood at her.

* Quam hy effenwel seer vrceselijck tot haer aen — came towards them in
a most terrific manner.

* Int ruijm — in the hold.

* Clam int fockewant— climbed up the fore-rigging.

" Eenige openiyighe van water in de zee — some open places of water in
the sea.
" Banden — hoops.
^ Dejoopen vaten — the spruce-bccr casks. Sec page 114, note 2.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

117

[and] south-
e scute which
le also, which
id layiie sixe
d often times
L other beare,
. ice that we

ind then there

ich time there

nto the ship,

of wood,* and

y were in an

to saue them

and the boy

Hues; mcane

sket, and then

weather, and

ne we went on

le ship, where

\, and the iron

also frozen in

ther, and then
f the ship [to

at her.
towards them iu

laces of water in

114, uotu2.

The 22 of October the wind blew coldly and very stiff
north-east, with so great a snow that we could not get out
of our dores.

The 23 of October it was calme weather, and the wind
blew north-east. Then we went aboord our ship to see if
the rest of our men would come home to the house ; but
wee feared y* it would blow hard againe, and therefore
durst not stirre with the sicke man, but let him ly Ftill that
day, for he was very weake.

The 24 of October the rest of our men, being 8 persons,
came to the house, and drew the sickc man vpon a slead,
and then with great labour and paine we drew our boate*
home to our house , and turned the bottome thereof vp wards,
that when time serued vs (if God saued our Hues in the
winter time) wee might vse it. And after that, perceiuing
that the ship lay fast and that there was nothing lessc to be
expected then the opening of the water, we put our [kedge-]
anchor into the ship againe, because it should not be couered
ouer and lost in the snow, that in the spring time* we might
vse it : for we alwaies trusted in God that hee would de-
Huer vs from thence towards sommer time either one way or
other.

Things standing at this point with vs, as the sunne (when
wee might see it best and highest) began to be very low,^ we
vsed all the speede we could to fetch all things with slcades
out of our ship into our house, not oncly meate and drinke
but all other necessaries ; at which time the winde was
north.

The 26 of October we fetcht all things that were necessary
for the furnishing of our scute and our boate:* and when we
had laden the last slead, and stood [in the track-ropes] ready
to draw it to the house, our maister looked about him and

* Bock — yawl.

* Teghem den somer — towards the summer.

* Sec page 78, notes 2 aud 3.

* Te begheven — to leave us.

118

THE NAVIGATION

saw three beares behind the ship that were comming to-
wards vs, whereupon he cryed out aloud to feare' them
away, and we presently leaped forth [from the track-ropes] to
defend our selues as well as we could. And as good fortune
was, there lay two halberds vpon the slead, whereof the
master tooke one and I the other, and made resistance
against them as well as we could; but the rest of our men
ran to saue themselues in the ship, and as they ran one of
them fell into a clift of ice,'' which greened vs much, for we
thought verily that the beares would haue ran vnto him to
deuoure him j but God defended him, for the beares still
made towards the ship after the men y' ran thither to sauc
themselues. Meane time we and the man that fel into the
clift of ice tooke ouj aduantage, and got into the ship on the
other side ; which the beares perceiuing, they came fiercely
towards vs, that had no other armes to defend vs withall but
onely the two halberds, which wee doubting would not be
sufficient, wee still gaue them worke to do by throwing biUets
[of fire-wood] and other tilings at them, and euery time we
threw they ran after them, as a dogge vseth to doe at a stone
that is cast at him. Meane time we sent a man down vnder
hatches' [into the caboose] to strike fire, and another to fetch
pikes ; but wee could get no fire, and so we had no meancs
to shoote.* At the last, as the beares came fiercely vpon
vs, we stroke '^ne of them with a halberd vpon the snoute,
wherewith she gaue back when shee felt her selfe hurt,
and went away, which the other two y' were not so great
as she percoiuing, ran away ; and we thanked God that
wee were so well deliuered from them, and so drew our
slead quietly to our house, and there shewed our men what
had happened vnto vs.

^ Frighten.

' In een scheur tusschent ys in — into a crevice in the ice.
^ Onder — below. The caboose had been removed below on account of
the extreme cold on deck, aa is mentioned in page 108,
* Their firearms had matchlocks.

» —

m^mm

iming to-
ire' them
:-ropes] to
id fortune
ereof the
resistance
our men
an one of
h, for we
to him to
eares still
er to sauc
1 into the
lip on the
le fiercely
ithall but
id not be
ing billets
Y time we
at a stone
wn vnder
T to fetch
o mcancs
;ely vpon
le snoute,
jlfe hurt,
t so great
God that
drew our
men what

, account of

(

The exact manner of the house

nner of the house wherein we wintered.

■;

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

119

The 26 of October the wind was north and north north-
west, with indifferent fairc wether. Then we saw [much]
open water hard by the land, but we perceiued the ice to
driuc in the sea still towards the ship.'

The 27 of October the wind blew north-east, and it snowed
so fast that we could not worke without the doore. That day
our men kil'd a white fox, which they flead, and after they
had rested it ate thereof, which tasted like Connies'* flesh.
The same day we set vp our diaU and made the clock strike,^
and we hung vp a lamp to burne in the night time, wherein
we vsed the fat of the beare, which we molt* and burnt in
the lampe.

The 28 of October wee had the wind north-east, and then
oui- men went out to fetch wood ; but there fell so stormy
wether and so great a snow, that they were forced to come
home againe. About euening the wether began to breake
vp,* at which time three of our men went to the place where
we had set the beare vpright and there stood frozen, thinking
to pull out her teeth, but it was cleane couered ouer with
snow. And while they were there it began to snow so fast
againe [with rough weather], that they v, ere glad to come
home as fast as they could ; but the snow beat so sore vpon
them that they could hardly see their way" and had almost
lost their right way, whereby they had like to haue laine all
that night out of the house [in the cold].

The 29 of October the wind still blew north-east, and then
we fetch'd segges' from the sea side and laid them vpon the
saile that was spread vpon our house, that it might be so

^ Overt scMp heenen — out beyond the ship. " Rabbits.

^ Stelden wy onse orlogie wed^rom dat de clock sloech — we set up our
clock, so that it (went and) struck (the hour).

* Melted.

" Tweer was ghebetert — the weather improved.

® Zy conden uyt haer ooyhen niet sien — they could not see out of their
eyes.

' Cinahel — shingle.

120

THE NAVIGATION

much the cLser and warmer : for the deales were not driuen
close together, and the foule wether would not permit v& to
do it.

The 30 of October the wind yet continued north-east, and
the sunne Avas full aboue the earth a little aboue the horison.'

The 31 of October the wind still blew north-east w* great
store of snow, whereby we durst not looke out of doores.*

The first of Nouember the wind still continued north-east,
and then we saw the moone rise in the east when it began to
be darke, and the sunne was no higher aboue the horizon
than wee could well see it, and yet that day we saw it not,
because of the close' wether and the great snow that fell;
and it was extreame cold, so that we could not go out of the
house.

The £' of November* the wind blew west and somewhat
south, but in the euening it ble^^' north with c?lme wether ;
and that day we saw the sunne rise south south-east, and it
went downe [about] south south-west, biit it was not full
aboue the earth,* but passed in the horizon along by the
earth. And the same day one of cur men killed a fox with a
hatchet, which was flead, rested, and eaten. Before the
sunne began to decline wee saw no foxes, and then the
beares vsed to go from vs."

The 3 of Nouember the wind blew north-west w* calmc
wether, and the sunne rose south and by east and somewhat
more southerly, and went downe south and by v/est and

^ Doen ghingh de son heel dicht hoven der aerden, weynich hoven den
horisont — then the sun went quite closj over the earth, but little above
the horizon.

* Niet een hooft dorsten uyt steecken — not one of us duret put his head
out of doors.

^ Doncker — dark, overcast.

* " December."— PA.

' Uy quam met zijn voile rondicheyt niet boven — it did not show
(rise with) its whole disk.

" Ende de beyren ffhinrihe'K doen mede wegh — antl ihcn the bears also
went away.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

121

driuen
t vfe to

,st, and
orison.
v^ great
res.*
■th-east,
)egan to
horizon
f it not,
tiat fell;
ut of tlie

omcwhat
wether ;
3t, and it
i not fviU
g by the
ox with a
cfore the

w* calmc
somewhat
w^est and

■h boven den
t little above

somewhat more southerly ; id then we could see nothing
but the upper part^ of the sun above the horizon, and yet the
land where we were was as high as the mast* of our ship.'
Then we tooke the height of the sunue,* it being in the
eleuenth degree and 48 minutes of Scorpio,® his declination
being 15 degrees and 24 minutes on the south side of the
equinoctiall line.

The 4 of Nouember it was calmy wether, but then we saw
the sunne no more, for it was no longer aboue the horizon.
Then our chirurgien' [prescribed and] made a bath, to bathe*
vs in, of a wine pipe, wherein we entred one after the other,
and it did vs much good and was a great meanes of our
health. The same day wee tooke a white fox, that often
times came abroad, not as they vsed at other times ; for that
when the beares left vs at the setting of the sunne,® and came
not againc before it rose,'" the fox[es] to the contrary came
abroad when they were gone.

The 5 of Nouember the wind was north and somewhat
west, and then we saw [much] open water vpon the sea, but
our ship lay still fast in the ice ; and when the sunne had left
vs we saw y® moone continually both day and night, and [it]
neuer went downe when it was in the highest degree.^'

The 6 of Nouember the wind was north-west, still wether,

^ Ben hoven cant — the upper edge,
" Be mora — the round-top.

^ The question of refraction, arising out of this and other observations,
is discussed in the Introduction.

* Be son peijlden—ohseTved (lit. measured) the sun.
"Off."— P,^.

* That is to say, the sun's longitude was 221° 48', or 41° 48' from the
autumnal equinox.

^ Onse mrgijn—o\a surgeon.

8 Te stoven — lit. to stew. This is the primary sense of the word steio,
which afterwards, like its synonym hagnio, acquired a very different
meaning; The bath used appears to have been a vapour bath.

* Mette ton — with the sun. ^^ Weder quam — it returned.

" Under the parallel of 76°, the moon continues incessantly above the
horizon about seven or eight days in each month.

■n

!ii ■

122

THE NAVIGATION

and then our men fetcht a slead full of fire-wood, but by
reason that the son was not scene it was very dark wether.

The 7 of Nouember it was darke wether and very still, the
wind west ; at which time we could hardly discerne the day
from the night, specially because at that time our clock stood
stiU, and by that meanes we knew not when it was day
although it was day;' and our men rose not out of their
cabens all that day'' but onely to make water, and therefore
they knew not [very well] whether the light they saw was the
light of the day or of the moone, wherevpon they were of
seueral opinions, some saying it was the light of the day, the
others of the night ; but as we tooke good regard therevnto,
we found it to be the light of the day, about twelue of the
clock at noone.'

The 8 of Nouember it was still wether, the wind blowing
south and south-west. The same day our men fetcht another
slead of firewood, and then also we tooke a white foX; and
saw [much] open water in the sea. The same day we shared
our bread amongst V3, each man hauing foure pound and ten
ounces* for his allowance in eight dales; so that then we
were eight dales eating a barrell of bread, whereas before we
ate it vp in fiue or sixe dales. [As yet] we had no need to
share our flesh and fish, for we had more store thereof; but
our drinke failed vs, ard therefore Ave were forced to share
that also : but our best beere was for the most part wholly
without any strength,* so that it had no sauour at all, and
besides all this there was a great deale of it spilt.

' Vermoedeti wy geen dagh, doent al dagh was — we thought that it
was not day, when it already was day.

" Iladde op dien dagh niet ugt de koy gheweest — had not that day been
out of bed.

^ So toast wel opt hooghste van den dagh — it was truly the height of day.

* Loot — a loot or half-ounce; of which 32 go to the pound. The
quantity mentioned above is equal to 4 pounds 1 1 ounces avoirdupois.

" Was meest al de cracht uytgevroren — had almost all its strength
froKcn out of i*.

INTO THE NOKTH-SEAS.

123

I, but by
wether.
Y still, the
e the day-
lock stood
; was day
t of their
L therefore
iw was the
[jy were of
lo dav, the
thcrevnto,
elue of the

id blowing
jht another
;e foX; and
J we shared
nd and ten
it then we
s before we
no need to
lereof; but
3d to share
mrt wholly
at all, and

ought that it

that day been

ktight of day.
pound. The
.voirdupois.
its strength

The 9 of Nouembcr the wind blew :>orth-east and some-
what more northerly, and then we had not much day -light,
but it was altogether darke.

The IC of Nouember it was calme wether, the wind north-
west ; and then our men went into the ship to see how it lay,
and wee saw that there was a great deale of water in it, so
that the balast was couered ouer with water, but it was frozen
and so might not be pump't out.

The 11 of Nouember it was indifferent wether, the wind
north-west. The same day we made a round thing ' of cable
yearn and [knitted] like to a net, [and set it] to catch foxes
withall, that we might get them into the house, and it was
made like a trap, which fell vpon the foxes as they came
vnder it;* and that day we caught one.

The 12 of Nouember the wind blew east, with a little' light.
That day we began to share our wine, euery man had two
glasses* a day, but commonly our drinke was water which
we molt' out of snow which we gathered without the house.

The 13 of Nouember it was foule wether, with great snow,
the wind east.

The 14 of Nouember it was faire clear e wether, with a
clearc sky full of starres and an east-wind.

The 15 of Nouembcr it was darke wether, the wind north-
cast, with a vading light.®

Tlie 16 of Nouember it was [still] wether, with a temperate
i i • u id an east-wind.

''■ i '.'}• rG.ideii hoep — a round hoop.

' Dat TitaH se in huifs mochten toe halen ghelijck een val, als de vossen
daer onder quamen — so that when the foxes came under it, as in a trap,
we might drag them into the house.

^ Met een betoghen lucht — with a c'oudy sky.

* Locxktm. In Sewel's Dutch and Eng, Diet, by Buys, Lokje, the
modern form of this word, is thus defined : — " a little holloio log, such as
seamen sometimes use to put sauce in, for want of another dish : hence
H is that some will call any saucer with that name."

" Moltc' * Een betoghen lucht — a cloudy sky.

' L'n ghetempenkn lucht — a moderate sky.

I %%

•mm

124

THE NAVIGATION

[ r

The 17 of Nouember it was darke wether and a close
aire,' the wind east.

The 18 of Nouember it was foule wether, the wind south-
east. Then the maister cut vp a packe of course [woollen]
clothes," and diuided it amongst our men that needed it,
therewith to defend vs better from the cold.

The 19 of November it was foule weather, with an east
wind ; and then the chest with linnin was opened and de-
uided amongst the men for shift," for they had need of them,
for then our onely care was to find all the means we could to
defend our body from the cold.

The 20 of Nout r " '^ was faire stil weather, the wind
easterly. Then we w. our sheets,* but it was so cold that
when we had washt and wroong' them, they presently froze
so stiffe [out of the warm water] , that, although we lay'd them
by a great fire, the side that lay next the fire thawed, but the
other side was hard frozen ; so that we should sooner haue
torne them in sunder* then haue opened them, whereby we
were forced to put them into the seething' water again to
thaw them, it was so exceeding cold.

The 21 of Nouember it was indifferent^ wether with a north-
east wind. Then wee agreed that euery man should take
his turne to cleaue wood, thereby to ease our cooke, that L -d
more then worke inough to doe twice a day to dresse meat
and to melt snowe for our drinke ; but our master and the
pilot® were exempted from y' work.

The 22 of Nouember the wind was south-est, [and] it was
fairc wether, then we had but'" seucntecne cheeses," whereof

* £en hetoglien lucht — a cloudy sky.

* A piece of coarse woollen cloth,

* Hemden — shirts.

* Se ghehroken — broken them.

* Bequaem — suitable, good.

" De 8chtj)per ende stuennan; namely, Jacob Heomskerck and Wil-
liam Barcntsz. *" iVbcA — yet.

" Kotfcn kasen — lit. cow-cheeses, because they were made from the
milk of cows, and not of sheep, as is not uncummou in the Netherlands.

' Tot hemden — for shirts.
" Wrung.
' Boiling.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

125

I a close

id south-
woollen]
eeded it,

li an east
. and de-
l of them,
B coidd to

the wind
3 cold that
mtly froze
lay'd them
3d, but the
loner haue
hereby we
r again to

ith a north-
tiould take
:e,thatl...d
Iresse meat
ter and the

and] it was
3," whereof

-for shirts.

Tck and Wil-

iiulc from tho
NctUcrlandH.

vone we ate amonst vs and the rest were deuided to euery man
one for his portion, which they might eate when he list.

The 2S of Nouember it was indifferent good weather, the
wind south-east, and as we perceiued that the fox[es] vsed to
come oftner and more then they were woont, to take them
the better we made certaine ;aps of thicke plancks, wheron
we laid stones, and round about them placed peeces of shards'
fast in the ground, that they might not dig vnder them ; and
80 [we occasionally] got some of the foxes.

The 24 of Nouember it was foule weather, and the winde
north-west,* and then we [again] prepared our selues to go
into the bath, for some of vs were not very well at ease ; and
so foure of vs went into it, and when we came out our
surgion^ gave us a purgation, which did vs much good ; and
that day we tooke four foxes.

^ Eijnde van sparren — ends of spars. " " North-east." — Ph.

^ De barbier — the barber. This is the person who on a former occa-
sion (page 121) was called de surgijn — the surgeon. In the general
decline of science during the middle ages, surgery, as a branch of medi-
cine, became neglected, and its practice, in the rudest form, fell into the
hands of the barber ; from whose ordinary avocations of cutting the
hair, shaving the beard, paring the nails, etc., the step was not very
great to the operations of tooth-drawing, bleeding, cupping, dressing
wounds, setting broken limbs, etc. And, with these functions of the
surgeon, the barber not unreasonably assumed his title also.

The rivalry between these barber-surgeons and the pure surgeons,
who again sprang up on the revival of learning, is matter of history.

In England, a compromise between the two rival bodies was early
effected, by means of the union of the barber-surgeons and surgeons of
London, by the statute of 32 Hen. VIII, c. 41 (a.d. 1540), which, while
nominally amalgamating them, virtually effected the separation of the
two professions ; inasmuch as those members of the united corporation
"using barbery" — as it was somewhat barbarously expressed — were
prohibited from " occupying any surgery, letting of blood, or any other
thing belonging to surgery, drawing of teeth only except ;" while, on
the other hand, surgeons were forbidden to "use barbery." And the
natural consequence was their formal separation into two entirely dis-
tinct bodies, by the Act of 18 Geo. II, c. 15 (a.d. 1745).

On the continent, tho barber-surgeon retained his rank to a much
later date ; and in France, in particular, till the revolution of 1793.

mrwoBimmmmm

126

THE NAVIGATION

The 25 of Nouember it was faire cleare weather, the winde
west ; and that day we tooke two foxes with a springe that
we had purT>cGcly set vp.

The 26 of Nouember it was foule weather, and a great
storme with a south-west wind and great store of snowe,
whereby we were so closed vp in the house that we could
not goe out, but were forced to ease our selues within the
house. r,

The 27 of Nouember it was faire cleare weather, the wind
south-west ; and then we made more springes to get foxs ;
for it stood vs vpon to doe it,' because they serued vs for
meat, as if God had sent them purposely for vs, for wee had
not much meate.

But, instead of abandoning the razor to the hair-dresser, he still claimed
the right of wielding it, " as being a surgical instrument ;" so that, in
order to distinguish between the two, it was ordained by Louis XIV,
that the barber-surgeon should have for his sign a brass basin, and
should paint his shop-front red or black only, whereas the barber-hair-
dresser should display a pewter basin, and paint his shop-front in any
other colour. Blue was the colour usually adopted by the barber-
hairdressers, and to this colour their name has in consequence become
attached. That the connexion between the two is still not lost sight of
in France, is proved by +he following extract from the Comedies et
Proverbes of Alfred de Musset, p. 510 : —

" Madaine de Lery. — Autant j'adore le lilas, autant je d^teste le bleu.

Mathilde. — C'est la couleur de la Constance.

Madame de Lery. — Bah ! c'est la couleur des perruquiers."

Un Caprice.

Those professors of shaving ^ ^d hairdressing, whoso j^tolesy painted red
or black alternating with white, siJl decorate our streets, commit there-
fore a great mistake in using cither of these two colours. " True like
the needle to the pole," as Lieutenant Taffril wrote to Jenny Caxon
("To cast up *o her that her father's a barber and has a polo at his
door, and that she's but a manty-maker hersel ! Fy for shame !"),
they should confine themselves to the colour of constancy — and of the
hairdressers ; unless, indeed, they should happen to unite tooth-drawing
to their other avocations, in which case they might perhaps, in strict
right, be entitled to set up the red or black stripe of the barber-surgeons.

* Die gheleghentheyt diente van oiis waer ghenomen te zijn — it was im-
portant for us to avail ourselves of the opportunity.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

127

tie winde
Lnge that

, the wind

get foxs ;

lied vs for

)r wee had

still claimed
;" so that, in
y Louis XIV,
ss basin, and
barber-hair-
,-front in any
the barber-
lence become
it lost sight of
Comedies et

[teste le bleu.

crs."

\Ua Caprice.
W, painted red
[commit there-
« True like
Jenny Caxon
a polo at his
I for shame!"),
jy — and of the
tooth-drawing
Ihaps, in strict
Ivrber-surgeons.
j'n— it was im-

The 2S of Nouember it was foule stormie weather, and
the wind blew hard out of the north, and it snew hard,
whereby we were shut vp againe in our house, the snow lay
so closed before the doores.*

The 29 of Nouember it was faire cleare wether and a good
aire,'' y® wind northerly ; and we found meanes to open our
doore by shoueling away the snowe, whereby we got one of
our dores open ; and going out, we found al our traps and
springes cleane' couered ouer with snow, which we made
cleane, and set them vp again to take foxes ; and that day
we tooke one, which as then serued vs not onely for meat,
but of the skins we made caps to were* vpon our heads,
therewith to keepe them warme from the extreame cold.

The 30 of Nouember it was faire cleare weather, the wind
west, and [when the watchers* were about south-west, which
according to our calculation was about midday,] sixe of vs
went to the ship, all wel prouided of arms, to see how it
lay ; and when we went vnder the fore decke,* we tooke a
foxe aliue in the ship.

The 1 of December it was foule weather, with a south-
west wind and great stoare of snow, whereby we were once
againe stopt vp in the house, and by that meanes there was
so great a smoke in the house that we could hardly make
fire, and so were forced to lye all day in our cabens, but the
cooke was forced to make fire to dresse our meat.

The 2 of December it was still foule weather, whereby we
were forced to keep stil in the house, and yet we could
hardly sit by the fire because of the smoake, and therefore
stayed still [for the most part] in our cabens ; and then we
heated stones, which we put into our cabens to warm our feet,
for that both the cold and the smoke were vnsupportable.

^ AUe de deuren waren toe ghexoaeyt — all the doors were blown to.
' Een helderen hicht — a clear sky. ^ Quite.

* Wear. » See page 61, note 8.

" Ondert verdeck — under the dock, i. e. below.

128

THE NAVlOATIOiy

i ;

1 ,:

'If-'

ill

The 3 of December we had the like weather, at which
time as we lay in our cabans we might heare the ice crack
in the sea, and yet it was at the least halfe a mile [two miles]
from vs, which made a hugh noyse [of bursting and crack-
ing], and we were of oppinion that as then the great hils of
ice' which we had scene in the sea in summer time [lying so
many fathoms thick] brake one from the other.* And for
that during those 2 or 3 days, because of the extream
smoake, we made not so much fire as we commonly vsed to
doe, it froze so sore within the house that the wals and the
roofe thereof were frozen two fingers thicke with ice, and
also in our cabans' where we lay. All those three dales,
while we could not goe out by reason of the foule weather,
we set vp the [sand-]gla8 of 12 honres, and when it was run
out we set it vp againe, stil watching it lest we should missc
our time. For the cold was so great that our clock was
frozen, and might* not goe although we hung more waight
on it then before.

The 4 of December it was faire cleare weather, the wind
north,' and then we began euery man by tume to dig open
our dores that were closed vp with snow ; for we saw that it
would be often to doe, and therefore wc agreed to work by
turns, no man excepted but the maister and the pilot.

The 5 of December it was faire v/eather with an east
wind, and then we made our springes^ cleane againe to take
foxes.

The 6 of December it was foule weather againe, with an
easterly wind and extrcame cold, almost not to be indured ;
wherupon we lookt pittifuUy one vpon the other, being in
great feare, that if the extremity of y® cold grew to be more
and more we should all die there with cold, for that what

* Icebergs,

' Op makande'en stuwen ende ghesckoven werden — were drifting and
heaping one upon the other.
^ Jae selfs in de kot/en — yea, even in the cots.

* Mochte—couU. » « North-east."— P^. " Fo/fen— traps.

INTO THE NORTir-SEAS.

129

t which
ce crack
vo miles]
id crack-
at Wis of
[lying so
And for
extream
ly vsed to
Is and the
h ice, and
iree dales,
,c weather,
it was run
Lould misso
clock was
lore waight

;r, the wind
to dig open
; saw that it
to work by
pilot.

eith an east
'aiue to take

line, with an
be indured ;
ler, being in
to be more
for that what

ere drifting and
lien— tmv»'

fire soeucr wc made it would not warme vs ; yea, and our
sack,^ which is so hottc,- was frozen very hard, so that when
[at noon] we were euciy man to haue his part, we were forced
to melt it in* the fire, which we shared oucry second day
about halfe a pint for a man, wherewith wc were forced to
sustain our selues, and at other times wc drank water, which
agreed not well with the cold, and wc needed not to coolc
it with snowe or ice,* but we were forced to melt it out of
the snoAv.

The 7 of December it was still foulc weather, and we had
a great stormc with a north-east wind,' which brought an
extrcamc cold with it ; at which time wc knew not what to
do, and while we sate consulting together what were best for
vs to do, one of our companions gaue vs counscll to burnc
some of the sea-coles" that we had brought out of the ship,
which would cast a great heat and continue long ; and so at
euening wc made a great fire thereof, which cast a great
heat. At which time we were very careful to kecpe it in,'
for that the heat being so great a comfort vnto vs, we tooke
care how to make it continue long ; whereupon wee agreed
to stop vp all the doores and the chimney, thereby to keepe
in the heate, and so went into our cabans** to slccpc, well
comforted with the heat, and so lay a great while talking to-
gether ; but at last we were taken with a great swounding
and dascling in our heads," yet some more then other some,

^ Sareetsche secke — Xeres seco, or sherry-sack.

^ Heet — hot, strong. ^ Over — over.

* Independently of the quiet humour of this observation, it is worthy
of remark, as showing that at that early period the cooling of wine by
means of ice or snow was practised by the Dutch.

" Een vlieghenden storm uyten n. o. — a hurricane out of the N.E.

" Steen-colen — stone or mineral coal ; so called to distinguish it from
charcoal, the usual fuel on the continent.

' Maer wy wachtede ons voor de weerstuijt niet — but we did not guard
ourselves against the consequences.

» Cots.

" JSen sodanighen duyselinghe — a sudden dizziness.

130

THE NAVIGATION

: 'i

fill

1 ;

Jii

, t

;

" 1

which WG first pcrcciucd by a sick man and therefore the
lesse able to bcare it, and found our selucs to be very ill at
ease, so that some of vs that were strongest start' out of their
eabans, and first opened the chimney and then the doorcs,
but he that opened the doore fell downe in a swound' [with
much groaning] vppon the snow ; which I hearing, as lying
in my caban'' next to the doore, start vp* [and there saw him
lying in a swoon], and casting vinegar in his face' recoucred
him againe, and so he rose vp. And when the doores were
open, we all recoucred our healthes againe by reason of the
cold aire ; and so the cold, which before had beene so great
an enemy vnto vs, was then the onely reliefe that we had,
otherwise without doubt we had [all] died in a sodainc
swound.' After y*^, the master, when we were come to our
selues againe, gaue euery one of vs a little wine to comfort
our hearts.

The 8 of December it was foule weather, the wind
northerly, very sharpe and cold, but we durst lay no more
coles on as wo did the day before, for that our misfortune
had taught vs that to shun one danger we should not run
into an other [still greater.]

The 9 of December it was faire cleare weather, the skie
full of starres ; then we set our doore wide open, which
before was fast closed vp with snowe, and made our springes
ready to take foxes.

The 10 of December it was still faire star-light weather,
the wind north-west.^ Then we tooke two foxes, which were
good meate for vs, for as then our victuals began o be scant
and the cold still increased, whereunto their skins serued vs
for a good defence.

^ Started. « Swoon. » Cot.

* Liep daer heenen — ran thither.

" Ilaelde Jlucks edick ende vreef him dat in zijn aensicht — quickly
fetched some vinegar and rubbed his face with it.
" In eeiicn m'ijm — in a swoon. ' " North-ea.st." — /'/;.

INTO TIIK NORTH -SKAS.

131

;rcforc the
very ill at
3ut of their
the doores,
)und' [with
ig, as lying
n'e saw him
5* recoucretl
ioores were
.^ason of the
ene so great
lat we had,
n a sodainc
come to our
ic to comfort

r, the wind
lay no more
r misfortune
)uld not run

her, the skie
open, which
our springes

ight weather,

s. which were

an o be scant

ins scrued vs

The 11 of December it was faire weather and a clear aire,'
but very cold, which he that felt not would not beleeue, for
our shoos- froze as hard as homes vpon our feet, and within
they were white frozen, so that we could not weare our shoocs,
but were forced to make great pattens,^ y*' vppcr part being
ship* skins, which we put on ouer three or foure paire of
socks, and so went in them to keepc our feet warme.

The 13 of December it was faire cleare weather, with [a
bright sky and] a north-west wind, but extreame cold, so that
our house walles and cabans where' frozen a finger thicke,
yea and the clothes vpon our backs were white ouer witli
frost [and icicles] ; and although some of vs were of opinion
that wc should lay more coles vpon the fire to warme vs, and
that we should let the chimney stand open, yet we durst not
do it, fearing the like danger we had escaped.

The 13 of December it was faire cleare wether, with an
east wind. Then we tooke another fox, and took great paines
about preparing and dressing of our springes, with no small
trouble, for that if we staled too long without the doores,
there arose blisters" vpon our faces and our eares.

The 14 of December it was faire wether, the wind north-
east and the sky full of starres. Then we tooke the height
of y® right shoulder of the Rens,' when it was south south-
west and somewhat more westerly, (and then it was at the

a Shoes.

^ Een helderen lucht — a bright sky.

" Wyde clompen — loose clogs or slippers.

' Sheep.

" Blaren ende buylen — " blains and boils."

Were.

mstc/t«— quickly
last,"-/'/*.

' De Reus — the Giant, as the constellation Orion is called, after the
Arabic El-djehhAr. The star Bellatrix, 7 Ononis, which was here
observed, is usually said to be in the left shoulder. It depends, however,
upon which way " the Giant" is considered as looking. The exact
declination of this star for the end of the year 1596 is -f fP 58',4 N. ; so
that, after allowing 2',fl for refraction, the complement of the height of
the Pole is 14° 17', and the height of the Pole is 75° 43'.

It is not possible for Betelgueze, (a) in the right shoulder of Orion, to
k.ve been the star observed ; for the latitude resulting from it would be
upwards of 79". .

132

THK NAVIGATIOX

highest in our [coniiuon] compas,) and it was clcuated abouc
the horison twenty degrees and eighteen' minutes, his
declination being six degrees and cighteene minuts on the
north side of the lync, which declination being taken out of
the height aforesaid there rested fourteen degrees, which
being taken out of 90 degrees, then the height of y" Pole was
seuenty sixe degrees.

The 15 of December it was still faire [bright] Aveather, the
wind east. That day we tooke two foxes, and saw the moonc
rise east south-cast, when it was tAvcnty-sixe dales old, [and
it was] in the signe of Scorpio.

The !♦> of December it was faire clearc weather, the Avind
[north-]east. At that time avc had no more wood in the
house, but had burnt it all ; but round about our house there
lay some couerod oucr with snoAA-, Avhich Avith great painc
and labour A\e Avcrc forced to digge out and so shoucll aAA'ay
the snoAv, and so brought it into the house, Avhich Ave did by
turns, tAVo and tAvo together, Avherin Ave Avere forced to vse
great speede, for Ave could not long endure Avithout the house,
because of the cxtrcamc cold," although avc Avarc^ the foxes
skinnes about our heads and double apparcll vpon our backs.

The 17 of December the Avind still held north-east, Avith
faire Aveather, and so great frosts that avc were of opinion
that if there stood a barrell full of Avater* Avithout the doorc,
it Avould in one night freeze from the top to the bottome.

The 18 of December the Avind still held north-east, Avith
faire Avether. Then seuen of vs Avent out vnto the ship to
see hoAV it lay ; and being vndcr the dcckc, thinking to find
a fox there, Ave sought all the holes/' but Ave found none :
but Avhen Ave entred into the cabcn," and had stricken fire to

» « Twenty-eight."— iV(.

^ De onnytsjyreklijcke omlraechelijcke coude — the inexpressible, into-
lerable cold. ^ Wore.
* Eenjoopen vat met ivixtev — a spruce-beer cask full of water.
•''' Stojjten eerd die de ffaten divkt toe — first closely stopped all the holes.
" lluijm — hold.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

133

ted aboue
lutes, his
ats on the
icn out of
es, which
" Pole was

eathcr, the
the moonc
3 old, [and

1-, the Avind
ood in the
house there
great paine
lioucU away
li we did by
jiced to vse
it the house,
:c^ the foxes
m our backs,
th-cast, with
c of opinion
Lit the doore,

bottome.
•th-east, with
the ship to
nking to find

foimd none:
jicken fire to

xpressiblc, into-

watcr.
^,hI all the hylca.

sec in what case the ship was and whether the water rose
higher in it, there wee found a fox, which we tooke and
carried it home, and ate it, and then wc found that in
cightcene dayes absence (for it was so long since we had
beene there), the water was risen about a finger high, but
yet it was all ice, for it froze as fiist as it came in, and the
vessels which we had brought with vs full of fresh water out
of Holland, were frozen to the ground.'

The 19 of December it was faire wether, the wind being
south. Then we put each other in good comfort, that the
sun was then almost halfe ouer and ready to come to vs
againe, which we sore longed for, it being a weary time for
vs to be without the sunne, and to want the greatest comfort
that God scndeth vnto man here vpon the earth, and that
which reioiceth cuery lining thing.

The 20 of Dccc[mber] before noone it was faire cleare
wether, and then Ave had taken a fox ; but towards euening
there rose such a [violent] storm [and tempest] in the south-
west, Avith so great a snoAv, that all the house Avas inclosed
thcreAvith.

The 21 of December it was faire cleerc Avethcr, with a
north-cast Avind. Then Ave made our doore clcane againe
and made a Avay to go out, and clensed our traps for the
foxes, Avhich did vs great pleasure Avhen Ave tooke them, for
they seemed as dainty as uenison unto vs.

The 22 of December it Avas foule Avether with great store
of snoAV, the Avind south-Avcst, which stopt vp our doore
againe, and Ave Avere forced to dig it open againe, Avhich Avas
almost cuery day to do.

The 23 of December it Avas foule wether, the Avind south-
Avcst Avith great store of snow, but Ave Avere in good comfort
that the sunne Avould come againe to vs, for (as Ave gest^)
that day he Avas in Ti'opicus Capricorni, Avhich is the furthest

O'rondt — bottom.

Calculated.

^^^-

— iiiLlii!

134

THE NAVIGATION

signe' that the sunne passeth on the south side of the line,
and from thence it turneth north-ward agairic. This Tropicus
Capricorni lyeth on the south side of the equinoctiall lino, in
twenty three degrees and twenty-eight" minules.

The 24 of December, being Christmas-euen, it was faire
wether. Then we opened our doore againe and saw much
open water in the sea : for we had heard the ice crack and
driue, [and] although it was not day,' yet we could see so
farre. Towards euening it blew hard out of the north-east,
with great store of snow, "n that all the passage tbat wee had
made open before was [immediately] stopt vp agaiie.

The f25 of December, being Christmas day, it was foule
wether with a north-west wind; and yet, though it was [very]
foule 'v^ether, we hard^ the foxes run ouer our house, where-
with some of our men said it was an ill signe ; and while we
sate disputing why it should be an ill signe, some of our men
made answere that it was an ill signe because we could not
take them, to put them into the pot to rest th'jm,* for that had
beene a very good signe for v ..

The 26 of December it was foule wether, the wind north-
v/est, and it was so [extraordinarily] cold that we could not
warme vs, although we vsed all the meanes we could, with
great fires, good store of clothes, and with hot stones and
billets" laid vpon our feete and vpon our bodies as we lay in
our cabens;' but notwithstanding all this, in the morning our
cabens were frozen [white], which made vs behold one the
other with sad countenance. But yet we comforted our
sel"P3 againe as well as we could, that the sunne was then as
low as it could goc, and that it now began to come to vs againe,'

' T' iiyterste perck — the utmost limit. ^ ""Eighteen." — Ph.

'^ Iloe well (latter ghee II dagh was — though there was no daylight.

* Heard. " In de pot ofte aent njnt — in iho pot or on the spit.

•' Keugheh — balls. '' Cots.

** Dattet int afgaen vanden hergh was: te weten, dat de son zljn wegh
wederom nae ons toe nam — that wc were now going down hill ; that is to
say, the sun was now on Ms way back to us.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

135

and we found it to be true ; for that the dales beginning to
lengthen the cold began to strer gthen, but hope put vs in
good comfort and eased our paine.'

The 27 of December it was still foule wether with a north-
west wind, so that as then wo had not bcene out in three
daies together, nor durst not thrust our heads out of doores ;
and within the house it was so extreme cold, that as we sate
[close] before a great fire, and seemed to burne'' [our shins]
on the fore side, we froze behinde at our backs, and were al
.vhite, as the country men' vse to be when they come in at
the gates of the towne in Holland with their sleads,* and
haue gone' all night.

The 28 of December it was still foule wether, with a west
wind, but about euening it began to cleare vp. At which
time one of our men made a hole open at one of our doores,
and went* out to see what news abroad,' but found it so
hard wether that he stayed not long, and told vs that it had
snowed so much that the snow lay higher than our house,
and that if he had stayed out longer his eares would un-
doubtedly haue been frozen off.

^ De daghen die langhen zijn de daghen die stranghen, dnn hoope dede
pijn vermeten — " the days that lengthen are the days that become more
severe [1] ;" but "hope sweetenr 1 pain." These are two Dutch proverbs,
strung together somewhat after the fashion of Sancho Panza. The former
is equivalent to "as the day lengthens, so the cold strengthens," and
" cresce '1 di, cresce '1 freddo," cited in Ray's English Proverbs, p. 37.

" Bynaeat . . verbranden — almost burned.

^ Hofirv — boors, peasants.

■* T>'r j/oorten mn de steden incomen — come in at the gates of the
towns. It would almost seem that in the text the word if sledeti and
not steden ; so that the meaning would be, " come in at the gates from
their sledges." But, as the fact is that the boors enter the ;^ates in their
carts, and that those who come in sledges must necessarily roach the
town by the water side, where there are no gates, it can scarcely bo
doubted that the proper reading is steden. The translator appears to
have wished to provide for both cases.

* Onder xoeghen gheweest zijn — have been travelling.

" Croop — crept.

' Iloet daer ghestdt was — how matters stood there.

■HHH!

136

THE NAVIGATIOJS

S 'I

^u!

i (

The 29 of December it was calme wether and a pleasant
aire,' the wind being southward. That day he whose turne it
was opened the doorc and dig'd a hole through the snow,
where wee went out of the house vpon steps as if it had bin
out of a seller ,'' at least seuen or eight steps high, each step a
foote from the other. And then we made cleane our springes
[or traps] for the foxes, whereof for certain^ daies we had not
taken any ; and as we made them cleane, one of our men
found a dead fox in one of them that was frozen as hard a? a
stone, which he brought into the house and thawed it before
the fire, and after fleaing it some of our men ate it.

The 30 of December it was foule wether againe, with a
storme out of the west and great store of snow, so that all
the labour and paine that we had taken the day before, to
make steps to go out of our house and to dense our springes,'
was al in vaine ; for it was al couered over w' snow againe
higher then it was before.

The 31 of December it was still foule wether with a storme
out of the north-west, whereby we were so fast shut vp into
the house as if we had bcenc prisoners, and it was so cxtrcame
cold that the fire almost cast no hcatc ; for as we put our fcctc
to the fire, we burnt our hose" before we could fcclc the
boate, so that wc had [constantly] work inough to do to patch
our hose. And, which is more, if wc had not sooner smelt
then felt them, wc should haue burnt them [quite away] ere
we had knowne it.

[Anno 1597]

After that, Avith great cold, danger, and disease," wc
had brought the' yeare vnto an end, we entred into y°
yeare of our Lord God 1597, y'- beginning whereof was in
y° same manor as y^ end of anno 1596 had been ; for the

i ' !i

* Ee)t betoffhen lucht — a cloudy sky.
« Cellar. ' Several.

* De trappen te maecken-^io set the trai)s,
" Onghemack — hardship.

" Stocking,s.
7 "This."— /'/^

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

137

leasant
arne it
snow,
lad bin
L step a
pringcs
lad not
ar men
vrd a? a
t before

, with a
that all
sforc, to
pringcs,'
,v againe

a stormc
t vp into
3Xtrcame
our fecte
fcele the
to patch
nor smelt
nvay] ere

case, we
d into y°
of was in
for the

'—I'll.

wether continued as cold, foule, [boisterous], and snowy as
it was before, so that vpon the first of January we were in-
closed in the house, y« wind then being west. At the same
time we agreed^ to share our wine euery man a small measure
full, and that but once in two dales. And as we were in
great care and feare that it would [still] be long before we
should get out from thence, and we [sometimes] hauing but
smal hope therein, some of vs spared to drink wine as long as
wee could, that if we should stay long there we might drinke
it at our neede.

The % of January it blew hard, with a west wind and a
great storme, with both snow and frost, so that in four or five
dales we durst not put our heads out of y' doores ; and as
then by reason of the great cold we had almost burnt all our
wood, [that was in the house], notwithstanding we durst not
goe out to fetch more wood, because it froze so hard and
there was no being without the doore ; but seeking about we
found some [superfluous] pecces of wood that lay ouer the
doore, which we [broke off and] cloue, and withall clone the
blocks '^ whereon we vscd to beate our stock-fish," and so
holp our sclues so well as we could.

The 3 of January it was all one Avcather, [constantly bois-
terous, with snow and a north-west wind, and \(( edingly
cold that we were forced to remain close shut u]i in the
house,] and we had little wood to burne.

The 4 of January it was still foule stormie weather, with
much snow and great cold, the wind south-west, and wc were
forced to keepe [constantly shut up] in the house. And to
know where the wind blew, we thrust a halfe pike out at
y® chimney w* a little cloth or fether upon it ; but [we had
to look at it immediately the wind caught it, for] as soone as
we thrust it out it was presently frozen as hard as a peece of

* Begonnen — began. * Ilet block — the block.

^ liergher visch: so called because it comes principally f;oin Bergen
in Norway. '

THE NAVIGATION

:■ i\

wood, and could not go about nor stirre mth the wind, [so
that we said to one another how tremendously cold it must
be out of doors.]

The 5 of January it was somer'hat still and calme weather.*
Then we digd our doore open j,aine, that we might goe out
and carry out all the filth that had bin made during the tiii^e
of our being shut in the house, and made euery thing hand-
some, and fetched in wood, which we cleft ; and it was all ouv
dayes worke to further our selues as much as we could, fearing
lest we 3hoidd be shut up againe. And as there were three
doores in our portall, and for y* our house lay couered ouer
in snow, wc took y° middle dooie thereof away, and digged a
great hole in the snow that laie without the house, like to a
side of a vault,'^ wherein we might go to ease our sclucs and
cast other filth into it. And when wc had taken paines^ al
day, we remembered our sclucs that it Avas TAVclf Even,* and
then we prayed our maister' that [in the midst of all our
troubles] we might be merry that night, and said that we
were content to spend some of the wine that night which we
had spared and which was our share euery second day, and
whereof for ccrtaine daics we had not drunke ; and so that
night we made merry and drunke to the three kings.* And

* Wasset weder wat hesadicht — the weather was somewhat milder,

" Als een verwtdfsel van een boogh ofte kelder — like the arch of a vault
or cellar.
^ Qhedooft — toiled.

* Drie Coninghen Avondt — Three Kings' Even. Thfi fifth of January,
as being the eve of the Feast of the; Epiphany, is properly "Twelfth
Night." But, in England, the vigils or ovc^ of all feast days hctween
Christmas and the Purification having been abolished at the Reforma-
tion (see Whcatlcy, Rational Illustration of the Book of Common Prayer,
Oxford, 1846, p. 165), this season of festivity, thus deprived of its reli-
gious character, was transferred to the evening after the feast ; so that
Twelfth Night was thenceforward kept on the evening of the Gth of
.January.

' Begheerden aen den schipper — requested the skipper.

" Conincxken speelden — drew for king (//<. played at kings^.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

139

rind, [so
it must

v^eatlier.*
; goc out
the \iiCO
ag hand'
IS all 0U7.'
L, fearing
ere three
!red ouer
. digged a
, like to a
dues and
paines* al
Iven,* and
3f all our
[1 that we
which we
I day, and
id so that
gs.* And

milder.

ch of a vault

of January,
rly "Twelfth
lays between
i,hc Reforma-
nmon Prnyer,
cd of its reli-
foast ; 80 that
of the Cth of

therewith we had two pound of meale [which we had taken
to make paste for the cartridges], whereof we [now] made
pancakes with oyle, and [we laid to] euery man a white
bisket' which we sopt in [the] wine. And so supposing that
we were^ in our owne country and amongst our frends, it
comforted vs as well as if we had made a great banket' in our
owne house. And we also made* tickets, and our gunner
was king of Noua Zembla, which is at least two hundred
[800] miles long* and lyeth betweene two seas.'

The 6 of January it was faire weather, the wind north-
cast. Then we went out and clensed our traps [and springes]
to take foxes, which were our uenison ; and we digd a great
hole in the snow where our fire-wood lay, and left it close
aboue like a vault [of a cellar] , and from thence fetcht out
our wood as we needed it.

The 7 of January it was foule weather againe, with a
north-west wind and some snow, and very cold, which put vs
in great fearc to be shut up in the house againe.

The 8 of January it was faire weather againe, the wind
north. Then we made our [traps and] springes ready to get
more uenison, which we longed for. And then we might
[sometimes begin to] see and marke day-light, which then
began to increase, that the sunne as then began to come
toAvards vs againe, which thought put vs in no litle
comfort.

The 9 of January it was foule wether, with a north-west
wind, but not so hard wether as it had bin before, so y* we
might' go out of the doore to make cleane our springes ; but
it was no need to bid vs goe home againe, for the cold taught

^ Ben loitthroods beschuijt — a (captain's) biscuit made of wheaten
flour.

* Fancying ourselves to be. " Busouet.

* Uytgedeelt — distributed.

" This estimated length includes the island of Waigatsch.
" Namely, the Northern Ocean and the Sea of Kara.
' Could.

ii ..

)] ■
i- t

' I

•

■

iiii

THE NAVIGATION

vs by experience not to stay long out, for it was not so warm
to get any good by staying in the aire.^

The 10 of January it was faire weather, with a north wind.
Then seuen of vs went to our ship, well armed, which we
found in the same state we left it in, and [in] it we saw many
footesteps of beares, both great and small, whereby it seemed
that there had bin more than one or two beares therein. And
as we went under hatches, we strooke fire and lighted a candle,
and found that the water was rysen a foote higher in the
ship.

The 1 1 of January it was faire weather, the wind north-
west'' and the cold began to be somewhat lesse, so that as
then we were bold to goe [now and then] out of the doorcs,
and went about a quarter of a mile [one mile] to a hill, from
Avhence we fetched certaine stones, which we layd in the fire,
therewith to Avarme vs in our cabans.

The 12 of January it was faire cleare weather, the wind
Avest.^ That euening it was very cleare, and the skie full
of star*. Then we tooke the height of Occulus Tauri,* which

^ Want de coiide leerde ons noch wel niet langhe uyt hlyven, om dattet
buyten niet snick keet was — for the cold itself was quite enough to teach
us not to stay long out, inasmuch as out of doors it was not smoking hot.

'' "N.E."— P/«. 3 «N. W."— P/t.

* Ocultcs Tunri. The exact declination for this year of a Tauri or
Aldeberan is -p 15° 40','J; so that the complement of the height of the
Pole, after allowing r,r for refraction, is 14° 12',i, and the height of the
Pole is 76° 47',o. The mean of this observation, and that of 7 Orionis, on
December 14th, 1596 (page 131), is 75° 45',5, which may be regarded as
being a very close approximation to the true latitude of the expedition's
wintering-place. From the author's statement, it appears that William
Barentsz. was of opinion that they were to the north of the 76th
parallel, instead of to the south, as this corrected calculation makes
their position to be. This only shows the importance of recording and
publishing all observations in their original form, regardless of their
apparent results, however anomalous. When a traveller's observations
arc for years kept back, in order that they may bo " revised," the world
may not uncharitably surmise that eventually they will not be presented
t« it in their integrity.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

141

is a bright and well knowne star, and we found it to be
eleuated aboue y*^ horison twenty nine degrees and fifty foure
minutes, her declination being fifteene degrees fifty foure
minutes on the north side of the lyne. This declination
being substracted from the height aforesaid, then there rested
fourteene degrees ; which substracted from ninety degrees,
then the height of the pole was seuenty sixe degrees. And
so by measuring the height of that starre and some others, we
gest that y^ sun was in the like height,^ and that we were
there vnder seuenty sixe degrees, and rather higher than
lower.

The 13 of January it was faire still weather, the wind
wcsterlie ; and then we perceaued that daylight began more
and more to increase, and wee went out and cast bullets at
the hide of y° flag staffe, which before we could not see
when it turnd about.*

The 14 of January it was faire weather and a clear c light,'
the wind wesierlie ; and that day we tooke a fox.*

The 15 of January it was faire cleare weather, with a west
wind ; and six of vs went aboord the ship, where we found
the bolck-vanger,' which the last time that we were in the
ship we stucke in a hole in the fore decke* to take foxes,
puld out of the hole, and lay in the middle of the ship, and

* Also dat dese metinghe vande voornoemde sterre ende eenighe andere
sterren, aoo mede de metinghe van de sonne, alle over een quamen dat tog —
so that th^ measurement of the above-named star and of some other
stars, as well as the measurement of the sun, all agreed (in showing)
that we ... .

It will bo seen in the sequel that the observations of the sun agree
rather in showing the contrary of what is above contended for.

' Ltepeii uyt ende schoten de cloot met de cloot van de vlagh-spil, die
wy voor keen met conden sien loopen — ran out and played at ball {lit.
threw the ball) with the truck of the flag-staff, which before that time we
had not been able to see run.

* Stil weder met een hetoghen luchf. — calm weather with a cloudy sky.
' Twee vossen — two foxes.

" Bolckvanger — a seaman's rough coat. " Verdeck — deck.

142

THE NAVIGATION

.1 ;

II'

al torne in peeces by the bears, as we perceiued by their
foote-steps.

The 16 of January it was faire weather, the wind northerly;
and then we went now and then out of the house to strech
out our ioynts and our limes with going and running,*
that we might not become lame ; and about noone time wo
saw a certaine rednes in the skie, as a shew or missenger of
the sunne that began to come towards vs.

The 17 of January it was cleare weather, with a north
wind, and then still more and more wee perceiued that the
sun began to come neerer vnto vs ; for the day was some-
what warmer, so that when wee had a good fire there fell
great peeces of ice downe from the walles [and roof] of our
house, and the ice melted in our cabens and the water dropt
downe, which was not so before how great soeuer our fire
was ; but that night it was colde againe.'^

The 18 of January it was faire cleare weather -vvith a south-
east wind. Then our wood began to consume,^ and so we
agreed to burne some of our sea-coles, and not to stop up the
chimney, and then wee should not neede to fearc any hurt,*
which wee did, and found no disease thereby ; but we
thought it better for vs to keepe the coles and to burne our
wood more sparingly, for that the coles would serue vs better
when we should saile home in our open scute.*

The 19 of January it was faire weather, with a north
wind. And then our bread began to diminish, for that some
of our barels were not fidl waight, and so the diuision was
lesse, and we were forced to mak our allowance bigger with

^ Om ona leden wat te verstercken, met gaeriy werpen ende loopen — to
strengthen our limbs a little with walking, throwing (the ball), and
running.

' Maer des nachta vroort wederom effen cout — but at night it froze
again just as cold (as before).

^ Begonde vast te minderen — began to diminish fast.

* Swginen — swooning.

' De open achuyten — the open boats.

■u7>'.;<Bf:)«B

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

143

that which we had spared before. And then some of vs
went abord the ship, wherein there was halfe a barrell of
bread, which we thought to spare till the last, and there
[quite] secretly each of them tooke a biskct or two out of it.

The 20 of January the ayre was cleare,^ and the wind
south-west. That day we staied in the house and clone wood
to burne, and brake some of our emptie barrels, and cast the
iron hoopcs vpon the top of the house.

The 21 of January it was faire [clear] weather, with a west
wind. At that time taking of foxes began to faile vs, which
was a signe that the beares would soone come againe, as not
long after we found it to be true ; for as long as the beares
stay[ed] away the foxes came abroad, and not much before
the beares came abroad the foxes were but little scene.

The 22 of January it was faire wether with a west wind.
Then we went out againe to cast the bullet,* and perceiued
that day light began to appearc, whereby some of vs said
that the sun would soon appcare vnto vs, but WUliam
Barents to the contrary said that it was yet [more than] two
weeks too soone.

The 23 of January it was faire calme weather, with a
south-west wind. Then foure of vs went to the ship and
comforted each other, giuing God thankcs that the hardest
time of the winter was past, being in good hope that we
should liue to talke of those things at home in our owne
country ; and when we were in the ship we found that the
water rose higher and higher in it, and so each of us taking
a biskct or two with us, we went home againe.

The 24 of January it was faire cleare weather, with a west
wind. Then I and Jacob Hemskercke, and another with vs,
went to the sea-side on the south side of Nona Zembla, where,
contrary to our expectation, I [the] first [of all]' saw the

^ Wast een betoghen hicht ende stil — the sky was cloudy and calm.

" De cloot schieten — to throw the ball.

^ That is to say, they all three saw it, but Gerrit de Veer saw it first,

144

THE NAVIGATION

How the
Bun which
tlicyhadloat
tho 4 of No-
ucraber did
appere to
them again
vpon the 24
of January,
wliich was
veryslrange,
audcoutrary
to al learned
mens opi-
nions.

edge of the sun ;* wherewith we went speedily home againe,
to tell William Barents and the rest of our companions that
joyfull newes. But William Barents, being a wise and well
experienced pilot, would not beleeve it, esteeming it to be
about fourteene dales too soone for the sunne to shin in that
part of the world f but we earnestly affirmed the contrary
and said we had seene the sunne, [whereupon divers wagers
were laid.]

The 25 and 26 of January it was misty and close' weather,
so y* we coidd not see anything. Then they that layd y® con-
trary wager w* vs, thought that they had woon ; but vpon the
twenty seuen day it was cleare [and bright] weather, and then
we [all] saw the surrxC in his full roundnesse aboue the hori-
son, whereby it inanfestly appeared that we had scene it vpon
the twenty foure day of January. And as we were of diuers
opinions touching the same, and that we said it was clcane
contrary to the opinions of all olde and newe writers, yea
and contrary to the nature and roundnesse both of heauen
and earth ; some of vs said, that seeing in long time there
had been no day, that it might be that we had ouerslept our
selues, whereof we were better assured :* but concerning the
thing in itselfe, seeing God is wonderfull in all his workes,
we will referre that to his almightie power, and leaue it vnto
others to dispute of. But for that no man shall thinke vs to
be in doubt thereof, if we should let this passe without dis-
coursing vpon it, therefore we will make some declaration
thereof, whereby wc may assure our selues that we kept
good reckening.

You must vnderstand, that when we first saw the sunne,

> Which had not been visible since the 3rd of November, as is men-
tioned in page 121.

^ Bat de sonne aldaer ende op die hooghde openharen souden — that the
sun should appear there and in that latitude.

^ Disich — hazy.

* Daer van wy wel anders veraekert zijn — with respect to which we
well know the contrary.

INTO THE NORTH-SF.AS,

145

which we

it was in the fift degree and 25 minutes of Aquarius,' and it
should haue staied, according to our first gessing," till it had
entred into the sixteenth degree and 27 minutes of Aquarius'
before he should haue shewed^ there vnto vs in the high of
76 degrees.

Which we striuing and contending about it amongst our
selues, we could not be satisfied, but Avondred thereat, and
amongst vs were of oppinion that we had mistaken our selues,
which iieuerthelessc we could [not] be persuaded vnto, for
that eucry day without faile we noted what had past, and
also had vscd our clocke continually, and when that was
frosen we vscd our hourc-glassc of 12 houres long. AVhere-
upon we argued with our selues in diuers wise, to know how
we should findc out that difference, and learne* the truth of
the time ; which to trie we agreed to looke into the Ephe-
mcrides made by Josephus Schala," printed in Venice, for the

^ This makes the date to have been the tvrenty-Ji/tk of January. On
the 24th, the sun was only in the fourth degree of Aquarius. And all
the details furnished by the author concur in proving, that, in spite of
his assertion of extreme precision as to the date, the conjunction of the
moon and Jupiter, — and, inferentially, the first appearance of the sun
also, — took place on the 25th of January, instead of the 24th, as stated.

On January S-'ith, at midday, when the sun's longitude was 305° 25',i,
or 5'^ 25',i of Aquarius, its declination was — 18° 57',' : consequently,
its centre was 4° 42',4, and its upper edge 4° 26',i, below the horizon.
The mean refraction at the horizon cannot, however, be estimated at
more than 34',o, or, with an assumed temperature of — 8° Fahren., 39',^ ;
so that the extraordinary and anomalous refraction amounts to no less
than 3° 49'.

2 0ns eerste gissinghe — our first calculation.

^ That is to say, till February 6th. But on that day, the sun's
declination being — 15° 50',!, it Avas 1° 41' below the horizon in 75° 45'
N. lat., and therefore still invisible there. In lat. 76° it would have
been as much as 1° 56'.

In 75° 45' N. lat. the sun's upper edge would have been properly first
visible on February 9th, when the sun was in 19° 29',2 of Aquarius, or
longitude 319° 29',2; its declination then being — 15° 0',5, with an
assumed refract .on of half a degree.

* Appeared. « "Leave." — Ph.

" Josejilms Schahi. The title of the work here referred to, as given iu

hf^

116

THK N'AVrOATlOy

y ceres of our liord 1589 till a. 1600, and we found therein
that vpon the Ji4 day of January, (when the sunne first
appeared vnto vs) that at Venice, the clocke being one in
the night time,' the nioone and Jupiter were in coniunction.*
Whereupon we sought to knowe when the same coninnction
should be oucr or about the house where we then were ; and
at last wc found, y' the 24 day of January was the same day
whereon the coniunction aforesaid happened in Venice, at one
of the clocke in the night, and with vs in the morning when
y" sun was in the cast :' for we saw manifestly that the two

De Lalanile's liihliographie Astronomiqxie, p. 120, is "Joseph! Scala,
Siculi, Ephemcriclcs ox Tabulis Magini, ab anno 1589 ad annum 1000
continuatas, una cum introductionibus Ephcmcridum Joseph! Moletii.
Vcnctiis, 1589, 4to." It !s not in the library of the British Museum,
nor in that of the Royal Astronomical Society. This is, however, of no
moment ; as Mr. Vogcl, to whoso kindness I am indebted for so much
valuable assistance, has calculated the time of the conjunction at Venice,
and makes it differ only 57 seconds from Scala's computed time.

' In the astronomical reckoning of time, the date was certainly
January 24th ; but, then, *' one in the night time" of that day — which
would correctly be called January 24 days 13 hours — corresi)onds with
1 o'clock in the morning of January 25th, in the civil reckoning of time.

^ January 23'' 12'>, mean time, Paris, corresponding with midnight
between January 23rd and 24th in th"? civil reckoning of time, — which at
Venice would be 20 minutes to 1 o'clock in the morning of January 24th, —
the moon's longitude was 19° 57',3 and her latitude -|- 2°0,t, while Jupiter's
longitude was 32° 12',o and his latitude — 1° 4',*'; so that there was no
conjunction on that day. On the other hand, January 24ii 12'i 6911 3«
mean time, Venice, corresponding with 57 seconds to one o'clock in the
morning of January 25th, the position of the two planets was as follows : —

Moon. Longitude 32° 17',n Latitude -f 2° 58',3
Jupiter. „ 32° 17',;i „ — 1° 4',3

that is to say, they were then in conjunction ; their position in the
heavens being near the star a Arietis.

^ This can only be understood in a general sense, as meaning that it
was somewhere about six o'clock in the morning. For, at the time of
the conjunction, the sun was more than 20° below the horizon ; and as
the dawn is not perceptible till the sun is about 18° from the horizon,
they could not have possessed even this imperfect means of observing its
general bearing, without the aid of the anomalous refraction.

IM'O TlIK XOIITII-SKAS.

147

planets aforesaid aproachcd nocre vnto each other,' vntill
such time as the moonc and Jupiter stood iusi oucr the
other/ both in the signe of Taurus,^ and that was at six of the
clockc in the morning ;^ at which time the moone and Jupiter
were found by our compas to be in coniunction, ouer our
house, in the north and by east point, and the south part of
the compass was south-south-west, and thore we had it right
south,^ the moone being eight daies old ; whereby it ap-

* Want w\j sagen gestadich oj> de voornoemde twee plaiieten dat se altemet
iiialcanderen naerderckn — for we looked constantly at the two planets
aforesaid, (and saw) that, from time to time, they approached each
other. This is very loosely expressed. The author meant to say that
Uiey looked from time to time, and saw the two planets constantly
approach.

* The moon stood 3° 47',r above Jupiter. At the time of the conjunction,
the declination of the latter planet was -|- 11° 17,a ; so that in 75° 45' N.
hit. it must have set 37° 20' west of the northern meridian. And yet it was
observed in 11° 15' west, when in fact it was 2° 44',i below the horizon !
This is very remarkable. For, as is well known, the setting of even the
brightest stars is not perceptible. They always vanish before they rcuch
the horizon. The peculiar state of the atmosphere, which at noon of
tiio same day had raised the sun's disc nearly 4°, allowed a star to be
o -served which had set 1 hour and 48 minutes previously.

" The longitude of the conjunction was 32° 17',a, or 2° 17',i of the sign
of Taurus, with reference to the old division of the ecliptic ; though,
owing to the retrogression of the onuinoctial points, whereby Aries has
taken the place of Taurus, the conjunction actually occurred in the
former sign, as is stated in note 2 of the preceding page.

* Their clock having stopped, and a twelve-hours sand-glass being
their only time-keeper, it would be too much to expect precision in their
immediate determination of the time of observation. But, fortunately,
by placing on record the moon's azimuth at the time of the conjunction,
they furnished the means of calculating the true time within very rea-
sonable limits. The result shows that they were rather more than au
hour slow, as it wanted 1 minute and 48 seconds of five o'clock.

* The moon's bearing by compass being N. by E. (11° 15' E.), and the
variation of the compass 2 points (22° 30') W., the moon's azimuthal
distance from the northern meridian was 11° 15' W. From this datum
Mr. Vogel has calculated the time of the observation, and makes it to
be January 24'l 16'' 58'" 12* mean time, or 4'! 58'" 12^ after mid-
night on January 25th. The diftcrencc between this time and that of
the conjunction at V^cnice (0'' 5!)'" 3^ after midnight) is, of courbc, the

148

THi, NAVIGATION

If i !

peareth that the sunne and the moone were eight points
different,' and this was abont sixe of the clocke in the
morning :^ this place differeth from Venice fine houres in
longitude, wherobj we maye gesse^ how much we were
n^nvor east* then the citie of Venice, which was fine houres,
each houre being 15 degrees, which is in all 75 degrees that
we were more easterly then Venice. By all which it is ma-
nifpstly to be scene that we had not failed in our account,
and that also we had found our right longitude by the two
planets aforesaid ; foi the towne of Venice lieth vnder 37
degrees and 25 minutes in longitude, and her declination* is
4G degrees and 5 minutes ;" whereby it followeth that our
place of Noua Zembla lieth vndcr 112 degrees and 25 mi-
nutes in longitude, and the high of the Pole 76 degrees ;
and so you haue the right lonji,itude and latitude. But from

difForence of lougitudc between the tv/o places ; it being 3'> 59ra 9s, or
69° 47 S. And Venice being 12° 21' 21" E. from Greenwich, it results
that " the house of safety", at the north-eastern extremity of Novaya
Zemlya, is iu 72° 8' long. E. of Greenwich, or 89° 48' E. of Ferro ; its
latitude being 75° 45' N.

As the mooTi's bearing and the variation of the compass are both given
omy to the nearest point, there is a possiiility of error to the extent of
half a point, whereby the longitude might vary as much as 5°, or 20
minuies in time. But there is every reason for believing the variation,
as stated, to be very nearly coriect ; or, if in error, it is in defect, which
would hrive i.he effect of decreasing the eastern longitude.

Apart. Their actual distance from each other was only 87° in
longitude.

'^ Thia is not correct. The moon passed the meridian at 6'i 38'>i 548
after midnight, and the conjunction was observed 40'" 42^ before that
planet came to the meridian. It was, therefore, only 4>> 58i" 12^ a.h, of
January 25th.

^ Iteeckenen — reckon or calculate. The word "guess" is still used in
this sense by the Americans.

* Oosterlijcher — more easterly? ' Latitude.

"' The correct position of Venice is 30° 0' 58" E. of Ferro, or
12° 21' 21" E. of Orocnwich, and 15° 25' 49" N. hit. It is curious that
the latitude of m well-known a place should have been stated as much
iis 40' iu error.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

149

the vttermost [east] point of Noua Zembla to y" point of Cape
de Tabin," the vttermost point of Tartaria, where it windeth
southward, the longitude differeth 60 degrees.'* But you
must vnderstand that the degrees are not so great as they
are vnder the equinoxial line ; for right vnder the line a
degree is iifteene [60] miles ; but when you leaue the line,
either northward or southward, then the degrees in longitude
do lessen, so that the neerer that a man is to the north or
south Pole, so much the degrees are lesse : so that vnder the
76 degrees northward, Avhere wee wintered, the degrees are
but 3 miles and | parts [14| miles],'* whereby it is to be
marked^ that we had but 60 degrees to saile to the said Cape
de Tabin, which is 220 [880] miles, so* the said cape lieth in
172 degrees in longitude as it is thought : and being aboue
it," it seemcth that we should be in the straight of Anian,'
where we may saile bonldlie into the south, as the land

^ Tot de Cape de Talijii — to Cape Taimur. See page 37, note 1.

^ Cape Taimur Ijeing in about 100° E. long., and the Hollanders' win-
tering (quarters in 72° E. long., the difference of longitude is apparently
less than 30 degrees. But this is of no importance, as their determination
of the position of that cape was merely speculative, there being at that
time no data whatever for fixing its correct position ; nor is it indeed
exactly known even at the present day.

'■^ This is substantially correct. The exact measurement is 3*64 [14'66]
miles. Under the 7()th parallel of latitude a degree contains 13,859"414
toises (du Peru), and at the equator, 57,108'519 toises. — Encke, " Ueber
die Dimcnsionen des Erdkorpers," Berliner Jahrluch fur 1852, p. 369.

•* Af te meten — to be calculated.

" So verde — in so far as ; i. e., assuming that.

" Daer ho veil zijnde — having passed beyond it.

'' De Strate Anian. The passage between the continents of Asia
and America, now known as Behring's Strait, was formerly so called.
It was supposed to be in about 00° N. lat., and the northern coast
of America was imagined to stretch from thence to Hudson's Strait
in a direction nearly east and west. Maldonado is said to have visited
the Strait of Anian in 1588. A translation of the narrative of this
pretended discovery is given in Barrow's Chronolofiical History, Ap-
pendix ii, p. 24 et aetj. Sec also the Quarterly lievieiv, vol. xvi, p.
1 44 et setj.

150

THE NAVIGATION

reachetli. Now what further instructions are to be had to
know where we lost the sun' vnder y" said 76 degrees vpon
the fourth of Nouember, and saw it agjiin vpon the 24 of
January, I leaue that to be described^ by such as make pro-
fession thereof : it suffiseth vs to haue shewed that it failed
vs not to appeare at the ordinary time.*

The 25 of January it was darke clowdy w^eather, the wind
wosterlie, so that the seeing of the sunne the day before was
againe doubted of; and then many wagers were laid, and
we still lookt out to see if the sunne appeared. The same
day we sawe a beare (which as long as the sunne appeared
not vnto vs we sawe not) comming out of the southwest
towards our house ; but when we shouted at her she came
no neerer, but went away againe.

The £6 of Janurie it was faire cleere weather, but ' \ the
horrison there hung a white or darke cloude,* whereby we
could not see the sun ; whereupon the rest of our com-
panions thought that we had mis^^^aken our selues vpon the
24 day, and that the sunne appeared not vnto vs, and mocked
vs ; but we were resolute in our former affirmation that we
had scene the sunne, but not in the full roundnesse. That
cuening the sicke man that was amongst vs was very weake,
and felt himselfe to be extreame sick, for he had laine long
time,* and we comforted him as well as wc might, and gaue
him the besi, admonition y' we could," but he died not long
after midnight.

The 27 of Januarie it Avas faire clccre weather, Avith a

' Wat nu dan helanght (lat nmi verstaen sal van t(/hene verhaelt Ix, tint
wy de Sonne . . . verloren — Now, as regards the uudcrstaudiug of what has
been related as to our having lost the sun, etc.

'^ Disputiren — discussed.

3 Dottet ons in den tijdt niet ghemisten heeft — that wo were not mis-
taken with respect to the time.

•• Een hanck oft doackeren wolck — a fog-bank or a dark cloud.

■' Een langh suer le<j/ier g/uh'du — long lain seriously ill.

" iiei/dcn /u'))i wal goels vovr — spoke kindly to liim,

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

151

ne long

!^1

south-west winde ; then in the morning wc digd a hole in
the snowe, hard by the house, but it was still so extreame
cold that we could not stay long at worke, and so we digd
by turnes euery man a litle while, and then went to the fire,
and an other went and supplyed his place, till ^t last we
digd scauen foote depth, wLere we went to burie the dead
man ; after that, when we had read certaine chapters and sung
some psalmes,' we all went out and buried the man ; which
done, we went in and brake ovir fasts.* And while we were at
meate, and discoursed amongst our selues touching the great
quantitie of snowe that continually fell in that place, wee
said that if it fell out that our house should be closed vp
againe with snowe, we would find the meanes to climbe out
at the cLI nney ; whereupon our master^ went to trie if he
could clime vp through the chimney and so get out, and
while he was climbing one of our men went forth of the
doore to see if the master were out or not, who, standing
vpon the snowe, sawc the sunne, and called vs all out,
wherewith we all went forth and saw the sunne in his full
roundnesse a litle aboue the horrison,* and then it was
without all doubt that we had scene the sunne vpon the 24
of Januaric, which made vs all glad, and we gaue God
hearty thankcs for his grace shewed vnto vs, that that
glorious light appeared vnto vs againe.

The 28 of January it was faire [clear] weather, with a
west wind ; then we went out many tymes to exercise our
selues, by going, running, casting of the ball (for then we

* Daer nae deden wy een maniere van een lijck-predihinghe met lesen
ende 2^salmen t,e singhen — after that, wo made a sort of funeral "scourse,
read prayers and sang psalms.

^ Aten de vroo cost — ate tne funeral meal. * Skipper.

* Tho refraction must have contin i.od to be about as great as it was
on January 25th. For, though in the interval the sun's declination had
increased 46',", yet they now saw it in its " full roundness," which is
equal to about 32', and also " a little above tho horizon," for which the
remaining 15' can hardly be too large an allowance.

»m>MWm«H»M««Mr>«_

162

THE NAVIGATION

might see a good way from vs), and to refresh our ioynts,*
for wc had long time sitten dull,' whereby many of vs were
very loase.'

The 29 of January it was foule weather, with great store
of snow, the wind north-west, whereby the house was closed
vp againe with snow.

The 30 of January it was darke weather, with an east-
wdnd, and we made a hole through the doore, but we
shoueled not the snow very farre from the portaile,* for that
as soone as we saw what weather it was, we had no desire to
goe abroad.

The 31 of January it was faire calme weather, with an
cast- wind ; then we made the doore cleane, and shoueled
away the snow, and threw it vpon the house, and went out
and saw^ the sunne shine cleare, which comforted vs ; meane
time we saw a beare, that came towards our house, but we
went softly in and watcht for her till she came ncerer, and
as soone she was hard by we shot at her, but she ran away

againe.

I I

^ 07)1 ons leden wat radder te maecken — to make our joints somewhat
more supple.

^ Verkreupelt geseten — sitten without motion.

* Daer detir datter veel gehreck inn den scheurluijch ghecreghen hod-
den — whereby several had fallen sick of the scurvy.

The derivation of the term " scurvy" — schdrhul; Low Gorman ; schar-
lock, High German ; skurhjiigg, Swedish ; scorbutus, modern Latin, — is
variously attempted to be explained. See Adelung, Ilochdeutsches Wiir-
terhich ; Mason Good, Study of Medicine, vol. ii, p. 870 ; Lind, Treatise
on the Scurvg, 3rd Edit., p. 283. The last-named writer says : — " Most
authors have deduced the term from the Saxon word schorbok, a griping
or tearing of the belly [properly scheuren, *to scour', and bauch, 'belly'] ;
which is by no means so usual a symptom of this disease ; though, from
a mistake in the etymology of the name, it has been accounted so by
those authors." It is in this sense that the expression has been under-
stood by the English translator.

* Het portael — the entrance porch.

' Phillip has here inserted the word " not", which is not in the ori-
ginal, and is besides inconsistent.

(

INTO THE XOUTII-SF.AS.

153

. I

The 1 of February, being Candlemas eve, it was boister-
ous weather Avith a great storme and good store of snow,
whereby the house was closed vp againe with snow, and we
were constrain -•d to stay within dorcs ; the wind then being
north-west.

The 2 of February it was [still the same] foule weather,
and as then the sun had not rid vs of all the foule weather,
whereby we were some what discomforted, for that being in
good hope of better weather we had not made so great pro-
uision of wood as wee did before.

The 3 of February it was faire weather with an east winde,
but very misty, whereby we could not see the sun, which
made vs somewhat melancholy to see so great a miste, and
rather more then we had had in the winter time ; and then
Ave digd our doore open againe and fctcht the wood that lay
without about the dore into the house, Avhich we Avere forced
Avith great painc and labour to dig out of the snoAV.

The 4 of February it Avas [again] foule Aveather with great
store of snoAv, the Avind being south-Avest, and then avc Avcre
close up againe Avith snoAv ; but then we tooke not so much
paines as Ave did before to dig open the doore, but Avhen Ave
had occasion to goe out avc dome' out at the chimney and
cased our selues, and went in againe the same way.

The 5 of February it Avas still foule Aveather, the wind
being east Avith great store of snoAV, whereby we Averc shut
vp againe into the house and had no other way to get out
but by the chimney, and those that could not clime out Avere
fiiinc to helpe themsclues Avnthin as well as they could.

The 6 of February it Avas still foule stormie weather Avith
store of snoAV, and avc still Avent out at the chimney, and
troubled not our selues Avith the doore, for some of vs made
it an casic matter to clime out at the chimney.

The 7 of February it Avas still foule AA'eather Avith much
snoAV and a south-west Avind, and Ave thereby forced to

1 Climl.cd.

i r^s

154

TIIK NAVIGATION

i I 7 i 1

keepe the house, which griucd' vs more than when the sun
shined not, for that hauing seen it and felt the heat thereof,
yet we were forced not to inioy'' it.

The 8 of Fehruary it began to be fairer weather, [the sky
being bright and clear, and] the wind being south-west ;
then we saw the sun rise south south-east and went downe
south south-west f [well understood] by y^ compas that we
had marl' of lead and placed to the right meridian of that
place, 0- by our common compas according* it differed
two points.

The 9 of February it was fairc cleare weather, the wind
south-west, but as then we could not see the sunne, because
it was close weather in the south, where the sunne should
goe downe.*

The 10 of February it was faire cleare weather [and calm],
so that we could not tell where the wind blew, and then we
began to feele some heat of the sunne ; but in the euening it
began to blow somewhat cold' out of the west.

The 1 1 of February it was fairc weather, the wind south ;
y* day about noone there came a beare towards our house,
and we watcht her with our muskets, but she came not so
neere that wee could reach her. The same night we heard
some foxes stirring, which since the beares began to come
abroad againe we had [not] much seen.

The 12 of February it was cleare weather and very calme,
the wind south-west. Then we made our traps [and springes]
cleane againe ; meane-time there came a great beare towards
our house, which made vs all goe in, and we leaucUcd at her
with our muskets, and as she came right before our dorc we
shot her into the breast clean through the heart, the bullet

' Grieved. * Enjoy.

3 The sun ought properly not to have been visible till the following
day. See page 145, note 3.

* That is to say, according to our common compass.
" Opgaen tnoesl — should rise or appear.

* BegoiU een wei/nich te coeleii — a little breeze sprang up.

■MM!

he sun
hereof,

the sky
a-west ;

downc
that we

of that
differed

he wind

because

c should

nd cahn],
L then we
luening it

nd south ;
ur house,
me not so
we heard
HI to come

rery cahne,
d springes]
ire towards
cUcd at her
lur dore we
D, the bullet

the following

:|'. i

' .1

How we shot a bear, wherefrom we got a good 1

m we got a good hundred pounds' weight of grease.

;:i ,

INTO THE NORTH-SKAS.

155

passing through her body and went out againe at her taylc,
and was as flat as a counter' [that has been beaten out with a
hammer]. The bcare feeling the blow, lept backwards, and
ran twenty or thirty foote from the house, and there lay
downc, wherewith we lept all out of the house and ran to
her, and found her stil aliue ; and when she saw vs she
reard vp her head, as if she would gladly haue doone vs
some mischefc ;* but we trusted her not, for that w ^ had
tryed her strength sufficiently before, and therefore we shot
her* twice into the body againe, and therewith she dyed.
Then we ript vp her belly, and taking out her guts, drew
her home to the house, where we flcad her and tooke at least
one hundred pound of fat out of her belly, which we molt*
and burnt in our lampe. This grease did vs great good ser-
viice, for by that meanes we stil kept a lampe burning all
night long, which before we could not doc for want of
grease ; and [further] euery man had meanes to burnc a
lamp in his caban for such necessaries as he had to doe.
The bcares skin was nine foote long and 7 foote broad.

The 13 of February it was faire cleare weather with a
hard west wind, at which time we had more light in our
house by burning of lamps, whereby we had meanes to passe
the time away by reading and other exercises, which before
(when we could not distinguish day from night by reason of
the darknesse, and had not lamps continually biu'ning) we
could not doe.

The 14th of February it was faire cleere weather with a
hard west wind before noone, but after noone it was still
weather. Then fine of vs went to the ship to see how it laie,
and found the water to encrease in it, but not much.

^ Een copere duijt — a copper doit. This was formerly the smallest
Dutch coin, of the value of about half a farthing. It no longer exists
under the present decimal system.

* Al oft hy sien wilde wiet hem gedaen hadde — as if she wished to see
who had done it to her.

=* " Their."— iV/. ^ Melted.

; I

150

THE NAVIGATION

The 15 of February it was foulc weather, Avith a great
storme out of the south-west, with great store of snowc,
whereby the house was closed vp againe. That night the
foxes came to deuoure the dead body of the beare, whereby
we were in great feare that all the beares thereabouts would
come theather,' and therefore we agreed, as soone as we could,
to get out of the house, to bury the dead beare deepe vnder
the snowe.

The 16 of February it was still foulc weather, with great
store of snow and a south-west wind. That day was Shroue
Twesday ;" then wee made our sclues some what merry in
our great gricfe and trouble, and euery one of vs dranke a
draught of wine in remembrance that winter began to wcarc
away, and faire weather^ to aproache.

The 17 of February it was still foulc weather and a darke
sky, the wind south. Then we opened our dore againe and
swept away the snow, and then we thrue* the dead beare
into the hoale where we had digd out some wood, and stopt
it vp, that the beares by smelling it should not come thither
to trouble vs, and we set vp our springs* againe to take
foxes ; and the same day fiue of vs went to the ship to see
how it laie, which we found all after one sort f there we
found foote-steps of many beares, as though they had taken
it vp for their lodging when Ave had forsaken it.

The 18 of February it Avas foulc Aveather Avith much snow
and very cold, the wind being south-Avest ; and in the night

1 Thither,

* Vastelavont, properly Vaste^mvond; formerly called in this country
also, Fastern's or Fasten's Even. The " Fasting/jawi Tuiesday," and
" Fastyngonye Tuesday," cited in Brand's Observations on Popular Anti-
quities, vol. i, p. 68, from Langley's Polidore Vergile, fol. 103, and
Blomefield's Norfolk, vol. ii, p. Ill, respectively, seem to be merely cor-
ruptions of this expression.

'^ De vrolijcke tijt — the merry time of year ; the spring.

* Threw, cast. ^ Springes or traps.
^ In the same state as before.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

157

time, as we burnt lampes and some of our men laie [late]
awake, we heard beasts runne vpon the roofe of our house,
which by reason of the snowe made the noise of their fcete
sound more then otherwise it would haue done, the snow was
80 hard [and cracked so much that it gave a great sound],
whereby we thought they had beene beares ; but when it was
day we sawe no footing but of foxes, and we thought they
had beene beares, for the night, which of it selfe is solitaric
and fcarefuU, made that which was doubtfuU to be more
doubtfull and worse feared."

The 19 of February it was faire cleere weather with a
south-west wind. Then we tooke the bight of the sunne,
which in long time before we covdd not doe because the
horizon was not cleere, as also for that it mounted not so
high nor gaue not so much shadowe as we were to
haue'* in our astrolabium, and therefore we made an instru-
ment that was halfe round, at the one end^ hauing 90 de-
grees marked thereon, whereon we hung a thrid* with a
plumet of lead, as the water compasses* haue, and therewith
we tooke the bight of the sunne when it was at the highest,
and found that it Avas three degrees eleuatcd aboue the
horizon, his declination eleuenth degrees and sixteenc mi-
nutes, which beeing added to the height aforesaid made 14
degrees and 16 minutes, which substracted from 90 degrees,
there rested 75 degrees and 44 minutes for the higth of the
Pole ; but the aforesaid thiee degrees of higth being taken
at the lowest side of the sunne, the 16 minutes might well be
added to the higth of the Pole, and so it was just 76 degrees,
as we had measured it before.*

^ Tghene dat eyselijck scheen noch eyselijcker — that which was frightful
appeared more frightful.
" Behoefden — required.
' Op d'eene helft — on the one half, * Thread.

* Waterpassen — levels, such as are used by builders.

* We have here a remarkable instance of what might be called " cook-
ing", were it not that everything is done in perfect good faith, and that

158

THE NAVIGATION

The 20 of February it was foule weather with great
store of snow, the wind south-west, whereby we were
shut vp againe in the house, as we had beene often times
before.

The 21 of February it was still foule weather, the wind
north-west and grec t store of snow, which made vs greiue
more then it did before, for we had no more wood, and so
were forced to breake of some peeces of wood in the house,
and to gather vp some that lay troden vnder feet, which
had not bin caot out of the way, whereby for that day and
the next night we holp' our selues indifferent well.

The 22 of February it was clere faire weather with a

the moans are afforded us of rectifying the error into which the observer
fell through the desire to establish his preconceived idea, founded on the
supposed results o' his observations of December 14th and January 12th
(See pages 131 and 140), that the latitude of the place of observa-
tion was to the north of 7(5°.

It is quite true that, as the sun's lower edge was observed, its semi-
diameter has to be added. Eut the effect of this is to increase, not the
height of the Pole, but its complement ; which, adopting the observer's
own figures, would bo 14° 1(5' -f IC -. 14° 32', so that the height of the
Pole would be only 75° 23'. There is, however, another correction to be
made, namely, for refraction, of which at that early period no account
was taken; and this being as much aw ir>',i, the discrepancy is thereby
so much reduced. The correct calculation of the observation will there-
fore bo as follows : —

Sun's k .) Hlge . . 3° 0'

„ sell ■'- '.'"ameter . I H

'\i '!i

Ilc^'rr'.ctioK .

10
15,1

True aliitude of sun's centre
Sun's declination . —

3
11

(V.
15

Complement of height of Polo

15,a

Latiiade

75°

44,1

Which differs only I',!) from the mean of the two observe tions of the 14tli
December and 12th January

1 Off. ^ llcli.ed.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS,

159

south-west wind. Then we made ready a slead to fetch
more wood, for need compelled vs thereunto ; for, as they
say, hunger driueth the wolfe out of his den.' And eleuen
of vs went together, all well appointed with our armes ; but
coming to the place where wee should haue the wood, we
could not come by it by reason it laie so deepe vnder the
snow , whereby of necessitie we were compelled to goe fur-
ther, where with great labour and trouble avc got some ; but
as we returned backe againe therewith, it was so sore labour
vnto vs that we were almost out of comfort, for that by rea-
son of the long cold^ and trouble thul we had indured, wc
were become so weake and feeble that we had litle strength,
and we began to be in doubt that we should not recover our
strengths againe^ and should not be able to fetch any more
wood, imd so we should haue died with cold ; but the pre-
sent necessitie and the hope wc had of better weather in-
creased our forces, and made vs doe more then our strengthes
iifForded. And when we came neere to our house, we saw
much open water in the sea, which in long time Ave had not
scene, which also put vs in good comfort that things Avould
be better.

The 23 of February it was calme and faire Aveather, with
a good airc,^ the wind south-Avest, and then Ave tooke two
foxes, that Avcre as good to vs as venison.

The 24' of February it avus still Aveather, and a close aire,"
the Avind sonth-Avest. Then avc drest our si)ringes [and traps]
in good sort for the foxes, but tooke none.

' Uytet wont — out of tf>e wood. The French say, " la faim chasse lo
loup hors du bois ;" and in several other hinguagcs it is the same. In
English the corresponding expression is, "hunger will ))reak through
stone walls." See National Proverbs, etc., by Caroline Ward, p. 62.

« " Cod."— /'A.

" Ons de cracht heghevin .loude — wa should lose our strength,

* i)fet een hetoghen lucht — with a cloudy sky,

» " 25."— PL

" Donckere lucid — a dark sky.

r«i*

' ' !

160

THE NAVIGATION

)

The 25 of February it was foule weather againe and. much
snow, with a nc.th wind, Avhereby we were closed vp with
snow againe, and could not get out of our house.

Thr j26 of February it was darke weather, with a south-
west wind, but very calme ; and then we opened our dore
againe and exercised our selues with going and running,
and to make our ioints supple, which were almost dinged
together.^

The 27 of February it was calme weather, with a south
wind, but very cold. Then our wood began to lessen, which
put vs in no small discomfort to remember what trouble we
had to drawe the last slead-full home, and we must doe the
like againe if we would not die with cold.

The 28 of February it was still weather with a south-west
wind. Then ten of vs went and fetcht an other slead-full of
wood, with no lessc paine and labor then we did before ; for
one of our companions could not hclpe vs, because that the
first ioint of one of his great toes was frozen of, and so he
could doe nothing.

The first of March it was faire still weather, the wind west
but very cold, and wc were forced to spare our wood, be-
cause it was so great labor for vs to fetch it ; so that when
it was day wv exercised our selues as much as we might,
with running, joing and leaping ; and to them that laic in
their cabins* we gaue hote' stones to warme them, and
towards night we made a good fire, which we were forced to
indurc.*

The 2 of Marchc it was cold clcerc weather, with a west
wind. The same day we tooke the liigth of the sunne, and
found that it was eleuatcd aboue the horizon sixe degrees
and 48 minutes, and his declination was 7 degrees and 12

^ V^rdeu7nt — benumlted.
" 7>, r'e hoy — a-bcd.

Hot.

* Daer icy ons mede lyden moeMeti — wherewith we wore forced to be
satisfied.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Ifil

minutes, which' substracted from 90 degrees, resteth 76
degrees for the higth of the Pole."

The 3 of March it was faire weather [and calm], with a
[south-] west wind ; at which time our sickemen were some-
what better and sat vpright in tiicir cabins t ; doe some thing
to passe the time awaie, but after they fom 1' ^hat they were
too ready to stir re before their times.

The 4 of March it was faire weather with a west wind.
The same day there came a beare to our house, whom we
watcht with our peeces as we did before, and shot at her and
hit her, but she run away. At that time fiue of us went to
our ship, where we found that the beares had made worke,
and had opened our cookes eubberd,* that was couered
oucr with snow, thinking to find some thing in it, and had
drawne it [a good way] out of the ship, where we found it.

The 5 of ISIarch it was foulc weather againe, with a south-
west wind ; and as in the cuening we had digd open our
dore and went out, when the weather began to break vp,*
we saw much open water in the sea, more then before, which
put vs in good comfort that in the end wo should get awf '
from thence.

The () of March it was foule weather, with a great stornie
out of the south-west and much snow TJie same day some
of vs climbc'l out of the chimney, and pcrceaued that in the
sea and about the land there was much open water, but the
ship lay last still.

' Namely, the sum of the sun's elevation and southern declination,
being fourteen degrees.

" With 7',5 for refraction, and — 7° 10',n for the sun's declination, the
abovo obsej'vation gives 76° 8',r for the height of the Pole, If no allow-
ance was made at the time for the sun's semi-diameter, IG' will have
to be deducted, which will make the true latitude to 1)0 75° r)2',~.

"' Twelck haer nmmaels niet ten besten verghimjh — which did them no
good afterwards.

* llet cocx luijc/c — the cook's locker.

'^ Wat f/Iwhetcrt iras — was somewhat better,

16^

THE NAVIGATION

The 7 of March it was still foule weather and as great a
wind, so that we were shut vp in our housc^ and they that
would goe out must clime vp through the chimney, which
was a common thing with vs, and still we sawe more open
water in the sea and about the land, whereby we were in
doubt* that the ship, in that foule weather and driuing of
the ice, would be loose* while we were shut vp in our house,
and we should haue no meanes to helpe it.

The 8 of Marche it was still foule weather, with a south-
west stormc and great store of snow, whereby we could
see no ice north-east nor round about in the sea, wereby
we were of opinion that north-east from vs there was a
great sea."

The 9 of March it was foule weather, but not so foule as
the [two] day[s] before, and Icsse snow ; and then we could
sec further from vs and percciue that the water was open in
the north-east, but not from vs towards Tartaria, for there
wc could still see ice in the Tartarian Sea, otherwise called
the Ice Sea, so that we were of opinion that there it was not
very wide ; for, when it was clcere weather, we thought
many times that we saw the land, and showed it viito our
companions, south and [south] south-cast from our house,
like a hilly land, as laad commonly showeth it sclfo when
w^e see it [from afar off] .*

■i I

^ Beducht — afraid.

" The words "for as then the ice drave," are introduced hore unneces-
sarily by Phillip.

^ Ee7i ruymi; zee moeste zijti — there must be an ojien sea.

* There is little doubt of their having actually seen the country
round the estuaries of the rivers Obi and Yenisei. Liitkc says (p. 42)
that "the distance of the two countries from one another is nut
known exactly, but there is reason for believing it to be loss than
120 Italian miles. That the Hollanders really saw Siberia, and Uitt
(as some imagine) the Island of Muksimok, is eorroboviUud by the
tradition, which is mentioned even by Witson (pp, 7<l2, 897, 022),
that at times Novnya Zeiulyn is, iu liko luuuuur, seen from th«) BibQrian
coast."

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

163

The 10 of March it was cleere weather, the wind north.
Then we made our house cleane, and digd our selues out
and came forth ; at which time we saw [quite] an open sea,
whereupon we said vnto each other that if the ship were
loose we might venture to saile awaie, for we were not of
opinion to doe it with our scutes,^ considering the great cold
that we found there. Towards euening, nine of vs went to
the ship with a slead to fetch wood, when al our wood Avas
burnt ; and found the ship in the same order that it laic, and
fast in the ice.

The 11 of March it was cold, but fairc sunne-shine wea-
ther, the wind north-east ; then we tooke the higth of the
sunne with our astrolabium, and found it to be eleuated
aboue the horizon ten degrees and 19 minutes, his declina-
tion was three degrees 41 minutes, which being added to
the higth aforesaid, made 14 degrees, which substractod
from 90 degrees, there restcth 76 degrees for the higth of
the Pole." Then twcluc of vs went to the place where we
vsed to goe, to fetch a slcad of wood, but still wc had more
paine and labour therewith, because we were weaker ; and
when we came home with it and were very weary, m e praid
the master^ to giue citlicv of v■^ a draught of wine, which he
did, wherewith we were somewhat releoued and comforted,
and after thni were the willingcr' to laK>uv, which wos vn-
support;!^ \> tor vs if mere extremitie had not compelled vs
thereunto, saying often times one vnto the other, that if the
wood were to be bought tor luony, we would giue all our
earnings or wages for it.

The \2 of Martii It was foule weather, y'^ wind north-east;
tl i: n the ice came mightily driuing in, which [by] the south-

» Cmts.

^ Here, as before, the correct result will be (refraction 5',i ; declina-
tion — 3° 41','') 76° 4',s; or, deducting 16' for the sun's semi- diameter,
75° 4«',6,

' Hkii)i)cr. * More vailing.

1(J4

THE NAVIGATION

1 >;

!i.S> i

i i i'

:i: I'd

west wincle had bin driuen out, and it was then as could' as
it had bin before in the coldest time of winter.

The 13 of March it was still foule weather, with a storme
out of the north-east and great store of snow, and the ice
mightely driuing in with a great noyse, the flakes rustling
against each other fearfuU to heai'e.

The 14 of March it was still foule Aveather with a great
east north-east wind, whereby the sea was [again] as close*
as it had bin before, and it was extreame cold, whereby our
sicke men were very ill,^ who Avhcn it was faire weather
were stirring t o soone.^

The 15 of March it was faire weather, the wind north.
That day we opened our dore to goe out, but the cold rather
increased then diminished, and was bitterer then before it
had bin.

The 16 of March it was faire cleare weather, but extreame
cold with a north wind, which put vs to great extremity, for
that we had almost taken our leaues of the cold, and then it
began to come againe.

The 17 of March it was faire cleare weather, with a north-
wird. but stil very cold, wherby wee were wholy out of
( omfort to see and feele so great cold, and knew not what to
thinkc, for it was extreame cold.

The 18 of March it was foule cold weather with good store
of snow, the wind north-east, which shut vs vp in our house
so that we could not get out.

The 19 of March it was still foule and bitter cold weather,
the wind north-east, the ice in tlu sea cleauing ' faster and
thicker together, with great craxking and a hugh" noyse,
Avhich we might ( isily heare in our house, but Ave delighted
utit much in hearing thereof.

' (;«l<t. * UUmi} up (with ice).

' W'edej'om instot'tethn — it'Iiipsed.

' Namclv, <>ii flio I'nl of tlic iiitnitli, iis is iiuntinncil in page Kil.

•' I'oikU — pit'.s.sc<l, '' Jingo, iiiiiuen^c

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

165

noysp,

The 20 of March it was foule weather, bitter cold, and
a north-east wind, then our wood began [by degrees] to
consume,^ so that we were forced to take counsell toge-
ther ;- for without wood we could not Hue, and yet we began
to be so weake that we could hardly endure the labour to
fetch it.

The 21 of March it was fairo weather, but still very cold,
the wind north. The same day the simnc entred into Aries
in the equinoxciall lyne, and at noonc wc tooke the hight
of the sunne and found it to be elcuated 14 degrees aboue
the horizon, but for that the sun was in the middle lyne and
of the like distance from both the tropiks, there was no de-
clination, neither on the south nor north side; and so the
14 degrees aforesaid being substracted from ninty degrees,
there rested 76 degrees for the hight of the Pole.^ The same

^ Oj) te gaen — to be used up.

^ Also dat goet raedt doen duer was — so that then good advice was
dear. This is a proverbial saying ; the meaning of which is, that, as
they did not know what to do, good advice would have been very
valuable.

' If we assume the smaller amount of error to be the more probable^
we must- regard this observation as having been made on the 20th of
March, instead of the 21st. The observer found the sun's altitude to be
] 4°, believing it to be then on the equinoctial, and therefore without
declination. But at mean noon in Novaya Zemlya, the sun's declination
on March 20th was — 0° 8>, and on March 21st -{- 0° 14',n, the sun
having crossed the equinoctial between 10 and 11 o'clock of the inter-
vening night. The corrected calculation for both days will therefore
be as follows : —

March 20th. Maroh 21st.

Altitude of the sun 14° 0' 14° 0'

Refraction . . 3,h 3,'^

lighted

"''

Sun's declination
(.'omplement <p

(Ic^luct. tlie bun's scmi-

diani

13 r)6,a

8,s

1
~r

13 66,8

14,9

14 5

13 41,3

T.^" 55'

76° 8',r

Kil.

lo ;j(i'

75" 52',r

' m

166

THE NAVIGATION

'W.

day we made shooes of felt or rudg,' which we drew vpon
our feet/ for we could not goe in our shooes by reason of the
great cold, for the shooes on our feet were as hard as homes ;
and then we fetcht a slead-ful of wood home to our house,
with sore and extreame labour and with great extremity of
cold, which we endured as if March* went to bid vs fare-
well. But* our hope and comfort was that the cold could
iU continue in that force,' but that at length the
B ih thereof* would be broken.

The 22 of March it was clcere still weather, the wind
north-east, but very cold -, whereupon some of vs were of
advice, seeing that the fetching of wood was so toylesome
vnto vs, that euery day once we should make a fire of coales.

The 23 of March it was very foule weather, with infernall
bitter cold,' the wind north-east, so that we were forced
to make more fire as we had bin at other times, for then it
was as cold as ever it had bin, and it froze very hard in
the flore and vpon the wales of our house.**

The 24 of March it was a like cold, with great store of
snow and a north wind, whereby we were once againe shut
vp into the house, and then the coales serued vs well, Avhich
before by reason of our bad vsing of them we disliked of.

* Van vilten ofte ruyghe hoeden — of felt, or rough hats. It is probable
that these were sheets of the rough material, which they had for use
among the ship's stores.

^ Over de coussen aentrocken — drew on over our stockings.

' Als of de Maert haerfoy hadde willen besetten — as if March (before
leaving them) had meant to pay them off — lit. to give them their fee.

4 « For."— PA.

" Dat de coude so fel alse was, niet altijt dueren sonde — that the cold,
severe as it was, would not last for ever.

* Haer den neck — its neck.

' Met heUe littere koude — with a clear sharp cold. The author is not
open to the reproach of having, in the whole course of his navrative,
made use of such an expression as that which the translator has here
erroneously attributed to him.

' Aeii den solder ende wamkn van hinaen tkuijs — on the ceiling and
walls inside the house.

■A

INTO THE XORTH-SEAS.

167

(before
f fee.

The 25 of March it Avas still foule weather, the wind west,
the cold still holding as strong as it was, which put vs in
much discomfort.

The 26 of March it was faire cleere weather [with a west
wind], and very calmc ; then we digd our selues out of the
house againe and went out, and then we fetcht an other slead
of wood, for the great cold had made vs burne vp all that we
had.

The 27 of March it was faire weather, the wind west and
very cahne ; then the ice began to driue away againe, but
the ship lay fast and stird not.

The 28* of March it was faire weather, the wind south-
west, whereby the ice draue away very fast [and we had
much open water]. The same day sixe of vs went abord the
ship to see how it lay, and found it stil' in one sort ; but we
perceiucd that the bearcs had kept an euil fauourcd house
therein.^

The 29 of March it was faire cleere weather, with a north-
cast wind ; then the ice came driuing in againe. The same
day wc fecht another slead of wood, which we were euery
day worse alike to doe^ by reason of our weaknesse.

The 30 of March it was faiie cleere Aveatju-r, wjf)) nn f'fist
wind, whcrwith the ice came driuing in againe. Aftt'j.' 1)00^0
there came two beares by our house, but they went along tii
the ship and let vs alone.

The 31 of March it was still faire weather, tljr m |im1 ||(i|'Hm
east, wherewith the ice came still rT)(/io nnd more diliilii^ \j\f
and made high* hillcs by sliding one ypuH ))(;■ ntjm'-

The 1 of April] if blew H|i| ' ollf of the east, t^'Klt Mil}
weather, but very cold ; and then we builU hl\\\il i|f ni||f

1 " 18."— P/i.

^ naer in gheweldich huijs ghehoiimi kmeii—wi iti^fi^ ^H^^ jil^tWfl
there.

^ Dat wy hoe langer hoe qualijcker (hen pflffl/f/l — w|ljc|i we wm(b jess
and less able to do.

* Gheweldighen — huge, imraen.se.

168

THE NAVIGATION

! i '<

coales, for that our wood was too troublesome for vs to
fetch.

The 2 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind north-east
and very calme. Then we tooke the higth of the sunne, and
found it to be eleuated aboue the horizon 18 degrees and 40
minutes, his declination being foure degrees and 40 minutes,
which being substracted from the higth aforesaid, there
rested 14 degrees, which taken from 90 degrees, the higth
of the Pole was 76 degrees/

The 3 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather, with a north-
east wind and very calme ; then we made a staffe to plaie at
colfe,^ thereby to stretch our jointes, which we sought by all
the meanes we could to doe.

The 4 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind variable.
That daie we went all to the ship, and put out [through the
hawse] the cable that was made fast to the [bower] anchor,
to the end that if the ship chanced to be loose [or to drift]
it might hold fast thereby.

The 5 of Aprill it was foule weather with a hard north-
cast wind, wherewith the ice came mightily in againe and
slid in great peeces one vpon the other ; and then the ship
laie faster then it did before.

* On April 2nd at mean noon, Novaya Zemlya, the sun's declination
was -j- 4° 56',8, which, with the observed height (corrected for refraction
= 18° .37',2), would give 76° 19',5 as the latitude ; or, deducting 16' for
the sun's semi-diameter, 76° 3',o. It is, however, not unlikely that the
observation was made on April 1st, when indeed the sun's declination
was -{- 4° 40' at mean noon ai Venice, though at mean noon at the place
of observation (about four hours earlier) it was only 4^ 33',g. In this
case, the latitude would be 75° 56',4 ; or 75° 40',4, if the sun's lower edge
was observed.

^ Een coif om daer mede te colven — literally, " a coif to colve with."
The well-known game of coif or golf derives its name from the hooked
stick or club (German, kolbe; Dutch, coif or kolf) with which it is played.
A detailed description of the game, as played in Holland, is given in
Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scothmd, vol. xvi, p. 28, note.
See also Jameson's Scottish Diet., art. Golf.

INTO THE XORl'II-SEAS.

169

The 6 of Aprill it was still foule weather, with a stiffe
north-\vest wind. That night there came a bearc to our
house, and we did the best we eould to shoot at her, but be -
cause it was moist weather and the cockc foistic,' our peece
would not giue fire, wherewith the bearc came bouldly
toward the house, and came downc the staires* close to the
dore,^ seeking to breake in to the house ; but our master held
the dore fast to, and being in great haste and fcaie, could
not barre it v/ith the peece of Avood that Ave vsed thereunto ;'
bu'. the bearc seeing that the dore was shut, she Avcnt backc
againe, and within two hourcs after she came againe, and
went round about and vpon the top of the house, and made
such a roaring that it Avas fcarcfull to heare, and at last got to
the chimney, and made such worke there that we thought
she would haue broken it doAA'ue, and tore the sailc ' that Avas
made fast about it in many peeces with a great and fearefvdl
noise ; but for that it AA-^as night avc made no resistance against
her, because Ave could not see her. At last she Avcnt aAvaic
and left vs.

The r of Aprill it Avas foide AA'cather, the AA'ind south-Avest.
Then aa'c made our muskets ready, thinking the bearc Avoidd
haue come againe, but >he came not. Tluni Are Avent A'p
vpon the house, Avhere W( -aw Avhat force the beam had A^sed
to tearc away the saile, an ich Avas made so fast vnto the
chimney.

The 8 of Aprill it Avas still foule AveatL'T, tVie Avind south-
Avcst, Av^hereby the ice dranc aAA'ay againe and the sea Avas
open, Avhich put vs in some comfort that avc should once get
aAvay out of that fcarcfull place.

* Deur dattet damper weer ende tcruijt vochtich was — because it ivas
damp weather and the j)owder moist.

" The steps cut in the snow, as is mentioned in page 136.
' iV«e de deur T:<r,( huijs toe — towards the door of the house.

* Dat hoven d deur was — that was above the door.

" The house was covered with a sail, on wlii<;h was placed shingle from
the beach, to keep it wiathcr-tight, as is dcicribod in page 1 10.

^f^^.

.0^, %^^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

■^|2|8 |25
«f Kii 122

140

L25 1 u ij^

6" r-

^ ^

^/ ^

HiotographJc

ScMices

Corporation

ri>^

S3 WIST MAIN STMIT

t*fKSnil,N.Y. U5M

./1«)l7a-4S03

<^\

170

THE NAVIGATION

The 9 of Aprill it was faiie clcere weather, but towarda
euening it was foule weather, the wind south-west, so that
stil y® water became opener, whereat we much reioysed, and
gaue God thanks that he had saued vs from the aforesaid^
cold, troublesome, hard, bitter, and vnsupportable winter,
hoping that time would giue vs a happy issue.

The 10 of Aprill it was foule weather, with a storme out
of the north-east, with great store of sno c ; at which time
the ice that draue away came in againe a I couered all the
sea oucr.*

The 1 1 of Api'ill it was fairc weather, with a great north-
cast wind, wherewith the ice still draue one peece vpon
another and lay in high hilles. ' .

The IS'' of Aprill it was fairc clecre weather, but still it
blew hard north-east as it had done two daycs before, so that
the ice lay like hilles one vpon the other, and then was
higher and harder then it had bin before.

The 13 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather with a north
wind. The same day we fetcht a slead Avith wood, and euery
man put on his shoocs that he had made of felt or rudg,*
which did vs great pleasuic.

The 14 of Aprill it was faire cleare weather with a west
wind ; then we saw greater hilles of ice round about the ship
then euer we had scene before, which was a fearcfuU thing
to behold, and much to be wondred at that the ship was not
smitten in peeces.

The 15 of Aprill it was faire calme weather with a north
wind; then seaucn of vs went aboard the ship, to see in what
case it Avas, and found it to be all in one sort ; and as we
came backe againe there came a great beare towards vs,

' Voorgaende — late, previous.
" Vervulde ile gantsche zee — filled the entire sea.
3 « 21st."— P/i.

* Van den houden ghemaect hadden — had made of the hats or felt. See
page 1C6, note 1.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

171

against whom we began to make defence, but she perceauing
that, made away from us, and we went to the place from
whence she came to ^oe her den,' where we found a great
hole made in y« ice, about a mans length in depth, the entry
thereof being very narrow, and within wide; there we thrust
in our pickes' to feele if there was any thing within it, but
perceauing it was emptie, one of our men crept into it, but
not too farre, for it was fearefuU to behold. After that we
went along by the sea side, and there we saw that in the end
of March and the begining of Aprill the ice was in such
wondefuU manor risen and piled vp one vpon the other that
it was wonderfuU, in such manner as if there had bin whole
townes made of ice, with towres and bulwarkes round about
them.

The 16 of Aprill it was foule weather, the wind north-
west, whereby the ice began some-what to breake,''

The 17 of Aprill it was faire cleere weather with a south-
west wind ; and then seauen of vs went to the ship, and
there we saw open water in the sea, and then we went ouer
the ice hilles as well as we could to the water, for in six or
seauen monthes we had not gone so neare vnto it; and when
we got to y'' water, there we saw a litle bird swiming
therein, but as soone as it espied vs it diued vndcr the water,
which we tooke for a signe that there was more open water
in the sea then there had beene before, and that the time
approached that the water would [be] open.

The 18 of Aprill it was faire weather, the wind south-west.
Then we tooke the higth of the sunne, and it was eleuatcd
aboue the horizon 25 degrees and 10 minutes, his declination
11 degrees and 13 minutes, which being taken from the
higth aforesaid, there rested 13 degrees and 58 minutes,
which substracted from 90 degrees, the higth of the Pole

' Om te sien of hy daer eenighe holen hadde — to see whether she had
Riiy holes there. i

* *S>iWn— pikes. ' J/ /f .srWe-M— to go away.

' M

172

THE NAVIGATION

was found to be 75 degrees, 58 minutes.' Then eleuen of
vs went with a slead to fetch more wood, and brought it to
the house. In the night there came an other beare vpon
our house, which we hearing, went all out with our amies,
but [through the noise we made] the beare ranne away.

The 19 of Aprill it was faire weather with a north wind.
That di*^ fine of vs went into the bath to bathe our selues,'
which did vs much good and was a great refreshing vnto vs.

The 20 of Aprill it was faire weather with a west wind.
The same day fiue of vs went to the place where we fetcht
wood, with a kettle and other furniture' vpon a slead, to
wash our shirts in that place, because the wood lay ready
there, and for that Ave were to vse much wood to melt the ice,
to heate our water and to drie our shirtcs, estcming it a lesse
labour then to bring the wood home to the house, which was
great trouble vnto vs.

The 21 of Aprill it [still] was faire weather with an east
wind ; and the next day the like weather, but in the euening
the wind blcwe northerly.

The 23 of Aprill it was faire [clear] weather [with a bright
sky] and a [strong] north-east wind ; and the next day the
like, with an east wind.

The 25 of Aprill it was faire [clear] weather, the wind
easterly. The same day there came a beare to our house,
and we shoot her into the skin,* but she runne awaic, which
another beare that was not farre from vs pcrccauing [she came
not nearer to us but] runne away also.

The 26 and 27 of Aprill it was fiurc weather, but an ex-
trecme great north-cast wind.

' The declination here given is that of April 19th. The corrected
calculation for the 18th, with refraction 2',o and declination + 10° 5U',i>
gives 76° 42',i ; or 75° 26'.i, if the sun's serai-diameter has to l)e deducted.
On April 19th, the declination was -}- 1 1° U)',i, whereby the height of the
i'olc would be 7(!°2',i ; or, deducting the sun's scmi-diamotor, 75°4()',i

" /'uufe stooften ons — and stewed ourselves. See page 121, note 8.

•' f/hercetsc/iiip — utensil i.

* //idj't — literally " him," but used in the sense of " liudy."

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

173

The 28 of Aprill it was faire weather with a north wind.
Then we tooke the higth of the sunne againe, and found it
to be eleuated 28 degrees and 8 minutes, his declination 14
degrees and 8 minutes/ which substracted from 90 degrees,
there rested 76 degrees for the highth of the Pole.*

The 29 of Aprill it was faire weather with a south-west
wind. Then we plaid at colfe^ [and at ball], both to the
ship and from thence againe homeward, to exercise our
selues.

The 30 of Aprill it was faire weather [with a bright sky],
the wind south-west ; then in the night wee could see the
sunne in the north, when it was in the highest,* iust aboue
the horizon, so that from that time we saw the sunne both
night and day.*

The 1 of May it was faire weather with a west v/ind; then
we sod our last flesh,* which for a long time we had spared,
and it was still very good, and the last morsell tasted as well

^ There is an omission here in the original. The following words
require to be supplied : — " which substracted from the said elevation,
there rested 14 degrees."

« With the sun's declination -|- 14° 8',r and refraction l',8, the cor-
rected calculation will give 76° 2',5 ; or, deducting 16' for the sun's semi-
diameter 75° 46',5.

* See page 168, note 2.

* Opt hooghste tvas. An oversight of the author. He meant to say
that the sun was on the meridian in the north ; where, of course, it
must have been at the lovjest, instead of the highest.

" Had the latitude of the place of observation been really more than
76°, the sun ought to have been visible above the horizon at midnight
on the 28th April, as its declination was then already more than 14° ;
and as on the 30th April its declination was 14° 65', it ought to have
had its loiver edge full 39' above the horizon at the time when at the
place of observation it is said to have been visible "just above the
horizon." This is without taking into account the refraction, which,
under ordinary circumstances, would have made its visible altitude
about 36' more. Hence it is quite clear that they were not so far north
as 76°.

•* Coodteii v'u oiise laetste vleysch — wo cooked the last of our meat
(beef).

174

THE NAVIGATION

as the first, and we found no fault therein but onely that it
would last no longer.'

The 2 of May it was foule weather with a [severe] stormc
out of the south-west, whereby the sea was almost clcere of
ice, and then we began to speake about '^ getting from thence,
for we had kept house long enough there.

The 3 of May it was still foule weather with a south-west
wind, whereby the ice began wholy to driue away, but it
lay fast about the ship. And when our best meate, as flesh
and other things, began to faile vs,^ which was our greatest
sustenance, and that it behooued vs to be somewhat strong,
to sustaine the labour that we were to vndergoe when we
went from thence, the master shared the rest of the bacon*
amongst vs, which was a small barrell Avith salt bacon in
pickle,* whereof euery one of vs had two ounces a day,
which continued for the space of three weekes, and then it
was eaten vp.*

The 4 of May it was indifferent fairc weather, y" wind
south-west. That day fine of vs went to the ship, and found

* 3faer hadt niaer een manffkel, dattet niet kmgher deuren wilde — only it
had but one fault, which was, that it would not last any longer. When-
ever a joke is intended by the author, — who, although a serious, matter-
of-fact Dutchman, was evidently a bit of a wag, — it is, by some fatality,
sure to be spoilt by the translator.

" Tejancken — to hanker after.

^ Ende also de beste sjnjs, als vlei/sch ende grutten ende anders, ons
ontbrack — and as our best food, such as beef, barley, and such like, failed
us. Gort otgnitten, for porridge, form au important item in the supplies of
Dutch seamen. When the Dutch whale-fishery was in a more flourish-
ing state, the sailors of the vessels employed in it used to be saluted by
the boys in the streets of Amsterdam with the cry of — Traan-bok !
Stroop in je gort tot Pampus toe. — " Train-oil Billy ! Treacle in your
porridge as far as Pampus ;" meaning, that after they had passed Pampus
(see page 13, note 6), which is only two hours from Amsterdam, they
would, during the rest of the voyage, get their porridge without treacle.

* Speck — pork.

' L'cn cleijn vaetgien met peeckehpeck — a small cask of salt pork.

* Doen wast medc op — then that also was gone.

INTO THE NOllTir-SEAS.

175

it lying still as fast in the ice as it did before ;* for about the
midle of March it was but 75 paces from the open water, and
then'' it was 500 paces from the water and inclosed round
about with high hilles of ice, which put vs in no small feare
how we should bring our scute and our boate through or
ouer that way into the water when we went to leaue that
place. That night there came [again] a beare to our house,
but as soone as she heard vs make a noise she ranne away
againe ; one of our men that climbed vp in the chimney saw
when she ranne away, so that it seemed that as then they
were afraid of vs, and durst not be so bold to set vpon vs as
they were at the first.

The 5 of May it was fau-e weather with some snow, the
wind east. That euening and at night we saw the sunne,
when it was at the lowest, a good way aboue the earth.

The 6 of May it was faire cleere weather with a great
south-west wind, whereby we saw the sea open both in the
east and in the west, which made our men exceeding glad,
longing sore to be gone from thence.

The 7 of May it was foule weather and snew hard, with a
north wind, whereby we were closed vp againe in our house,
whereupon our men were somewhat disquieted, saying that
they thought they should neuer goe from thence,' and there-
fore, said they, it is best for vs as soone as it is open water
to be gone from hence.

The 8 of May it Avas foule weather with great store of
snoAV, the wind west ; then some of our men agreed amongst
themselues to speake vnto the master,* and to tell him that it
was more then time for vs to be gone from thence ;* but they
could not agree vpon it who should moue the same vnto

^ Meer als te voren — more than before. ^ iVi< — now.

" Segghende : dit weer sal hier nimmermeer vergaen — saying, this
weather will never more pass away here.
* The skipper, namely, Jacob Ileemskerck.
" Van daer te sien comen — to see about getting from thence.

176

THE NAVIGATION

him,' because he had said that he would staie'^ vntill the end
of June, which was the best of the sommer, to see if the ship
would then be loose.

The 9 of May it was faire cleere weather with an indifferent
wind out of the north-east ; at which time the desire that
our men had to be gone from thence still more and more
encreased, and then they agreed to speake to Willam Barents
to moue the master to goe from thence, but he held them of
with faire words [and quieted them] ; and yet it was not done
to delay them,* but to take the best counsell with reason and
good aduise, for he heard all what they could saie.*

The 10 of May it was faire weather with a north-west
wind ; y* night, the sun by our common compas being north
north-east and at the lowest, we tooke the higth thereof, and
it was eleuated 3 degrees and 45 minutes, his declination was
17 degrees and 45 minuts, from whence taking the higth
aforesaid, there rested 14 degrees, which substracted from
90 degrees, there rested 76 degrees for the higth of the Pole.*

The 1 1 of INIay it was faire weather, tlie wind south-west,
and then« it was [quite] open water in the sea, when our men
prayed William Barents oi .c ine to moue the maister to
make preparation to goe irom thence, which he promised to
do as soone as conuenient time serued him.

The 12 of May it was foule weather, the wind north-west ;

^ Maer elck ontsach sich den schipper dat te kennen te gheven — but
each was reluctant to make the skipper acquainted with it.

' Vermidts dat hy hem hadde laten verluyden dat hy hegeerde te
wachten — because he had given them to understand that he desired
to wait.

^ Niet niuytischer wyse — not in a mutinous manner.

* Want zy Ueten haer gaerne ghesegghen — for they let themselves
easily be talked over.

' The corrected calculation, with declination -f- 17° 44',9 and refrac-
tion 12',2, will give 75° 47',9. If the sun's lower edge was observed, 16'
will, in this instance, have to be added to the latitude, which thereby
becomes 76° 3',9,

* Daev dtur — whereby.

/■

INTO THE NORTH-SKAS.

177

and then the water became still opener then it Avas, which
put vs in good comfort. •

The 13 of May it was still weather, but it snowed hard
with a north [-west] wind.

The 14 of May [it was fine clear weather with a north
wind. Then] we fetcht our last slead with fire wood, and
stil ware' our shooes made of rugde^ on our feete, where-
with we did our selues much pleasure, and they furthered
vs much. At the same time we spake to William Barents
againe to mooue the maister about going from thence, Avhich
he promised he would doe [on the following day].

The 15 of May it was faire weather with a west wind, and
it was agreed that all our men should goe out to exercise their
bodies with running, goeing,^ playing at colfe* and other
exercises, thereby to stirre their ioynts and make them nymble.
Meane time [William] Barents spake vnto the maister and
showed him what the company had said,^ who made him
answeare that they should stay no longer than to the end of
that mounth, and that if then the ship cou.ld not be loosed,
that preparation should be made to goe away with the scute
and the boate."

The 16 of May it was faire weather with a west- wind ; at
which time the company were glad of the answere that the
maister had giuen, but they thought the time too long, be-
cause they were to haiic much time' to make the boatc and

* Wore.

■ Va7i de niyohe. hoetgenn — of the rough hats (felt). See page 106,
note 1.
' I.e., walking. * Cohen. See page IfiS, note 1.

* Sprack Willem Barentzoon den schi^yper aen wat der ghesellen goeden
raedt was — William Barents/, told the skipper what the crew thought
was best (to be done).

* Be schuijt ende bock — the boat and yawl. Heemskerck's first thought,
as supercargo, evidently was to save, if possible, the ship and property
entrusted to him by the owners ; and by waiting till the fine weather
came and the sea was open, he hoped to be able to do this.

' Dat men veel tijts behoeven sonde — because much time would be
req^uisite.

178

THE NAVIGATION

I .

the scute ready to put to sea with them, and therefore some
of them were of opinion that it would be best for them to
sawe the boatc ' in the middle and to make it longer ; which
opinion, though" it was not amisse, neuerthelesse it would
be y® worse for vs, for that although it should be so much
the better for the sailing, it would be so much the vnfitter to
be drawne ouer the ice, which we vere forced [afterwards]
to doe.

The 17 and 18 of May it was faire cleere weather with a
west wind, and then wc [almost] began to reconne' the dales
that were set downe and appointed* for vs to make prepara-
tion to be gone.

The 19 of May it Avas faire weather with an east wind ;
then foure of our men went to the ship or to the sea side, to
see what way wc should draue the scute into the water.*

The 20 of May it was foule weather with a north-east
wind, whereby the ice began to come in [strongly] againe ;
and at noone we spake vnto the maister, and told him that
it was time to make preparation to be gon, if we would euer
get away from thence ;" whereunto he made answeare that
his oAvne life was as deere vnto him as any of ours vnto vs,
neuerthelesse he willed vs to make haste to prepare our
clothes and other things ready and fit for our voiage, and
that in the mcane time we should patch and amend them,
that after it might be no hinderance vnto vs, and that we
should stay till the mounth of May was past, and then make
ready the scute and the boate and al other things fit and
conueuient for our iourncy.

* Bock — yawl ; it l)cing the smaller boat of the two.
»« Thought."— /V^

* Reckon, count.

* Dat lUn tijt aenquam — till the time should arrive,

* De schuyten te water soude mogheii brenghen — should be able to get
the boats afloat.

® Oft eens tijdt quam dat wy loech comen mochten — if the time should
ever come when we might get away.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

179

The 21 of May it was faire weather with a north-east
wind, so that the ice came drilling in againe, yet we made
preparation touching our things that we should weare, that
we might not be hindred thereby.

The 22 of May it was faire weather with a north-west
wind ; and for that we had almost spent all our wood, we
brake the portall of our dore' downe and burnt it.

The 23 of May it was faire weather with an east wind ;
then some of [us] went againe to the place where the wood
lay, to wash our sheets.^

The 24 of May it was faire weather with a south-east wind,
whereby there was but a little open water. '

The 25 of May it was faire weather with an east wind.
Then at noone time we tooke the higth of the siinne, that was
eleuated aboue the horizon 34 degrees and 46 minutes, his
declination 20 degrees and 46 minutes, which taken from the
higth aforesaid, there rested 14 degrees, which taken from
90 degrees' resteth 76 degrees for the higth of the Pole.*

^ Ben wandt vant portael — the sides of the porch or entrance.

° Hemden — shirts.

' Die dan loederom ghetoghen van de ghenomen hoochte — which then
being taken from the observed height. This error in the original text
is corrected in the translation.

* The declination here given (correctly 20° 46',5) is that of the 24th
May ; that of the 25th being 20° 57',". The amended calculation for
both days will be as follows : —

Observed altitude of
Refraction .

May 24th
sun . 34° 46',n
. . - r,i

May 25th.

34° 46',o

- IV

Sun's declination

34° 44',«
. -]■ 20° 46',5

13° 58',i

34° 44',.!

-}- 20° 57',t!

Complement <p .

13° 47',o

<P ' ■

76° 1',!"

76° 13',n

ing for the sun's semi

-diameter 75° 45',ii

75° 57',o

Regarding the several observations of stars as well as of the sun (except

• ^

180

THE NAVIGATION

The 26 of May it was fairc weather with a great north-
east wind, whereby the ice came [drifting] in againe [with
great force] .

The 27 of May it was foule weather with a great north-
east wind, which draue the ice mightely in againe, where-
upon the maistcr, at the motion' of the company, v illed vs
[immediately to begin] to make preparation to be gon.
• The 28 of May it was foule weather with a north-west
wind ; after noone it began to be somewhat better. Then,
seuen of vs went vnto the ship, and fetcht such things from
thence as should serue vs for the furnishing of our scute and
our boate, as the old fock sayle^ to make a sayle' for our
boate and our scute, and some tackles and other things
necessarie for vs.*

The 29 of May in the morning it was reasonable fair

those of March 20th, April 2nd and 18th, and May 24th, which are un-
certain), as being all equally good, subject only to correction for refrac-
tion and amended declination, the result will be 76° 57V'- Or, assuming
that the sun's lower edge was observed in every case, but not allowed for,
(and the observations of the stars leave little room for doubting that
such must have been the case,) and taking the sun's semi-diameter at 1(5',
and including also the observations of the two stars, we have 75° 49',5. In
either case the latitude will be rather to the south than to the north of
the 76th parallel. But, as all the later observations of the sun were
made under an erroneous impression, and evidently with a desire that
they should correspond with what was believed to be the truth, the
safest plan will be to content ourselves with the observations of the two
stars and the Jirst observation of the sun on February 19th, the result of
Avhich will be : —

y Orionis

75° 43',o

a Tauri

75° 47',!»

75° 44',i

135

Which gives exactly 75° 45' as the latitude of the spot.

' Aenstaen — urgent request.

^ I^ock — foresail. ^ De seylen — the sails.

'' Eenigh loopende wamlt ende trosc/ens eiufe anders meer — some run-
ning rigging, ropes and various other things.

!!!-SS^K!

■i

How we made ready to sail ba<

[c ready to sail back again to ITolland.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

181

weather with a west wind; then ten of vs went vnto the
scute to bring it to the house to dresse it and make it
ready to sayle/ but [on coming to it] we found it deepe
hidden vnder y^ snow, and were faine with great paine and
labour to dig it out, but when we had gotten it out of
the snow, and thought to draw it to the house, we could
not doe it, because we were too wcake, wherewith we
became wholely out of heart, doubting that we should not be
able to goe forwarde with our labour ; but the maister en-
couraging vs bad vs striue to do more then we were able,
saying that both our lines and our wellfare consisted therein,
and that if we could not get the scute from thence and make
it ready, then he said we must dwell there as burgers* of
Nona Zembla, and make our graues in that place. But
there wanted no good will in vs, but onely strength, which
made vs for that time to leaue of worke and let thf scute lye
stil, which was no small greefe unto vs and trouble to thinke
what were best for vs to doe. But after noone, being thus
comfortlesse come home, wee tooke hearts againe, and deter-
mined to tournc the boate^ that lay by the house with her
keale vpwards, and [we began] to amend it [and to heighten
the gunwales, so] that it might be y° fitter to carry vs ouer
the sea, for wc made full account y*^ we had a long troublesom
voiage in hand, whcrin we might haue many crosses, and
wherin we should not be sufficiently prouided for all things
nece^sarie, although we tooke neuer so much care ; and while
we were busy about our worke, there came a great ^ bcare
vnto vs, wherewith we went into our house and stood to
watch her in ovir three dores Avith harquebushes, and one
stood in the chimney with a musket. This beare came bold-

' Nae de schuyt ghegaen om die ontrent het hiiija te vertimmeren — went
to the boat, in order to repair it near the house.

'^ Burghers — burgesses, citizens ; that is to say, they must consider
Novaya Zemlya as their place of permanent residence.

•' l)v (mch — the yawl. ■• Vreenelijckcn — fiightful.

182

THE NAVIGATION

Iyer ' vnto vs then euer any had done before, for she came to
the neather' step y* went to one of our doores, and the man
that stood in the doore saw her not because he lookt towards
the other doore, but they that stood within saw her and in
great feare called to him, wherewith he turned about, and
although he was in a maze he shot at her, and the bullet
past cleane through her body, whereupon she ran away. Yet
it was a fearfuU thing to see, for the beare was almost vpon
him before he saw her, so that if the peece had failed to giue
fire, (as often times they doe) it had cost him his life, and it
may be y* the beare would haue gotten into y® house. The
beare being gone somewhat from the liouse, lay downe, where-
with we went all armed [with guns, muskets, and half-pikes]
and killed her outright, and when avc had ript open her belly
we found a peece of a bucke therein, with haire, skin and
all,^ which not long before she had towrne^ and deuoured.

The 30 of May it was indifferent faire weather, but very
cold and close aire,' the wind west ; then wc began [again
with all our men that were fit for it] to set our sclues
to worke about the boate" to amend it, the rest staying in
the house to make the sailcs and all other things ready that
were necessarie for vs. But M'hile we were busic working
at our boatc, there came [again] a beare vnto vs, wherewith
we were forced to leaue worke, but she was shot by our men.
Then we brake downe the plankes of the rooffe of our house,
to amend our boatc withall,' and so proceeded in our worke as
well as we could ; for every man was v/ilUng to labour, for we
had sore longed for it, and did more then we were able to doe.

The 31 of May it was faire weather, but somewhat colder

^ More boldly. " Nether, lower.

" Stucken van robben met haijt ende hnyr — pieces of scaU^ with tho
skin and hair.

* Torn. " Nkt seer lout maer doachr — not very cold, hut dark.

" Bock — yawl.

" Om de bock daer mede op te boyen — wherewith to raise the gunwale
of our yawl.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

183

orking

then before, the wind being south-west, whereby the ice
draue away, and we wrought hard about our boate ; but
when [we] were in the chiefest part of worke, there came an
other beare, as if they had smelt thr.t we wotild be gone, and
that therefore they desired to tast a peece of some of vs,' for
that was the third day, one after the other, that they set so
fiercely vpon vs ; so that Ave were forced to leaue our worke
and goe into the house, and she followed vs, but we stood
Avith our peeces to Avatch her, anl shot three peeces at her,
tAVO from om: dores and one out of the chimney, which all
three hit her, Avhereby she fared as the dogge did with the
pudding ;* but her death did vs more hurt then her life, for
after we ript her belly Ave drest her liuer and eate it, which
in the taste liked vs Avell, but it made vs all sicke, specially
tlxree that Avere exceeding sicke, and we verily thought that
Ave should hauc lost them, for all their skins came of from
the foote to the head, but yet they recoucred againe, for the
Avhich Ave gave God heartie thankes, for if as then we had
lost these three men, it was a hundred to one^ that Ave should
neuer haue gotten from thence, because we should haue had
too fcAV men to draAv and lift at our neede.

[June, 1597.]
The 1 of June it was ftiire [beautiful] Aveather, and
then our men Avere for the most part sicke Avith eating
the liucr of a^ beare, as it is said before, whereby that day
there Avas nothing done about the boate ; and then there
hung a pot still ouer the fire Avith some of the liuer in it, but
the master tooke it and cast it out of the dore, for we had
enough of the saAvce thereof.' That day foure of our men

^ Van ons eerst de smaeck begeerden te hehben — they desired first to have
a taste of us.

'^ Also dat hem dit bequam als de kont de worst — so that it agreed with
her as the sausage did with the dog. This homely Dutch proverb has
already been explained in page 106, note 5.
• 8 Mischien — perhaps. •* Den — the.

' O'enoech van die satise — enough of that sauce.

■P

lif

H- '

■ "

■1 -:

1- J?

■ h

1 ^

1 I

1 H

M. ^

1 n i*

184

THE NAVIGATION

that were the best in health went to the ship, to see if there
was any thing in it that would serue vs in our voiage, and
tiicre found a barrell with geep,' which we shared amongst
our men, whereof every one had two, and it did vs great
pleasiire.

The 2 of June, in the morning, it was faire weather with
a south-west wind ; and then sixe of vs went to see and finde
out the best way for vs to bring our boate and our scute to
the water side, for as then the ice laie so high and so thicke
one vpon the other, that it seemed [almost] unpossible to
draw or get our boate and the scute ouer the ice, and the
shortest and best way that we could find was straight from
the ship to the water side,^ although it was full of hilles and
altogether vneuen and would be great labour and trouble
vnto vs, but because of the shortnesse we esteemed it to be
the best way for vs.

The 3 of June, in the morning, it faire cleare [sunny]
weather, the wind west ; and then we were [again become]
somewhat [stronger and] better [of our sickness], and tookc
great paines with the boate,^ that at last wc got it ready after
we had wrought sixe dales vpon it. About euening it began
to blow hard, and therewith the Avater was very open, which
put vs in good comfort that our deliuerance would soone
follow, and that we should once get out of that desolate and
fcarcfull place.

The 4 of June it was faire clcere [sunny] weather and

1 Geep. A well known fish {Delone vulgaris, Cuvier), which is called
in English by a variety of trivial names : — gar-fish, gane-fish, sea-pike,
mackerel-guide, mackerel-guard, green-bone, horn-fish, horn-back, horn-
beak, horn-bill, gore-bill, long-nose, sea-needle. Considerable quantities
are brought to the London markets in the spring from the Kent and
Sussex coasts. In Holland they are now only used as bait for other
fish. See Yarrell, History of British Fishes, vol. i, p. 393.

" Nae't open water toe — towards the open water.

^ Emle arheyikn metalle macht aen den bock — and worked with all our
might on the yawl.

INTO TllK NORTH-SKAS.

185

indifferent wannc;' and about y^ south-east sun [^ jx 7
A.M.] eleuen of vs went to our scute [on the beach] where it
then lay, and drew it to[wards] the ship, at which time the
labour seemed lighter vnto vs then it did before when we
tooke it in hand and were forced to leaue it off againc. The
reason thereof was the opinion that we had that the snow as
then lay harder vpon the ground and so was become stronger,
and it may be that our courages were better to see that
the time gaue vs open water, and that our hope was that we
should get from thence ; and so three of our men stayd by
the scute to build her to our mindes, and for that it was a
herring scute, which are made narrow behind, therefore they
sawed it [a little] of behinde, and made it a broad stearne
and better to broke the seas ;- they built it also somewhat
higher, and drest it vp as well they could." The rest of
our men were busy in the house to make all other things
ready for our voiage, and that day drew two sleads with
victuals and other goods [from the house] vnto the ship, that
lay about halfe way betweene the house and the open water,
[so] that after they might haue so much y'^ shorter way to
carry the goods vnto y« water side, when we should goe
away. At which time al the labour and paines that we tooke
seemed light and easie vnto vs, because of the hope that we
had to get out of that wild, desart, irkesome, fearefull, and
cold country.

The 5 of June it was foule [uncomfortable] weather with
great store of haile and snow, the wind west, which made an
open water ; but as then we could doe nothing without the
house, but within we made all things ready, as sailes, oares,

^ J^iet seer koud — not very cold.

^ Maeckteme met een spiegel, om also hequnmer te zijn hide zee te
ffhebruijcken—miide it with a square stern, in order that it might be a
J)etter sea-boat.

Ende maecktense also vaerdich opt bequaemste dnt men mocht—m\A^ so
got it ready in the fittest manner in their power.

)t n

»»^^P^H^*P"

mmmm

186

THE NAVIGATION

t; i-

mastcs, sprit, rother, swerd,' and all other necessaric
things.

The 6 of June in the morning it was faire weather, the
wind north-east. Then we went with our carpenters to the
ship to build vp our scute, and carried two sleades-full of
goods into the ship, both victualles and marchandise, with
other things, which we ment to take with vs. After that
there rose very foule weather in the south-west, with snow,
haile, and [also] raine, which we in long time had not had,
whereby the carpenters were forced to leauc their worke and
goe home to the house with vs, where also we could not be
drie, [for] because we had taken of the deales [from the
house], therewith to amend our boate and our scute ; there
laie but saile ouer it, which would not hold out the water,
and the way that laic full of snow began to be soft, so that
we left of our shoes made of rugge and felt,- and [again] put
on our leather shoes.

The 7 of June there blew a great north-east wind, whereby
we saw the ice come driuing in againe ; but the sunne being
south-east [i p. 7 a.m.] it was faire weather againo, and then
the carpenters went to the scute againe to make an end of
their worke, and we packed the marchants goods that we
ment to take with vs [the best and most valuable goods],
and made defences for our sclucs of the said packes to sauc
vs from the sea' [as we had to carry them] in the open
scute.

The 8 of June it was faire weather, and we drew the wares
to the ship which we had packc. and made ready ; and the car-

' Hwaert (now written zwaarden) — lee-boards or whiskers. These are the
boards still seen on the sides of Dutch flat-bottomed vessels, which servo
to keep them steady, and to prevent them from drifting to leeward,
when sailing with a side wind, or lying to.

" Van hoeden. See page 106, note 1.

' Ende maeckten duer presentinghen over om van een zee waters he-
schermt te zijn — and placed tarpaulings over them, to protect them (the
goods) from the sea-water.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

187

pcnters made ready the scute, so that the same euening it was
almost done. The same day all our men went to draw our boatc'
to the ship, and made ropes to draw withall, such as we vse to
draw with in scutes/ which we cast ouer our shoulders and
held fast with all our hands,' and so drew both with our hands
and our shoulders, which gaue vs more force, and specially the
desire and great pleasure we tooke to worke at that time
made vs stronger, so that we did more then then at other
times we should haue done, for that good will on the one
side and hope on the other side encreascd our strcnght.

The 9 of June it was faire weather with variable windcs.
Then wc washt our shirts and all our linnen against we
should be ready to saile away, and the carpenters were still
busic to make an end of the boate and the scute.*

The 10 of June we caried foure sleades of goods into the
shij), the wind then being variable ; and at euening it was
northerly, and wc were busie in the house to make all things
ready. The wine that was left wc put into litle vessels,*
that so we might deuide it into both our vessels,* and that as
we were inclosed by the ice,' (which we well knew would
happen vnto vs) we might the easclier cast the goods vpon
the ice, both out and into the scutes, as time and place
serued vs.

The 11 of June it was foulc weather and it blew hard
north north-west, so that all day we could doc nothing, and
we were in great feare least the storme would carry the ice
and the ship both away together, (which might avcU haue
come to passe) ; then we should haue becne in greater mise-

' Dock — ^yawl. " Sleden — sledges.

' But men noch effenwel onse handen daer aen mochten shien — so that
wc could likewise grasp them with our hands.

■• Om de buifdenningen [buijkdenninqen] in den bock ende sclntyte te
maecken — to make the bottom-boards (ceiling) of the yawl and boat.

" Clei/ne vaetgiens — small casks. " Sck uyten — boats.

" So mede ah vu/ altemet int i/s beset mochten werden — in order that
wlicncvcr we should be inclosed by the ice.

188

THE NAVIOATION

lie than cuer wc were, for that our goods, both victuallcs
and others, were then all in the ship ; but God prouided so
well for vs that it fell not out so unfortunatly.

The 12 of June it was indiiFerent faire weather ; then wc
went with hatchets, halberds,* shouels and others instruments,
to make the way plainc where we should draw the scute and
the boatc to the water side, along the way that lay full of
knobbes and hilles of ice,* where we wrought sore with our
hatchets and other instruments.^ And while we were in the
chicfcst of our worke, there came a great leane beare out of
the sea vpon the ice towards vs, which we iudged to como
out of Tartaria, for we had [before] scene of them twenty or
thirty [80 or 120] miles Avithin the sea ; and for that we had
no muskets but only one which our surgian* carried, I ran
in great haste towards the ship to fetch one or two, which
the beare pcrceiuing ran [quickly and boldly] after me, and
was very likely to haue ouer taken me, but our company see-
ing that, left their worke and ran [quickly] after her, which
made the beare turn towards them and left me ; but when
she ran towards them, she was shot into the body by the sur-
gian, and ran away, but because the ice was so uneuen and
hilly she could not go farre, but being by vs ouer taken wc
killed her out right, and smot' her teeth out of her head
while she was yet lining.

The 13 of June it was faire Aveather ; then the maister and
the carpenters went to the ship, and there made the scute
and the boate ready, so that there rested nothing as then but
onely to bring it downc to the water side. The maister and
those that were with him, seeing that it was open water and a
good west wind, came backe to the house againe, and there

' Met bylen, houweelen ende allerUy ghereetschap — with hatchets, pick-
axes, and all sorts of implements.

^ Ys ende ysberghen — ice and icebergs.

' Met kouven, smyten, sclioppen, yraven ende wechwerpen — with chop-
ping, throwing, pushing, digging, and clearing away.

* Larbiev. iScc page 12."), note 3. " Smote, struck.

ctualles
lidcd so

then wc
umcnts,
;ute and
r full of
with our
re in the
re out of
to com»T
wenty or
.t we had
ed, I ran
TO, which
f mc, and
pany scc-
er, which
but when
ly the sur-
iieuen and
taken wx
her head

laister and
; the scute
IS then but
naister and
vatcr and a
;, and there

fttchets, pick-

I— with chop-
I'uck.

ill i

How we prepared a way whereby we broiig

vhereby we brought our boats and goods to the sea.

INTO THE NOUTH-SEAS.

189

he spake vnto William Barents (that had bin long si eke), and
shewed him that he thought it good, (seeing it was a fit
time) to goe from thence, and so willed the company^ to
driue' the boate and the scute downe to the water side, and
in the name God to begin our voiage to saile from Noua
Zembla. Then William Barents wrote a letter, which he
put into a muskets charge' and hanged it vp in the chimney,
shewing how we* came out of Holland to saile to the king-
dome of China, and what had happened vnto vs being there
on land, with all our crosses, that if any man chanced to
come thither, they might know what had happened vnto vs,
[how we had fared,] and how we had bin forced in our ex-
tremity to make that house, and had dwelt 10 mounthes
therein. And for that we were [now forced] to put to sea in
two small open boates and to vndertake a dangerous and
aduenterous voiage in hand, the maister [also] wrote two
letters, which most of vs subscribed vnto, signifiing how we
had stayed there vpon the land in great trouble and miserie,
in hope that our siiip would be freed from the ice and that
we should saile away with it againe, and how it fell out to
the contrary, and that the ship lay fast in the ice ; so that in
the end, the time passing away and our victuals beginning
to faile vs, we were forced, for the sauing of our owne Hues,
to Icaue^ the shin and to saile away in our open boates, and
so to commit our sclues into the hand.s of God. Which done,
he put into each of our scutes a letter,* y' if we chanced to loose
one another or y^ by stormes or any other misaduenture we

' Ende besloten doen onderlinghen metten gemee^ien maeta — and they
then resolved jomtly with the ship's company.

" Brengen — to hring, to take.

^ Ende heeft Willem Darentsz. te voren een cleijn cedelkeib g/ieschreven,
cadi in een muskets mate ghedaen — and William Barcntsz. had previously
written a small scroll, and placed it in a bandoleer.

* "lie."— P//. •' Abandon.

" \'an veli'ke brief dcken schuyte een hadde — of which letters each boat
had one.

MMM

190

THE XAVIOATION

i: !

:^t

hapencd to be cast away, that then by the scute that escaped
men might know how wc left each other. And so, hauing
finished all things as we determined, wc drew the boate' to
the water side and left a man in it, and went and fetcht the
scute,- and after that eleuen sleads with goods, as victuals
and some wine that yet remained, and the marchants goods
which we preserued as wel as we could,^ viz., 6 packs with
[the] fine[st] woUen cloth, a chest with linnen, two packets
w*^ ueluet, two smal chests Avith mony, two drifats* with the
mens clothes, [such as shirts] and other things, 13 barrels of
bread, a barrell of cheese,* a fletch of bacon, two runlets of
oyle, 6 small runlets of wine, two runlets of vinegar, with
other packs [and clothes] belonging to y" sailers [and many
other things] ; so that when they lay altogether upon a
hcape, a man would haue iudged that they would not liaue
gone into the scutes. Which being all put into them, wc
went to the house, and first drew William Barents vpon a
slead to the place where our scutes lay, and after that we
fetcht Claes Adrianson," both of them hauing bin long sicke.
And so we [being] entred into the scutes and dcuidcd our
selucs into each of them alike, and put into either of them a
sicke man, then the maistcr caused both the scutes to ly close
one by the other, and there we subscribed to the letters
which he had written [as is above mentioned], the coppic
whercoi hereafter cnsueth. And so committing our sclues to
the will and mcrcie of God, with a west north-west wind and
an endiffcrent open water, we set saile and put to sea.

' nod—yiivil a i^^f^t

^ Jiaer ici/ (die iiaersticheift toe tieden, om die so reel te hercfhen (dst
moghelijck was — of which wu took every care to preserve as much as was
possible.

■• Hamas ionneti — coftcrs, trunks.

° Soetemefcx kaes — in modern Dutch, znetenielhche kaas — lit. sweet-milk
cheese. This is the ordinary Dutch cheese, well known in England, and
which on a former occasion (page 1524, note 11) was described as koi/en-
kaas. It is the produce principally of Ni)rth Holland.

^ i'laes Andricfi:. — Nicholas, the son of Andror, or Andrcwsmv

TNTO THE NORTH-SKAS.

191

The Coppie of their Letter.

IIauing till this day stayd for the time and opportunity,
in hope to get our ship loose, and now arc cleane out of hope
thereof,' for that it lyeth fast shut vp and inclosed in the ice,
and in the last' of March and the first ^ of April thr ice did
so mightily gather together in great hils, that we could not
deuise^ how to get our scute and boate into the water and*
where to find a conuenient place for it. And for that it
seemed almost impossible to get the ship out of the ice,
therefore I and William Barents our pilot," and other the
ofiiccrs and company of sailors therunto belonging, con-
sidering with our selues which would be the best course for
vs to saue our ownc Hues and some wares belonging to the
marchants, we could find no better mcancs then to mend our
boate and scute, and to prouide our selues as well as we could
of all things nccessarie, that being ready we might not loose
or oucrslip any fit time and opportunity that God should

' J)aer alu mi wej/nich oft geen hope toe en is — whereof there is now
little or no hope.

'■^ End. ' Beginning.

* Dat we vast overleggen — that wc considered well.

D «0r."— /'/i.

" Daerome hehhe ic niet Willem Darentsz. de hoogh-lootsmnn enile nmler
officie Ivgden met alle ander gasten — therefore I, with William IJarjntsz.,
(and) the chief-boatswain and other officers, with the rest of tiv; crew.
At first sight it might appear that William Barents/., is described as
" hoogh-bootsman." This is evidently the idea of the translator, though
he takes on himself to paraphrase the term by " our pilot." But the
statement on the 20th June (page 198), that the chief-boatswain came
on board the boat in which William Barentsz. was, just before the
lattcr's death, clearly proves that two diiFerent persons are here intended :
so that, in order to avoid ambiguity, a conjunction, or at least a comma,
should be inserted between the two. From the list of the ship's com-
pany given in page 193, it may be safely inferred that the "chief-
boatswain," or first mate, as we should now call him, was Pictcr Pic-
tcrszoon Vos. It is he, most proliably, who on the 28th August, 1596,
(page 100) is called " the other jiilot."

■H

\\ !> >

i ;

I s

192

THE NAVIGATION

send vs; for that it stood vs vpon' to take the fittest time,
otherewise we should surely haue perished with hunger and
cold, which as yet is to be feared will goe hard inough with
vs, for that there are three or foure of vs that are not able to
stirrc to doe any thinge,^ and th'^ best and strongest of us
are so weake with the great cold ani disseases that we haue
so long time endured, that we haue but halfe a mans strength ;
and it is to be feared that it will rather be worse then better,
in regard of the long voiage that we haue in hand, and our
bread wil not last vs longer then to the end of the mounth
of August, and it may easily fal out, that the voiage being
contrary and crosse vnto vs, that before that time we shall
not be able to get to any land, where we may procure any
victuals or other proui^^ions for our selues, as we haue hitherto
done our best ;' therefore we thought it our best course not
to stay any longer here, for by nature we arc bound to seeke
oure owne good and securites. And so we determined
hereupon, and haue vnder Avrittcn this present letter with
our owne hands,* vpon the first of June 1597. And while
vpon the same day we were ready and had a west wind
[with an easy breeze] and an indifltrent open sea, we did
in Gods name prepare our selues and entred into our voiage,
the ship lying as fast as euer it did inclosed in the ice, not-
withstanding that while we were making ready to be gon, we
had great wind out of the west, north, and north-west, and
yet find no alteration nor bettering in the weather, and there-
fore in the last extremity we left it.^ [Dated] vpon the 13 of
June, [and signed by] Jacob Hcmskerke, Peter Peterson \ os,

^ It was requisite for us.

" Daer wy inden nrheyt geen hrdpe af en hehhen — from whom in our
work we have no help.

•' Ala we al achooa vai,, dees ur uf oiis bpst deden — even if from this
moment we did our best.

* Ende int generael van ons alien onderteijcknet, gedaen ende besloten —
and in general l)y us all suV)scribed, done, and concluded.

" Hebben wi'Jt eyndelijck verluten — we have at Icugtli abandoned it.

INTO THK NORTH-SEAS.

193

Mr. Hans Vos/ Laurence Willinso, Peter Cornelison, lohn
Remarson, William Barets, G err at de Veer, Leonard Hen-
drickson, lacob lonson Scheadam, lacob lonso Sterren-
burg.*

^ Master Ham Vos. This is the barber-surgeon, of whom mention
has been raade in page 125, note 3. The title of "mecster," represent-
ing the Latin magister, shows that he was a member of a learned pro-
fession, who had not improbably taken his degree of " Magister Artium
Liberalium," at an university. In Hungary, at the present day, — as we
learn from the evidence of C. A. Noedl, on the recent trial of C. Derra
de Meroda against Dawson and others, in the notorious affair of the
Baroness von Beck, — " if a man wishes to become a surgeon, he must
attend six Latin schools [meaning, apparently, that he must keep six
terms at the High School or University,] and learn to cut hair." —
Morning Post, July 29th, 1852.

In the journal of Captain James, printed in Mr. Rundall's Narrative
of Voyages towards the North West (page 199), is the following entry,
under the date of November 30th, 1031 : — " Betimes, in the morning, I
I caused the chirurgion to cut ofi' my hair short, and to shave away all
the hair of my fiicc. . . . The like did all the rest." This was at a period
when, as appears from the muster-roll of Captain Waymouth's expedi-
tion, given in page 238 of the same volume, the rating of the surgeon,
who thus acted as barber to the ship's company, was next after " the
preacher," and before the master and the purser.

^ The names, as here given, are neither correctly written nor placed
in the order in which they stand in the original text. They are there
ranged in six short columns of two names each, except the last, which
has only one name ; but the translator has read them as if written
in two lines across the page. Correctly placed and written, the names
are as follows : —

lacob Ileemskcrck.

WiLLEM BaKEXTZ.

Pictcr Pictcrsz. Vos.

Qerrit dc Veer.

Meester Ilans Vos.

Lenaert Ilendricksz.

Laurens Willcmsz.

lacob lansz. Schiedam.

Pieltsr Oornelisz.

lacob lansz. Sterrenburch.

Ian Reyniersz.
There were four others, who did not sign, most likely from their inability
to write, or from ill-health.

194

THE NAVIGATION

The 14 of June in the morning, the sunne easterly [J p. 4
A.M.], we [by God's mercy] put of from the land of Noua
Zembla and the fast ice thcrevnto adioyning, with our boate
and our scute,' hauing a west wind, and sailed east north-
cast all that day to the Hands Point,' which was fine [20]
miles; but our first beginning was not very good, for wo
entered fast into the ice againe, which there laie very hard
and iiist, which put vs into no smal fcare and trouble ; and
being there, foure of vs went on land, to know the scituation
thereof, and there we tooke many^ birds, which we kild with
stones vpon the cliftcs.^

The 15 of June the ice began to goe away; then we put to
saile againe with a south wind, and past along by the Head
Point' and the Flushingers Point," streaching most north-
cast, and after that north, to the Point of Desire,' which is
about 13 [52] miles, and there we laie till the 16 of June.

The 16 of June we set saile againe, and got to the
Island[s] of Orange" with a south wind, which is 8 [32]
miles distant from the Point of Desire ; there we went one
land Mith two small barrels and a kettle, to melt snow and
to put y" Avater into y° barrels, as also to seeke for birds and
cgges to make mcatc for our si eke men ; and being there we
made fire with such wood as wco found there, and melted the
snowe, but found no birds ; but three of our men went ouer
the ice to the other island, and got three birds, and as wc
came backc againe, our maistcr (which was one of the three)
fell into the ice, where he was in great danger of his life, for
in that place there ran a great streame ;" but by Gods helpe
he got out againe and came to vs, and thei'c drycd himselfe
by the fire that wc had made, at Avhich fire Ave drest the

^ Jfet Oils f)Oci' e7i(le Kc/iitijt. ' De Eyiaiidts hoeck.

^ Vier — four. The translator evidently read veel. * Cliffs.

* Ilooft-hoeck. " Vlissingher hooft — Flushing Head.
' Le Capo van Begeerte — Cape Desire.

* De I'Ji/hinihn van Ornoupen.

" /'Jt'ii (jcweldi'ihen stroom — a strung current.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

11)5

rly [J p. 4

of Noua

our boatc

ast north-

fiuc [20]

d, for WG

very hard

Liblc ; and

scituation

! kild with

. wc put to
the Head

lost north-

■' which is

of June.

Tot to the
is 8 [32]
went one
snow and
birds and

g there wc

melted the
went oucr
and as wc
the three)
lis life, for
iods helpc
d himsf^lfc
drcst the

hocck.

Cliffs.
Head.

birds, and carried them to the scute to our sicke men, and
filled our two runlets with water that held about eight gal-
lons' a peace ; which done, we put to the sea againe v/ith a
south-east wind and drowsie miseling weather/ whereby we
were al dankish^ and wet, for we had no shelter in our open
scutes, and sailed west and west and by south to [opposite]
the Ice Point.* And being there, both our scutes lying hard
by each other, the maister' called to William Barents to know
how he did, and William Baren*. made answeare and said.
Well, God be thanked, and I hope before we get to Warehouse
to be able to goe." Then he spake to me and said, Gerrit,
are we about the Ice Point ? If we be, then I pray you lift me
vp, for I must veiw it once againe / at which time we had
sailed from the Island[s] of Orange to the Ice Point about
fiue [20] miles ; and then the wind was^ westerly, and we made
our scuts fast to a great peece of ice" and there eate some-
what ; but the weather was still fouler and fouler, so that we
were once againe inclosed with ice and forced to stay there.

The 17 of June in the morning, when we had broken our
fastes, tlie ice came so fast" vpon vs that it made our haires
stare" vpright vpon our heades, it was so fearcfull to ' chold ;

* Miaghelen. A measure of rather more than an English quart,
' Mottkh, Icelich weder — nasty drizdy weather.

' Wasich — damp. ■> Ys-hoeck.

" De schipper ; namely, Jacob Ileomskcrck.

' Al wel, maet, ick hope noch te loopen eer wy te Waei'hv>is conien —
quite well, mate. I still hope to b(! able to run before wc get to Ward-
huus. It is a matter of interest that the last words of such a man as
William Barentsz. should be correctly given.

^ Gerrit, zijii wij ontrent den Yshoeck, soo betirt my noch eeiis op; ic moet
dieii hoeck noch eens sien — Gerrit, if we are near the Ice Point, just lift
me up again. I must see that Point onco more. The Ice Point is the
northernmost point of Novaya Zemlya (see page 24, note 4) : hence the
interest felt in it by the sick man, who, in spite of his courageous talk,
was doubtless aware that ho should never see it again.

" JAej) ten vesten — went round to the west.

* An de schotsen — to the drift ice.

'" Noo Dveeselijck — so frightfully. " Stand.

'.y

li)G

THE rWIGATlON

by which meanes wc could not make fast' our scutes, so that
wc thought verily that it was a foreshowing of our last end ;
for we draue away so hard with the ice, and were so sore
prest between a flake of ice, that we thought verily the scutes
woxild burst in a hundredth peeces, which made vs looke
pittifully one upon the other, for no counsell nor aduise was
to be found,* but euery minute of an houre^ we saw death
before our eies. At last, being in this discomfort and ex-
treeme necessity, y" master said* if wc could take hold with a
rope vpon the fast ice,' we might therewith drawe y" scute vp,
and so get it out of the great drift of ice. But as this coun-
sell was good, yet it was so full of daunger, that it was the
hazard of his life that should take vpon him to doe it ; and
without doing it, was it most certaine y*^ it would cost vs all
our Hues. This counsell (as I said) was good, but no man
(like to the talc of y'' miso) durst hang the bell about y" cats
nccke, fearing to be drowned ; yet necessity required to haue
it done, and the most danger made vs chuse the least. So
that being in that perplexity, [and as a drowned calf may
safely be risked,]" I being the lightest of all our company
tooke on mc to fasten^ a rope vpon the fast ice ; and so creep-
ing from one pcece of driuing ice to another, by Gods
help got to the fiist ice, where I made a rope fast to a high
howell,** and thoy that were in the scute drew it thereby vnto

' Itechleii — save.

" O'oet r<(et vas diier — good counsel was dear. A proverbial ex-
pression, explained in page 1(15, note 2.

^ ('ophenhlick — instant. * Werter geseyt — it was said (hy some one).

' Een trots ofte tou aent vaste ys comlen vast cryghen — could nuikc fast
a tackle or rope to the firm ice.

" J'Jen ghedrenckt cnlf goet te waghen is. This is another Dutch pro-
verh, which Gerrit de Veer modestly applies to himself, as signifying that
his loss would not be much felt. The translator, not understanding the
allusion or the force of the proverb, left it out ; but on the other hand
he, somewhat unnecessarily, introduced in the preceding passage the
words " like to the tale of the misc," which are not in the original.

' Te bi'cnghen — to carry. ^ Een hoogoi heuvel — a high hummock.

•

tcs, so that
V last end ;
2Ye so sore
r the scutes
e vs looke
aduise was

saw death
rt and ex-
hold with a
y" scute vp,
; this coun-

it Avas the
:loe it; and
I cost vs all
»ut no man
)out y" cats
red to haue
; least. So
h1 calf may
ir company
id so creep-
:, by Gods
st to a high
licreby vnto

:)roverbial cx-

[by some one).
»uld make fast

er Dutch pro-
ignifying that
urstanding the
he other hand
g passage the
original,
jfh hummock.

;i*'

^ffp

,^*^''Vj3l«Bft''W

^:-~*^-^;

^^^ii^^^'-'^:MmS^

^Ajfe»iyiii«"^

■tsm.'-':

^1. i '■IIIMIIIi w .,J_*»Tui. *-^

"■^^.■~._

:r;..;.H

•Wiwitt^^":--;:

.«

• '

How we were nearly wrecked, and with great d

f ,MirM:ir,:-'r'' ■

vtl

'i^^^iim %M!!Si^^^-'^^

^e^'-*^

i, and with great danger had to betake ourselves to the ice.

a I'

INTO TIIK NORTII-SKAS.

197

the said fast ice, and then one man alone coidd drawe more
then all of them could hauc done before. And when we had
gotten thither, in all haste Ave tooke our sicke men out and
layd them vpon the ice, laying clothes and other things vndcr
them [for them to rest on], and then tooke all our goods out
of the scutes, and so drew them vpon the ice, whereby for
that time we were deliuered from that great danger, making
account that avc had escaped out of deaths clawes,' as it was
most true.

The 18 of June we repaired and amended our scutes
againe, being much brused and crushed with the racking of
the ice, and were forced to driue all the nailes fast againe,
and to peece many things about them,' God sending vs wood
wherewith we moult our pitch, and did all other things that
belonged thereunto. That done, some of vs went vpon the
land^ to seeke for egges, which the sicke men longed for, but
we could finde none, but wn found foure birds, not Avithout
great danger of our Hues betweenc the ice and the firme
land, wherein we often fell, and Avcre in no small danger.

The 19 of June it was indifferent weather, the Avind
north-Avest, and [during the day Avest and] Avcst south-west,
but Ave Averc still shu^ vp in the ice and saAv no opening,
Avhich made vs thinke that there Avould be our last aboade,
and that Ave should neucr get from thence ; but on the other
side Ave comforted our selves againe, that seeing God had
helped vs often times vnexpectedly in many perils, and that
his arme as yet Avas not shortened, but tl at he could [still]
helpe vs^ at his good Avill and pleasure, it made vs somewhat
comfortable, and caused vs to speake cheerfully one vnto the
other.

The 20 of June it Avas indifferent Aveather, the Avind Avest,

^ Des (loots kaecken — the jaws of death.

^ Allen de naeden hebben toy mede moeten versien ende dicht maecken,
ende diversche presendinghe legghen — we had likewise to examine and
close all the seams, and to lay on pieces of tarpauling in various places.

•' Te landtwaert tM— towards the land. ■* "Up."— P/i.

198

THE NAVIGATION

III

( ":,

and when the sunne was south-cast [| p. 7 a.m.] Clacs Adri-
anson* began to be extreme sicke, whereby we percciued
that he would not Hue long, and the boateson'* came into our
scute ^ and told vs in what case he was, and that he could not
long continue aliue ; whereupon William Barents spake and
said, I thinke I shal not Hue long after him ;* and yet we did
not ivdge William Barents to be so sicke, for we sat talking
one with the other, and spake of many things, and William
Barents read in my card which I had made touching our
voiage,' [and we had some discussion about 1.^ • at last he laid
away the card and spake vnto me, saying, G err it, give me
some ^Irinke f and he had no sooner drunkc but he was
taken Avith so sodain a qualme, that he turned his eies in his
head and died presently, and we had no time to call the
maistcr out of the [other] scute to speake vnto him ; and 'jo
he died before Claes Adrianson [who died shortly after him].
The death of William Barents nut vs in no small discomfort,
as being the chicfc guide and onely pilot on whom we reposed
our selues next vnder God ,' but we could not striue against
God, and therefore we must of force be content.

The 21 of June the ice began to driue away againe, and
God made vs some opening with [a] south south-west wind ;
and when the sunne was [about] north west the wind began
to blow south-cast with a good gale, and we began to make
preparation to goe from thence.

The 23 of June, in the morning, it blew a good gale out of
the south-east, and then the sea was reasonable open, but wc

t! 1,1

^ Claes Andriesz. Sec page 100, note 6.

^ I)e hooc/h-bootsnuui — the ;hicf boatswain, ^ Bock — yawl.

■• My dunckt tsal iiiet my mede niet langhe dueren — mcthiiiks with mo
too it will not last long.

" Las in mijn caerUjien dat ic van onse reyse gemaect liadde — lookcJ at
my little chart, which I had made of our voyage.

" Gerrit, geeft mg eens te drincken — Oerrit, give nic something to
drink.

' The words "next under God" are not in the text.

i'JJ

INTO THE NORTH- SEAS,

199

lacs Adri-
percciued
le into our
I could not
spake and
yet we did
at talking
d William
ching our
ast he laid
, give me
at he was
cies in his
call the
tn ; and 'so
ifter him],
liscomfort,
v^e reposed
ue against

Tainc, and
'est wind ;
ind began
n to make

^ale out of
m, but we

ck — yawl,
ks with mo

: — looked at

mctliiiig to

were for ,d to draw our scutes ouer the ice to get vnto it,
which -was great paine and labour vnto vs ; for first we were
forced to draw our scutes ouer a peece of ice of 50 paces
long, and there put them into the water, and then againe to
draw them vp vpon other ice, and after drew them at the
least 300' paces more ouer the ice, before we could bring
them to a good place, where we might easily get out. And
being gotten vnto the open water, we committed our selues
to God and set saile, the sunne being about east -north-
east, with an indifferent gale of wind out of the south and
south -south -east, and saih:d west and west and by south,
till the sunne was south, and then we were round about
enclosed with ice againe, and could not get out, but were
forced to lie still. But not long after the ice opened againe
like to a sluce,^ and we past through it and set saile againe,
and so sailed along by the land, but were presently enclosed
with ice ; but, being in hope of openhig againe, meane time
we eate somcAvhat, for the ice went not away as it did before.
After that we vsed all the meanes we could to breake it, but
all in vaine ; and yet a good while after the ice opened
againe [of itself], and we got out and sailed along by the
land, west and by south, with a south wind.

The 23 of June we sailed still forward west and by south
till the sunne was south-east, and got to the Trust
Point,3 which is distant friiui the Ice Point 25 [100] miles,
and then could goc no further because the ice laie so
hard and so close together ; and yet it was liure weather.
The same day we tooke the higtb of the sunne with the
astrolabium and also with our astronomicall ring, and found
his higth to be 37 degrees, and his declination 23 degrees
and 30 minutes, which taken from the higth aforesaid, tliere
lested 13 degrees and 30 minutes, which substracted out of
90 degrees, the higth of the Pole was 76 degrees and 30

1 « 100."— iVi. 9 Sluijs— lock, sluice.

^ C(ij)o (le Troosts — Cape Comfort. 8ce page 22, note 4.

200

THE NAVIGATION

minutes.' And it was faire sunnc-shine weather, and yet it
was not so strong as to melt the snow that we might haue
water to drink ; so that we set all our tin platers and other
things* ful of snoAV [in the sun] to melt, and so molt it
[by the reflection of the sun, so that we had water to drink];
and [we also] put snow in our mouthcs, to melt it downo
into our throates f but all was not enough, so that we were
compelled to endure great thirst.

The stretching of the land from the house^ lohere toe ivin-
tercel, along hy the north side of Nona Zemhla to the Straights
of IVaigais, ivhcre ive past oner to the coast of liussia, and
ouer the cntrie of the White Sea to Cola,^ according to the
card^ here ensueing.

From the Low Land" to the Streame Baic,"
the course cast and Avcst

From the Streame Bale to the Icc-hauen
Point," the course east and by north .

From the Icc-hauen Point to the Islands
Point,^" the course east north-east

From the Islands Point to the Flushingcrs
Point," the course north-cast and by cast

From the Flushingcrs Point to y" Head
Point," the course north-cast .

4 [IGJ miles.
3 [12] miles.

5 [20] miles.
3 [12] miles.

. . 4 [16] miles.

^ The elevation of the sun, corrected for refraction, was 36° 6H','<, and
its declination -|- 23° 29',' > so that the elevation of the Pole was
76° 30',r.

^ Be tinnen plateeleti met alle het copenverck — the tin cans with all the
copper vessels.

^ Voor onu drincken — for our drink.

* Streckinglie vmi't huijs af — direction (of our course) from the
house, etc.

' Coin, A small sea-port of Russian Lapland, in the {government of
Archangel, 540 miles N. of St. Petersl)urg. Population 1000.

" Chart. ^ llet laghe lainU. " Stroom-hay.

^ Yshavens hoeck. '" Ei/lnndts Itoeck.

VliKsenger hooft — Flushing Head.

'« Ih>ofthoed\

INTO THE NOllTH-SEAS.

From the Head roint to the Pomt of
Desire,' the course aouth and north .

From the Point of Desire to the Island[s]
of Orange/ north-west

From the Islands of Orange to the Ice
Point/ the course west and west and by south
From the Ice Point to the Point of Thrust/
the course [west and] Avest and by south

From the Point of Trust to Nassawes
Point/ the course" west and by north

From the Nassawe Point to the east end of
the Crosse Island/ the course west and by
north .....

From the cast end of the Crosse Island to
Williams Island/ the course west and by scuth
From Williams Island to the Black Point/
the course ivest south-Avcst .

From the Black Point, to the cast end of
the Admirable Island,'" the course west south-
west .

• • •

From the cast to the west point of the Ad-
mirable Island, the course west south-west .

From the west point of the Admirable
Island to Cape Planto," the course south-
west and by west ....

From Cape de Planto to Lombs-bay,'= the
course west south-west

6 [24]
8 [32]

5 [20]
25 [100]

10 [40]

8 [32]
3 [12]

6 [24]

7 [28]
5 [20]

10 [40]

8 [32]

201

miles.

miles,
miles,
miles,
miles.

miles,
miles,
miles.

miles,
miles.

* Be Iloeck van Begheerten—CA^Q Desire.
^ De Eylanden van Oraengien.

•' De YshoecL 4 Capo de Troosts-Caj^o Comfort.
Ctijw de Vcrssnmven—Capc Nassau. « " West and." Ph

• Jfet Crmjs Eyhmdt. s miu,,,, Evh,,ult.
" De Swarten. Iloeck—Qixi^Q Negro. See page 13.

'* Het Admimliteifts Eiflandt—MxmvKliy Island.

" Cn2>o Phincio—Qn,\^(i Plancius. See page 219, note 4.

^'^ Lomshoy. See page 12.

I) ])

202

THE NAVIGATION

■h 'ii'

■|i'

From Lombs-bay to the Staues Point,' the
course west south-west

From the Staues Point to [Cape cle Piior
or] Langenesse,^ the course south-west and
by south . . . . .

From [Cape Prior or] Langenes to Cape
cle Cant/ the course south-west and by south

From Cape de Cant to the Point with the
black clifts/ the course south and by west .

From the Point with the black cHftes to
the Black Island/' the course south south-east

From the Black Island to Constint-sarke/
t:. u-'se east and west

Fi.. . Constint-sarke' to the Crosse Point/
the course south south-east .

From Crosse Point to S. Laurence Bay/
the course south-cast"

From S. Laurence Bay" to Mel-hauen/'
the course [south] south-east

From Mel-hauen to the Two Islands/^ the
course south south-east

From the 2 Islands, where we crost ouer
to the Russia coast, to the Islands of Mntfloo
and Delgoye/* the course south-west''

10 [40] miles.

14 [56;

miles.

(i [24]

miles.

4 [16]

miles.

3 [12]

miles.

2 [8]

miles.

5 [20]

miles.

6 [24;

miles.

6 [24]

miles.

16 [64]

miles.

30 [120] myles.

' De Staten Iloeck — States Point.

^ Capo de Prior oft Langhenes. See page 11.

» Capo de Cunt. See piige 210.

"' De Iloeck met de swarte cllppen — the Point with the hlack cUffs.

" llet Swarte Eylandt. " CoMlHtmrck. See jiagc ;J(), note 4.

^ Constinsarck. A fatality seems to attend the spelling of this name.

* Cruiidioeck. See page 31. " /S*. Laurens Jh(i/. See page 32.

1" " S.S.E."— iVt. " S. Lauwersbay.

"^^ MeeUiaven. See page 33.

" Be twee Eylandca. On the first' voyage they were named St. Clara.
Sec page 34.
^* Mat/loo ende Delgoy. See page 3(i, and also note (i in page .'50.
" The true course is almost south-erts^

[40] miles.

56] miles.
'24] miles.
16] miles,
12] miles.
[8] miles.
20] miles.
24] miles.
24] miles.
64] miles.

JO] mylos.

k cfijs.
I, note 4.
this nanic.
page 32.

1 St. Clara.

;e no.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

203

From Matfloo and Delgoye to the creeke'
where we sailed the compasse [almost] round
about, and came to the same place againe

From that creekc to Colgoy,' the course
Avest north-west ....

From Colgoy to the east point of Cam-
dcnas/ tlie course west north-west .

From the east point of Camdenas to the
west side of the White Sea, the course west
north-west . . . .40 [I6O] mile

From the west point of the White Sea to
the 7 Islands,^ the course north-west

From the 7 Islands, to the west end of

22 [88] miles.
18 [72] miles.
20 [80] miles.

Kilduin,' the course north-west

From the west end of Kelduin to the place
where John Cornells came vnto vs," the course
north-west and by west

From thence to Cola,' the course mosf*
southerly .....

So that we sailed in two open scutes, some
times in the ice, then ouer the ice, and

14 [56] miles.
20 [80] miles.

7 [28] miles.
18 [72] miles.

through the sea

381 [1524] miles.

The 24 of June, the sunne being easterly, we rowed
here and there [round about] in the ice, to see where

* Inham — inlet.

2 Colgoy— i\iQ Island of Kolguev. See page 35, note 2.

3 Ccmdenas—Kfunm. Nos. See page 38, note 3.

* Del Eylanden. "The Seven Islands {Sem Ostrovi) lie about IG
leagues S.E. by S., by compass, from Tieribieri Point, and by varying
the appearance serve to distinguish this part of the coast."— Pur ly°
Sailing Directions for the Northern Ocean, p. 82.

« See page 7, note 4. « Namely, on August 30th, 1598.

' Col. See page 200, note 5. s «(\Ve.st." Ph.

9 Phillip has inserted here "381 miles Flemish, which is 1143 miles
Inglish." The miles of the text are German or Dutch miles of 15 to the
degree, as is stated in page 7, note 1 .

Ji04

THE NAVIGATION

;^ i\

Ave might best goe out, but >vc saw no opening ; but wlicn
the sunne was south we got through into the sea, for the
which we thanked God most heartilie that he had sent
vs an vnexpected opening ; and then we sailed with an east
wind and went kistily forward, so that we made our account
to get aboue^ the Point of Nassawcs;' [but we were again
prevented by the ice which beset us, so that we were obliged
to stop on the east side of the Point of Nassau] close by the
land, and we could easily see the Point of Nassawes, and
made our account to be about 3 [12] miles from it, the wind
being south and south south-Avest. Then sixe of our men
went on land and there foimd some wood, whereof they
brought as much as they could into the scutes, but found
neither birds nor cggcs ; with the which wood they sod"* a
pot of water pap (which we called matsammorc^), that wc
might eate some Avarme thing, the wind blowing stil south-
erly, [and the longer it blew the stronger it grew.]

The 2oih. of June it blcAV a great south wind, and the ice
•whereunto Ave made our selues fast Avas not very strong,
Avhereby we were in greate fcarc that avc should break e off
from it and driue into the sea ; for [in the evening], AA'hen
the sun was in the Avest, a pcece of that ice brake of,
Avhcreby Ave Avere forced to dislodge and make our selues
fast to another peece of ice.

The 2G of June it still blcAv hard out of the south, and
broke the ice Avhereunto Ave Avere fast in peeces, and Ave
thereby draue into the sea, and could get no more to the
fast ice, Aviiv^reby avc Avere in a thousand dangers to be all
cast aAvay ; and driuing in y*^ sort in the sea, Ave roAved as

' Beyond. ** 8eo pnge 92. •' Boiled.

* Matsammore. Evidently a corruption of the Spanish onazamorm,
which word, according to the Diccionario of the Royal Spanish Academy,
means "biscuit-powder, or l)i'-i'uit broken and rendered unserviceable;
also th« pottage or food (made with bread or biscuit) which was given to
the galley-shivcs." The adoption of Spanish words by the Dutch is
accounted for in page 12, note 1.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS,

205

but wlien
a, for the
had seut
h an cast
ir account
ere again
L'c obliged
)sc by the
awes, and
, the wind
: our men
!reof they
but found
licy sod'' a
), that we
stil south-

nd the ice

ry strong,

brcake off

ng], when

brake of,

t)ur sclucs

outh, and

, and Avc

)re to the

to be all

rowed as

led.
mazamorrft,
;h Academy,
sci'viocalile ;
ivas given to

tie Dutch is

much as we could, but we could not get neere vnto the land,
therefore we hoysed vp our fock,* and so made vp with our
saile;' but our fock-mast^ brake twice in peeces, and then
it was worse for vs then before,* and notwithstanding that
there blew a great gale of wind, yet we were forced to hoyse
vp our great sayle,* but the wind blew so hard into it that
if we had not presently taken it in againe we had sunke in
the sea," or else our boate would haue bin filled with water
[so that we must have sunk] ; for the water began to leap
ouer horde,' and we were a good way in the sea, at which
time the wanes went so hollow [and so short] that it was
most fearful, and we thereby saw nothing but death before
our eyes, and euery twinckling of an eye lookt when we
should sincke. But God, that had deliuered vs out of so
many dangers of death, holpe vs once againe, and contrary
to our expectations sent vs a north-west wind, and so with
great danger we got to y'' fast ice againe. When we were
deliuered out of that danger, and knew not where our other
scute" was, we sailed one mile [4 miles] along by the fast
ice, but found it not, whereby Ave were wholy out of heart
and in great feare y' they were drowned ; at which time it
was mistie weather. And so sailing along, and hearing no
ncwes of our other scute," we shot of a musket, w'* they hear-
ing shot of another, but yet we could not see each other ;
meane time approaching nearer to each other, and the
weather waxing somwhat cleercr, as we and they shot once
againe, we saw the smoake of their peece, and at last we met
together againe, and saw them ly fast between driuing and

* Foresail.

^ Leyden op ons seiflen toe — tried to do it with our sailos.

'^ Foremast. ■* Arc/er ids ecu gat — worse than a ?e«X;.

" Gi'ootseijl — main-sail.

" In den grondt gheslnghen gheweest — been capsized.

' Al over boort in te loytcn — to run (juite over the gunwale.

^ Ons under nuicker — our other compcanion.

" 0)iser mucker — our companion.

20()

THE NAVIGATION

fast ice. And when wc got neere vnto them, wo wt'ut oucr the
ice and holp them to vnlade the goods out of their scute, and
drew it ouer the ice, and with much paine and trouble
brought it into the open water againe ; and while they were
fast in the ice, we' found some wood vpon the land by tlie
sea side, and when we lay by each other we sod- some bread
and water together and eate it vp warme, which did vs
much good.

The 27' of June we set saile with an indifferent gale out
of the east, and got a mile [4 miles] aboue the Cape de Nas-
saw one the west side thereof, and then we had the wind
against vs, and we were forced to take in our sailes and
began to rowe. And as wc went along [the firm ice] close
by the land, we saw so many sea-horses lying vpon the ice
[more than we had ever seen before] that it was admirable,^
and a great number of birds, at the which we discharged 2
muskets and killed twclue of them, which we fetcht into our
scutes. And rowing in that sort, we had a great mist, and
then we cntrcd into [the] driuing ice, so that we Avcre com-
pelled to make our scutes fast vnto the fast ice, and to stay
there till the weather brake vp,' the wind being west north-
west and right against vs.

The 28th of June, when the sunne was in the east, wc
laid all our goods vpon the ice, and then drew the scutes
vpon the ice also, because we were so hardly prest on
all sides with the ice, and the wind came out of the sea vpon
the land, and therefore we were in feare to be wholcly
inclosed with the ice, and should not be able to get out
thereof againe. And being vpon the ice, we laid sailes" ouer
our scutes, and laie downe to rest, appointing one of our
men to keepe watch ; and when the sunne was north there

' Iladdeii zj/—the>/ h&d. s* Boiled. =» " 1 7th."— PA.

^ Jae zy waren ontelbaar — nay, they were numberless.

•'' Dattet op clmrde — till it cleared up.

^ Van de seylea een tente opghesloghen, — made a tent of our sails.

INTO THE NORIII-SEAS.

201

oucr the
cute, and
I trouble
liey were
id by the
me bread
b. did vs

gale out
3 de Nas-
the wind
ailes and
ice] close
n the ice
imirable/
charged 2
t into our
mist, and
vcrc com-
id to stay
est north-

; cast, we

he scutes

prest on

sea vpon

wholely

3 get out

lilcs" ouer

[ic of our

»rth there

came three beares towards our scutes, wherewith he that
kejjt the Avatch cried [out lustily], three beares, three bcarcs;
at which noise we leapt out of our boatcs with our muskets,
that were laden with hailc-shot' to shootc at birds, and had
no time to discharge^ them, and therefore shot at them there-
with ; and although that kinde of shot could not hurt them
much, yet they ranne away, and in the meane time they
gaue vs leisure to lade our muskets with bullets, and by
that meanes we shot one of the three dead, which the other
two perccauing ranne away, but within two houres after
they came againe, but when they were almost at vs and
heard us make a noise, they ranne away ; at which time the
wind was west and west and by north, which made the ice
driue with great force into the cast.

The 29th of June, the sunne being south south-west,
the two beares came againe to the place where the dead
beare laie, where one of them tooke the dead beare in his
mouth, and went a great way with it oucr the rugged ice,
and then began to eate it ; which we perccauing, shot a
musket at her, but she hearing the noise thereof, ran away,
and let the dead beare lie. Then foure of vs went thither,
and saw that in so short a time she had eaten almost the halfe
of her ; [and] we tooke the dead beare and laid it vpon a high
heape of ice, [so] that we might see it out of our scute, that if
the beare came againe we might shoot at her. At which
time we tried ^ the great strenght of the beare, that carried
the dead beare as lightely in her mouth as if it had beene
nothing, whereas we foure had enough to doe to cary away
the halfe dead beare betweene vs. Then the wind still held
west, which draue the ice into the east.

The 30 of June in the morning, when the sunne was east
and by north, the ice draue hard eastward by meanes
of the west wind, and then there came two beares vpon a

Ifaqhel — small shot.

" Vcrldden — re-load.

* Bevomh'H — found out ; experienced.

208

THE NAVIGATIOX

■ ; 'I

1 :.^a

t WK*" '^B^

' n fl

1 H H

i wJ |M

LiU.-Hh

1 ''mi an

"^I^^IHh

:.]bH

peccc of ice that ciraue in the sea, and thought to set vpon
vs, and made show as if they wouhl Icapc into the water and
come to vs, but did nothing, whereby wc were of opinion
that they were the same bearcs that had beene there beiore ;
and about the south -south -east sunnc there came an
other beare vpon the fast ice, and made [straight] towards
vs ; but being nearc vs, and hearing vs make a noise, she
went away againe. Then the wind was west-south-west,
and the ice began someAvhat to f\dle from the land ; but
because it Avas niistie weather and a hard wind, wo durst not
put to sea, but staid for a better opportunitic.

The 1 of Julie it was indifferent laire weather, with a west-
north-west Avind ; and in the morning, the sunne being cast,
there came a beare from the driuing yce and swam over the
Avatcr to the fast yce Avhereon avc lay ; but Avhen she heard vs
she came no nearer, but ran aAvay. And Avhcn the sunnc Avas
south-cast, the ice came so fiist in toAvards vs, that all the ice
whereon we lay Avith our scutes and our goods brake and
rail one pccce vpon another, Avhereby avc were in no small
fearc,' for at that time most of our goods fell into the Avatcr.
But Ave with great diligence drcAV our scutes" further A'pon
the ice toAvards the land, Avhcrc avc thought to be better de-
fended from the driuing of the ice, and as we Avent to fetch
our goods Ave fell into the greatest trouble that cuer avc had
before, for y' avc endured so great danger in the sauing
thereof, that as avc laid hold vpon one peece thereof the rest
sunke doAvnc Avith the ice, and many times the ice brake
vnder our oAvne feet ; Avhereby ^ 'c Avere wholy discomforted
and in a maner cleane out of ail hope, expecting no issue
thereof, in such sort that our trouble at that time surmounted
all our former cares and impeachments. And when Ave
thought to draw vp our boatcs^ vpon the ice, the ice brake
vnder vs, and we were caried aAvay with the scute and al* by

^ Swuricheyt — difficulty. ^ Den hock — the yawl. ^ Ildd.

* Met schuijt ende al — l)oat and all.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

209

set vpon
ater and

o]>inion
; bciorc ;
;amc an

towards
Loisc, slic
uth-wcst,
md ; but
durst not

th a west-
leing cast,
1 over the
c heard vs
sunne was
all the ice
brake and
1 no small
the water,
fther vpon
letter de-
nt to fetch
xcr we had
the sauing
3of the rest
ice brake
tscomfortcd
ig no issue
.urmountcd
when we
ice brake
and al* by

3 Ihid.

the driuing ice ; and when we thought to saue the goods the
ice brake vnder our feet, and with that the scute brak in
many places, especially y' which we had mended ;' as y" mast,
y° mast planke,^ and almost all the scute,'' wherein one of our
men that was sicke and a chest of mony lay, which we with
great danger of our Hues got out from it ; for as we were
doing it, the ice that was vnder our feet draue from vs and
slid vpon other ice,* whereby we were in danger to burst
both our armcs and our legs. At which time, thinking y* we
had been cleane quit of our scute,* we beheld each other in
pittiful manor, knowing not what wc should doe, our Hues
depending thereon ; but God made so good prouision for vs,
y' y" peeces of ice draue from each other, wherewith we ran
in great haste vnto the scute" and drew it to vs again in such
case as it was, and layd it vpon the fast ice by the boate,'
where it was in more security, which put us unto an
exceeding and great and dangerous labor from the time
that the sunne was south-east vntill it was west south-
west ; and in al that time we rested not, which made
vs extreame weary and wholy out of comfort, for that it
troubled vs sore, and it was much more fearfull vnto vs then
at that time when William Barents dyed ; for there we were
almost drowned, and that day we lost (which was sounkc in
the sea) two barrels of bread, a chest w' linnen cloth, a drie-
fat^ with the sailors [best] clothes, our astron[omi]cale ring,
a pack of scarlet cloth, a runlet of oyle, and some cheeses,
and a runlet of wine, which bongdwith the ice" so that there
was not any thing thereof saued.

' Dat wy daer aenghemaeckt hadden — where we had added to it,
^ Mast-hanck — standing-thwart.
■' Al de schuijt — the whole bort.
•* Ondert ander ys keen — away under the other ice.
''• We had entirely lost our boat.

" Boat. 7 Yawl. * Harems ton — coffer ; trunk.

" Dat deurt i/.<t den hodem ingheschoven werdt — which was stove in
by the ice.

1'. li

210

TIIK XAVlfiATION

The 2 of Julie, the sunne east, there came another
bcarc vnto vs, but we making a noysc she ran away ;
and when the sun was west south-west it began to bo
fairc weather. Then we began to mend our scute' with
the phmks wherewith we liad made the buyckmish -^ and
while 6 of vs were busied about mending of our scute,
the other sixc went further into the land, to seeke for
some wood, and to fetch some stones to lay vpon the ice,
that we might make a fire thereon, therewith to melt our
pitch, Avhich we should need about the scute, as also to see
if they could fetch any wood for a mast [for the boat], which
they found with certain stones,^ and brought them where the
scutes lay. And when they came to vs againe they shewed
vs that they had found certaine wood that had bin clouen,*
and brought some wedges with them whcrwith the said
wood had bin cloouen, whereby it appeared that men had bin
there. Then we made al the haste we could to make a fire,
and to melt our pitch, and to do al other things t' t were
necessary to be done for the repairing of our scu that

we got it ready againe by that the sunne was north-east;
at which time also we ros'^:;d'' our birds [which we had shot],
and made a good meale with them.

The 3 of July in the morning, the svuine being east,
two of our men went to the water, and there they found
two of our oarcs, our helme stickc," the pack of scarlet
cloth, the chest with liuncn cloth, and a hat that fell out of
the driefat,' whereby Ave gest" that it was broken in peeces ;
Avhich they perceiuing, tooke as much with them as they
could carry, and came vnto vs, shewing vs that they had left

' Boat. " Ih' l/uijcl'df nil iiir//i— the hottoni-lioards.

' ".^tiiues."— /'/^ A misprint,

■* Be/ioniven — hewn; «.^., laboured with iiii ;ixc.

"' Coockten — cooked ; lit, l)oilcd.

" De liehiistock — the tiller of the rudder.

' Harmts ton — cofFcr ; trunk.

■^ Verstonrlen — understood ; hcoamc aware.

INTO Till-; NOllTH-SKAS,

another
n away ;
an to be
Lite' with
sh ;' and
lur scute,
sceke for
1 the ice,

melt our
ilso to sec
at], which
where the
cy shewed
in cloucn,*
the said
en had bin
lake a fire,
1 t' t were
that
aorth-east ;

had shot],

Dcing east,
:hey found

of scarlet
, fell out of

in pceces ;
jra as they
ley had left

loards.

more goods behind thcni, whereupon the maistcr with 5
more of vs wont tliithcr, and drew al the goods vpon the
iirme ice, y' when we went away we might take it with vs ;
but they could not carry the chest nor the pack of cloth
(that were ful of water) because of their waight, but were
forced to let them stand till we went away, that the water
might drop out' of them [and we might afterwards fetch
them], and so th"y did.' The sunne being south-west
there came another great beare vnto vs, which the man
that kept watch saw not, and had beene deuoured by her
if one of our other men that lay downe in the ship' had
not espied her, and called to him that kept watch to lookc to
himsclfc, who therewith ran away. Meane time the beare
was shot into the body, but she escaped ; and that time the
wind was east north-east.

The 4 of July it was so faire cleare weather, that from the
time we were first in Nou i Zembla we had not the like.
Then wee washt the velucts, that had beene wet with the
salt water, in fresh water drawne out of snow, and then
dryed them and packt them vp againe ; at which time the
wind was west and west south-Avest.

The 5 of July it was faire weather, the Avind west south-
west. The same day dyed John Franson^ of Harlem (Claes
Adrians' nephew, that dyed the same day when William
Barents dyed") the sunne being then about north north-
west ; at which time the ice came mightily driuing in vpon
vs, and then sixe of our men went into the land, and there
fetcht some fire-wood to dresse our meate.

The 6 of July it was misty weather, but about euening it
began to cleere vp, and the wind was south-east, which put
vs in some comfort, and yet Ave lay livst vpon the ice.
^ Affoopen — run out ; drain out.

^ Alst gheavhiet ts— as it (afterwards) happened ; as we pJtcrwards did.
•■' Van de scJmijt r?/— from out of the boat.
■• Jan Fi'UHSs.— John, the son of Francis.
"' Ciaes Andriesz. See page 190, note (i. " Sec page 198.

213

THE NAVIGATION

I i

P '■'

i m

The 7 of July it was faire weather r^ith some raine, the
Avind west south-west, and at euening v^cst and by north.
Then wee went ii the open water, and there killed' thir-
teene birds, which we tooke vppon a peece of driuing ice/
and layd them vpon the fast ice.

The 8 of July it was close ^ misty weather ; then we drest
the foules^ which we had killed, which gaue vs a princely
lucaletide.'' In the eucning there blew a fresh gale of wind,
out of the north-east, which put vs in great comfort to get
from thence.

The 9 of July, in the niornii g, the ice began to driue,
whereby Ave got open Avatej- oii the land side, and then also
the fast ice Avhcrcon Ave lay began to driue ; Avhcrcupon f^ :
master and y** men Avent to fetch the packe and the chest that
stood vpon the ice, to put them into the scute, and then drcAV
the scutes to the Abater at least 340 paces, Avhich Avas hard
for vs to do, in regard that the labour Avas great and avc
very Aveake. And Avhen the sun Avas south south-east Ave
set saile Avith an cast AA'ind ; but Avhen the svmne Avas Avest
Ave Avere forced to make towards the fast ice agrdiiCj Lecause
thereabouts it Avas not yet gon ;" y® wind being south and
came right from the land, Avhcreby aa'c Avere in good hope
that it Avould driue aAvay, and that we should procecde in
our A'oyage.

The 10 of July, from the time that the sunnc was east
north -cast till it Avas east, Ave tooke great paines Jind
labour to get tl lOUgh the ice ; and at last Ave got through,
and roAved forth' vntill wee happened to fall betweene
two great flakes'* of ice, that closed one Avith the other,

' Schoten — shot.

'^ Die ivy op een schots ys nae dryvende, dan opnie/jten, ende op't vaste ys
brachteii — which we then pickotl up by iioatiug after them on \ piece of
drift ice, and brought upon the firm ice.

•' Mottich — dirty. * Fowls; birds.

° Moeltijt — ineal ; repast. '' Af(/heweeckeii — given way.

*■ Vooi't — on; forward. ** Vdden — fickls.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

213

ine, the
Y north.
iV thir-
ing ice,'^

wn drest
princely
of wind,
rt to get

to driue,
then also
upon fho
:\\est that
hen drew
was hard
t and we
[i-east we
was west
^ Lecausc
oxvth and
ood hope
jcecde in

was cast
linics and
through,
)ctwccnc
le other.

\ \ piece ot"

a wiiy.

so that we could not get through, but were forced to
draw the scu(';s vpon them, and to vnlade the goods, and
then to draw them ouer to the open water on the other side,
and then we must go fetch the goods also to the same place,
being at least 110 paces long, which was very hard for
vs ; but there was no remedy, for it was but a folly for vs to
thinke of any wearines. And when we were in the open
water againe, we rowed forward as well as we could, but we
had not rowed long before we fell betweene two great flakes
of ice, that came driuing one against the other, but by Gods
help and our speedy rowing we got from betweene them
before they closed vp ; and being through, we had a hard
west wind right in our teeth, so that of force Ave were con-
strained to make towards the fast ice tha. lay by the shore,
and at last with much trouble we got vnto it. And being
there, we thought to row along by the fast ice vnto an island
that we saw before vs ; but by reason of the hard contrary
wind we could not goe farre, so that we were compelled to
draw the scutes and the goods vpon the ice, to see what
weather* God would send vs ; but our courages were cooled
to see ourselues so often inclosed in y° ice, being in great
fearc y' by meanes of the long and continuall paines (which
we werf forced to take) we should loose all our strength, and
by that meanes should not long be able to continue or hold out.
The 11 of July in the morning as we sate fast vpon
the ice, the sunne being north-east, there came a great
beare out of the water running towards vs, but we watcht
for her with three muskets, and when she came within
30 paces of vs we shot all the three muskets at her and
killed her outright, so that she stirred not a foote, and we
might see the fat run out at the holes of her skinne, that
was shot in with the muskets, swimme vpon the water like
oyle ; and [she] so driving'^ dead vpon the water, we went
vpon a flake of ice to her, and putting a rope about her neck

1 Utjlcomst — issue. * Floating.

214

TilE NAVIGATION

;:i Slj

drew her vp vpon the ice and smit out her teeth ; at which
time we measured her body, and found it to be eight foote
thick.' Then we had a west winde with a close '^ weather ;
but when the sunne was south it began to clcere vp ;
then three of our men went to the island that lay before
vs, and being there they saw the Crosse Island^ lying west-
ward from them, and went thither to see if that sommcr
there h'ld beene any Russian there, and went thither vpon
the fast ice that lay betweene the two islands ; and being in the
island, they could not perceiue that any man had beene in it
since we were there. There they got 70 [burrow-ducks'^]
eggcs, but when they had them they knew not wherein
to carry them ; at last one of them put off his breeches, and
tying them fast below, they carried them betweene two of
them, and the third bare the musket ; and so [they] came to
vs againe, after they had beene twelue houres out, which
put vs iu no small feare to thinke what was become of them.
They told vs that they had many times gone vp to the knees
in water vpon the ice betweene both the islands, and it was
at least 6 [24] miles to and fro that they had gone, which
made vs wonder how they could indure it, seeing we were
all so weake. With the egges that they had brought we
were al wcl comforted, and fared like lords, so that we foond
§ome rcliefe in our great misery,'' and then we shared our last
wine amongst vs, whereof euery one had three glasses,"

The 12 of July in the nioiuing, when the sunne was
cast, the wind b(^gan to blow cast and east north -

^ That is, in girth. " Mottic/i — dirty ; drizzly.

^ J let Cruijs Eyliiiidt. Sec page l(i.

•* liergh-eenden — lit. uiouutain-ducks. This is the coininon shiuUh-ako
or burrow-duck {Tudor an vulpiDij^er) : Gould, ///a/.v of Ei/ronr, vol. v,
pi. '.V)7. The trivial name " Bar-gander" (bergander) is nianilestly a
corruption of the Dutch name, and not of " lUirrow-gimder," as has
been supposed.

■"' Aftio ddttd idteniet keniiis irrnt tasKchen oiiaen nmert — so that there was
sometimes a holiday in the midst of our sorrows.

" Drie miiijlielen — three minghelen, eiiual to nearly one gallon.

; at which
iight foote
' weather ;
Icerc vp ;
lay before
ying west-
it sommer
ither vpon
eing in the
beenc in it
w-ducks'*]
ot wherein
jeches, and
ene two of
;y] came to
out, which
le of them.
the knees

and it was
;onc, which
ig we were
aronght we
at we foond
red our last
usscs."

sunnc was
;ast north -

Irizzly.

ion yhioltlrako

('jHi'oni>^ vol. V,

inanii'ostly a

lulcr," as has

that there was

3 gallon.

INTO THE NOllTH-SKAS.

215

cast, with misty v/eather ; and at cuening six of our men
went into the land' to sceke certaine stones,^ and found some,
but none of the best sort ; and comming backe againe, either
of them brought some wood.

The 13 of July it was a faire day ; then seuen of our men
went to the firme land to seeke for more stones, and found
some ; at which time the wind was south-east.

The 14 of July it was faire weather with a good south
wind, and then the ice began to driue from the land, whereby
we were in good hope to haue an open water ; but the wind
turning westerly again*- , it lay still [firm]. "When the sunne
was south-west, three of our men went to the next island
that lay before vs, and there shot a bercheynet,^ which
they brought to the scute and gaue it amongst vs, for all our
goods Avere [in] common.

The 15 of July it was misty weather ; that morning the
wind was south-cast, but the sunne being west it began to
raine, and the wind turned west and west south-west.

The 16 of July there came a bearc from the firme land,
that came very necre vnto vs, by reason that it was as white
as snow, whereby at first we could not disccrnc it to be a
beare, because it shewed so like the snow ; but by her
stirring at last wee percc d her, and as she came necre
vnto vs we shot at her and hit her, but she ran away. That
morning the wind was west, and aftci that againe cast north-
east, with close* weather.

The 17 of July, about the south south-cast sunne, 5 of
our men went againe to the nearest island to see if there
appeared any open water, for om- long stayinj^ there was no
small griefe vnto vs, percciuing not how we should get from
thence; who being halfe way thither, they found beare

' Aent Ian-it — onshore.

^ Steentgiens—])iM>\cs, or probably pieces of rock-crystal. Sec page 37.

^ Berch-eyniU — burrow-duck.
* Mottich — drizzly.

See 1 ,e 4, in the preceding page.

216

THE NAVIGATION

K \\\

lying behind a peece of ice, which the day before had beene
shot by vs, but she hearing vs went away ; but one of our
men following her with a boate-hooke, thrust her into the
skinne/ wherewith the beare rose vp vpon her hinder feet,
an {I as the t m thrust at her againe, she stroke the iron of
the boat-hookc in peeces, wherewith the man fell downe
Ypon his buttocks. Which our other two men seeing, two of
them shot the beare into the body, and with that she ran
away, but the other man went after her with his broken
stafFe, and stroke the beare vpon the backc, wherewith the
beare turned about against the man three times one after the
other ; and then the other two came to her, and shot her
into the body againe, wherewith she sat downe vpon her
buttocks, and could scant'' runne any further ; and then
they shot once againe, wherewith she fell downe, and they
smot'' her teeth out of her head. All that day the wind was
north-east and cast north-east.

The 18 of July, about the east sunnc, three of our men
went vp vpon the highest part of the land, to see if there
was any open water in the sea ; at which time they saw
much open water, but it was so farre from the land that
they were almost out of comfort, because it lay so farre from
the land and the fast ice ; being of opinion that we should not
be able to drawe the scutes and the goods so farre thither,
because our strcngthes stil began to decrease,^ and the sore
labour and paine that we were forced to indurc more and
more increased. And comming to our scutes, they brought
vs that newcs ; but we, being compelled thereunto by neces-
sity, abandoned all \v( arines and faint heartednes, and deter-
mined with our selues to bring the boates and the goods to
the water side, and to row vnto that ice where we must
passe ouer to get to the open water. And when we got to

^ In zi'jn huijt — in the body.

" Scarce!; . ^ Smote ; struck.

* Hoe Inngher hoe meer ow begavi — failed ua more and more.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

217

3 Wind was

it, wc vnladed our scutes, and drewe them first [the one and
then the other] ouer the ice to the open water, and after that
the goods, it being at the least 1000 paces ; which was so
sore a labour for vs, that as we were in hand therewith we
were in a manner ready to leaue off in the middle thereof,
and feared that wee should not goe through withall ; but for
that we had gone through so many dangers, we hoped y* we
should not be faint therin, wishing y* it might be y® last
trouble y' we should as then indure, and so w* great diffi-
culty got into the open water about the south-west sunne.
Then we set saile till the sunne was west and by south, and
presently fell amongst the ice againe, where we were forced
to drawe vp the scutes againe vpon the ice ; and being vpon
it, we could see the Crosse Island, which we gest to be
about a mile [4 miles] from vs, the wii.d then being east and
east north-east.

The 19 of July, lying in that manner vpon the ice,
about the east sunne seuen of our men went to the
Crosse Island, and being there they saw great store of open
water in y^ west, wherewith they much reioyced, and made
as great haste as they could to get to the scutes againe ; but
before they came away they got a hundred egges, and
brought them away with them. And comming to the scutes,
they shewed vs that they had seen as much open water in
the sea as they could decernc ; being in good hope that that
would be the last time that they should draw the scutes ouer
the ice, and that it should be no more measured by vs,' and
in that sort put vs in good comfort. Whereupon we made
speede to dresse our egges, and shared them amongst vs ;
and presently, the sun being south south-west, we fell
to worke to make all things ready to bring the scutes to
the water, which "'^re to be drawen at least 270* paces

* Ende dat ons voort aen tselvige niet meer gemoeten soude — and that
thenceforth the same would not happen to us again.

F F

■t: i

218

THE NAVIGATION

oucr the ice, which we did with a good' courage because we
were in good hope that it would be the last time. And
getting to the water, we put to sea, with Gods [merciful]
hclpe [in his mercy], with an east and east north-east
wind and a good gale,'* so that with the west sun we
past by the Crosse Island, which is distant from Cape de
Nassawes 10 [40] miles. And presently after that the ice
left vs, «nd we got cleere out of it ; yet we saw some in the
sea, but it troubled vs not ; and so we held our course west
find by south, with a good gale of wind* out of the east and
east north-east, so that we gest that betweene euery mealc-
tidc* we sailed eighteene [72] miles, wherewith we were ex-
ceedingly comforted [and full of joy], giuing God thanks that
he had dcliuered [and saved] vs out of so great and many
difficulties (wherein it seemed that we should haue bin oucr-
whelmed), hoping in his mercie that from thence foorth he
would [still mercifully] ayde vs.*

The 20 of July, hauing still a good gale,* about the south-
cast sunne we past a long by the Black Point,' which is twclue
[48] miles distant from the Crosse Island, and sailed west south-
west ; and about the euening with the west sunne we saw the
Admirable Island," and about the north sun past along by it,
which is distant from the Black Point eight [32] miles. And
passing along by it, we saAv about two hundred sea horses lying
upon a flake of ice, and we sayled close by them and draue them

^ Grootcr — greater.

^ Itecht voort laecken met eengoeden voortgangh — right before the wind,
at a good rate.

^ Een doorgaende coelte — a steady breeze.

' III elck eetmael — in every four-and-twenty hours. See page 88,
note 5.

"' Phillip here adds, " to bring our voyage to an end."

" Ilebbende noch die heerlijcke voortgang — making still the same good
speed.

^ Den Swarten Iloeck — Cape Negro. Sec page 13.

" Ilet Admiraliteyts Eylandt — Admiralty Island. See page 1.3.

HUP

wmm

because we
time. And
3 [merciful]
north-east
est sun we
m Cape de
hat the ice
some in the
course west
he east and
tiery mealc-
v^e were ex-
thanks that
t and many
le bin ouer-
::e foorth he

t the south-
ch is twclue
west south-
we saw the
along by it,
niies. And
lorses lying
draue them

fore the wind.
See page 88,
he same good
igo 13.

..r

iiS i

^?^Li^

tegg-/<^/-?^4M;i,li

■«

True portraiture of our boats, and how wc

si'yAva

oats, and how we nearly got into trouble with the seahorses.

1 -!

INTO TFIE NOHTII-SKAS.

219

1 '"'■

m:'/?l

from thence, which had almost cost vs decre ;' for they, being
mighty strong fishes'* and of great force, swam towards vs (as
if they would be reuenged on us for the dispight that we
had don them) round about our scuts ^ with a great noyse, as
if they would haue deuoured vs ; but we escaped from them
by reason that we had a good gale of wind, yet it Avas not
wisely done of vs to wake sleeping wolues.

The 21 of July we past by Cape Pluncio* about the east
north-east sunne, which lyeth west south-west eight [32]
miles from y® Admirable Island ;' and with the good gale y'
we had, about y® south-west sun we sailed by Langencs, 9
[36] miles from Cape Pluncio ; there the land reacheth mo^t
south-west, and we had a good* north-east winde.

The 22 of July, we hauing so good a gale of wind,' when
we came to Cape de Cant,* there we went on land to seeke
for some birds and egs, but we found none ; so we sayled
forwards. But after y*, about y^ south sun, we saw a clift"
y' was fid of birds ; thither we sailed, and casting stones
at them, we killed 22 birds and got fiftecne egges, which
one of our men fetcht from the clift, and if we would
haue stayed there any longer we might hauc taken a hun-
dred or two hundred birds at least ; but because the maistcr
was somewhat further into sea-ward then Ave and stayed for
vs, and for that we would not loose that faire fore-wind,"* we
[speedily] sailed forwards [close] a long by the land; and
about the south-west sunne we came to another point,

* Dear.

^ Zee-monsters, De Veer knew better than to call the walrus ajislt.
^ Boats,

* Caj)o Plancio — Cape Plancius. This headland is not anywhere
named in the account of the first voyage, though it appears in the chart
of Lomsbay, of v.hich a fac-simile is given in page 1 2.

" Admiralty Island. " Ileerlijck — splendid.

^ Aldus noch een goeden voortgangh hebbende — making still rai)id
progress.

8 Caiw de Cant. » Clip—cViW.

^" Die inoy deurgaende wint — that fine steady breeze.

'.120

THE NAVIGATION

■ S

',v

where we got [about] a hundred [and] twenty fiuc birds,
which we tooke with our hands out of their neasts, and some
we killed with stones and made them fal downe into the
water ; for it is a thing certainc y' those birds neucr vsed to
sec men, and that no man had euer sought or vsed to take
them, for else they would haue flowne away,' and that they
feared no body but the foxes and other wilde beastes, that
could not clime vp the high clifts,* and that therefore they
had made their nests thereon, where they were out of feare
of any beastes comming vnto them ; for we were in no small
daunger of breaking of our legges and armcs, especially as
we came downe againe, because the clift was so high and
so stepe. Those birds had euery one but one egge in their
noasts, and that lay vpon the bare clift without any straAv or
other [soft] thing vnder them, which is to be wondred at to
thinke how they could breed' their young ones in so great
cold ; but it is to be thought and beleeued that they therfore
sit but vpou one egge, that so the heat which they giue in
breeding so many, [having so much more power,] may be
wholy giucn vnto one egge, and by that meanes it hath all
the heat of the birde vnto it selfe, [and is not divide 1
among many eggs at the same time]. And there also we
found many egges, but most of them were foule and bad.
And when we left them,* the wind fell flat against vs and
blew [a strong breeze from the] north-west, and there also
we had much ice, and we tooke great paines to get from the
ice, but we could not get aboue it.'^ And at last by lauering*
"we fell into the ice ; and being there we saw much open
water' towards the land, whereunto we made as well as we
could. But our maister, (that was [with his boat] more to

^ The habits of these birds are not much altered by the presence of
men, or else they would not be culled foolish Quillemots. See page 12,
note 2.

= Cliffs. 3 Hatch.

'' Van daer of staecken — put off from thence. ^ Weather it.

" Laveerlng. "> Moij openinge — a fiuc opening.

INTO THE N0RTH-8EAS.

I ^ I

sea ward,) percciuing vs to be in the ice, thought we had
gotten some hurt, and lauercd to and againe along by the
ice ; but at last seeing that we sailed therein,' he was of
opinion that we saw some open water,'' and that we made
towards it (as it was true), and therefore he wound also
towards vs and came to land by vs, where we found a good
hauen and lay safe almost from all winds, and he came
thither about two houres after vs. There we went on land,
and got some eggs and [picked up] some wood to make a fire,
wherewith we made ready ^ the birds that we had taken ; at
which time we had a north-west wind with close* weather.

The 23 of July it was darke and mistie weather, with a
north wind, whereby we were forced to lye still in that
crecke or hauen : meanetime some of our men went on land,*
to seckc for some eggcs and [perchance also for] stones,* but
found not many, but a reasonable number of good stones.

The 24 of July it was faire weather, but the wind still
northerly, whereby we were forced to lye still ; and about
noone we tooke the higth of y^ sun with our astrolabium,
and found it to be elcuated aboue the horizon 37 degrees and
20 min., his declination 20 degrees and 10 minutes, which
substracted from y* higth aforesaid rested 17 degrees and 10
minutes, which taken from 90 degrees, the higth of the Pole
was 73 degrees and 10 minutes.' And for y' we lay stil there,
some of our men went often times on land to seeke stones,
and found some that were as g od as euer any that we found.

The 25 of July it was darke misty weather, the wind north,
but we were forced to ly still because it blew so hard.

The 26 of July it began to be faire weather, which Ave had

^ I)aer in seylden — sailed in that direction. ^ Openinge — opening.

" Coockten — boiled. ■* Mottich — dirty.

" Te landtwaerts in — towards the land. ^ Steentgiens — pebbles.

^ This calculation is altogether erroneous. The sun's declination on
July 24th, 1598, was -rl9° 47',i ; so that, with the observed height (cor-
rected for refraction), the elevation of the Pole was only 72° 28',3.

THS NAVIGATION

not had for certaine ' dales together, the wind still north ;
and about the ^outh sunne we put to sea, but it was
so great a creeke that we were forced to put foure [16]
miles into the sea,* before wee could get about ^ the point
thereof; and it was most in* the wind, so that it was
midnight before wee got aboue it, sometimes sayling and
sometimes rowing ; and hauing past it, we stroke* our sailes
and ro^ved along by the land.

The 27 of July it was faire cleare weather, so that we
row^d all that day through the broken ice along by the
land, the wind being north-Avcst ; and at evening, about
the west sunne, we came to a place where there ran a
great streame,*' whereby we thought that we were about
Constinsarke ;' for we saw a great creeke, and we were of
opinion y' it went through to the Tartarian Sea." Our
course was most south-west : about the north sunne
we past along by the Crosse Point,* and sailed between
the firme land and an island, and then went south south-
cast with a north-west wind, and made good speed, the
maister with y° scute being a good way before vs ; but when
he had gotten about y" p^int of the island he staicd for vs,
and there we lay [some time] by y" clifts," hoping to take
some birds, but got none ; at which time we had sailed from
Cape de Cant along by Constinsarke to the Crosse Point
no [80] miles, our course south south-east, the wind north-
west.

The 28 of July it was faire weather, with a north-east

* Several. " T'zeeuaert in — to seawards. ' Round.

* Against. " Struck, lowered.
" IiJeti gkeioeldigen atroom — a powerful current. ' Constinsarck.

* That is to say, the Sea of Kara. If it be an ascertained fact, that there
is not here c;ny passage eastward through Novaya Zcmlya, this current
must come from around the back of the Mcyduscharski Island. IJut its
existence, and the inference which was not unreasonably (.'.rawn from it,
sufficiently explain why this passage has been called a schar, and not a
salvia. So'" page 30, note 4.

» De Cruijs-hoeck, Sec page 31. '" Clifts.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

223

1 north ;
; it was
ure [16]
he point
■j it was
ling and
)ur sailes

that we
y by the
g, about
•e ran a
re about
! were of
a." Our
h sunne

between
th south-
becd, the
but when

d for vs,
to take
ilcd from

sc Point
id north-

lorth-cast
id.

t'liimrck.
that there
lib current
1. liut itH
ivn from it,
and not a

wind; then we sailed along by the land, and with the
south-west sunne got before S. Laurence Bay, or Sconce
Point,' and sa^'led south south-east 6 [24] miles ; and being
there, we found two Russians lodgies'^ or ships beyond the
Point, wherewith we were [on the one hand] not a little
comforted to thinke that we were come to the place where
we found men, but were [on the other hand] in some doubt
of them because they were so many, for at that time wee sawe
at least 30 men, and knew not what [sort of persons] they
were [whether savages or other foreigners^]. There with much
paine and labour we got to the land, which they perceiuing,
left off their worke and came towards vs, but without any
armes ; and wee also went on shore, as many as were well,*
for diuers of vs were very ill at case and weake by reason of a
great scouring in their bodies.® And when wee met toge-
ther wee saluted each other in friendly wise, they after
theirs, and we after our manner. And when we were met,
both they and we lookt each other stedfastly [and pitifully]
in the face, for that some of them knew vs, and we them
to bee the same men which the yeare before, when we past
through the Weigats, had been in our ship ;* at which time
we pcrceiued y* they were abasht and wondered at vs,' to
remember that at that time we were so well furnished with a
[splendid] great ship, that was exceedingly prouided of all
things necessary, and then to see vs so leane and bare,* and
with so small [open] scutes into that country. And amongst
them there were two that in friendly manner clapt y® master and
me upon the shoulder, as knowing vs since y" [former] voiage :
for there was none of all our men that was as then in that

' -S". Laurens Bay, ofte Schaiis hoeck. See page 32.

^ See page 33, note 6. •' On duytache — «n-Dutch.

* So veel alsaer otiscr mochten van de sieckte — as many of us as wore
able on account of our illness.

" De sclieurbuijck — the scurvy. " See page 60.

^ Over ons outset oft becommert waren — confused or concerned about us.

* Gntsteit — miserable.

224

THE NAVIGATION

voiage' but we two onley ; and [they] asked vt; for our
crable/ meaning our ship, and we shewed them by signes as
well as we could (for ,/e had no interpreter) that we had lost
our ship in the ice ; wherewith they sayd Crahle pro pal^
which we vnderstood to be, Haue you lost your ship ? and
we made answere, Crahle pro pal, which was as much as to
say, that we had lost our ship. And many more words we
could not vse, because we vnderstood not each other. Then
they made shew^ to be sorry for our losse and to be grieued
that we the yeare before had beene there with so many ships,
and then to see vs in so simple manner/ and made vs signes
that then they had drunke wine in our ship, and asked vs
what drinke we had now ; wherewith one of our men went
into the scute* and drew some water, and let them taste
thereof; but they shakt their heads, and said No dohbre^
that is, it is not good. Then our master went neerer vnto
them and shewed them his mouth, to giue them to vnder-
stand that we were troubled with a loosnesse in our bellies,*'
and to know if the^ could giue vs any councel to help it ; but
they thought we made shew that we had great hunger,
wherewith one of the:n went "vnto their lodging" and fetcht
a round rie loafe weighing about 8 pounds, with some smoked"
foules, which we accepted thankfully, and gaue them in ex-

^ Tn de Weygats — in the Weygats. See page 27, note 4.

2 Crnbble : intended for the Russian korahl, a ship.

^ Crabhle pro pal. The correct question and answer in Russian would
be : Propal korabl? — is the ship lost ? Korabl propal — the ship is lo«t.

■• Made signs. " In soo soberen staet — in so poor a condition.

« Boat.

" No dobbre. The correct Russian is nyet dobre — not good. These
Russian seamen appear to have made use of a sort of lingua franca,
half Russian, half English, which is still common among the persons
of their class, having been acquired from their converse with English
traders to the White Sea.

8 Van den schuerbuijck — with the scurvy. See page 152, note 3.

" Lodgien: intended for the Russian word, lodyi — boats.

1" " Smored."— P^. A misprint.

li 5!

INTO THE XORTH-SEAS.

;in in ex-

change halfe a dozen of muschuyt.* Then our master led
two of the chiefc of them with him into his scute, and gaue
them some of the wine that we had, being almost a gallon ,*
for it was so neere out. And while we staled there we were
very familiar with them, and vent to the place where they
lay, anJ sod some of our mischuyt'^ with water by their fire,
that we might cate some warme thing downc into our bodies.
And we were much comforted to see the Russia'is, for that
in thirteene moneths time [since] that wee departed from
John Cornelison^ we had not scene any man, biit onely mon-
sterous and cruelF wild bearcs ', for that'' as then we were in
some comfort, to see that we had lined so long to come in
company of men againe, and therewith we said vnto each
other, now we hope that it will fall out better with vs, seeing
we haue found men againe, thanking God with all our
hearts, that he had beene so gracious and mcrcifuU vnt'> vs,
to giue vs lifn vntill that time.

The 29 of July it was reasonable faire weather, and that
morning the Russians began to make preparation to be gone
and to set saile : at which time they digd certaine barrels
with traine oile out of the sieges,' which they had buried
there, and put it into their ships ; and we not knowing
whither they would go, saw them saile towards y" "Weigats :
at which time also Ave set saile and followed after them.
But they sayling before vs, and we following them along by
the land, the weather being close and misty, we lost the
sight of them, and knew not whether they put into any
crccke or saylcd forward ; but we held on our course
south south-east, with a north-west wind, and then south-
east, bctwcone [the] two islands, vntill we were inclosed

' j/usc/inijt (for fnsc/ntf/t) — biscuits.

" Ji^en 7ninf//ieiJii — about the thirrl part of a gallon.

^ Boiled some of oui' biscuit.

■' Namely, at IJear Island, on the 1st of July 1590. Sec page 85.

" Verschew'cnde — ravenous. '' Ahoo <f<it — so that,

" Cinq/iel — shingle; beach.

220

THE NAVIGATION

■I

with ice againe and saw no open water, whereby we
supposed that they were about the Wcigats, and that the
north-west wind had driuen the ice into that creeke. And
being so inclosed w' ice, and saw no open water before vs,
but with great labour and paines wc went back againe to
the two islands aforesaid, and there about the north-east
sunne we made our scutes fast at one of the islands, for
as then it began to blowe hard[cr and harder].

The 30 of July lying at anchor,* the wind still blew [just
as stiff from the] north-west, with great store of raine and a
sore storme, so that although wc had couered our scutes with
our sailes, yet we could not lye dry, which was .in vnaccus-
tomed thing vnto vs : for we had had no raine in long time
before, and yet we were forced to stay there all that day.

The 31 of July, in the morning, about the north-east
sunne, we rowed from that island to another island, where-
on there stood two crosses, whereby we thought that some
men had laine thei"; about trade of merchandise, as the
other Russians that we saw before had done, but we found
no man there ; the wind as then being north-west, whereby
the ice draue still towards the Weigats.- There, to our
great good, we went on land, for in that island we found
great store of leple leaues,^ which serued vs exceeding well ;
and it seemed that God had purposely sent vs tliither, for as
then wc had many sicke men, and most of vs were so troubled
with a scouring in our bodies, and were thereby become so
wcake, that we could hardly row, but by meanes of those
leaues we were healed thereof : for that as soone as we had
eaten them wc were presently eased and healed, whereat we
could not choose but wonder,* and therefore we gave God

^ Aldus (tent eylandt lir/ffhende — lying thus by the island.

^ The Strait of Nassau. Sec page 27, note 4.

' Lepel-hlttderen — si)oon-wort or scurvy grass {Coc'dearia ojicinalit),
once in great repute as an antiscorbutic.

* Jae mecst id van de scheurhuijclc alsoo gheplaecht witren, d(d ii'i/
natdijck voortH mochtai, ende deur dene Jcpelbladeren vry wot bei/uaeiu,
want hot /lielj) ons so merckelijcken ende haestich, dat wy ons selfa verwon-

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

227

cicby we
1 that the
;kc. And
before vs,
againe to
north-east
shmds, for

blew [just
line and a
scutes with
n vnaccus-
L long time
lat day.

north-cast
nd, whcrc-
, that some
isc, as the
; we found
t, whereby
YC, to our

we found

ling well ;
ther, for as
so troubled

become so
cs of those

as we had
whereat we

gave God

a officinali'^;,

(iren, (hit wif

■wat he(jni(em,

selfs verii'on-

great thanks for that and for many other his mercies shewed
vnto vs, by his great and vnexpected ayd lent vs in that our
dangerous voyage. And so, as I sayd before, we eate them
by whole handfuls together, because in Holland wee had
heard much spoken of their great force, and as then found it
to be much more than we expected.

The 1 of August the Avind blew hard north-west, and the
ice, that for a while had driuen towards the entry of the
Weigats, stayed and draue no more, but the sea went very
hollow,' whereby we were forced to remoue our scutes on
the other side of the island, to defend them from the waues
of the sea. And lying there, we went on land againe to
fetch more leple leaues,- whereby wee had bin so wel holpen,
and stil more and more recouered our healths, and in so
short time that we could not choose but wonder thereat ; so
that as then some of vs could eate bisket againe, which not
long before they could not do.^

The 2 of August it was dark misty weather, the wind stil
blowing stifle north-west ; at which time our victuals began
to decrease, for as then we had nothing but a little bread and
water, and some of vs a little cheese, which made vs long
sore to be gone from thence, specially in regard of our
hunger, whereby our weake members began to be much
weaker, and yet we were forced to labour sore, which were
two great contraries ; for it behoued vs rather to haue our
bellies full, that so we might be the stronger to indure our
labour; but patience was our point of trust.*

derden — yea, most of us were so afflicted with the scurvy that we could
scarcely move, and by means of this spoon-wort we were much recovered ;
for it helped us so remarkably and so speedily, that we ourselves were
astonished,

1 Ran very high. ^ See note 3 in the preceding page.

'^ The almost instantaneous effect of a change of diet, and particularly
of the use of fresh vegetables, in the cure of scurvy, has been noticed on
numerous occasions.

•• Patientie was ons voorhiiuit — lit. patience was our fore-land, that is
to say, what we had constantly licfurc us.

THE NAVIGATION

The 3 of August, about the north sun, the weather being
somewhat better, we agreed amongst our seines to leaue
Noua Zembla and to crosse ouer to Russia ; and so commit-
ting our sclues to God, we set saile Avith a north-west wind,
and sailed south south-west till the sun was east, and then we
entred into ice againe, which put vs in great feare, for ,'3
had crost ouer aud left the ice vpon Noua Zembla,^ and
were in good hope y' Ave should not meet with any ice againe
in so short space. At which time, being [thus] in the ice,
with calme weather, whcieby our sailes could doe vs no great
good, Ave stroke' our sailes and began to roAV againe, and
at last Ave rowed clean through the ice,'' not Avithout gi'eat
and sore labour, and about the south-Avest sunne got clecre
thereof and entred into the large sea/ Avliere Ave saAV no
ice ; and then, Avhat Avith sailing and roAving, Ave had made
20 [80] miles. And so sailing forAvards avc thought to aproch
neere vnto the Russian coast, but about the north-Avest
sunne avc entred into the ice againe, and then it w-^ very
cold, AvhercAvith our hearts became very heauy, fearing that
it Avould ahvaies contincAV in that sort, and that Ave should
neuer be freed thereof. And for that our boate' could not
make so good Avay nor Avas not able to saile aboue" the point
of ice, Ave Avere compelled to enter into the ice, for that being
in it Ave percieued open sea beyond it ; but the hardest
matter Avas to get into it, for it Avas very close, but at last avc
found a meanes to enter, and got in. And being entred, it
Avas somcAvhat better, and in the end Avith great paine and
labour A\'e got into the open Avater. Our maister, that Avas
in the scute,' Avhich sailed better than our boate,** got aboue "

^ Want ic>j haddent al overr/heset ende adieu (/heseiit — for avc had quite
crossed over and hidden it adieu,
'^ Struck, lowered.

* Knde royden also denrt ya keen — and thus rowed forward through
the ice.

* De rnynie lee — the oj)cu sea. '' Hock — yawl. " To weather.
" lioat. 8 Yawl. » Wcatlieiod.

IMTO THE XOIITH-SEAS.

229

ther being
s to leaue
io commit-
ivest wind,
id then we
ire, for ,.'9
nbla/ and
ice againe
in the ice,
rs no great
^aine, and
hout great
got clecre
ve saw no
had made
; to aproch
north-west
; \v"o very
taring that
we should
' could not
" the point
that being
le hardest
at last we
; entred, it
paine and
V, that was
^ot aboue*

re had quite

ard through

ro weather.
^Veatheied,

the point of the ice, and was in some feare that we were in-
closed with y" ice ; but God sent vs the meancs to get out
from it as soone as he could saile about the point thereof/
and so we met together againe.

The 4 of August, about the south-east sunne, beinj?
gotten out of the ice, we sailed forward with a north-west
wind, and held our course [mostly] southerly; and when
the sunne was [about] south, at noone time, we saw the coast
of Russia lying before vs, whereat we were exceeding glad ;
and going necrer vnto it, we stroke'^ our sailes and rowed on
land, and found it to be very low land, like a bare strand
that might be flowed ouer with the water.' There we lay
till the sunne was south-west; but perceiuing that there
we could not much further our selues, hauing as then
sailed from the point of Nona Zembla (from whence we put
off) thither ful 30 [120] miles, we sailed forward along by
the coast of Russia with an indifferent gale of wind, and
when the sunne was north we saw another Russian iolle
or ship,^ which we sailed vnto to speake with them; and
being hard by them, they came al aboue hatches,' and
we cried vnto them, Canclinaes, Candinaes," whereby we
asked them if we Avere about Candinaes, but they cryed
againe and sayd, Pitzora, Pitzora,' to shew vs that we were
thereabouts. And for yt we sailed along by the coast, where
it was very drie," sui)posing that we held our course west

^ Als hyt van bui/ten om seylde — while he was rounding it on the
outside.

^ Struck, lowered.

=* The point where they thus reached the Russian coast would seem to
be in about 55 E. long., on the eastern side of the mouth of the
Pctchora.

* Een Russclie joUe—h Russian yawl.

^ Boven oj) haerjolle — on the deck of their yawl,

« Cmidinaes—K&mn Nos; the cape at the eastern side of the entrance
to the White Sea. See page 38, note 3.

'' Pitzora— iliQ river Pctchora See page 55, note 3.

^ Daert seer </roo(//t was — where it was very shallow.

Hi r iii

230

THE NAVIGATION

and by north, that so wc might get beyond the point of
Candinaes, wc were wholy dcceiiied by our compas, that
stood vpon a chest bound with yi'on bands, which made vs
vary at least 3 points, whereby we were much more southerly
then we thougth our course had bin, and also fjirre more
easterly, for we thought verily that we had not bin farre
from Candinaes, and we were three daies sailing from it, as
after we perceiued ;' and for that we found our selues to be
so much out of our way, we stayed there all night til day
appeared.

The 5 of August, lying there, one of our men went on
shore, and found the land further in to be greene and ful of
trees,^ and from thence called to vs to bid vs bring our
pecces on shore, saying that there was wild deere to be
killed,^ which made vs exceeding glad, for then our victuales
were almost spent, and we had nothing but some broken
bread,^ whereby we were wholy out of comfort, and" some
of vs were of ojiinion that we should Icaue the scutes and
goe further into the land, or else (they said) we should all
die with hunger, for that many daies before we were forced
to fast, and hunger was a sharpe sword which we could
hardly endure any longer.

The 6 of August the weather began to be somewhat better ;
at which time we determined to row forward, because the
wind was [dead] against vs, [so] that we might get out of
the crccke," the wind being cast south-east, which was our

* Wo have here a convincing proof that they were no longer under
the able guidance of William Barentsz, For this reason it has, since the
time of his death, been deemed unnecessary to attempt to fix the hour of
the day by the recorded bearing of the sun, as had been done previously.

" Elide bevondt dutter groente icas, Diet sommighe clejiie boomkens — and
found verdure there with a few small trees.
^ Wilt te schieten — game (for us) to shoot.

* Wat schunimelt broodt — a little mouldy bread.
" Also dat — so that.

" Den inham — the bay or inlet ; namely, the estuary of the river
Petchora.

INTO THK NORTH-SEAS.

231

point of
ipas, that

made vs
southerly
irre more
bin farre
fom it, as
kies to be
it til day

went on
ind ful of
)ring our
;re to be

victuales
e broken
md" some
cutes and
hould all
re forced
we could

at better ;
cause the
et out of
1 was our

mger under
,s, since the
the hour of
previously.
ukens — and

f tiie river

course as then. And so, hauing rowed about three [12]
miles, we could get no further because it was so full in the
wind, and we al together heartlesse and faint, the land
strcatching further north-east then we made account it had
done,' whereupon we beheld each other in pittifuU manner,
for we had great want of victuals, and knew not how farre
we had to saile before we should get any relcefe, for al our
victuals was almost consumed.

The 7 of August, the wind being west north-west, it
serued vs well to get out of that creeke, and so we sailed for-
ward cast and by north till we got out of the creeke, to the
place and the point of land Avhcre we first had bin, and there
made our scutes fast againe; for the north-west wind was right
against vs, whereby our mens hearts and courages were wholy
abated, to see no issue how we should get from thence ; for as
then sicknesses, hunger, and no meanes to be found how to get
from thence, consumed both our flesh and our bloud ; but if
we had found any releefe,- it would haue bin better with vs.

The 8 of August there was no better weather, but still the
Avind Avas [dead] against vs, and Ave lay a good Avay one from
the other, as Ave found best place for vs ; at Avhich time there
Avas most dislike =* in our boate, in regard that some of vs
were exceeding hungrie and could not endure it any longer,
but Avere Avholy out of heart still* Avishing to die.

The 9 of August it Avas all one Aveather, so that the Avind
blowing contrary Ave were forced to lye still and could goe
no further, our greefe still increasing more and more. At
last, tAvo of our men Avent out of the scute wherein the
maister Avas, Avhich we perceiuing two of our men also
landed, and went altogether about a mile [4 miles] into the
countric,' and at last saAv a banke, by the Avhich there issued

1 This was the promontory on the western side of the Petchora estuary
^ Hadde deerlijck sien nioghen helpen — H looking deplorable could
have helped us.

3 Verdnet—sorIo^v. * Ende—aiid.

5 't laglie laiuU /iewm— along the low land. '

232

THE NAVIGATIOX

a great strcamc of water,' which we thought to be the way
from whence the Russians came bctwccne Candinacs and the
firme land of Russia.' And as our men came backe againe,
in the way as they Avent along they found a dead sea-horse'
that stankc exceedingly, which they drew with them to our
scute,* thinking that they should haue a dainty morsell'"' out
of it, because they endured so great hunger ; but we [dis-
suaded them from it, and] told them that without doubt it
Avould kil vs, and that it were better for vs to endure
poucrty and hunger for a time, then to venture vpon it;
saying, that seeing God, who" in so many great extrcmitys
had sent vs a happic issue, stil lined and was exceeding
powerfull, we hoped and nothing doubting that he would
not altogether forsake vs, but rather hclpe vs when we were
most in dispaircJ

The 10 of August it was stil a north-west wind, with
mistie and darkc** wcatl ", so that we were driuen" to lie
still ; at which time it was no need for vs to aske one another
how we fared, for we could well gcsse it by our counte-
nances.

The 11 of August, in the morning, it was faire calme
■weather; so that, the sunne being about north -cast, the
master sent one of his men to vs to bid vs prepare our
selues to set sailc, but we had made our selucs ready there-
unto before he came, and [had] began to rowe towards

' Een haeck staen daer een stroom hij iit/t fiej) — a beacon standing, by
which there ran a current.

^ Daer tleiir ivy vermoeden datter de cours was daer de Russen heeiien
quamen, tusschen Candinas aide ^tvaste landt van Ihtshindi — whence we
concludeJ that it was the course taken by the Russians between Kauin-
Nos and the main-land of Russia.

^ Zee-rohbe — seal. * Be schuyten — the boats.

* Een goedt wiltbraedt — lit. a good venison.

" Bat wy ons nock liever lyden soudcn, want Godt de Jleere die — that we
should rather make shift without it ; for the Lord God, who ....

'' Maer opt onversienste helpen — but help us when least foreseen.

« J/o«/c/t— dirty. » Forced.

IXTO THE NOIITH-SEAS.

iisa

the way
and the

againe,
a-horsc'
11 to our
sell'' out
wc [dis-
(loubt it

endure
s'pon it;
trcmitys
ccceding
c would
we Aveic

nd, with

ti* to lie

! another

counte-

re calme
past, the
lare our
ly thcre-
towards

mdiiig, by

sen heemn
whence we
en Kauin-

e — that we

icen.

him. At which time, for that I was very wcakc and no
longer able to rowe, as also for that our boatc ' Avas harder to
rowe then the scute,* I was set in the scute to guide the
helrae, and one that was stronger was sent out ( f the scute
into the ^^oate to rowe in my place, that we might keepe
company together ; and so we rowed till y® sunne was
south, and then we had a good gale of wind out of
the south, which made vs take in our oares, and then we
hoised vp our sailes, wherewith wc 'nade good way ; but in
the euening the Avind began to blowe hard, whereby we Avcre
forced to take in our sailes and to rowe towards the land,
where we laid our scutes vpon the strand,' and went on land
to seeke for fresh water, but found none. And because we
could goe no further, we laid our sailes ouer the boates to
couer vs from the weather ; at which time it began to raine
very hard, and at midnight it thundred and lightned, with
more store of raine, where with our company were much
disquieted to see that they found no meanes of releefe, but
still entred into further trouble and danger.

The 13 of August it was fau'e weather ; at which time,
the sunne being east, we saw a Kussia lodgie* come
towards vs with al his sailes vp, where^^ ith we were not a
little comforted, which we perceauing from the strand, where
we laie with our scutes, we desired the master that we might
goe' vnto him to speake with him, and to get some victuales
of them ; and to that end we made as much haste as we
could to launche out our scutes,* and sailed toward them.
And when we got to them, the master went into the lodgie
to aske them how farre we had to Candinaes, which we could
not well leaine of them because we vnderstood them not.
They held vp their fine fingers vnto vs, but we knew not

^ Bock — ^yawl. ' Schuijt — boat.

^ Bicht aent atrandt — close to the shore.

* Lodja or boat. " Seylen — sail.

' Om de schuyten inde diepte te cryghen — to get the boats into deej) water.

H U

234

THE NAVIGATION

what they mcnt thereby, but after wc perccaued that thereby
they would shew vs that there stood fiue crosses vpon it ;
ind they brought their compas out and shewed vs that it lay
north-west from vs, which our compas also shewed vs, which
reckning also we had made ; but when we saw we could
haue no better intelligence from them, the master went fur-
ther into their ship, and pointed to a barrell of fish y' he saw
therein, making signes to know whether they would sel it
vnto vs, showing them a peece of 8 roylcs ;' which they
vndcr standing, gaue vs 102 fishes, with some cakes which
they had made of meale when they sod' their fishe. And
about the south sunne we left them, being glad that
we had gotten some victuales, for long before we had
had but two^ ounces of bread a day with a little water, and
nothing else, and with that we were forced to comfort our
selues as well as we could. The fishes Ave shared amongst
vs equally, to one as much as another,* without any difier-
ence. And when we had left them, we held our course west
and by north, with a south and a south and by east wind ;
and when the sunne was west south-west it began to thunder
and raine, but it continued not long, for shortly after the
weather began to cleare vp againe ; and passing forward in
that sort, we saw the sunne in our common compas go downe
north and by west/

The 13 of August we [again] had the wind against vs,
being west south-west, and our course was west and by
north, whereby we were forced to put to the shore againe.

■! t

* A Spanish dollar, of eight reals. ° Boiled. ' Vier — four.

* Soo wel de minste als de meest — the lowest as well as the highest.

" There must be some mistake here. When the sun set on the 12th
of August, in latitude 68° N., his azimuth was 46° 37',r W., which would
give a variation of .35° 22',r, or more than 3 points W. Perhaps N.iV^.W.
should be read, instead of N. by W. ; which would make the variation to
have been about 2 points W. It is, however, to be feared that but little
dependance can be placed on the observations made during the return
voyage, after the death of Willcra Barentsz.

INTO THE NORTH- SEAS.

235

lat thereby
3 vpon it ;

that it lay
I vs, which

we could
r went fur-
1 y' he saw
ould scl it
s^hich they
ikes which
she. And

glad that
c we had
Avatcr, and
omfort our
d amongst
any difFer-
;ourse west
east wind ;
to thunder
after the
forward in

go downc

igainst vs,
st and by
)re againe,

7er — four.

highest,
on the 12th
which would
laps N.iF.W.

variation to
lat but little
the return

where two of our men went on the land to sec how it laic,
and whether the point of Candinaes rcacht not out from
thence into the sea, for wc gest that we were not farre from
it. Our men comming againe, showed vs that they had
scene a house vpon the land, but no man in it, and said fur-
ther that they could not perccauc but that it was the point
of Candinaes that we had scene, wherewith wc were some-
what comforted, and went into our scutes againe, and rowed
along by the land ; at which time hope made vs to be of good
comfort, and procured vs to doe more then we could well
haue done, for our Hues and maintenance consisted therein.
And in that sort rowing along by the land, we saw an other
Russian iollie ' lying vpon the shore, which was broken in
peeces ; but we past by it, and a little after that we saw a
house at the water-side, whereunto some of our men went,
wherein also they found no man, but only an oucn. And
when they ''ame againe to the scute, they brought some
leple leaues- with them, which they had found ^ as they went.
And as we rowed along by the point, we had [again] a good
gale of winde* out of the east, at which time we hoised
vp our sailes and sailed foreward. And after noone, about
the south-west sunne, we perceaucd that the point which
we had scene laie south-ward, whereby we were fully per-
Bwaded that it was the point of Candinaes, from whence we
ment^ to saile oucr the mouth of the White Sea f and to that
end we horded each other and deuided our candles and all
other things that we should need amongst vs,' to helpe our
selues therewith, and so put of from the land, thinking to

* JoUe — yawl. ^ Lepelbladeren — spoon-wort. See page 226, note 3.

^ Opghebluckt — plucked. •• Een moy coeltgen — a nice breeze.

" Meant ; intended. Misprinted " went."

" This point, which they mistook for " Candinaes," or Kanin Nos, was
apparently Cape Barmin, on the east side of Tcheskaya Bay, over which
they nowproceeded to cross, under the impression that it was the White Sea.

' Wat wy malcanderen mochten mede deelen — that we could divide
between us.

111!

li. i

236

THE NAVIGATION

passe ouer the White Sea to the coast of Russia/ And sail-
ing in that sort with a good winde, about midnight there
rose a great storme out of the north, wherewith we stroke
saile and made it shorter;'' but our other boate, that was
harder vnder saile/ (knowing aot that we had lessened our
sailes,) sailed foreward, whereby we straied one from the
other, for then it was very darke.

The 14 of August in the morning, it being indifferent
good weather with a south-west wind, we sailed west north-
west, and then it begfan to cleare vp, so that we [just] saw
our [other] boate, and did what we could to get vnto her,
but we could not, because it began to be mistie weather
againe ; and therefore we said vnto each other, let vs hold
on our course, we shal findc theia wel enough on the north
coast, when we are past the White Sea.* Our course was
west north-west, the wind being south-west and by west, and
about the south-west sunne, we could get no further, because
the wind fel contrary, whereby wc were forced to strike our
sailes and to row forward ; and in that sort rowing till the
sunne was west, there blew an indifferent gale of wind"* out
of the east, and therewith we set saile (and yet we rowed
with two oarcs) till the sunne was north north-west, and
then the wind began to blow somewhat stronger east and
east south-eai»t, at which time wc tooke in our oares and
sail<^d forward west north-west.

Tlc 15 of August wee saw the sunne rise east north-east,
wl • revpon wc thought that our coinpasse varied somewhat;"

' JViie HvMandt toe. This is a mistake in the original. The coast of
iVni 'I'll/ or Lapland is meant.

* W'l/ 071S , aijl streecken, eiuk tutmen een riff oft twee in — wo lowered
our sail and took in a reef or two.

' Oant. maeta die wat styoer onder seijl waren — our comrades, who stood
somewhat better under sail.

* Aendt Noordtscke cast over de Witte Zee — on the coast of Norway, on
the other side of the White Sea.

' Koelte — breeze.

' Vrif wat — a good deal. As the sun's azimuth at his rising was

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

237

And sail-
ight there
we stroke
, that was
ssened our

from the

indifferent

est north-

[just] saw

vnto her,

e weather

2t vs hold

the north

course was

f west, and

3r, because

strike ouv

ig till the

wind"* out

we rowed

•west, and

east and

oares and

aorth-east,
omewhat;"
Tho coast of

-we lowered

s, who stood

Norwm/, on

rising was

and when the sunnc was east it was calnic weather againc,
wherewith we were forced to take in our sailcs and to row
againe, but it was not long before wee had a gale of windc'
out of the south-east, and then we hoysed vp our sailcs
againe, and went forward west and by south. And sayling
in that manner with a good forewind," when the sunne was
south we saw land,' thinking that as then we had beene
on the west side of the White Sea beyond Cardinaes ; and
being close vnder the land, we saw sixe Russian lodgics*
lying there, to whom we sailed and spake with them,
asking them how fai' »5ree were from Kilduin ;' but although
they vnderstood vs not well, yet they made vs such signcs
that we vnderstood by them that we were still farrc from
thence, and that wc were yet on the east side of Candinacs.
And with that they stroke their hands together,® thereby
signifying y* we must first passe oucr the VV^hito Sea, and that
our scutes were too little to doe it, and that it would be oucr
great daunger for vs to passe ouer it with so small scutes, and
that Candinacs was still north-west from vs. Then wee asked
them for some bread, and they gaue vs a loafc, which [dry as
it was] wee eatc hungerly vp as wee were rowing, but wee
would not beleeue them that wc were still on the east side of
Cardinaes, for we thought verily that wco had past cuer the
White Sea. And when wc left thrm, we rowed along by
the land, the Avind becing north ; and about the north-west
sunnc we had a good wind agiine from the south-east, and
therewith we sayled along by the shore, and saw a great
Russian lodgie lying on the starrcboord from vs, which we
thought came out of the AVhite Sea.

49° 56',5 W., the variation would be 17° 33',s or about 1^ points W. This,
as compared with the observation of the 12th August, as recorded, shows
a considerable difference. But, as is remarked in the note on that observa-
tion, the error is more likely to be on that than on the present occasion.

' KoeUe — breeze. " Een moi/e coelte — a nice breeze.

^ They had here reached the western side of Tcheskaya Bay.

* IJoats. " KUdaijn, See page 7, note 1.

" Zy smeteti haer handeii ran een — they spread their hands out.

^B$

THE NAVIGATION

h '

in H

i .'I

The 16 of August in the morning, sayling forward north-
west, wee perceiuccl that we were in a creeke,' and no made
towards y® Russian lodgie which we had seene on our
starreboord, which at last with great labour and much
paine we got vnto ; and comming to them about the south-
east sunne, with a hard wind, we asked them how farre
we were from Sembla de CooP or Kilduin ; but they shooke
their heads, and shewed vs that we were on the east
side of Zcmbla de Candinacs,^ but Ave wouhl not belceue
them. And then we asked them [for] some victuals, where-
with they gaue vs certain e plaice, for the which the maister
gaue them a peece of money, and [avg] sailed from them
againe, to got out of that hole where wee were,* as it reacht
into the sea ; but they perceiuing that we tooke a wrong
course and that the flood was almost past, sent two men vnto
vs, in a small boatc, with a great ioafe of bread, which they
gaue vs, and made signes vnto vs to come aboord of their
ship againe,^ for that they intended to haue further speech
with vs and to help" vs, which we seeming not to refuse and
desiring not to be vnthaukfull, gaue them a peece of money
and a peece of linnen cloth, but they stayed still by vs, and
they that were in the great lodgie held vp bacon and butter
vnto vs, to mooue vs to come aboord of them againe, and so
we did. And being with them, they shewed vs that we
were stil on the cast side of the point of Candiuaes ; then we

^ Oantsch in een in/t'tm beset — quite inclosed in a bay or creek. They
would seem to have here been at the north-western corner of rcheskaya Bay.

^ Vraeghen wn haer nae tSemlhi de Cool — we asked them after Sembla
de Cool. By this jargon, which is here a compound of Russian and
Spanish, the Dutch seamen desired to obtain information respecting "the
country of Kola," in Lapland,

'^ Datiet Sembla de Candinaa loas — that it was Sembla de Candinas;
i.e., Kanineskaya Zemlya.

* Om deur (hit cfat te comen daer zy voor lar/en — to get through the
passage, before which they lay.

" Weder aen haer achip — back to their ship.

" Oiiderrechten — to instruct ; to givo information.

INTO THE NOUTH-SKAS.

239

rd north-
l no made
; on our
nd much
he soixth-
lOTv farre
ey shooke

the east
t beleeue
Is, where-
e maister
•om them
5 it rcacht

a wrong
men vnto
hich they
:1 of their
er speech
efnse and
of money
)y vs, and
nd butter
le, and so
I that we
; then we

cek. They
eskayaBay.
fter ^embla
lusijian and
ectiug " tho

! Candinas;

hrough the

fetcht our card' and let them see it, by the which they
shcAved vs that we were still on the east side of the White
Sea and of (^andinaes; which we vndcrstanding, were in some
doubt with our selues' because we had so great a voiage to
make ouer tiic White Sea, and were in more fcare for our
companions that were ii th*^ boate,^ as also y*^ hauing sailed
23 [88] miles along by tiio Russian coast,* we had gotten no
further, but were then to saile ouer the mouth of the White
Sea with so small prouision ; for which cause the master
bought of y® Russians three sacks w' meale, two flitches and
a halfe of bacon, a pot of Russia butter, and a runlet of
honny, for prouision for vs and our boate^ whf n we should
meet with it againe. And for y' in the meane time the flood
was past, we sailed with the [beginning of the] ebbc out of
the aforesaid crceke" where the Russians boate' came to vs,
and entred into the sea with a good south-east wind, holding
our course north north-west ; and there we saw a point that
reacht out into the sea, which we thought to be Candinaes,,
but we sailed still forward, and the land reached north-west.*
In the cuening, the sunne being north-west, when we saw
that we did not much good with ro' Ing, and that the
streame" was almost past, we lay still, and sod"* a pot full
of water and mcalt\ which tasted exceeding well, because
we had put some bacon fat and honny into it, so that we
thought it to be a feastiuall day'* with vs, but still our minds
ran vpon our boate,'^ because we knew not where it was.

* Caerte — chart. ^ Waren beducht — were alarmed. ^ Bock — yawl.

* Nu wy 22 mylen al over de zee waren geseylt — now that we had sailed
22 miles right across the sea.

' Onse DMckers — our companions. " Gat — passage.

' Het cleyne lodtgien — the little lodja or boat.

* Onviel hem n. w. — turned to the N.W. This must have been Cape
Mikalkin, the S.E. cape of Kanineskaya Zemlya.

» Stroom—ti^e. i" Boiled.

11 Datter kersmis was — that it was Cliristmas. It is kermis, which
means a festival or fair-day. Sec page 30, note 2.
''' Onse under maets — our other companions.

240

THE NAVIGATION

a I

'■ I

The 17 of August, lying at anchor, in the morning at
breake of day we saw a Russian lodgie that came sayling
out of the White Sea, to whom we rowed, that we might
haue some instruction * from him; and when weboorded him,
without asking or speaking vnto him, he gaue vs a loafe of
bread, and by signes shewed vs as well as he could that he
had scene our companions, and that there was seuen men in
the boate; but we not knowing well what they sayd, neither
yet beleeuing them, they made other signes vnto vs,'' and
held vp their seuen fingers and pointed to our scute, thereby
shewing that there was so many men in the boate,' and that
they had sold them bread, flesh, fish, and other victuaUs.
And while we staid in their lodgie, we saw a small compasse
therein, which we knew that they had bought* of our chiefe
boatson,* which they likewise acknowledged. Then we
vnderstanding them well, askt them how long it was since
they saw our boate" and whereabouts it was, [and] they
made signes vnto vs that it was the day before. And to
conclude, they shewed vs great friendship, for the which wc
thanked thei-i ; and so, being glad of the good newes wee had
heard, we tooke our leaucs of them, much reioycing that wee
heard of our companions welfare, and specially because they
had gotten victuals from the Russians, which was the
thing that wee most doubted of, in regard that wee knew
what small prouision they had with them. Which done, we
rowed as hard as we could, to try if we might ouertake them,
as being still in doubt that they had not prouision inough,
wishing that they had had part of ours : and hauing rowed
al that day with great labour along by the land, about mid-

^ Descheyt — information.

* Soo bedutfden zijt ona noch bet — they oxplaiijotl It better to »is.

* Dattet me(k sodanighen open schuijt wat — tliiil It was a similar
open boat.

* llnddoi — had; obtaincil.

" /foo<f/ihoots)iiiui 'Ohiot- boat iwaiu, or first-mate.

* Volvk — people.

IXTO THE XOTlTir-SEAS.

241

night we found a fall of fresh water, and then we went on land
to fetch some [water], and there also wc got some leplc Icaucs.'
And as wc thought to row forward, Ave were forced to saile,
because the flood was past," and still wee lookt earnestly out for
the point of Candinaes and the liue crosses, whereof we had
beene instructed by the Russians, but we could not sec it.

The 18 of August in the morning, the sunne being east,
[in order to gain time] wee puled vp our stone (Avhich we
vsed in steed of an anchor,^) and rowed along by the land
till the sunne was south, then wee saw a point of land reach-
ing into the sea, and on it ccrtainc signcs of crosses,* which
as wc went neerer vnto wee saw perfectly ; and when the
sunne was west, wee perceiued that the land reached west and
south-west, so that thereby we knew it certainly to be the
point of Candinaes, lying at the mouth of the White Sea,
which we were to crosse, and had long desired to see it.
This point is easily to be knownc, hauing fiuc crosses stand-
ing vpon it, which are porfootly to be decerned, one the
cast side iu the south-east, and one thn other side in the
south-west.'* And when we thought to saile from thence to
the west side of the AMiite Sea tow;nds the coast of Norway,
wc found that one of our runlets of fresh water was almost
loakt out; and for that we had about 40 Duch [100] miles to
sailc ouer the sea bt foiv wo should get any Ircsh water, we

* Sec page i^Hi, note 3.

* Kn<k ak ^'-i/ mtewlen voort tf ruren, so moesten wy ducf hli,t'i'ii U;j(ien,
v'liM ifen .Vjvojm i^rlooj>en wan — and when wc intended to pr\>cced on our
>o^age, wc wtis« forced to remain lying there, because the tide had
riui out.

" Wei'p-ancker — kedge.

* Schemeringe van eeni(je cruijcen — the faint images of some crosses.

" Desen hoeck is een kenlijchen hoech wet ij cniycen tlaer op, ewK' rht-
'iii'^n perfect can sien hoese aen bej/den s>/(len omvalt, aen de eene r.i/<U'. iut
'-. 0. ende d\(nder zyde int z. u\ — this point is a ronspiouous one, having
on if iivc crosses, and the direction of it on either side is perfectly- dis-
cernible ; it being on the one side towards the S.E., and on the other
si('o towards the S.W.

mmmmm

VHM

242

THE NAVIGATION

't.|->

sought mcancs first to row on land to get some, but because
the wanes went so high we durst not do it ; and so hauing a
good north-east wind (which was not for vs too slack') we
set forward in the name of God, and when the sunne was
north-west we past the point/ and all that night and the
next day sailed with a good wind, and [in] all that time
rowed but while three glasses were run out f and the
next night after ensuing hauing still a good wind, in
the morning about the east north-east sunne we saw land
one the west side of the White Sea, which we found by
the rushing of the sea vpon the land before we saw it. And
perceiuing it to be ful of clifts,^ and not Ioav sandy ground
with same hills' as it is on the east side of the White Sea, we
assured our selues* that we were on y" west side of the
White Sea, vpon the coas'. of Lapcland, fo/' the which we
thanked God that he had helped vs to saih o; 'a tiic Wliite Sea
in thirty houres, it being forty Dutch [120] miles at the least,
our course being west with a [nice] north-cast wind.

The 20 of August, being not farre from the land, the
north-east wind left vs, and then it began to blow stifFc
north-west; at which time, seeing Ave could not make much
Avay by sailing forward, we determined to put in bctweene
certaine clifts, and Avhcn Ave got close to the land -" spied
ccrtaine crosses with Avardcrs' vpon them, Avhereby Ave
vnderstood that it Avas a good Avay," and so put into it. And

^ JJie wy niet dienden te vo'suymen — which it would not do for ua to
neglect.

^ L'ude maeckten ecn afsteccker oatrent de son n. u\ — we took our
dt'purtiire when the sun was about N.W.

•' An hour and a half.

■* iJiit ilil eea under clipimli hint teas — that it was another rocky
shore. /

" i]f('t ireijnich tji'herchte — with few mountains. " Made sure.

' Wiierders — cautions; directions.

" Dut daer ecn ffoalc recde was — that there was a good roadslcmt
tlioro,

INTO THE NORTII-SEAS.

243

\t because

hailing a
slack') Avc
sunne was
it and the
. that time
^ and the

wind, in
) saw land

found by
w it. And
idy ground
itc Sea, wc
dde of the

which Avc
! White Sea
it the least,
lid.
3 land, the

blow stifFc
iiakc much
a bctweene

1 ■'■" spied
hereby wc
Lto it. And

do for us to
-wc took our

xnothcr rocky
Made sure.
:ood rouiisleud'

being entrcd a litlc way within it, wc saw a great Russian
lodgie ' lying at an anchor, whercunto we rowed as fast as avc
could, and there also we saw certaine houses wherein men
dwelt. And when we got to the lodgie, we made our seluoo
fiist vnto it," and cast our tent ouer the scute, for as then it
began to raine. Then we went on land into the houses that
stood vpon the shore, whci'e they shewed vs great friendship,
leading vs into their stoawes,^ and there dried our wet
clothes, and then seething some fish, bade vs sit downe and
eate somewhat with them.- In those little houses we found
thirtecne Russians, who euery morning went out [in two
boats] to fish in the sea ; whereof two of them had charge
ouer the rest. They lined very poorely, and ordinarily eate
nothing but fish and bread." At euening, when we prepared
our selucs to go to our scute againe, they prayed the maister
and me to stay with them in their houses, which the maister
thanked them for. would not do [and went into the boat], but
I stayed Avith them al that night. Besides those thirteene
men, there was two Laplanders more and three women with
a child, that liued very poorely of the ouerplus" which the
Russians gauc them, as a pccce offish and some fishes heades,
which the Russians threw aAvay and they with great thank-
fulncssc tooke them vp, so tluit in respect of their pouertie
[and ill condition] wee thought our sclues to bee well fur-
nished,' and yet avc had little inough, but as it seemed their
ordinary lining was in that maun(>r. And wc were forced to

^ Lodja or l)oat.

^ So maeckteii in/ ons daer vast — wo anchored there.

" ^^ leaden ons in haer stoven — they led us iuto their rooms. In
Dutch, as iu German, a room heated by a stove or oven is called by the
name of the latter, stove or stiche.

* Coocten ons een snde nisc/i, endc nooden ons seer hertelijck — cooked us
a dish of fish, and made us right Avelcome.

^ Visch tot visch — lit. fish with fish ; i. e,, nothing but fish.

® Overschot — remains.

^ Wij , . . nas heel ontsctteden — we were quite astonished.

244

THE XAA'IOATIOX

:;*M

stay tlicrc, for that the wind being north-west, it was against
vs.

The 21 of August it rained most part of the day, but not
so much after dinner as before. Then our master brought^
good store of fresh fish, which we sod,^ and eate our bellies
full, which in long time we had not done, and therewith sod
some mealc and water in steed of bread, whereby we were
well comforted. After noone, when the raine began to
lessep, we went [at times a little] further into the land and
sought for some leple leaues," and then we saw two men
vpon y* hilles, whereupon we said one to the other, here-
abouts there must more people t^wel, for there came tAvo men
towards vs, but we, regarding them not, went backe againc to
our scute and towards the houses. The two men that were
vpon the hilles (being some of our men that were in the
[other] boate,) perceauing [also] the Russian lodgie, came
downe the hill towards her to buy* some victuales of them ;
who being come thither vnawares* and hauing no mony
about them, they agrecu betweene them to put oflf one of
their paire of breeches, (for that as then wc ware two or
three paire one ouer the other,) to sel them for some victuals."
But when they came downe the hill and were somewhat
neerer vnto vs, they espied our scute lying by the lodgie,
and we as then beheld them better and knew them ;
wherewith we reioyced [much on both sides], and shewed
each other of our proceedings and how we had sailed to and
fro in great necessitie and hunger, and yet they had beene
in greater necessitie and danger then we, and gaue God
thankes that he had prcserued vs aliue and brought vs toge-
ther againe. And then we eate something together, and

^ Coc/it — l)0U5?ht. 2 Coockten — cooked.

^ l^ejiel hhulereii — spoon-wort or scurvy-grass. Sec page 22U, note ',1.

^ Te becvnu'ti — to procure ; to ul)tain.

•"' (hivei'sicns — unprepared.

" fim ilmr vfi'n raur te coojiea — to buy victuals therewith.

INTO THK N011TII-SEA3.

245

IS against

', but not
brought'
ur bellies
3with sod
we were
began to
land and
two men
ler, herc-
tAvo men
againe to
that wcrfc
re in the
gie, came
of them ;
no mony
iff one of
re two or
I victuals."
somewhat
10 lodgie,
w them ;
d shewed
ed to and
lad bccne
;aue God
t vs toge-
ther, and

liO, note '•].

drankc of the clearc water, such as runneth along by Collcn
through the Rein,' and then we agreed that they should
come vnto vs, that we might saile together.

The 22 of August the rest of our men' Avith the boate
came unto vs about the east south - cast sunne, Avhereat
we much reioyccd, and then we prayed the Russians cooke
to bake a sacke of meale for vs and to make it bread, paying
him for it, Avhich he did. And in the meane time, Avh(;n the
fishermen came with their fishe out of the sea, our maister
bought foure cods of them, Avhich we sod and eatc. And
Avhile we Avere at meat, the chiefe of the Russians came vnto
vs, and perceiuing that we had not much bread, he fetcht a
loaf and gave it vs, and rJthough Ave desircil them to sit
downe and eate some meat Avith 's, yet Ave could by no
means get them to graunt thereunto, because it Avas their fast-
ing day and for y*^ Ave had poured butter and fat into our
fish ; nor Ave could not get them once to drinke Avith vs, be-
cause our cup Avas somcAvhat grcasie, they Avere so supersti-
tious touching their fasting and religion. Neitlier Avoidd
they lend vs any of their cu})s to drinke in, least they should
likewise be greased. At that time the Avind Avas [constantly]
north-Avest.

The 23 of Augilsf file Cflofin fiPg/ifl tn knead oltr ftieato,
and made vs bread thereof; Avhicji |m j()g <lo|i, and tlie Avind
and the Aveatlier beginning to be somcAvliat iitiit^T, we made
our seines ready to (lt])art from theni'O | flt wlijeli time, Avhen
the Russians came from lislilii|4, IH\^ IIKIjstof gn»)C their
i^h'wfP .c9HM)ia»c(.ef /j j^jji^] pfppg ui' HMiif ' )// f^'j|w4 pf ^IftJ

^ ti!ii(te fti'drpjioi-fii van (ten cldven, i\H ill ihij fffiilii '' ^»^'^'«

looj
llhiiic.

There is here a phiy on

^nif^

Qtiy,

" pure, ' )n4 is ftjtplicd to spirits as well aa tiJ \Mi|-op, |}i common life,
ecu (/Idii.ye Hare lueaiia "ll |j|il.s,s "f /iQnt Jloihiiiijs dill"

^ Otis uiulcr iiiaets — imiv odiur c(i()ifn,4cs.

■' Eeii ijoedcn tfti' . I — t\, |1l^il|l)B^)(||(,■ |tf'i)>i(.'Ut : lit. ii yuod

driuk-peuiiy. r (..

246

THE NAVIGATION

If-

■ '4 i|!

'St

I I

I ;

■?; f'

frcndship that he had shewed vs, and gaue some what also to
the cookc,' for the which they yeelded vs great thankes.
At M'hich time, the chiefc of the Russians [having before]
desired our maister to giue him some gunpowder, which he
did, [and he also thanked him much.] And Avhen we
were ready to saile from thence, we put a sacke of meale
[out of our boat] into the boate," least we should chance to
stray one from the other againe, that they might help thcm-
selues therewith. And so about euening, when the sunnc
was west, we set saile and departed from thence when it
began to be high water, and with a north-east wind held our
course north-west along by the land.

The 24 of August the wind blew east, and then, the sunnc
being east, we got to the Seuen Islands,-^ where we found
many fishermen, of whom we enquired after Cool and
Kilduin, and they made signcs that they lay west from vs,
(which we likewise gest to be so.) And withall they shewed
vs great frcndship, and cast a cod into our scute, but for
that we had a good gale of wind' we could not stay to pay
them for it, but gaue them great thanks, much wondering at
their great courtesy. And so, with a good gale of wind, we
arriued before the Seucn Islands when the sun was south-
west, and past betAvecn them and the land, and there found
ccrtaine fishermen, that rowed to vs,' and asked -s svhere our
erable (meaning our ship) was, whereunto wee made an-
swere with as much Russian language as we had learned,
and said. Cradle pro paV' (y' is, our ship is lost), which they

^ Den cock meJ", hetaelt — also paid the cook.

^ Den hock — the yawl. ^ Sec page 203, note 4,

■* Also u-y f/oeden voorhjang hailden — as we were making good way.

" Met goeden voortgamjh sei/Iende, i/iicanen wy ontrent Je z. w. son verhi/
de selvige eijlanden litngs de W(d /lenen, onder cenighe visschers die na ons
toe roijden — making good speed, we passed the said islands about south-
west sun, and sailed along the coast among some fishermen, who rowed
towards us.

" Crahble projud. Sec page 224.

INTO riTK XOHTIl-SFAS.

247

vnderstaiuling said vnto vs, Cool Brabouso cruhlc^ whereby
we vndcrstood that at Cool there was certainc Ncathcrhiud
ships, but we made no great account thcrof, because our
intent was to saile to AVarc-housc,' fearing least the llussians
or great prince of the country would stay vs thcrc.^

The 25 of August, sailing along by the land with a south-
east wind, about the south sun we had a sight of Kilduin, at
which time we held our course west north-west. And sailing
in that manner between Kilduin and the firrae land, about
the south south-west sunne we got to the west end of Kilduin.
And being there [we] lookt [out sharp] if we could see any
houses or people therein, and at last we saw ccrtaine Russian
lodgies^ that lay [hauled up] upon the strand, and there find-
ing a conuenient place for vs to anchor with our scutes while
we went to know if any people were to be found, our maister
put in with the land,* and there found five or six small houses,
wherein the Laplanders dwelt, of whom he" asked if that were
Kilduin, whereunto they made answcrc and shewed vs that
it was Kilduin, and said y' at Coola there lay three Brabants
crables or ships, whereof tw^o wx're that day to set saile ; which
we hearing determined to saile to Ware-house, and about
the we^t south-west sunne put off from thence with a south-
east Avind. But as Ave WTre vndcr saile, the Avind blcAV

* Tot i 'I Dnihanst • >ahle. A mixture of Dutch ami Russian, mean-
ing " at Koi.i there arc i^rabaut ships.'' The correct Russian is v'Kolj/e
Brabantski/ie korabli. liefore the independence of tlic nortlicrn pro-
vinces, the entire Notherhinds were under the rule of the Dukes of Bra-
bant ; ami as the Dutch vcss'cls trading to the northern coasts of Eurojjc
had first . ome there under the Rrabant flag, the Russians not unnaturally
continued to attach the name of Bra' 'ant to them in common Avith other
Netherlandish vessels.

^ Waei'huij'<>'.)i. See page 39, note 1.

^ Dat de llnssen oft (Jrootvoi'tit op haer gren-^en oiis eenich verlet sonde
doen — that the Russians or (theLr) Grand Prince might do us some
injury on their frontiers.

■* Boats.

" Wat te lantwaerta ingejaen — going a little way on shore.

« " We."— PA.

..■s*;^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

iiit2^ |Z5

|5o ^^" M^M

m m

IRsB

p 1 u

' .

6" —

►

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

33 WIST MAI'4 STRUT

WliSTIR.N.'^. ^45*0

(716) •72-4503

248

THE NAVIGATION

SO Stiffs [from the south-east] that wc durst not kccpc
the sea in the night time, for that the waucs of the
sea went so hollow, that we were still in doubt that
they would smite the scutes to the ground,' and so tookc
our course behind two clifts'^ towards the land. And
when we came there, we found a small house vpon the
shore, wherein there was three men and a great dogge,
which receiued vs very friendly, asking vs of our affliircs
and how we got thither ; whereunto we made ans re and
shewed them that we had lost our ship, and mat we
Avere come thither to sec if we could get a ship that
would bring vs into Holland ; whereunto they made vs
answere, as the other Russians had done, that there was
three ships at Coola, whereof two were to set saile from
thence that day. Then we asked them if they would goe
with one of our men by land to Coola, to looke for a ship
Avherewith we might get into Holland, and said we would
reward them well for their paines ; but they excused thcm-
sclucs, and said that they could not go from thence, but they
sayd that they would bring vs oucr the hill, where wc should
find:, ccrtaine Laplanders whom they thought would goe
with vs, as they did ; for the maistcr and one of our men
going with them oucr the hill, found ccrtaine Laplanders
there, whereof they got one to go with our man, promising
him two royals of eight ^ for his pains. And so the Lap-
lander going with him, tooke a pecce on his ncckc,' and our
man a boate-hooke, and about eucning they set forward,'* the
wind as then being east and cast north-cast.

^ Wy meenden dat ne telckemael de schiiyten in den grout gesmeten souden
helben — we thought that each wave would have swamped the boats.

^ Twee clippen — two cliffs or rocks.

' Twee realen van achten. This, though incorrect, was an usual ex-
pression in Dutch. It means, properly, two Spanish dollars of eight reals.
Nam een roer mede — took a musket with him.

' JiJnde trocken noch teghen den nne nacht op ter loop — and set off before
break of day — lit. towards the after-night.

INTO THE NOUTH-SEAS.

249

The 26 of August it was faire weather, the wind south-
east, at which time we drew vp both our scutes vpon the land,
and tooke all the goods out of them, to make them the
lighter.' Which done, we went to the Russians and warmed
vs, and there dressed such meates'' as we had; and then
againe wee began to make two meales a day, when we per-
ceiued that we should euery day find more people, and we
dranke of their drinke which they call quas^ which was
made of broken peeces of [mouldy] bread, and it tasted well,
for in long time we had drunke nothing else but water.
Some of our men went [somewhat] further into the land, and
there found blew berries and bramble berries,* which they
plucked and eate, and they did vs much good, for we found
that they [perfectly] healed vs of our loosenesse.' The wind
still blew south-east.

The 27 of August it was foule weather with a great storm
[out of the] north and north north-west, so that in regard that
the strand was low,' and as also for that the spring tide was
ready to come on, we drew our scutes a great way vp vpon the
land. [And when we had thus drawn them much higher up
than we had done before, on account of the high water'], we
went [still further upwards] to the Russians, to warme vs by
their fire and to dresse our meate. Meane time the maister

et off before

^ Om dat wat te verluchten — to air them a little. ' Spi/se — food.

' Qiuts. The well-known Russian drink. Dr. Giles Fletcher, ambas-
sador from Queen Elizabeth to the Emperor Pedor in 1588, describes it
as " a thin drinke called Quasse, which is nothing else (as we say) but
water turned out of his loits, with a little bran meashed with it." —
Purchas, vol. iii, p. 469.

* Blatme-besyen met Braem-hesyen — bilberries and blackberries. The
latter are probably the Moroschka, — cloudberries, or fruit of the moun-
tain-bramble {Rubus chamoemorus), — the gathering and preparation of
which by the females of Kola are described by Liitke, in page 223 of his
oft-cited work.

' Scheurbtiyck — scurvy. See page 152, note 2.

* Wy tlae:' een layer wal hadden — we there had a lee shore.
^ Phillip substitutes for this the words " this having done."

K K

•

250

THE NAVIGATIOX

i! i ■'■'!

i i

i>. i

sent one of our men to the sea side to our scutes, to make a
fire for vs vpon the strand, that when we came we might
finde it ready, and that in the meane time the smoake might
be gone. And while [the] one of our men was there, and the
other was going thither,* the water draue so high that both
our scutes were smitten into the water and in great danger
to be cast away ; for in the scute there was but two men and
three in the boate, who with much labour and paine could
hardly keep the scutes from being broken vpon the strand.^
Which we seeing, were in great doubt,' and yet could not
help them, yet God be thanked he had then brought vs so
farre that neuerthelesse we could haue gotten home, al-
though wee should have lost our scutes, as after it was
scene. That day and all night it rained sore, whereby we
indured great trouble and miserie, being throughly wet, and
could neither couer nor defend our selues from it ; and yet
they [who were] in the scutes indured much more, being
forced to bee in that weather, and still in daunger to bee
cast vpon the shore.*

The 28 of August it was indifferent good weather, and
then we drew the scutes vpon the land againc, that we
might take the rest of the goods out of them, [in order to
avoid the like danger in which the boats had been,] be-
cause the wind still blew hard north and north north-west.
And hauing drawne the scutes vp, we spread our sailes
vpon them to shelter vs vnder them, for it was still mistie
and rainie weather, much desiring to hcare some newes of
our man that was gone to Coola with the Lapclandcr, to

' D'ander vast aenquamen — the others were fast approaching.

' De schuyten qualijck van den wal cotiJ^n houclen, dat se met in stucken
gheameten werden — could scarcely ke«.^) the boats from going on shore,
and thereby being dashed to pieces.

* Heer beducht — much alarmed.

* Dutse in svlcken weer eiuie reghen aende legher wal verhhjven inoes-
ten — that in such wind and rain they should have hatl to lie under a
lee shore.

•

INTO THE NOKTH-SEAS.

251

make a
SG, might
ike might
3, and the
that both
at danger
> men and
line could
10 strand.''

could not
ught vs so

home, al-
'ter it wa8
hereby we
[y wet, and
t ; and yet
lore, being
iger to bee

Dather, and
LC, that we
in order to
been,] be-
north-west.

1 our sailes
still mistic

me newes of
pclander, to

cbing.

met in stucken
oing on shore,

verhhjven moes-
to lie under a

know if there were any shipping at Coola to bring vs into
Holland. And while we laie there we went [daily] into the
land and fetcht some blew berries and bramble berries' to
eate, which did vs much good.

The 29 of August it was indifferent faire weather, and we
were still in good hope* to heare some good newes from
Coola, and alwaies looked vp towards the hill to see if our
man and the Lapelander came ; but seeing they came not' we
went to the Russians againe, and there drest our meate
[at their fire] , and then ment* to goe to our scutes to lodge
in them all night. In the meane time we spied the Lap-
lander [upon the hill] comming alone without our man,
whereat we wondred and weie some what in doubt;* but
when he came vnto vs, he shewed vs a letter that was written
vnto our maister, which he opened before vs, the contents
thereof being that he that had written the letter wondred
much at our arriuall in that place, and that long since he
verily thought that we had beene all cast away,* being ex-
ceeding glad of our happy fortune,' and how that he would
presently come vnto vs with victuales and all other necessaries
to succour vs withall. We being in no small admiration who
it might be that shewed vs so great fauour and friendship,
could not imagine what he was, for it appeared by the letter
that he knew vs well. And although the letter was sub-
scribed " by me John Cornelison Rip,"* yet we could not
be perswaded that it was the same John Cornelison, who the
yeere before had beene set out in the other ship [at the same

^ See page 249, note 4.

" Met lijtsaemheijt verhopende — hoping with resignation.

^ Ende de saecke dien dach opghevende — and giving the matter up
for that day.

•* IMcant. ' In beducht — in fear,

" Dat wij al lange om den hals gecomen waren — that we had lost our
lives long ago.

' Over onse comste — ^of our arrival.

" Jan Cornelisz. Itijp. Sec page 71.

i: i*

252

THE NAVIGATION

time] with vs, and left vs about the Beare Hand.' For those
goode newes we paid the Lapelander his hier/ and beside
that gaue him hoase^ breeches and other furniture/ so that
he was apparelled like a Hollander ; for as then we thought
our selues to be wholy out of danger,* and so being of good
comfort, we laid vs downe to rest. Here I cannot chuse but
shew you how fast the Lapelander went : for when hee went
to Coola, as our companion told vs, they were two daycs and
two nights on the way, and yet went a pace, and w^ .en he
came backe againe he was but a day and a night comming
to vs, which was wonderful, it being but halfe y® time, so
that we said, and verily thought, that he was halfe a coniurer ;'
and he brought vs a partridge, which he had killed by the
way as he went.

The 30 of August it was indifferent faire weather, we still
wondering who that John Cornelison might be that had
written vnto vs ; and while we sat musing thereon, some of
vs were of opinion that it might be the same John Cornelison
that had sayled out of Holland in company with vs, which
we could not be perswaded to belecue, because we were in
as little hope of his life as hee of ours, supposing that he
had sped worse then we, and long before that had [perished
OX'] beene cast away. At last the master said, I will lookc
amongst my letters, for there I haue his name written," and
that will put vs out of doubt. And so, looking amongst
them, we found that it was the same John Cornelison, where-
with we were as glad of his safety and welfare as he was of
ours. And while we were speaking thereof, and that some

^ S«e page 85.

" Zijn beloofde j)ennin<jien — his promised reward : lit. pence.

3 Clothes.

* O'henoech in behouden haven — sufficiently in a safe port.

" Dat tvif tot malcanderen seijde, hy moet kunsgens kannen — so that wc
said to one another, he must know some (conjuring) tricks.

" Daer heb ick zijn hant noch wel — there I certainly still have his
handwriting.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

253

or those
1 beside
' so that
thought
of good
huse but
hce went
Layes and
w^.en he
comming
' time, so
3oniurer;'
ed by the

r, we still
that had
1, some of
Jornelison
vs, which
e were in
ig that he
[perished
will looke
itten," and
amongst
on, where-
hc was of
that some

26.

— so that wc
till have his

of vs would not beleeue that it was the same John Cornelison,
we saw a Russian joU' come rowing, with John Cornelison
and our companion that wee had sent to Coola ; who being
landed, we receiued and welcomed each other w* great ioy
and exceeding gladnesse, as if either of vs on both sides had
scene each other rise from death to life again; for we es-
teemed him, and he vs, to be dead long since. He brought
vs a barrell of Roswicke beere,'' wine, aqua uite,'' bread, flesh,
bacoU; salmon, suger, and other things, which comforted and
releeued vs mach. And wee reioyced together for our so
vnexpected [safety and] meeting, at that time giuing God
great thankes for his mercy shewed vnto vs. •• " .

The 31 of August it was indifferent faire weather, the
wind easterly, but in the euening it began to blow hard from
the land ; and then we made preparation to saile from
thence to Coola, first taking our leaues of the Russians, and
heartily thanking them for their curtcsie shewed vnto vs, and
gaue them a peece of money* for their good wils, and at
night about the north sunne we sailed from thence with a
high water.''

The 1 of September in the morning, with the east sunne,
we got to y° west side of the riuer of Coola," and entered into
it, where we [sailed and] rowed till the flood was past, and
then we cast the stones that serued vs for anchors vpon the
ground, at a point of land, till the flood came in againe.
And when the sunne was south, wee set saile againe with the
flood, and so sailed and rowed till midnight, and then we
cast anchor againe till morning.

^ Eenjol — a yawl.

■ lioistwijcker-bler. A strong beer brewed at Roswick, a town of
Swed'jn, in West Bothnia.

' I'randewijn — spirits distilled from malt ; common Hollands gin.

* jiVu stuck ghelts — some money.

" Mettet hoochste water — at high water ; at the top of the tide.

« " The entrance to Kola, which by some is most incorrectly called a
river, is one of those bays to which the English apply the designation of
lulct or hYithr—Liiiie, p. 225.

^mmm§.

• '!,l-

254

THE NAVIOATIOK

; 1

1 I i
1

llu Ji

The 2 of September in the morning we rowed vp the
riuer, and as we past along we saw some trees on the riuer
side, which comforted vs and made vs as glad as if we had then
come into a new world, for in all the time y' we had beene
out we had not scene any trees j and when we were by the
salt kettles,* which is about three [12] miles from Coola, we
stayed there awhile and made merry, and then went forward
againe, and with the west north-west sun got to John
Cornelisons ship, wherein we entred and drunke.* There
wee began to make merry againe with the sailers that were
therein and that had beene in the voiage with John Cornelison
the yeare before, and bad each other welcome. Then we
rowed forward, and late in the euening got to Coola, where
some of vs went on land, and some stayed in the scutes to
looke to the goods, to whom we sent milke and other things
to comfort and refresh them; and we were all exceeding
glad that God of his mercy had deliuered vs out of so many
dangers and troubles, and had brought vs thither in safety : for
as then wee esteemed our selues to be safe, although y" place
in times past, lying so far from vs, was as much vnknowne
vnto vs as if it had beene out of the world, and at that time,
being there, we thought y* we were almost at home.

The 3 of September we vnladcd all our goods, and there
refreshed our selues after our toylcsome and weary iourney
and the great hunger that we had indured, thereby to re-
couer our healthes and strengthcs againe.

The 11 of September,' by leaue and consent of the

* De soutketen — the salt-works. The buildings in which the manu-
facture of salt is carried on arc called in Dutch keten.

' Daer wy eens overclommen ende droncken daer eena — into which we
clambered up, and there had something to drink.

' Den elfden dag — on the eleventh day. This would seem to have
been the eleventh day after their arrival, or after the 3rd of September,
rather than the 11th of the month. Reckoned exclusively of that day,
it would have been the 14th of September ; and it is reasonable to sup-
pose that they would nut have parted with their boats till they had
found a Russian lodja to rooeivc them.

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

255

vp the
lie riuer
lad then
.d beene
e by the
oola, we
forward
to John
' There
hat were
ornelison
Then we
la, where
scutes to
icr things
2xcceding
f so many
safety: for
h y" place
vnknowne
that time,
c.

and there
•y iourncy
eby to re-
nt of the
the manu-

to which wo

cem to have
if September,
of that day,
lablc to sup-
till they had

bayart,' goucrnour for the Great Prince of Muscouia, wc
brought our scute and our boate into the merchants house,^
and there let them stand' for a remembrance of our long,
ftirrc, and neuer before sailed way, and that we had sailed
in those open scutes almost 400 Dutch [1600] miles, through
and along by the sea coasts to the towne of Coola, whereat
the inhabitants thereof could not sufficiently wonder.

The 15 of Scp[tember] we went into a lodgie [and sailed
down the river] w' all our goods and our men to John Cor-
nclisons ship, which lay about halfe a mile [2 miles] from
the towne, and that day [at noon] sailed in the ship [further]
downe the riuer til we were beyond the narrowest part
therof, which was about half the riuer, and there staled for
John Cornelison and our maister, that said they woidd come
to vs the next day.

The 17 of September [in the evening] John Cornelison
and our maister being come abord, the next day about the
east sunne we set saile out of the riuer [of] Coola, and with
Gods grace put to sea to saile hom-wards; and being out
of the riuer we sailed along by the land north-west and by
north, the wind being south.

The 19 of September, about the south sunne, we got to
Ware-house, and there ankored and went on land, because
John Cornelison was there to take in more goods, and staid
there til the sixt of October, in the which time we had
a' hard wind out of the north and north-west. And while
we stayed there we refreshed our selues somewhat better,
to rccouer [from] our sickncsse and wcaknesse againe, that we

* Den Dayaert — the boyard ; a Russian title, signifying a nobleman,
great man, or chief.

' Int coopmans huys. This is a literal translation of the Russian
gostinuy dvor\ which is a collection of shops, corresponding to the h({zi(r
of the Persians. It is usually, but not invariably, situated in or near
the market-place.

^ Lieten die daer staen — left them there.

* Vcel — much.

256

THE NAVIGATION

might grow stronger, which asked sometime,' for we were
much spent and exceeding weakc.

The 6 of October, about cuening, the sunne being south-
west, we set saile, and with Gods grace, from Ware-house
for Holland ; but for that it is a common and well knownc
way, I will speake nothing thereof, only that vpon the 29
October we ariued in the Masc'^ with an east north-east
wind, and the next morning got to Maseland sluce,' and
there going on land, from thence rowed to Delfc, and then
to the Hage, and from thence to Harlem ;* and vpon the first
of Nouember about noone got to Amsterdam, in the same
clothes that we ware in Nona Zcmbla, with our caps fqrd
with white foxes skins,* and went to the house of Peter
Hasselaer, that was one of the marchants that set out the
two ships,* which were conducted by John Cornelison and
our maister. And being there, where many men woundred
to see vs, as hauing estemed vs long before that to haue bin
dead and rotten, the newes thereof being spread abroad in
the towne, it was also caried to the Princes Courte in the
Hage,' at which time the Lord Chancclor of Denmark,
ambassador for the said king, was then at dinner with Prince
Maurice.* For the which cause we were presently fetcht

^ Dot metier tijt gheschietkn nioeste — which required some time.

' Be Maes — the river Maas or Meuse.

' Maeslantshiys. A town on the river Maas, opposite the Briel.

* liei/sde also d^ur Delft, den Ilaech ende Ilaerlem — thence travcllcil
through Delft, the Hague, and Haerlcm.

" Bonte viutsen van witte vossen — white fox-skin caps.

" Een van de hewinthehbers der stadt van Amstelredam gheweest was, tnt
uytrustinge van de twee schepen — who had been one of the managers, on
behalf of the town of Amsterdam, for fitting out the two ships.

' Lit Princen Hof. This was formerly the Court of Admiralty at
Amsterdam. But when the Town-House was given as a palace to Louis
Napoleon, then King of Holland, the Prinzen Hof was converted into
the Town-House, which it still is.

* Aldaer op die tijdt mijn E. Ileeren den Canceller ende Ambassadeur
van den Allerdoorluchticksten Coninck van Dennemarcken, Noonveghen,

INTO THE NORTH-SEAS,

257

we were

thither by the scout and two of the burgers of the towne,>
and there in the presence of those ambassadors' and the
burger masters we made rehearsall of our journey both
forwards and backewards.» And after that, euery man that
dwelt thereabouts went home, but such as dwelt not ncere
to that place were placed in good lodgings for certaine
dales, vntiU we had receiued our pay, and then euery one
of vs departed and went to the place of his aboad.

77ie Names of those that came home againe from this*

Voiage xoere^: —
Jacob Hemskeck, Maister and Factor.
Peter Peterson Vos.

Oottm ende Wenden over tafel .ac^^-where the noble lords, the chan-
cellor and the ambassador from the most illustrious King of Denmark
Norway, Goths and Vandals, were then at table. In the original there
IS not a word about Prince Maurice and the Hague,

^ Mijn Heer de Schout ende twee Heeren van der stadt-maater sheriff
and two gentlemen of the town {i. e., town-councillors),
^ ne7i voornoemde Heere Ambassadeur~the said lord ambassador,
4 ™T,.''T''' ''''^' wedervaren-onr voyages and adventures.

J:'hillip here in-'irts the word "dangerous,"
" The names will be here repeated, for the purpose of giving them
correctly, and also showing those who died during the voyage :-
lacob Ileeraskerck, Supercargo and Skipper.
t WiLLEM Bauentsz., Pilot, (died June 20th, 1597.)
Pieter Pietersz. Vos.
Gerrit de Veer,

M. Hans Vos, Barber-surgeon.
t Name unknown, Carpenter (died September 23rd, 1596.)
lacob lansz. Sterrenburgh.
Lenaert Heyndricksz.
Laurens Willemsz,
Ian Hillebrantsz.
lacob lansz. Hooghwout.
Pieter Cornelisz,
Ian van Buysen Reyniersz.
lacob Evertsz.
t Name unknown, (died January 27th, 1597.)
+ Claes Andriesz. (died June 20th, 1597.)
t Ian Fransz. (died July 5th, 1597.)

L L

258

THE NAVIGATION INTO THE NORTH-SEAS.

Gcret dc Veer.

Maister Hans Vos, Surgion.

Jacob Johnson, Stercnburg.

Lenard Hendrickson.

Laurence Williamson.

John Hillbrantson.

Jacob Johnson Hooghwont.

Peter Cornelison.

John Vous Buysen.

and Jacob Euartson.

FINIS.

These make up the ship's company, which originally consisted of seven-
teen persons in all. The seeming discrepancy with regard to two of the
names, as they appear in the list in page 193, is easily explained away,
lacob lanszoon Hooghwout, of Schiedam, and Ian van Buysen Rey-
nierszoon, have here their family names given in addition to their
patronymics, which latter alone they had signed in the former list.

!■ i

i i

APPENDIX.

A LETTER FROM JOHN BALAK TO GERARD MERCATOR.
HENRY HUDSON'S ACCOUNT OF HIS VISIT TO NOVAYA
ZEMLYA.— WRITINGS OP WIIJJAM BAR-.NTS
PRESERVED BY PURCHAS.

* ; . , 1 ^B-

t 1

i ItB

;] 1

'- 1

mii

Wm ;1 in

APPENDIX.

A LETTER FROM JOHN BALAK TO GERARD MERCATOR.
{Hakluyt, Principal Navigations, vol. i, pp. 509-510.1

A learned epistle, written, 1581, unto the famous Cosmo-

grapher, M. Gerardus Mercator, concerning the riuer

Pechora, Naramsay, Cara reca, the mighty riuer of Ob,

the place of Yaks Olgush in Siberia, the great riuer Ardoh, '

the lake of Kittay called of the borderers Paraha,

[and] the countrey of Carrah Colmak ; giving good

light to the discouery of the northeast passage

to Catliay, China and the Mahicaes.i

Inclyto Sr celebri Gemrclo Mercatori, domino Sf amico singulari,
m manus proprias Duisburgi in Cliuia.

Cvm meminissem, amice optime, quanta, cum vnji ageremus,
delectationc afficercre in legendis geographicis scriptis Ho-
meri, Strabonis, Aristotelis, Plinij, Dionis et reliquorum,
lactatus sum eo quod incidissem in hunc nuncium, qui tibi
has literas tradit, quern tibi commendatum esse valde cupio,
quique dudum Arusburgi hic ad Ossellam fluuium appulit!
Hominis experientia, vt mihi quidem videtur, multum te
adiuuerit in re vna, eaquc summis a te votis expetita, et
magnopere elaborata, de qua tarn varie inter se dissentiunt
cosmographi recentiores : patcfactione nimirum ingcntis
illius Promontorij Tabin, celebrisque illius & opulentre re-
gionis sub Cathayorum rege per occanum ad orientcni
' Referred to in page xxxvii of the Introduction.

262

APPENDIX.

brumalem. Alferius is est natione Belga, qui captiuus ali-
quot annos vixit in Moscouitarum ditione, apud viros illic
celebcrrimos Yacouium & Vnekium ; a quibus Antucrpiam
missus est accersitum homines rei nauticce peritos, qui satis
amplo proposito prsemio ad illos viros se recipiant, qui Sucuo
artifice duas ad eam patefactionem naues aidifiearunt in Duina
fluuio. Vt ille rem proponit, quamquam sine arte, appo-
site tamen, & vt satis intclligas, quod quaeso diligenter per-
pendas, aditus ad Cathayam per orientem proculdubio bre-
uissimus est & admodum expeditus. Adijt ipse fluuium Obam
turn terra per Samoedorum & Sibericorum rcgionem, tum
mari per littus Pechorie fluminis ad orientem. Hac expe-
rientia confirmatus cert5 apud se statuit nauim mercibus
onustam, cuius carinam non nimium profunde demissam esse
vult, in sinum S. Nicolai conducere in regiono Moscouita-
rum, instructam illam quidem rebus omnibus ad cam pate-
factionem necessarijs, atque illic redintegrato commeatu,
Moscouitica; nationis notissimos iusta merccdc ascisccre,
qui et Samoedicam linguam pulcbre tencant, & fluuium Ob
exploratum habeant, vt qui quotannis ca loca vcntitant.
Vnde Maio exeunte constituit pergcre ad orientem per con-
tinentem Vgoriae ad orientales partes Pcchorai, insulamque
cui nomen est Dolgoia. Hie latitudincs obseruare, terram
describere, bolidcm demittcre, locorumque ac punctorum
distantias annotarc, vbi & quotics liccbit. Et quoniam
Pechora; sinus vei euntibus vcl redcuntibus commodissimus
est tum subsidij tum diuersorij locus proper glacicm & tem-
pestates, diem impcndcre dccreuit cognosccndis vadis, facil-
limoquc nauium aditu inucniendo : quo loco antchac aqua-
rum altitudinem duntaxat ad quinquc pedes inucnit, scd
profundiorcs canales esse non dubitat : deinde per cos fines
pci'gere ad tria quatuorve milliaria nautica, relicta insida,
quam Yaigats vocant, media fere via inter Vgoriam Sc
Nouam Zcmblam : tum sinum qucndam pratcrire inter
Vaigats alquc Obani, (jui per meridiem vcrgeus pcrtingit ad

APPENDIX.

263

iuus ali-

iros ilUc

tucrpiam
qui satis

ui Sucuo

in Duina

te, appo-

ntcr per-

ubio bre-

um Obam

aem, turn

lac expe-
mercibus

lissam esse

^loscouita-
cam pate-

commeatu,
ascisccre,

luuium Ob
ventitant.

m per con-

insulamque

are, terram
punctorum

It ([uoniam
inoclissimus
icni & tem-
vaclis, fucil-
tcbac aqua-
nuenit, sod
or cos fines
icta insula,
Vgoriam &
itcrire inter
pcrtingit ad

terram Vgorice, in quern confluunt exigui duo amnes, Marme-
sia atque Carah, ad quos amnes gens alia Samoedorum accolit
immanis & effcrata. Multa in eo tractu loca vadosa, multas
cataractas inuenit, sed tamen per quas possit nauigari. Vbi
ad fluuium Obam peruentum fuerit, qui quidem fluuius (vt
referunt Samoedi) septuaginta habet ostia, qute propter in-
gentem latitudinem multas magnasque concludentem insulas,
quas varij incolunt populi, vix quisquam animaduertat, ne
temporis nimium impendat, constituit ad summum tria qua-
tuorve tentare ora, ea prajscrtim quae ex consUio incolarum,
quos in itinerc aliquot habiturus est, commodissima vide-
buntur, triaquc quatuorve eius regionis nauigiola tentandis
ostijs adhiberc, quam fieri potest ad littus proxime, (quod
quidem sub itinere trium dierum incolitur) vt quo loco
tutissime nauigari possit, intelligat.

Quod si nauim per fluuium Obam aduerso amne possit
imiiellere, prima si poterit cataracta, eaque, vt verisimile est,
commodissima, ad eumque locum appellere, quem aliquando
ipse cum suis aliquot per Sibericorum regionem terra adijt,
qui duodecim iuxta dierum itinere distat k mari, qua influit
in mare flumen Ob, qui locus est in continente, prope flu-
uium Ob cui nomen est Yaks Olgush, nomine mutuato ab
illo magno proflucnte flumini Ob illabente, turn certe speraret
maximas se difficultates superassc. Referunt enim illic po-
pulares, qui trium duntaxat dierum nauigatione ab eo loco
abfuerunt (quod illic rarum est, eo qu6d midto ad vnum dun-
taxat diem cyr.ibas pclliceas a littore propellentes oborta
tempestate pcrierunt, cum neque k sole neque k syderibus
rectionem scirent pctcro) per transuersum fluminis Ob, vnde
spaciosum esse illius latitudinem constat, grandes se carinas
prteciosis onustas mercibus magno fluuio delatas vidisse per
nigros, puta ^thiopes. Eum fluuium Ardoh illi vocant, qui
influit in lacum Kittayum, quem Paraha illi nominant, cui
contcrmina est gens ilia latissime fusa, quam Carrah Colmak
appellant, non alia certe quAm Cathaya. Illic, si neccssitas

warn

264

APPENDIX.

ii ,>!)

postulabit, opportunum ciit hybernare, se suosque reficere,
resque omnes necessarias conquirere. Quod si acciderit,
non dubitat interim plurimum se adiutum iri, plura illic
quaerentum atque ediscentem. Veruntanien sperat aestate ea-
dem ad Cathayorum fines se peruenturum, nisi ingenti gla-
ciei mole ad os fluuij Obte impediatur, quae maior interdum,
interdum minor est. Turn per Pechoram redire statuit,
atque illic hybernare : vel si id non poterit, in flumen Duinae,
quo mature satis pertinget, atque ita primo vere proximo in
itinere progredi. Vnum est quod suo loco oblitus sum. Qui
locum ilium Yaks Olgush incolunt, k maioribus suis olim
praedicatum asscrunt, se in lacu Kitthayo dulcissimam cam-
panarum harmoniam audiuisse, atque ampla aedificia con-
spexisse. Et cum gentis Carrah Colmak mentionem faciunt
(Cathaya ilia est) ab im6 pectore suspiria repetunt, mani-
busque proiectis suspiciunt in coelum, velut insignem illius
splendorum innuentes atque admirantes. Vtinam Alferius
hie cosmographiam melius sapcret, multum ad illius vsum
adiungeret, qui sane plurimus est. Multa praetereo, vir
amicissime, ipsumque hominem te audire cupio, qui mihi
spospondit se in itinere Duisburgi te visurum. Auet enim
tecum conferre sermones, & procul dubio hominem multum
adiuueris. Satis instructus videtur pecunia & gratia, in
quibus alijsque officijs amicitias feci illi, si vellet, mei co-
piam. Dcus Optimus maximus hominis votis atque alacri-
tati faueat, initia secundet, succcssus fortunet, exitum fcclicis-
simum concedat. Vale amice ac Dominc singularis.

Arusburgi ad Ossellam fluuium 20 Februarij, 1581.

Tuus quantus quantus sum

Joannes Bai.akus.

265

II.

AN ACCOUNT OF HENRY HUDSON S VISIT TO NOVAYA

ZEMLYA.'

Extracted from " A Second Voyage or Employment of Irlaster Henry Hudson,
for finding a Passage to the East Indies by the J.'orth-East : written by
himselfe." Printed in Purchas his Pilgrimes, vol. lii, pp. 577-579.

[June, 1608.] The sixe and twentieth, fairc sun-shining wea-
ther, and little wind at east north-east. From tweluc a
clocke at night till foure this morning we stood southward
two leagues, sounding wee had sixtie sixe fathome oaze, as
afore. From four a clocke to noone, south-east and by-
south foure leagues, and had the sunne on the meridian on
the south-east and by south point of the compasse, in the
latitude of 72 degrees 25 minutes, and had sight of Noua
Zembla foure or five leagues from vs, and the place called
by the Hollanders Swart ClifFe bearing off south-east. In
the after-noone wee had a fine gale at east north-east, and
by eight of the clocke we had brought it to beare off vs east
southerly, and sayled by the shoare a league from it.

The seucn and twentieth, all the fore-noonc it was almost
calme. Wee being two mile from the shoare, I sent my mate
Robert luet and lohn Cooke my boat-swaine on shoare,
with foure others, to see what the land would yeeld that
might bee profitable, and to fill two or three caskes with
water. They found and brought aboord some whales finnes,
two doeres homes, and the dung of deere, and they told me
that they saw grasse on the shoare of the last yeere, and
young grasse came up amongst it a shaftman long, and it
was boggie ground in some places ; there are many streames of

Referred to in page xliii of the Introduction.

M M

mmm

^■■1

Hi ;

'■ i

i R

:|'
im

2()G

APVKNDIX.

snow water nigh, it was very hot on the shoarc, and the snow
melted apace ; they saw the footings of many great bcarcs,
of dcere, and foxes. They went from vs at three a clockc in
the morning, and came aboord at a south-east sunnc ; and at
their comming we saAV two or three companies of morses in
the sea nccre vs swimming, being ahnost cahne. I presently
sent my mate, Ladlow the carpenter, and sixe others ashoarc,
to a place where I thought the morses might come on the
shoare ; they found the place likely, but found no signc of
any that had becne there. There was a crosse standing on
the shoarc, much driftwood, and signes of fires that had
beene made there. They saw the footing of very great decrc
and bears, and much fowle, and a foxc ; they brought aboord
whale finnes, some mosse, flowers, and greene things, that
did there grow. They brought also two pceces of a crosse,
which they found there. The sunnc was on the meridian on
the north north-east, halfc a point easterly, before it began to
fall. The sunncs height was 4 degrees 45 minutes, inclina-
tion 22 degrees 33 minutes, which makes the latitude 12
degrees 13 minutes. There is disagreement betwcenc this
and the last obseruation ; but by meanes of the clcercncsse of
the sunnc, the smoothncsse of the sea, and the ncerness to
land, wee could not bee deceiued, and care was taken in it.

The eight and twentieth, at fourc a clocke in the morning,
our boat came aboord, and brought two dozen of fowle, and
some cgges, whereof a few Avcre good, and a whales finnc ;
and wee all saw the sea full of morses, yet no signes of their
being on shoarc. And in this calme, from eight a clocke
last ceucning till foure this morning, >vce were drawne backe
to the nortlnvard as farre as wee were the last ceucning at
foure a clocke by a strcame or a tide ; and wee choose rather
so to driue, then to aducnturc the losse of an anchor and the
spoylc of a cable. Hecrc our new ship-boatc began to doe vs
scruice, and was an incouragemcnt to my companic, which
want I foimd the last yccrc.

■ p

ArPKNDIX.

2G7

The nine and twentieth, in the morning cahnc, being
halfe a league from the shoare, the sea being smooth, the
needle did encline 84 degrees ; we had many morses in the
sea necrc vs, and desiring to find where they came on shoare,
wee put to with saylc and oares, towing in our boat and row-
ing in our barke, to get about a point of land, from whence
the land did fall more easterly, and the morses did goe that
way. Wee had the sunne on the meridian on the south and
by west pointy halfe a point to the wester part of the com-
passe, in the latitude of 71 degrees 15 minutes. At two a
clocke this after-noonc we came to anchor in the mouth of a
riuer, where lieth an iland in the mouth thereof foure
leagues : wee anchored from the iland in two and thirtie
fathomes blacke sandy ground. There droue much ice out of
it with a streamc that set out of the riuer or sound, and there
were many morses sleeping on the ice, and by it we were
put from our road twice this night ; and being calme on this
day, it pleased God at our necde to giue vs a fine gale, which
freed vs out of danger. This day Avas calme, clecre and hot
weather : all the night we rode still.

The thirtieth, calme, hot, and faire Aveather : we weighed
in the morning, and towed and rowed, and at noone we
came to anchor ncere the ile aforesaid in the mouth of the
riuer, and saw very much ice driuing in the sea, two leagues
without vs, lying south-east and north-west, and driving to
the north-west so fast, that wee could not by twelve a clocke
at night see it out of the top. At the iland Avherc wee rode
lieth a little rocke, whereon were fortic or fiftie morses lying
aslecpe, being all that it could hold, it being so full and
little. I sent my companic ashoare to them, leaning none
aboord but my boy with mec ; and by meanes of their
neercnesse to the water they all got away, sauc one which
they killed, and brought his head aboord ; and ere they came
aboord they went on the iland, which is reasonable high and
stcepe, but Hal on the top. They killed and brought with

268

APPENDIX.

•

■ i

■ \

them a great fowle, whereof there were many, and likewise
some egges, and in an hourc they came aboord. The ilc is
two flight-shot ouer in length, and one in breadth. At mid-
night our anchor came home, and wee tayld aground by
meanes of the strength of the strcame ; but by the hclpc of
God wee houed her off without hurt. In short time wee
moued our ship, and rode still all night ; and in the night
wee had little wind at east and east south-east. Wee had at
noone this day an obseruation, and were in the latitude of
71 degrees 15 minutes.

The first of July wee saw more ice to seaward of vs,
from the south-east to the north-west, driuing to the north-
west. At noone it was calme, and we had the sunnc on the
meridian on the -^uth and by west point, halfc a point to the
westerly part of the compasse, in the latitude of 71 degrees
24 minutes. This morning I sent my mate Eueret and foure
of our companic, to rowe about the bay, to see what riucrs
were in the same, and to find Avhcre the morses did come on
land, ami to see a sound or great riuer in the bottome of the
bay, which did alwaies send out a great streame to the north-
wards, against the tide that came from thence : and I found
the same, in comming in from the north to this place, before
this. When, by the meanes of the great plenty of ice, the
hope of passage betwecne Newland and Nona Zembla was
taken away, my purpose was by the Vaygats to passe by the
mouth of the river Ob, and to double that way the north
cape of Tartaria, or to giue reason wherefore it will not be :
but being here, and hoping by the plen'.ie of morses wee saw
here to defray the charge of our voyage ; and also that this
sound might for some reasons bee a better passage to the
east of Nona Zembla than the Vaygats, if it held according
to my hope conceiued by the likenesse it gaue : for whereas
we had a floud came from the northwards, yet this sound or
riuer did runne so strong, that ice with the strcame of
this riuer was carried away, or anything else, against the

APPENDIX.

269

floud : so that both in floud and obbc, the streame doth
hold a strong course, and it floweth from the north three
houres, and ebbeth nine.

The second, the wind being at east south-east, it was rea-
sonable cold, and so was Friday ; and the morses did not
play in our sight as in warme weather. This morning at
three of the clockc, my mate and companie came aboord, and
brought a great deeres home, a white locke of deeres haire,
foure dozen of fowle, their boat halfe laden with drift wood,
and some flowers and greene things, that they found grow-
ing on the shoare. They saw a herd of white deere of ten
in a companie on the land, much drift wood lying on the
shoare, many good bayes, and one riuer faire to see to, on the
north shoare, for the morses to land on ; but they saw no
morses there, but signes that they had beene in the bayes.
And the great riuer or sound, they certified me, was of
breadth two or three leagues, and had no ground at twentie
fathoms and that the water was of the colour of the sea, and
very salt, and that the streame setteth strongly out of it.
At sixe a clocke this morning, came much ice from the south-
ward driuing upon us, very fearefull to looke on ; but by the
mercy of God and his mightie helpe, wee being moored with
two anchors ahead, with vering out of one cable and heauing
home the other, and fending off with beames and sparres,
escaped the danger : which labour continued till sixe a clocke
in the euening, and then it was past vs, and we rode still and
tooke our rest this night.

The third, the wind at north a hard gale. At three a
clocke this morning wee weighed our anchor, and set sayle,
purposing to runne into the riuer or sound before spoken of.

The fourth, in the morning, it cleered up with the wind
at north-west ; we weighed and set sayle, and stood to the
eastwards, and passed ouer a reefe and found on it fine and
a halfe, sixe, sixe and a halfe, and seuen fathoms water :
then wee saw that the sound was full and a very large riuer

. );■

I-

or,

APPKNDIX.

from the north-eastward free from ice, and a strong streamc
comming out of it ; and we had sounding then, foure and
thirtie fathoms Avater. Wee ail conceiucd liope of tliis north-
erly riuer or sound ; and sayling in it, wee found three and
twentie fathomes for three leagues, and after twentic fathomrs
for Hue or sixc leagues, all tough ozic ground. Then the
windc vered more northerly, and the streame came downe so
strong, that wee could doc no good on it : wee came to an-
chor, and went to supper, and then presently I sent my mate
luet, with five more of our companie, in our boat with sayle
and oares, to get uj) the riuer, being prouided with victuals
and weapons for defence, willing them to sound as they
went, and if it did continue still deepe, to go untill it did
trcude to the eastward or to the southwards ; and wcc rode
still.

The fift, in the morning, wc had the wind at west : we
began to weigh anchor, purposing to set sayle, and to riinne
vp the sound after our conipanie : then the wind vered
northerly upon vs, and we saued our labour. At noone oiu*
companie came aboord vs, h.aving had a hard rought ; for
they had bcene vp the riuer sixe or scucn leagues, and
sounded it from twentie to three and twentie, and after
brought is to eight, sixe, and one fathome, and then to foure
foot in the best : they then went ashoare, and found good
store of wilde goose quills, a piece of an old oare, and some
flowers, and green things which they found growing : they
saw many deere, and so did we in our aftcr-dayes sayling.
They being come aboord, wc presently set sayle with the
wind at north north-west, and we stood out againe to the
south-westwards, with sorrow that our labour was in vainc :
for, had this sound held as it did make shew of, for breadth,
depth, safcncsse of harbour, and good anchor ground, it
might hauc ycelded an excellent passage to a more easterly
sea. Generally, all the laud of Nona /embla that yet wee
haue scene, is to a mans eye u plea.sant land ; much mayne

ai>im;ni)ix.

5271

strcamo
aire and
is north-
hree ami
fathomcs
L'hen the
lownc so
ic to an-
my mate
ith saylo
I victuals

as tlii'y
ill it did
ivce rode

vest : we
to ruunc
id vcrcd
oonc our
iglit ; for
lies, and
md after

to foure
md good
md some
ng : they
3 sayling.
with the
\c to the
in vainc :

breadth,
round, it
3 easterly
b yet wee
:;h niayne

high land with no snow on it, looking in some places grcenc,
and dccre feeding thereon ; and the hills arc partly covered
with snow, and partly bare. It is no marucU that there is
so much ice in the sea towards the Pole, so many sounds
and riuers being in the lands of Nona Zembla and Newland
to ingender it ; besides the coasts of Pechora, Russia, and
Grocnland, with Lappia, as by proofes I findc by my trauell
in these parts : by means of which ice I suppose there will
be no nauigable passage this way. This eeuening wee had
the wind at west and by south : wee therefore came to
anchor under Deere Point ; and it was a storme at sea, wee
rode in twentie fathomcs, ozie ground : I sent my mate
Ladlow, with foure more ashore, to see whether any morses
were on the shoare, and to kill some fowle (for avc had scene
no morses since Saturday, the second day of this moneth,
that wee saw them driuing out of the ice)^ They found good
landing for them, but no signc that they had bccnc there :
but they found that fire had beene made there, yet not
lately. At ten of the clocke in the eeuening they came
aboord, and brought with them neerc an hundred fowles
called wellocks ; this night it was wet fogge, and very thicke
and cold, the winde at Avest south-west.

The sixt, in the morning, wee had the wind stormie and
shifting, betweene the west and south-west, against us for
doing any good : we rode still, and had much ice driuing by
vs to the eastwards of vs. At nine of the clocke, this eeuen-
ing wee had the wind at north north - west : we presently
weighed, and set sayle, and stood to the westward, being out
of hope to find passage by the north-cast : and my purpose
was now to see whether Willoughbies Land were, as it is
layd in our cardcs ; which if it were, wee might finde morses
on it ; for with the ice they were all driven from hence.
This place vpon Nona Zembla, is another then that which
the Hollanders call Costing Sarch, discouered by Oliuer
Brownell : and William Barentsous obscruation doth wit-

272

APPENDIX.

nesse the same. It is layd in plot by the Hollanders out of
his true place too farre north : to what end I know not, un-
Icsse to make it hold course with the compasse, not respect-
ing the variation. It is as broad and like to yecld passage
as the Vaygats, and my hope was, that by the strong strcame
it would haue cleered it selfe ; but it did not. It is so full
of ice that you will hardly thinke it.

! V

! >

il ■

f«

273

III.

WRITINGS OF WILLIAM BARENTS, PRESERVED BY PIIRCIIAS.^
[^Pttrchas his Pilyrimes, vol. iii, pp. 518-520.]

1 thought good to adde hither for Barents or Barentsons
sake, certainc notes which I have found (the one translated,
the other written by him) amongst Master Hakhiyts Paper.

This was written by WiUiam Barentson in a loose paper,

which was lent mee by the Reuerend Peter Plantius in

Amsterdam, March the seucn and twentieth, 1609.'

The foure and twentieth of August, stilo nouo, 1595, wee
spake with the Samoieds, and asked them how the land and
sea did lye to the east of Way-gates. They sayd, after fine
dayes iourney going north-east, wee should come to a great
sea, going south-east. This sea to the east of Way-gats they
sayd was called Marmoria, that is to say, a calme sea.^ And
they of Ward-house haue told vs the same. I asked them
if at any time of the yeere it was frozen ouer ? They sayd it
was. And that sometimes they passed it with sleds. And
the first of September 1595, stilo nouo, the Russes of the
Iodic or barke affirmed the same ; saying, that the sea is
sometimes so frozen, that the lodies or barkes going some-
times to Gielhsidi from Pechora, are forced there to winter ;

^ Referred to in page Iv of the Introduction.

2 This heading must, like that of the " Treatise of Iver Boty," in the
next page, have been written by Henry Hudson, and not by Hakluyt, as
would at first sight appear.

^ De Veer (p. 55) writes this name Mermare. In Russian, more cer-
tainly means " sea ;" but this is all that we have been able to make out
of the expression.

N N

274

APPENDIX.

which Gielhsidi was wonne from the Tartars three yeeres
past.

For the ehbe and flood there, I can finde none ; but with
the winde so runneth the streame. The third of September,
stilo ,10110, the winde was south-west, and then I found the
water higher then with the "»rinde at north north-cast.
Mine opinion is grounded on experience : that if there bee
a passage, it is small, or else the sea could not rise with a
southerly winde. And for the better proofc to know if
there were a flood and ebbe, the ninth of September, stilo
notio, I went on shoare on the south end of the States Hand,
where the crosse standeth, and layd a stone on the brinke of
the Avatcr, to proue whether there were a tide, and went
round about the iland to shoote at a hare ; and returning, I
found the stone as I left it, and the water neither higher nor
lowere : which prooueth, as afore, that there is no flood nor
ebbe.

A Treatise of Iver Boty a Gronlander, translated out of the

Noisli language into IIi^;li Dutuli, in the jeere 15(!(). And after out of

Higli Dutch into Low Dutch, hy William Barentson of Ainstonlani,

who was chiefe Pilot aforesaid. The same copie in High Dutch

is in the hands of lodocvs Hondivs, which I haue seene.

And this was translated out of Low Dutch hy blaster

William Stere, IMarchant, in the yeere lOOH, for the

vse of me Henrie Hvdson. William Barentsons

Booke is in the hands of Master Peter

Plantivs, who lent tlie same vnto me.

Inprimis, it is reported by men of wiscdome and vndcr-
standing borne in Gronland, that from Stad, in Norway, to
the east part of Island, called Ilorn-nesse, is scucn daycs
sayling right west.

Item, men shall know, that bctwccnc Island and Gron-
land lyeth a rifle called Gombornse-skare. There they were
wont to haue there passage for Gronland. But as they
report, there is ice vpon the same rifle, come out of the long

m^sm

APPENDIX.

275

e yccrcs

but with
ptember,
)und the
)rth-cast.
here bee
sc with a

know if
iber, stilo
:es Hand,
brinkc of
md went
urning, I
igher nor

flood nor

5Ut of the

I'ter out of

3tenlain,

Dutch

ene.

ind vndcr-
^orwivy, to
men daycs

and Gron-
! they were
ut as they
of the long

north bottome, so that we cannot vse the same old passage,
as they thinke.

Item, from Long-nesse, on the cast side of Island, to the
abouesaid Horn-nesse, is two dayes sayle to the Brimstone
Mount.

Item, if you goe from Bergen in Norway, the course is
right west, till you bee south of Roke-ncsse in Island, and
distant from it thirteene miles, or leagues. And with this
course you shall come vnder that high land, that lycth in the
east part of Groneland, and is called Swafstcr. A day
before you come there, you shall haue sight of a high mount,
called Huit-sarke ; and betwcene Whitsarke and Grone-
land lyeth a head -land, called Hernoldus Hooke ; and
thereby lyeth an hauen, where the Norway merchants ships
Were wont to come ; and it is called Sound Hauen.

Item, if a man will sayle from Island to Gronland, hce
shall set his course to Suofnessc, which is by west lloke-
nessc thirteene miles or leagues, right west, one day and
nights sayling, and after south-west to shun the ice that
lyeth on Gombornse-skare; and after that one day and night
north-west. So shall hee with this course fall right with the
abouesayd Swafster, which is high land, vnder which lyeth
the aforesayd head-laud, called Hernoldus Hooke, and the
Sound Hauen.

Item, the caster dorpo of Groneland lyeth east from
Hernoldus Hooke, but neere it, and is called Skagcn Ford,
and is a great village.

Item, from Skagen Ford east lyeth a hauen called Beare
Ford : it is not dwelt in. In the mouth thereof lyeth a
rifle, so that great ships cannot harbour in it.

Item, tliere is great abundance of whales ; and there is a
great fishing for the killing of them there, but not without
the bishops c jusent, which keepeth the same for the benefit
of the cathcdr.'U church. In the hauen is a great swalth ;
and when the tide doth ruunc out, all the whales doe runne
into the sayd swalth.

n''':TZ

mmm

276

APPENDIX.

Item, east of Beare J'ord lyeth another hauen, Cfilled
AUabong Sound ; and it is at the mouth narrow, but farther
in very Avide : the length whereof is such, that the end
thereof is not yet knownc. There runneth no streame. It
lyeth full of little iles. Fowles and oxen are there common :
and it is ployne land on both sides, growno ouer with greene
grassc.

Item, east from the icie mountayne lyeth an hauen, called
Fcndcbothcr ; so named, because in Saint Olafes time there
was a ship cast away, as the spcach hath beene in Grone-
land, in which ship was drowned one of Saint Olafes men,
with others ; and those that were saued did burie those that
were drowned, and on their graues did set great stone
crosses, which wee sec at this day.

Item, somewhat more east, toward the ice mountayne,
lyeth a high land, called Corse Hought, vpon which they
hunt white beares, but not without the bishops Icauc, for it
belongeth to the cathedrall church. And from thence more
easterly, men see nothing but ice and snow, both by land
and water.

Now wee shall returne againe to Hernoldus Hookc,
where we first began to come to the first towuc that lyeth
on the east side of Hernoldus Hookc, called Skagcn Ford ;
and so we will write the names of all that lye on the Avest-
side of the ford o. sound.

Item, west from Hernoldus Hookc lyeth a dorpe called
Kodosford, and it is well built : and as you sayle into the
sound, you shall sec on the right hand a great sea and a
marsh, and into this sea runneth a great streame : and by
the marsh and sea standeth a great church, on which the
holy crosse is drawne, of colour white : it belongeth to
Enelnesse de Hokesong, and the land to lectors Wike.

Item, by Peters Wike lyeth a great dorpc, called Warts-
dale, by which lyeth a water or sea of twelue miles or
leagues ouer, in which is much fish : and to Fclerswikc

APPENDIX.

277

1, called
It farther
the end
ame. It
common :
h greene

!n, called
me there
1 Grone-
ifcs men,
hose that
eat stone

juntayne,
lich they
iiic, for it
nee more
I by land

s Hookc,

liat lyeth

en Ford ;

the wcst-

rpe called
c into the
sea and a
; : and by
which the
ongcth to
r^ike.

cd Warts-
) miles or
L'ctcrswikc

church belongeth Wartsdale Boy or Towne and the vil-
lages.

Item, ncerc this boy or towne lyeth a cloyster or abbey,
in which are canons regular ; it is dedicated to Saint Olafes
and Saint Augustines name. And to it belongeth all the
land to the sea-side, and toward the other side of the cloyster.

Item, next Godosford lyeth a ford, called Rompnes Ford:
and there lyeth a cloyster of nuns of Saint Benedicts order.

Item, this cloyster, to the bottom of the sea, and to Wegen
Kerke, was dedicated to Saint Olafc the king. In this ford
lye many small iles. And to this cloyster belongeth halfe
the ford and the church. In this sound are many warme
waters. In the winter they are intoUerable hot, but in the
summer more moderate; and many bathing in them are
cured of many diseases.

Item, between Rompnes and the next sound, lyeth a great
garden, called Yose, belonging to the king. There is also
a costly church dedicated to Saint Nicholas. This church
had the king before this. Ncere it lyeth a sea of fresh
water, called , in which is great abundance of fish,

without number. And when there falleth much rayne, that
the waters doe rise therewith and after fall againe, there
remayneth vpon the land much fish drie.

Item, when you sayle out of Emestncs Ford, there lyeth
an inlet, called South-woders Wikc ; and somewhat higher
in the same sound, and on the same side, lyeth a little cape,
called Bloming; and beyond that lyeth another inwike,
called Granwikc ; and aboue that lyeth a garden, called
Daleth, which belongeth to the cathedrall church. And on
the right hand, as you sayle out of the same sound, lyeth a
great wood, which pcrtayneth to the church, where they
feede all their cattoll, as oxen, kine, and horses. And to the
church pcrtayneth the sound of Emestnes Ford. The high
land lying by Emestnes Ford is called the Ramos hayth : so
called, because that on those hills doe runne many roe deerc.

■>^i >l ^MI » V— «

278

APPENDIX.

or rcyne decrc, which they vse to hunt, but not without the
bishops leaue. And on this high land is the best stone in
all Groneliind. They make thereof pots, because fire can-
not hurt it. And they make of the same stone fattes or
cisternes, that will hold ten or twelue tunp"s of water.

Item, west from this lyeth another high l?nd, called the
Long High Land : and by another called , whereon

are eight great orchards, all belonging to the cathcdrall
church. But the tenths thereof they give to Warsedall
church.

Item, next to this sound lyeth another sound, called
Swalster Ford, wherin standeth a church, called Swalstcr.
This church belongeth to all this sound, and to Romse
Ford, lying next it. In this sound is a garden belonging to
the king, called Saint Henlestate.

Item, next to that lyeth Ericks Ford ; and entring therein
lyeth an high land called Ericks Hought, which pcrtayncth
the one halfe to Dcuers Kerkc, and is the first parish church
on Groneland, and lyeth on the left hand as you sayle
into Ericks Ford : and Deuers Kcrke belongeth all to
Meydon Ford, which lyeth north-west from Ericks Ford.

Item, farther out then Ericks Ford standeth a church,
called Skogel Kerke, which belongeth to all INIedford. And
farther in the sound standeth a church, called Leaden
Kerke. To this church belongeth all thereabout to the
sea, and also on the other side as farre as Bouscls. There
lyeth also a great orchard, called Grote Lead, in which the
gusman (that is, a chiefc or bayliffe oucr the boores) doth
dwell.

And farther out then Ericks Ford lyeth a ford or sound,
called Fossa, which belongetli to the cathcdrall cluirch : and
the sayd Fossa Sound lyeth a» men sayle out towards Ericks
Ford ; and to the north of it lye two villages, the one called
Eucr-boy, and the other Forther-boy, because they lye so.

Item, from thence farther north lyeth Breda Ford, and

APPENDIX.

279

ithout the
it stone in
! fire can-
fattes or
iter.

called the
, whereon
cathcdrall
Warsedall

nd, called

L Swalster.

to Romse

ilonging to

ing therein
pertayncth
dsh church
you sayle
;cth all to
ks Ford.
L a church,
Iford. And
ed Leaden
)out to the
els. There
1 which the
)Oores) doth

rd or sound,
:;hurch : and
,'ards Ericks
e one called
ley lye so.
I Ford, and

after that Lormont Ford from that west, and from Lormont
Ford to the west is Ice Dorpe. All these arc places built,
and in them dwell people.

Item, from the caster huilded land to the wester dorpe,
is twelue miles or leagues ; and the rest is all waste land.
In the dorpe, in the west, standeth a church, which in time
past belonged to the cathcdrall church, and the bishop did
dwell there. But now the Skcrlengers haue all the west
lands and dorps. And there are now many horses, oxen,
and kine, but no people, neither Christian nor heathen ; but
they were all carryed away by the enemie, the Skcrlengers.

All this before written was done by one luer Boty, borne
in Gronland, a j)rincipall man in the Bishops Court, who
dwelt there many yeeres, and saw and knew all these places.
He was chosen by the whole land for captayne, to goe with
ships to the west land, to driue away their enemies, the
Skcrlengers. But hee comming there, found no people,
neither Christian nor heathen, but found there many sheepe
running, being wilde, of which sheepe they tooke with them
as many as they could carrie, and with them returned to
there houses. This beforenamed Indo Boty was himselfe
with them.

To the north of the west land lycth a great wildernesso,
with clifes or rockes, called Hemel Hatsfelt. Farther can
no man sayle, because there lye many swalgen or whirle-
pooles, and also for the water and the sea.

Item, in Groneland are many siluer hills, and many white
beares with red patches on their heads ; and also white
hawkcs, and all sorts of fish, as in other countries.

Item, there is marble stone of all colours, also zeuell stone
or the load stone, which the fire cannot hurt, whereof they
make many vessels, as pots, and other great

vessels.

Item, in Groneland runneth great strcames, and there is
much snow and ice : but it is not so cold as it is in Island
or Norway.

280

APrKNDlX.

Item, there grow on the high hills, nuts, and acornes,
which are as great as apples, and good to eate. There
groweth also the best wheate, that can grow in the whole
land.

This sea card Avas found in the iles of Fero or Farre,
lying bctwccne Shot-lant and Island, in an old reckoning
booke, written aboue one hundred yceres agoc : out of
which this also was all taken.

Item, Punnus and Potharsehaue inhabited Island certayne
yeercs, and some times haue gone to sea, and haue had their
trade in Groncland. Also Punnus did giue the Islanders
their lawcs, and caused them to bee written ; which laAvcs
doe continue to this day in Island, and are called by name
Punnus lawes.

THE END.

>%WI

id acornes,
te. There
I the whole

) or Farre,
I reckoning
)c : out of

rttij

md certayne
le had their
le Islanders
kvhich lawcs
cd by name

'.}

S c ale 8

S 10 li » 2A

1,0 ♦<> «}) .p io or....,j,„i,hi^„l m .

CHART

i^^VAYA ZE

AN l>

TIIK SURROUNDING SEAS

the Track of Barents
on liis 5^ Voya ge 1596,97.

By Au^u3tU3 FeterTn.a.nii. KiiX'.. S.

i.ouf(Lttiile East' from Gt«wiwicK.

P..t.j;

^•f«

BS!

ftlif

lit^

Hil'

•I)

1.'

INDEX.

AdamR (Clement), his account of the
first attempt to diHcover a north-east
passage to China, ii

Admiralty Island, xcv, 13, 90, 218

Afffoden Hoeck, see Idol Cape.

Alferius (or Oliver), the bearer of a
. letter from John Bolak to Gerard
Mercator, xxxvii ; a captive in Rus-
sia, sent by Yacovius and Unekius
to Antwerp, xxxviii ; had visited the
river Ob, ih. ; his proposal for a
voyage of discovery to the north-
east, xxxix ; assumed to be the same
as Oliver Bmnel, xlii, 1

Amsterdam (the city of), on the first
expedition sends Barents round by
the north of Novaya Zemlya, liv ; on
the second expedition sends two
ships in company with the others
through the Strait of Nassau, Ixiii ;
alone equips two ships for the third
expedition, 70

Antbiesz. (Claes), one of the third
expedition, dies, 108

Anian (Strait of), 149

Anikyi, see Unekius

Archangel, first called Novo Kholmo-
gorui, xi

Ardoh river, falls into the lake of
Kittay, xl

Arthus (Gotard), adopts a work of
Hessel Gerard without recognition,
xxxiii

Baer (Professor von), his opinions re-
specting the geography of Novaya
Zemlya, xc, xciii, xcvi, xcvii ; critical
history of the walrus, 25

Balak (John), his letter to Gerard
Mercator, xxxvii, 261

Balboa (Vasco Nunez de) discovers the
Pacific Ocean, 2

Barber-surgeon, 125, 193

Bai'ents or Barentszoon (William),
commander of the Mercury of Am-
sterdam on the first voyage, liv, ;
his biography, Iv ; wrote the account
of the fii"st voyage, ib. ; his charac-
ter, Ivi ; various ways of spelling his

name, ?■?».; sailed from Texel, Ivii, fl ;
separates from Nai andTetgnles,i7>. ;
account of his voyage, Iviii ; difficul-
ties and return, lix ; accmacy of his
observations, Ix, xcviii ; his great
discoveries, xcix; meets again with
the other vessels, Ixi, 3(1 ; returns to
Holland, Ixi, 39 ; difierence l)etween
his report and that of Linschoten,
Ixi ; had gone further than Nai and
Tetgales, Ixii ; on the second voyage
is pilot-major of the fleet, aboard
the Greyhound, Ixiv ; goes on shore,
Ixix, 57; his dispute with the admiial,
lix, CO ; resolves on proceeding,
Ixix ; proposes to winter tliere,
Ixxi ; obsenes the tides in the Kara
Sea, ib. ; his note thereon, 273 ;
again attempts to proceed, Ixxiii ;
signs protest with the other com-
manders, ib, ; his scruples, Ixxv ;
anives in the Maas, Ixxvi ; on the
third voyage accompanies Heems-
kerck as chief pilot, Ixxxii ; reasons
why he did not command, Ixxii ; his
relation to Heemskerck and the
crew, Ixxxiii ; difiei-s with J. C. Bijp
as to their course, Ixxxiv, 72, 75 ; fur-
ther disputes and separation, Ixxxvi,
85 ; journal of third voyage wrongly
attributed to him, Ixxxviii ; reaches
Novaya Zemlya, Ixxxix ; speaks with
Heemskerck about returning home
in the boats, ci, 177 ; writes a letter
to be left at Novaya Zemlya, 189;
his last words, 195, 198; dies, 198;
his belief in the practicability of a
north-east passage to China, cxxi,
6; his translation of Iver Boty's
treatise on Iceland, 274

Barents's Land, the north-eastern por-
tion of Novaya Zemlya proposed to
be so called, xcviii

Barents's Sea, the sea between Spitz-
bergen and Novaya Zemlya proposed
to be so named, xcix

Barnacles, see Brent-geese.

BaiTow (Sir John), his observations on
Oliver Brunei and on Kostin Shar,

282

INDEX.

.' ■!)

' •.',

ffl!^ i'

xlix ; references to his " Clironolo-

gicftl History, "xxiii, r),;l'J,n:»,7l),l4i)
Basscniliiie ( Jimies), iiis cMminussion

from tiie Unssiu Conipiiny, xii
Bust, boat sewi'il togetlier witli, 55
Hiixo (Ctii)e), \'i
Bfftrs, combats witb, 15, iin,(!v>, 75, 7H,

()(), 1)5, KM), ll:», IIH, 154, l((!l, 181,

IHH, -JO?, -JIM, -JKl; two men killed

by a liear, iVi ; the crow made ill by

entiiig ti beat's liver, l>*'\
Hear Island, its discovery by the Dtitcli,

l.vxxxiv ; why so named, ib.; its situ-
ation, 70, 85
beechey (Captain), references to his

"Voya}j:e towards the North Pole,"

xxiv, xxxiv, cxxxviii
Tleeldthoeck, mw Image Cape
Ik'er, KCP Sprucebeer
Ueerenfort, or Hear Creek, 15
Behoiiden-hiiis, or House of Safety,

see House
Bennel, name eiToneously given to

Uriniol by J. 1{, Forstor, xlviii
Bennet (Stei)heii), his vovage to Bear

Island in KKW, 70
Bering's Strait, Ix
Bibliography of De Veer's work, cxviii-

cxxxvii
Bibliography of Linschoten's voyages,

Ixxvi-lxxxi
Bilberries, UQ
Bird Cape, Ixxx%'ii
Blackbenies, 2i0
Black Island, :I0
Black Point, nee Cape Negro
Boat lost in a storm, 17
Boats parted from each other, 230 ;

meet again, 244
Boden, Anthony Marsh's man, im-
prisoned and whipped by the Ilus-

sians, xxi
Bolvanovsky Nos, x
Bona Conftdencia, and Bona Espr-

ranza, two vessels of Sir Hugh

■Willoughby's expedition, iv
Boty (Iver), author of a treatise ou

Iceland, 274
Bow Bell (Clerk of the), verses on

hitn preserved by Stow, cviii
Brandt Ysbrantsz., see Tetgales
Brant's Bay, 05
Brent-geese and their eggs, found at

Spitzbergen, 79 ; their fabulous

breed, ib.
Britwin Cape, xciii
Browne (llichard), his commission

from the Russia Company, xii
Brownell, Oliver Brunei so called by

Hudson, xliv, xlvi

Brunei ( Oliver), hia voyage to Novaya
Zemlya and discovery of KosUn
Shar, xlii; supposed to be the same
as Alferius, ib. ; his voyage one of
the causes of tbe Dutch expeditions,
xlvi, 1 ; land-locked near Mezh-
dusharsky Ostrov and rescued by a
Russian, xliii; shipwrecked and lost
at the nioiUh of the Pechora, xliv,
xlvii; not an Englishman, but a
native of Brussels, xlv, xlvi

Bry (de), his translation of Gerard's
tract on Spitzbergen, Ixvii

Bunel (Oliver), see Brunei

Burrough(Stei)lien), his voyage in the
Searchthrift, viii ; and return, xi ;
discovei-s BuiTough's Strait, ib,

Burrough's Strait, the Karskoi Vorota
or Kara Strait so called, xi, xxx

Burrow-ducks, 214, 215

Buysen (Ian van),oneof thethirdexpe-
dition, who returns to Holland, 257

Cabot (Sebastian) concerned in fitting
out Sir Hugh Willoughby's expedi-
tion, iii

Camen Holshay, ix

Candimies or Caninoz, see Kanin Nos

Cant (Capo de), 21U

Cape Baxo, see Baxo ; and other Gapen
under their respective names

Carpenter dies, and is buried in No-
vaya /emlya, 108

Carrah Colmak or Cathay, xl, xii

Casting Sarch, xxxiv ; gee Kostin Shar

Cathay, the same as Carrah Colmak,
xl, xii

Chancellor (Richard), pilot-mfyor of
Sir Hugh Willoughby's fleet, vii ;
enters the White Sea, vii ; goes to
the court of Muscovy, ib.

Cherry (Sir Francis) sends a ship to
Bear Island, Ixxxiv

Cherry Island, see Bear Island

Cloud-berries, 241)

Coasting Search, xlix ; see Kostin Shar

Cochima, see Kotschmare

Cothns found at Novaya Zemlya, 33

Cola, see Kola

Coif, played by the Dutch in Novaya
Zemlya, 108, 177

Colguoy (Island of), see Kolguev

Colmogro, xi

Comfort (Cape), 22, 28,02. 100

Compass, variation of the, cxli, 10, 75,
77, 84, 02, 154, 280, 234, 230

Conjunction of the Moon and Jupiter,
cxvi; its time calculated by Mr.
Vogel, 14(i ; remarkable circum-
stances attending it, cxvii, 147

e to Novaya
of Kostin
be the same
ya^e one of
expeditions,
near Mezh-
rcsfued by a
•kod and lost
'echnra, xliv,
iman, but a
, xlvi
, of Gerard's

xvii

•el . ^

voyage in the
d return, xi;
Strait, ib.
[arskoi Vorota
id, xi, XXX

the third expe-
3 Holland, 257

smed in fitting
ghby'8 expedi-

see Konin Nos

ind other Capos
,e names
1 buried in No-
hay, xl, xli
see Kostin Shar
Carrah Colniak,

, pilot-mnjor of

hby's tleet, vu;

sea, vii ; goes to

vy, ib.

sends a ship to

■

ar Island

; gee Kostin Shot

Tiare

lya Zomlya, !13

Dutch in Novaya

see Kolguev

28, 92. 100
if the, cxli, 10, 75,
111, 'iU, 'r.w
Moon and Jupiter,
alculated by Mr.
mnrkable circum-
it, cxvii, 147

IND£X.

283

Constant Soarcli, C'unstiusarch, xlviii,

see Kostin Sliar
Cordona in Spain, ice compared to the

salt rocks tliero, lO!)
Cornelisz, (Claes), mate of the Mer

cury, liii
Cornelisz. (Ian), see Rijp
Corne!isz. (Pieter), one of the crew

who returns to Holland, '<jr)7
Costing Surcli, Costinsaiea, gee Kostin

Sliar
Cross Bav, xciii
Crosses (Island of) 1(1, 90, 114
Cross Point, Ixvii, ill, 54, 50, 222
Cross-staff, description of, 10
Crow-bar, various names for, 100
Ciystal, see Ilock Crystal.
Current along the western coast of

Novaya Zemlya, xcii, 2(10
Cutlas, derivation of the word, 2U

Dedication of De Veer's work to the
States General, exix

Deer, see lieindeur.

Deer Point, cxxxviii, 271

De la Dale (Francois), supercargo of
the Swan on tlie tirst expedition, liii ;
chief commis-sionerwith Linsclioten
on the second expedition, Ixiv ; iu-

. structions given to tliem, Ixv

Delgoy, see Dolgoi

Desire (Cape), xevi, 97

De Veer (Gerrit), author of the pre
sent work, explanation of such dif-
ferences as may appear between him
and Linsclioten, Ixxxi ; character of
his work, ci ; was not of the tirst ex-
pedition, 4; accompanies the second
expedition, 43 ; tirst sees tlie sun
reappear, 143 ; makes a rope fast to
the ice, 190 ; retiuns to Amster-
dam, 257 ; his personal liistory , cxvii ;
various eilitions of his work, cxviii-
cxxxv; its dedication, cxix; im-
proper use nmde of his name by
Hulsius, cxxx

Dispute (Cape), Ixvii, 55, 00

Dolgoi Island, Ix, 51, (iO

Drift-wood found in Novaya Zemlva,
105

Dry Cape, xciii

Dutch, their first connexion vnih
Russia, li ; rival the English in the
trade with Russia, lii ; their expedi-
ticms to discover a north-east pas-
sage to China, see Expeditions

Edward Bonaventure, one of the ships
of Su- Hugh Willoughby's expedi-
tion, vii

Kggs (sea mews') found in great num-
bers at Bear Island, 75

Eiikhuysen (merchants of) join in
fitting out two ships for tlie tirst ex-
pedition, lii; send two ships on tlie
second expcditiim, Ixiii

Evertsz. (Jacob ), one of the third expe-
dition, returns to Holland, 257

Expedition (First) of the Dutch in
1594 : account of it, lii ; starts from
the Texel, Ivii, (I ; arrives at Kildin,
Ivii, 7 ; Barents leaves for Novaya
Zemlya, and Nai for Vaigats, Ivii ;
mistakes of writers as to this ex-
pedition, Iviii; Barents anives at
Langenes,lviii, 11; atLoms Bay,12;
at Admiralty Island, 13; at Cape
Negro, ib. ; at William's Island, 14 ;
enters Beerenfort, 15 ; combat with
a bear, ib.; anives at Cross Island,
10 ; reaches Cape Nassau, ib. ;
boat lost in a storm, 17 ; comes
close to Novaya Zemlya, ib. ; meets
with large fields of ice, IH; again
at Cape Nassau, lix, 20; impeded
by the ice, 22 ; arrives at Cape Com-
fort, ib.; at Ice Point, 24; finds
" gold-stones," 24 ; airives at the Is-
lands of Orange, lix, 25; sees maov
wah'uses, 25 ; returns homewards,
lix, 27 ; reaches Cape Nassau, lix,
29 ; arrives at Costhisarch, 30 ; at
Lawrence Bay, 32 ; finds several
cofiins, 33 ; airives at !Meal Haven,
ib.; at Colgoy, 35; at Matfloe and
Dtlgoy, 30; meets with Nai and
T.^ales, who had been through the
Strait of Nassau into the Kara
Sea, Ixi, 30 ; they sail back to Hol-
land, Ixi, 37 ; Nai proceeds to Middel-
burg, Ixi; Baients arrives at Am-
sterdam, 39

Expedition (Second) in 1595: why un-
dertaken, Ixiii, 40; consists of seven
ships, Ixiii, 42; their names andofti
cevs, Ixiii ; ditferently described by
Hulsius, cxxviii ; their instructions,
Ixv ; assemble at Texel, and stait
from thence, Ixvi, -13; see Norway ,44 ;
arrive at Trompsoe, 40 ; one of the
ships in danger, 47 ; pass the North
Cape, Ixvi, 47 ; the Mother-and-
her-Daughters, 48; anives at Mat-
fioe,lxvi,50; at the Strait of Nassau
(Yugorsky Shar), Ixvii, 52 ; the pas-
sage closed up with ice, ib. ; anchor
in Train-Oil Bay, ib.; hold council
there, ib. ; send a yacht to examine
the Strait, ib. ; and a paity of men
across Vaigats Island, ib., 53 ; again

284

INDEX.

send out a yacht, lx\nii ; favourable re-
port, a . ; weigh anchor and proceed,
but forced to return, ib., 57 ; quite

. surrounded by tlie ice, Ixviii ; Ba-
rents alone not discouraged, Ixix; he
crosses over to the main laud.tb., 57 ;
meets with Samoyedes, ib.; his
representations to the admiral, Ixix,
()0; the fleet reaches States Island,
Ixrx, 01; decide in council that only
one more attempt shall be made, Ixx ;
two men killed by a bear, i&., 02; ano-
ther council held, the Amsterdam-
mers alone wisli to proceed, Ixxi ;
Barents goes on shore and obsenes
the tides, ib., 274 ; the ileet sails
from States Island, but is driven
back by theice,lxxii,04: ; two vessels
run aground, 05 ; reinh Cape Dis-
pute, Ixii, 05 ; make a final attempt,
lxii,00 ; the Amsterdammers give in,
Ixii ; protest signed by all the officers,
Ixxiii; the tleet sails homeward,
Ixxv, 00 ; arrives at Kilduyn, 08 ;
reaches Waidhuus, Ixxv, 00 ; arriviis
in Holland, Ixxvi, 0!)

Expedition (Third) in 1500: the
States General refuse to fit it out
at the public expense, Ixxxi; under-
taken by the City of Amsterdam
alone, Ixxxi, 70; names of the com-
manders, 71 ; Barents subonlinate to
Heemskerck,lxxxii,71 ; but virtually
the leader, Ixxxiii ; sails from Am -
sterdiini to the VUe, 71 ; departs
fr<'iii thence,)^.; ditt'erence of opinion
between Riji) and Barents as to their
course, Ixxxiv, 72 ; they see the
first ice, 7.); discover Bear Island,
Ixxxiv, 74, 70 ; furtlier disputes,
75 ; in great danger on land in
tlie snow, ib. ; combat witli a beai",
7(!; reach Spitzbergen, Ixxxv, 78;
circumnavigate it, Ixxxvi ; see many
geese, 70; return to Bear Island,
Ixxxv, 85 ; Kijp and Barents sepa-
rate, Ixxxvi, 85 ; Ki.ip I'eturns to
Spitzbergen, Ixxxvii ; and eventually
to Holland, Ixxxix ; Barents pro-
ceeds towards Novaya Zcmlya, ib.,
85 : sees land, 8!) ; passe;i Admiralty
Island, 00; in great danger from the
ice, 0!] ; arrives at tlie Islands of
Orange, 05 ; ten men land on Novaya
Zenilya,and think they have attained
the object of their voyage, 0(; ;
arrive at Cape Desire, 07 ; enter
Ice Haven, xc, 07 ; surrounded by
the ice, 08 ; attempt in vain to re-
turn, 00 ; three men nearly lost, ib. ;

tlie ship being beset by the ice, they
resolve to pass the winter there,
ib. ; tlie '^^liip in great danger, 100 ;
they bring their stores on land, 102,
lOif, 11.1, 110; decide on building a
house, 105 ; find great quantities of
diift-wood, ib.; the caiiienter dies,
108 ; great sutferings from cold, 100,
114, 127, 1:11, 135; sleep the first
time in the house, 114; beer frozen,
114, 110, 122 ; lose sight of the sun,
121 ; set traps for foxes, 123, 120 ;
take some foxes, 125, 130, 133,
130; the clock frozen, 128; wine
frozen, 120 ; are nearly smothered,
from making a coal fire, 130 ; . "d
frost, 137 ; keep Twelfth Night, lu8 ;
short allowance, 142, 1'4 ; the
sun reappears, 144 ; observations
thereon, 145; the house covered
up with snow, c, 135, 138, 151, 153 ;
a man dies, 150 ; they sutler from
sciu^y, cii, 152; keep Shrove Tues-
day, 150 ; see the Siberian coast,
l(i2 ; great trouble in fetching wood,
103; their exemplary conduct, c;
resignation, cii ; think of getting
away in the boats, 170, 178 ; begin
to take down the house for fire-
wood, 177 ; prepare the boats for
going .way, 178, 185 ; sliip their pro-
vision ., 180 ; Barents writes a letter
to be left beliind, 180; Heemskerck
writes a letter or protest in dupli-
cate, of which one copy is put into
each boat, 100; it is signed by most
of the crew, 103 ; they leave Novaya
Zenilya in two boats, 104 ; pass the
Ice Cape, 105; in extreme danger
from the ice, 100 ; William Barents
and Claes Andriesz. die, 108 ; cb'aw
the boats over the ice, 100 ; reach
Cape Comfort, ib.; their course
along the coasts of Novaya Zenilya
and Russia as far as Kola, 200-203;
pass Cape Nassau, 204; the boats
separate, but again meet, 205 ;
nearly wrecked, 208 ; Jan Fransz.
d:3s, 211 ; meet with some Russians,
223, 220, 233, 237, 240, 243, 240 ;
suffer from scurvy, 224, 220 ; cross
from Novaya Zemlya to the coast of
Russia, 228 ; reach it, 220 ; tlie two
boats are separated, 230 ; cross the
Wiiite Sea, 241 ; meet with Lap-
landers, 243 ; their miserable man-
ner of living, ib,; tlie boats meet
again, 244 ; arrive at Kihlin, 247 ;
send a :nan to Kola in quest of
shipfi, 248 ; receive tidings of I. C.

INDEX.

285

he ice, they
inter there,
anger, 100;
n land, 10-2,
a building a
quantities of
penter dies,
)m cold, 109,
jep the first
beer frozen,
it of the sun,
es, lii3, 120 ;
5, 130, 133,
1, 128; wine
y smothered,
•e, 130 ; . -i
h Night, lo8 ;
J, Vi', the
observations
ouse covered
L38, 151, 153 ;
>y sutfer from
Shrove Tues-
iberian coast,
fetching wood,
y conduct, c;
nk of getting
70, 178 ; begin
lOUse for ftre-
the boats for
ship their pro-
i writes a letter
I; Heemskerck
rotest in dupli-
opy is put into
signed by most
2y leave Novaya
1, 194 ; pass tlio
extreme danger
iVilliam Barents
. die, 198 ; ib-aw
ice, 199 ; reach
; their course
Novaya Zenilya
s Kola, 200-203;
204; the boats
lin meet, 205 ;
)H; Jan Fransz.
n some Kussians,
, 040, 243, 240 ;
, 224, 220 ; cross
ya to the coast of
I it, 229 ; the two
d, 230 , cross the
meet with Lap-
r miserable man-
; the boats meet
5 at Kihlin, 247 ;
Sola in quest of
tidings of I. C.

R^ip, 251 ; meet him P7ain, 252 ;
arrive at Kola, ib. ; leuv "leir boats
at Kola, 255 ; depart ...,i- Holland,
ib. ; arrive at Amsterdam, 250 ;
relate their adventures, 257 ; names
of the survivors, ib.

Fair Isle, or Feyeril, 71

Fields of ice, 18

Fifth Point, 31

Fish, vaiious sorts in the river Ob,
xxvii

Fisher (Rev. George), his observations
on the reappearance of the sun, oxii

Fleet of seven vessels sent on the
second expedition, see Expedition

Fletcher (Dr. Giles), ambassador at
the court of Moscovy, xiii

Flushing Head, 97, 194

Forster (Johann Reinhold), his mis-
take as to Oliver Brunei, xlviii ; his
erroneous derivation of Kostin Shar,
xlviii; the like of \Vaigats,27; notes
upon the ship Mercurius, liv

Foxes killed and eaten, 119, 120, 120 ;
run over the house, 134

Franklin and his companions, appre-
hensions as to their fate, i

Fransz. (Ian), one of the third ex-
pedition, dies, 211

Gabriel, a Russian seaman, assists
Burrough, viii

Geep, a kind of fish, 184

Geese, see Brent-geese.

George (the), vessel commanded by
Arthur Pet, see Pet

Gerard (Hessel) publishes Massa's
map, xxxii; his account of Oliver
Brunei, xlv ; his falsification of Ba-
rents's route to Spitzbergen, Ixxxvii

"Goldstones" found in NovayaZemlya,
24

Goleis Island, see Orange Island

Golf, see Coif

Goose Capes, N. and S.,part of Novaya
Zenilya, vi

Greenland, Spitzhergen supposed by
the IJuteh to be a part of, Ixxxv,
Ixxxviii, oxx, 5, 82

Greyhound (the) one of tlie ships of
the second expedition, Ixiv

Griffin (the) one of the shijis of the
second expedition, Ixiii

Guillemots, see Lonimeu

Gysen (William), pilot of the pin-
nace on the second expedition, 04

Hamel (Dr.), his identification of the
several kinds of fish in the river Ob,

xxvii ; his comments upon Anthony
Mi>.rsh's information, xxxii ; his hy-

- polhesis as to Oliver Brunei, 1

Hares abound in States Island, 02

Hartman (Hendrick) commands the
Rotterdam vessel on the second ex-
pedition, Ixiv

Harts and hinds, see Reindeer.

Hasselaer (Pieter), one of the promo-
ters of the third expedition, 250

Headpoint, a part of Novaya Zemlya,
97, 194

Heemsk .ck (Jacob van), on the second
expedition supercargo for the mer-
chants of Holland and West Fries-
land, Ixxxii, 43 ; captain and super-
cargo on the third expedition, 71;
wh V so appointed, Ixxxiii ; makes a
declarat'on on leaving NovayaZem-
lya in the boats, 189 ; returns with
the sur\avors to Amsterdam, 257;
his belief in the practicability of a
north-east passage, cxxi; his bio-
graphy, 43

Herring's eaten whole by the Rus-
sians, 50

Heyndrieksz. (Lenaert,) one of the
survivors, returns to Amsterdam, 257

Hillebrantsz. (Ian), one of the crew
who returns to Amsterdam, 257

Hitlandt, 7 1

Holmes (Christopher), information
furnished by him to Anthony Marsh,

XXX

Hooghwout (lacob lansz.), one of the
cro'v who returns to Amsterdam, 257

Hope (the), one of the ships of the
f econd expedition, Ixiii

Horsey (Jerome), English ambas-
sador at the court of Moscow, li ; his
dispute with J ohn de Walle, ib.

House, built by the crew of the third
expedition to pass the winter in
Novaya Zenilya, 108 ; they pass the
first night in it, 114; covered up with
snow, c, 135, 138, 151 ; not known
whether any remains of it exist, ciii ;
its correct longitud j, 143 ; and lati-
tude, 180. See Third Expedition.

Hudson (Henry), his reference to
Oliver Brunei, xlii ; his error as to
Kostin Shar, xUii; account of his
visit to Novaya Zemlya, 205

Hulsius (Levinus), liberties taken by
him with De Veer's work, cxxviii;
his improper use of De Veer's name,
cxxx

lacobsz. (Comelis), skipper to W.
Barents, Ixiv, 54, 04

\imt

«*M

286

INDEX.

! II

lansz. (Hannan) commands the Mer-
cury of Amsterdam on the second
expetlition, Ixiv ; agrees with Barents
as to not returning, Ixxv, c

Ice, wliy found more around Novaya
Zemlya than further northward to-
wards the Pole, cxx, 4, 42 ; fields of,
18; appears like white swans, 73;
eggs foimd upon it, 08 ; sti'ange ap-
pearance of, i6.; compared to salt-
hills in Spain, 103

Ice Cape, or Ice Toint, the northern-
most point of Novaya Zemlya, xcvi,
24, 195

Ice Haven, cii, 97; the Hollanders
winter there, xc, cii, 99

Ice Sea., 42

Iceland, Iver Boty's treatise thereon,
274

Idol Cape, x, Ixvii

Idols, seen >y Bvurough, x; hy the
Dutch, 60

Image Cape o r Point, x, 28, 52, 53, CO

Images, see Ic.ols.

lopenbier, se< Spruce beer.

Iron Hogge, a merchant vessel, parted
from the second expedition, 49

Island ( Admiralty), 8('t' Admiralty; and
other Islands under their respective
names.

Island Point, 97, 194

Ivanov visits Idol Point, x

Jackman (Charles), .'ommissioned for
R voyage with Arthur Pet, to the
north-east, xvi ; sails from Harwich,
xviii ; reaches Wardhuus, ib. ; sepa-
rates from Pet, ib. ; rejoins him, xxi ;
retiu^ns homeward, xxii ; again sepa-
rates from Pet, ib.; winters in Nor-
way, and is no more iieai'd of, xxiii ;
defence of him, xxv

Jackman's Sound, named after him,
xxv

Jupiter, see Conjunction-

Kanin Nos, ix, xxviii, 38, 07, 241
Kara tiate, or Strait, ( Karskoi Vorota),

see BuiTougli's Strait.
Kara Sea, great quantity of ice in it,
xxiii, xxiv ; crossed by an English
vessel before 1584, xxx ; Barents's
observations on its tides, Ixxi
Kildin, or Kilduyu, Ivii, (I, (iS
Kittay (lake of), its situation, xl
Kola, its sittiation, 200; first fre-
quented in 157H, li
Kolguev (Island of), ix, xxii, xxviii,

35
Kostin Shar, 30, 202, 222, 271 ; mis-

taken for Matfeiof Shar, xxxiii ; va-
rious ways of spelling the name,
xxxiv, XXXV, xlii, xlviii, xlix, 30;
supposed to go into the Tartarian
Sea, xxxiv, 31, 222 ; discovered by
Oliver Brunei, xlii, 30
Kotschmai'e, a liussian vessel, xxvi

Langenes, l\-iii, 11, 219

Laplanders, their miserable living, 243 ;
one goes with a man to Kola, 248

Latitude, observations of, 9,11, 13, 14,
10, 20, 22, 23, 24, 32, 30, 51, 53, 71,
72, 74, 88, 85, 80, 87, 88, 90, 121,
173 ; recalculation of, 14, 77, 89, 91,
13], 140, 157, 101, 103, 105 (but see
clxii), 108, 172, 170, 179, 200, 221
(but see clxii)

Le Canu (Robert Robertsz.) disputes
tlie fact of the disappearance and
reappearance of the sun as stated
by De Veer, ciii; his letter to \V.
Blaeu, civ

Ledyanoi Gavan, see Ice Haven

Letter written by the third expedition
on leaving Novaya Zemlya, 191

Linschoten (Ian Huyghen van), super-
cargo of the Merciu-y on the first ex-
pedition, liii; diflferent ^-eports made
by him and Barents on their re-
turn, Ixi; represented matters too
favourably, Ixii, 40 ; appointed, with
F. de la Dale, chief commissioner on
the second expedition, Ixiv, 40 ; in-
structions given to them, Ixv; pro-
test drawn up by him on their aban-
doning their undertaking, Ixxiii;
returns to Holland, Ixxvi ; publishes
a narrative of the two voyages, ib. ;
editions of his work, Ixxvi-lxxxi ;
his biography, 40

Loilya (Russian boat) found by the
third expedition, 33; how constmct-
ed, 55

Logan ( Josiah), his reference to Oliver
Brunei, xliii

Lommon (Foolish (iuillemots) found
in ^neat numbers in Novaya Zemlya,
12,220

Lonis Bay, its situation, xciii, xciv ;
why so named, 12; jdan of it, ib.

Long Island, see Dolgoi

Longitude of the winter residence of
the Dutch calculated by Mr. Vogel,
147

Losliak, a Russian seaman, met by
Burrongli, ix, x

Liitke (Friearich), references to his
voyages and opinions, v, vii, x, Ixxiii,
xc, xciii, xcvi, xcix, cxvii, 5, «3, 249;

txxiii; va-
the name,
xlix, :)0;
) Tartarian
covered by

jsel, xx.vi

I living, 243;
Kola,!i48
(,11,13, U,
(, 51, 53, 71,
88, 90, 121,
I, 77, 89, 91,
165 (but see
79, 200, 221

sz.) disputes

learance and

un as stated

letter to W.

Haven
rd expedition
nlya, 191
n van),super-
jn tlie first ex-
. reports made
; on tbeir re-
:l matters too
ppointed, with
mmissioner on
1, Ixiv, 40 ; in-
lem, Ixv ; pro-
on tbeir aban-
Lnkint?, Ixxiii;
txvi; publishes
o voyages, ib. ;
k, Ixxvi-lxxxi ;

found by the
how construct-

erence to Oliver

iUemots) found
NovayaZeinlya,

ion, xciii, xciv;
plan of it, ib.

tor residence of

id by Mr. Vogel,

seaman, met by

jforences to liis

ris. v,vii,x,lx''iii,

cxvii, 5,K3,249;

INDEX.

287

his explanation of the name Way-
gatz, 28
Ltitke's Land, part of Novaya Zemlya
proposed to be so called, xcviii

Maas, or Meuse, 09
B nelson (Francis), concerned in fit-
ting out tlie first expedition, lii
Marcasite, 24
Mars Dit'p, lx^i
Marsh (Anthony), notes by him on

tlie discovery of the river Ob, xx\i ;

the hke on the way from Kanin Nos

to the Ob, xxviii
Massa (Isaac), liis map of the Russian

coasts, xxxii
MatHoe Island, Ix, Ixvi, 30, 51, 06
Matfeiof Sliar, Matiskin Jar,or Mathys-

8troom,its situation, and notes upon

it, xxxv, xxxvi, xliii
MatochkinShar,acon'uptionofMatyu-

shin Shar, xxxi
Matsammore, a kind of water por-
ridge, 204
Matseiof Shar, an erroneous spelling

of Matfeiof Sliar, xxxiii; De Bry's

further eiTor with respett to this

name, ib.
Matthew's Island, Ix
Matthew's Land, or the Land of Mat-

pheoue, a part of Novaya Zemlya,

XXX, xxxi, Ix, xcviii
Mattusclian Yar, xxix ; see Matyushin

Shar.
Matvyeeva Zemlya, see Matthew's Land
Matyusliin Shai", xxxi, xxxii, xxxiii,

xxxvi
Maurice Island, 51
May-tree, 111
Mealhaven, a part of Novaya Zemlya,

why so named, 33
Mercator, his letter to Hakluyt, xxv ;

letter to him from John Balak,xxx vii,

201
Mercury (the), of Enkliuysen, one of

the vessels of the first expedition, liii ;

in the second expedition, liii, 30
'^lorcury (the), of Amsterdam, one of

the vessels of the first expedition,

liv ; commanded by W. Barents, liv;

notes upon its name, ib. ; Forster's

mistake, ib, ; probably on the second

expedition, Ixiv
Mermare, or Marmoria (Sea), 55
Mezhdusiiarsky Ostrov (or Island),

its position, xliii; Oliver Brunei

land-locked there, xliii
Middelburg, see Zeeland
Miles, difference between German and

English, 7

Mock- suns, cxli, 72

■ loon, see Conjimction

Moroschka, 249

Motlier-and-her-Daughters (islands so
called), 48

Mouclieron (Balthasar), originator of
the first expecUtion of the Dutch, lii

Muscovy, see Russia

Muscovy Company, see Russia Com-
pany

Nai (Comelisz.) commands the Swan
on the first expedition, liii ; -lamed
odmirnl, Ivii; sails for Vnigats, f6.;
meets again with Barents, lix ; re-
turns to Holland, ib. ; admiral of the
second expedition, Ixiii ; meets with
great difliculties from tlie ice, Ixviii,
Ixx; signs a protest and returns, h:xv

Nassau (Cape), Barents arrives there
on the first voyage, Iviii, 10 ; again,
lix, 20; returns thither, lix, 29;
difficulty in passing it, ib.; its
identification, xc\i ; exL •^^me point
reached by Lutke, ib., x/ix; Ba-
rents arrives there on the third
voyage, 92 ; the crew return vuither
in the boats, 204

Nassau (Strait of), see Vaigats Strait.

Negro (Cape), xcv, 13, 218

Netherlanders, see Dutch

New Style, used by the Dutch, cxiii,
273

New Walcheren, 51

North Cape, 47

North Kyen, 49

North-east passage to Cathay and
China, belief in its practicabihty,
cxxi, 5, 41

Northern Ocean, attempted voyage
through it to Cathay and China by
the English, ii; by the Dutch, lii;
surveyed by Liitke, xc

Novaya Zemlya, reasons why the ice is
more abundant there than further
northward towards the Pole, cxxi, 4,
42 ; discovered by Sir Hugh Wil-
loughby, v, vi ; so called by the Rus-
sians, ix ; search if it is the same as
Willoughby's Land, xv, xvii ; error
in the estimate of its distance from
Senyen, xvii ; seen by Pet, xix, xx ;
particulars by Marsh respecting it,
xxviii; map of it by Isaac Massa,
xxxiii ; the generic name of a '-lies
of islands, xxxri; should properly
be restricted to the southernmost of
them, ib. ; is visited by Liitke, xc ; by
Professor von Baer, xci ; strong cur-
rent along its western coast, xcii.

/.*»«»•■

288

INDEX.

1.'))

26fl; identification of places along
that coast, xcii; deer found ther"?,
cxxxviii, 5, 8, 104 ; the first expedi-
tion reaches it, 11 ; the third expe-
dition aiTives there, Ixxxix, 89, See
Expeditions.

Novo-Kholmogorui, xi

Nuflfelen (Hans van), clerk to W. Ba-
rents, assists in killing a bear, 64

Nunez, see Balboa

Ob, or Oby, a river of Tartarj-, in-
structions given to Bassendine and
others for a voyage to it, xi\ ,
discovered by the English before
1584, xxvi, XXX ; visited by Alferius,
xxxviii ; his description of it, xxxix ;
great masses o*" ice at its mouth, xli ;
its wonderful 1.^ o^Hants, xlv ; Nai
and Linsclioten .• u 1 tliey had
readied it, Ixi, !ii. .ed by the

Russians, 55

Observations, see Latitude and Longi-
tude.

Ode upon Waygats or the Strait of
Nassau, to the tune of the 42nd
psalm, Ixxvii

Oliver, see Alferius

Oom (Lambert Gerritsz.) commands
the Swan on the second expedition,
Ixiii

Orange Island or Ostrov Golets, 51

Orange (Islands of), lix, 25, 194

Pampus, 13, 174

Parhelia, see Mock-suns.

Passage to China by the north-east,
see North-east.

Pechora, a river of Tartary,55 ; voyage
of discovery to it by Bassendine and
others, xiii ; visited by Alferius,
xxxviii; Oliver Brunei lost there,
xlv

Pet (Arthur), commissioned by the
Russia Company for a voyage to
the north-east, xvi ; sails from
Hanvich, xriii ; his course after se-
parating from Jackman, xix; first
enters the Yugorsky Shar, xx ; which
should therefore be called Pet's
Strait, ib.; impeded ly ice in the
Kara Sea, xxi; again joined by
Jackman, xxi; they decide on re-
turning, xxi ; arrives safe at Ratclitf,
xxii; defence of his character as
an able navigator, xxiii

Pet's Strait, called by the Dutch the
Strait of Nassau, and by the Russians
Yugorsky Shar, xx

Petermann (Augustus), lays down

Barents's track, lix ; his obser\'ations
thereon, Ix ; and on the geography
of Novaya Zemlya, xcvii

Phillip (William), remarks on his
translation of De Veer's work,
cxxxviii ; other works translated by
him, cxxxix

Plancius, Cape, xcv, 219

Plancius (Peter), one of tlie promoters
of the first expedition, liv ; his
opinion as to Linschoten's report,
Ixii ; assists in the preparations for
the second expedition, 41 ; persists
in the opinion that the passage could
be effected, Ixxxi; his biography, 41

Poems, see Ode.

Prinsen Hof, the Comt of Admi-
ralty at Amsterdam, 250

Protest signed by the officers of the
second expedition, Ixxiii; errone-
ously supposed not to have been
signed by Barents, ib.

Proverbs and Sayings, (Dutch), 100,
135, 159, 105, 174, 183, 190, 245

Purchas, his reference to Oliver Bru-
nei, xlvii

Quas, a beverage among the Russians,

249

Randolph (Thomas^, ambassador at
the court of Russsia, his instructions
to Bassendine and others, xiii

Refraction (Atmospheric) extraordi-
nary, cxii, cxvii, 145, 147, 151

Reindeer exist in Novaya Zemlya,
cxxxviii, 5, 83, 104

Reyniersz (Ian) see Buysen

Rijp (^lan Cornelisz.), one f the su-
percargoes on the second expedi-
tion, Ixiv ; and in the third expedi-
tion, Ixxxii, 71 ; disputes between
him and Barents as to the course
to be taken, Ixxxiv, Ixxxvi, 72, 75,
85 ; separates from Barents, Ixxrii,
85 ; returns to Spitzbergen, ih. ; and
thence to Holland, Ixxxix ; meets
again with Heemskerck and his
crew, and assists them, 252

Rock crjstal found in States Island,
37

Rosmuislov, a Russian pilot, winters
in Matochkin Shar, xxxi

Rotgansen, see Brent-geese

Rotterdam (town of), sends out one
vessel on the second expedition, Ixiii

Rundall (Thomas), his claim on be-
half of Sir Hugh Willoughby, vi

Russia Company, first chartered, vii ;
obtain an act of Parliament, viii ;

)sen'ations
geography

ts on his
er's work,
Mislated by

5 promoters
1, liv; hia
en'9 report,
avations for
il; persists
assage could
iiography,41

t of Admi-

ftcers of the

iiii ; en'one-

have been

Dutch), 100,
, 196, 245
o Oliver Bru-

the Russians,

mbassador at
is instructions
lers, xiii
ic) extraordi-
147, 151
)vaya Zemlya,

ysen

Dne >f the su-
^econd expedi-
e third exptdi-
iputes between
( to the course

Ixxxvi, 7'i, 75,
Barents, Ixxvii,
bergen, i?).; and

Ixxxix; meets
kerck and his
em, 253
1 States Island,

in pilot, winters
xxxi
-geese

, sends out one
(I expedition, Ixiii
lis claim on be-
Villoughby, vi
St chartered, yu;
Porlifiment, viii;

INDEX.

289

send out expeditions forthe discovery
of a north-east passage to China, viii ;
Stephen BuiTough's expedition, ib. ;
commission to Bassendine, Wood-
cocke and Browne, xii ; instructions
to Pet and Jackman, xi, xvi ; their
continued endeavours to effect a
passage, xxvi

Russia, Richard Chancellor goes to the
court of, vii

Russians cannot claim the discovery
of Novaya Zemlya, vii ; their ex-
plorations to the eastward of the
White Sea, xxxvii

St. Clai-a (Islands of), 34

St. James's Island, ix

St. John (Cape), ix

St. Lawrence Bay, '-i'i, 223

St. Nicholas Bay, see White Sea

St. Lawrence Point, 32

Salt-hills, see Cordova.

Samoyedes, dwell on Vaygats Island,
xxxviii, 57 ; their country, 53 ; dress,
58 ; sledges, 50 ; idols, x, 00

Sayings (Dutch), see Proverbs.

Scala (Josephus), Ephemerides print-
ed by him, 145

Sconce Pouit, 32, 223

Scoresby (Cnpt, now Rev. Dr.), re-
ference to his " Account of the Arctic
regions," 18, 20

Scotchman, one of the crew on the se-
cond expedition, 04

Scuny, sulferiugs of the third expedi-
tion from, cii, 152, 224, 224, 241)

Ecui-vy-grass, benefit deiived from it,
,»20, 227, 235, 244

Sea-horse, sec Walrus.

Sea of Kara, see Kara Sea.

Searchthrift, a vessel sent out under
command of S. BuiToughs for an
expedition to the north-east, viii

Seven Islands, 24G

Seynam or Senyen, (island of), its
situation, v; Willoughby's erroneous
estimate of its distance from Novaya
Zemlya, xv

Shallow Bay, xcv

Shar or Schar, its meaning, 31

Shetland, 71

Shieldiake, see Burrow-duck

Shrove Tuesday kept by the Dutch in
Ice Haven, 150

Siberia, its coast seen from Novaya
Zemlya, 102

Sloets (President of the States Gene-
ral) signs the instructions given to
Linschoten on the second voyage,
Ixvii

Snow, house covered up with, c, 135,
138, 151, '53, 10!)

Soundings off the coast of Novaya
Zemlya, xcix

Spanisli words adopted by the Dutch,
12, 204

Spitsbergen, first discovered by the
Dutch, Ixxxiv, 77; supposed to be a
part of Greenland, Ixviii, Ixxxv, cxx,
5, 82 ; its discovery wrongly attribute(l
to Sir Hugh Willougljl)y, i6. ; cir
cumnavigated by the Dutch, Ixxxvi ;
Rijp sailed back to it, lxxx^^i; H.
Gerard's history of it, ib. ; pretended
journal of Barents, ib. ; liis track
falsified by Gerard, Ixxxviii; name
of tlie sea between it and Novaya
Zemlya, xcix

Splindler (Mr. Christoffel), a Slavo-
nian, intei-preter to the first expeili-
tion, liii; the same to the second
expedition, Ixiv ; his duties, Ixv

Spoon-wort, see Scmwy-grass

Spruce beer, 114

States ijcneral send out an expedition
to the North-east, xlvii, Ixiii ; their
instructions for tliat expedition, Ixv ;
send out a second expedition, 42 ;
object to send out a third expedi-
tion, Ixxxi, 70 ; dedication to them
of De Veer's work, cxix

States Island, 37, (!2

Staves (Cask) found in NovayaZemlya,
33

Sterrenburgh (Jacob Jansz.), one of
the crew who returns to Holland,
257

Stream Bay, 29

StrickboUe (I'ieter Dirksz. ), pilot under
Nai, liii

Strogonovs, their residence in Novaya
Zemlya, 33

Sun, the time of day determined by its
bearing, 7 ; its disappearance for the
winter, ex, 121 ; its reappearance, ciii,
143, 145 ; mistake of one day in the
time, ib. ; Mr. Vogel's investigation
of the subject, 140; proofs of De
Veer's veracity as to its disappear-
ance, cix ; reasons for believing him
as to its reappearance, cxvii

Surgeon, see Baiber.

Sunivors on the third voyage, 257

Svyatoi Nos, ix

Swan (the), one of the ships of
the first expedition, lii ; also of
the second expedition, Ixiii, 03

Swedish shipwright employed to build
two ships in the Dwiua, xxxvii,
xxxviii

290

INDEX.

Tabin (Cape), see Tainiur

Table, given by De Veer, of the dis-
tances perfonned on their third voy-
age, xci, 20l)-'J03

Tail (Island with tlie), 05

Tainiiu" (Cape), Ixi, :t7, 14tt

Ter Sflielling, an island on the north
coast of Holland, the native place
of liarents, Iv

Tetgales (Brant), commands the Mer-
cury of I'.nkhuysen on the lirst
expedition, liii; sails for Voigats,
hii ; meets again with Barents, lix ;
vice-admiral of the second expedi-
tion, Ixiv; his ship runs agromid,
47; runs foul of Barents's ship,
IH ; returns to Holland, Ixxvi

Texel, Ixvi, 8!), -13

Tides in the Kai'a Sea, Barents's notes
thereon, 'J 73

Time correctly kept by the Dutch
during tlieir winter residence, cxv

Time of day, rude luethod of de-
temiining it, 7

Train Oil Bay, Ixvii, 53, 50

Translation, curious mistakes in, xxvii,
xxxiii, liv, cxxxviii, 12, 32, 33, 3!(, 55,
70, 1()0, IH2

Traps set to catch foxes, 125

Trocknes Cap, see Dry Cape

Trompsoe, or Trompsont, an island
on the coast of Norway, 40

Troost (Cape), see Comfort

Trust (Cape), sec Comfort

Twelfth Night kept by the Dutdi in
Novaya Zemlya, 13H

Twist Point, 55 ; see '^ape Dispute.

Ugoria, part of the coast of Russia,

xxxix
Ugorian Strait, see Yugorsky Sl;ar
Unekius, see Yacovius
Unknown Bay, xxxvi, xciv

^'aigats, or Vaygats Islu. '. Ixvii ;
proper siielling and meaning of the
name, xix, 27
Vaigats Strait, first entered by T*et, xx ;
properly I'et's Strait, ib. ; not pass-
able oa accoimt of the ice, xxiv ;
called by tlie Dutch the Strait of
Nassau, Ixi; ode on it, Ixxvii; see
Expeditions
Valck (Jacob) aids in fitting out the

first expedition,. Hi
Vai'iation, sec Compass
Veer (Cierrit de), see De Veer
Veroue (Jstrov, a name given to Vai-
gats Island, xix

Vlie, or Vlieland, 71

Vogel(Kdward), his calculation of the
conjunction of the moon and Jupiter,
cxvi ; of the longitude of the winter
residence of the Dutch in Novaya
Zemlya, xcvii. 140; his note on the
variation of the compass received
too late to be printed, cxli

Vos (Hans), barber-surgeon to the
third expedition, 103; returns to
Amsterdam, 257

Vos (Pieter Pietersz.), chief boatswain
on the third expedition, 101 ; re-
turns to Amsterdam, 257

Voyages, see Expeditions

Waigats, or Waigatsch, see Vaigats
Walle (John de),the first Netherlander

who visited the White Sea, li ; his

dispute vnth Horsey at the court of

Moscow, ib.
Walruses met with at Novaya Zemlya,

14,25,218; description of, 25 ; one

brought to Holland, 30
Wardliuus, its situation, 30 ; the ships

arrive tliere on their return from

the second expedition, (10
Warsina, a river of Lapland, Sir Hugh

Willoughby perished there, v
Watchers, two stars in tlie Little

Bear (Ursa Minor), why so named,

62
Waygats, see Vaigats
Whale seen, 45
White Sea, first entered by Stephen

Burrougli, vii ; crossed by the Dutch

in two boats, 241
Wieringen, an island on the coast of

Holland, 70
Willemsz. (Laurens), one of the crew

who returns to Amsterdam, 257
Willems/. (Thomas), commands the

Mercury on the second expetlition,

Ixiv
W'illiam, the name of J ackman's ship,

see Jackman
William's Island, xcv
Willoughby (Sir Hugh) sails on an

expedition to the north-east, iv;

meets with a riolent tempest, and is

driven into a small haven on the

coast of Lapland, where he dies, v;

discovers Novaya Zemlya, v; his

erroneous estimate of tlie distance

bctven Senyen and Willoughby's

Land, XV
Willoughby's Land, part of the west-
ern coast of Novaya Zemlya, v, xv,

88
Wine frozen, 127

lation of the
and Jupiter,
)f the winter
1 in Novaya
I note on tlie
ass received
xli

;eon to the
; returns to

iefhoatswain
on, liil; re-

ee Vaigats
Netherlander
e Sea, 11 ; his
t the court of

)vaya Zemlya,

)n of, 'ib ; one

30 ; the ships

I- return fi'om

, (1!)

find, Sir Hugh

there, v

in the Little

rhy so named.

■d by Stephen
d by the Dutch

n the coast of

me of the crew
erdani, 257
connnands the
)nd expetlition,

lackman's ship.

INDEX.

291

Winlhont, see Greyhound

Witsen (Nicholas), his reference to

Oliver Bunel, xlvii
Woodcocke (James), his commission

from the llussia Company, xii

Yacovius (or Yakov) and Unekius,
build two ships in the Dwina for
discoveries to the north-east, xxxvii

Yakan (Cape), Ix

Yenisey, a river of Tartary, its course,
55

Ys (Theunis, or Anthonis), master of
a trading \ essel, who visited Novaya
Zemlya, xxxv, xxxvi
Ysbrants (Brant), zee Tetgales
Yugorsky Shar, see Vaigats Strait.

Zeeland (merchants of),join in fitting
out two ships for the first expedi-
tion, lii ; send two ships on the se-
cond expedition, Ixiii

Zivolka, a pilot in the Russian navy,
his tliscoveries on the coast of No-
vaya Zemlya, xc

FINIS.

h) sails on an
north-east, iv;
tempest, and is
i haven on the
here he (Ues, v;
Semlya, v; his
of the distance
id Willoughby's

irt of the west-
a Zemlya, v, xv.

PX9,

T. lUCHAJtr.b, 37, OUE.\T gi-EKN sTUKK I